{"id":21945,"date":"2022-09-24T09:15:58","date_gmt":"2022-09-24T14:15:58","guid":{"rendered":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/exegetical-and-hermeneutical-commentary-of-daniel-71\/"},"modified":"2022-09-24T09:15:58","modified_gmt":"2022-09-24T14:15:58","slug":"exegetical-and-hermeneutical-commentary-of-daniel-71","status":"publish","type":"post","link":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/exegetical-and-hermeneutical-commentary-of-daniel-71\/","title":{"rendered":"Exegetical and Hermeneutical Commentary of Daniel 7:1"},"content":{"rendered":"<h3 align='center'><b><i> In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon Daniel had a dream and visions of his head upon his bed: then he wrote the dream, [and] told the sum of the matters. <\/i><\/b><\/h3>\n<p> <strong> 1<\/strong>. <em> In the first year of Belshazzar<\/em> ] The visions (c. 7 12) are not a continuation of the narratives (c. 1 6), but form a series by themselves: the author accordingly no longer adheres to the chronological order which he has hitherto followed, but goes back to a date anterior to that of ch. 5 (see <span class='bible'>Dan 5:30<\/span>). In view of what was said at the beginning of ch. 5 it is, of course, impossible to estimate the &lsquo;first year&rsquo; of Belshazzar in years b.c.<\/p>\n<p><em> had<\/em> ] lit. <strong> saw<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><em> visions of his head upon his bed<\/em> ] The same phrase in <span class='bible'>Dan 2:28<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p><em> then he wrote the dream<\/em> ] With reference to the sequel (<span class='bible'><em> Dan 7:2<\/em><\/span> ff.), in which Daniel speaks in the first person, and which in these words is represented as having been committed to writing by Daniel himself. The first person (with the exception of <span class='bible'>Dan 10:1<\/span>) continues from <span class='bible'><em> Dan 7:2<\/em><\/span> to the end of the book.<\/p>\n<p><em> the sum of<\/em> <strong> words<\/strong> (or <strong> things<\/strong>)] contained in the revelation, i.e. its essential import.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><P STYLE=\"text-indent: 0.75em\"><B>In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon &#8211; <\/B>On the character and reign of Belshazzar, see Introduction to <span class='bible'>Dan. 5<\/span> Section II. He was the last of the kings of Babylon, and this fact may cast some light on the disclosures made in the dream.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"text-indent: 0.75em\"><B>Daniel had a dream &#8211; <\/B>Margin, as in Hebrew, saw. He saw a series of events in vision when he was asleep. The dream refers to that representation, and was of such a nature that it was proper to speak of it as if he saw it. Compare the notes at <span class='bible'>Dan 2:1<\/span>.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"text-indent: 0.75em\"><B>And visions of his head upon his bed &#8211; <\/B>See the notes at <span class='bible'>Dan 4:5<\/span>.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"text-indent: 0.75em\"><B>Then he wrote the dream &#8211; <\/B>He made a record of it at the time. He did not commit it to tradition, or wait for its fulfillment before it was recorded, but long before the events referred to occurred he committed the prediction to writing, that when the prophecy was fulfilled they might be compared with it. It was customary among the prophets to record their predictions, whether communicated in a dream, in a vision, or by words to them, that there might be no doubt when the event occurred that there had been an inspired prediction of it, and that there might be an opportunity of a careful comparison of the prediction with the event. Often the prophets were commanded to record their predictions. See <span class='bible'>Isa 8:1<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Isa 8:16<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 30:8<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Hab 2:2<\/span>. Compare <span class='bible'>Rev 1:19<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 14:13<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 21:5<\/span>. In many instances, as in the case before us, the record was made hundreds of years before the event occurred, and as there is all the evidence that there could be in a case that the record has not been altered to adapt it to the event, the highest proof is thus furnished of the inspiration of the prophets. The meaning here is, that Daniel wrote out the dream as soon as it occurred.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"text-indent: 0.75em\"><B>And told the sum of the matters &#8211; <\/B>Chaldee, And spake the head of the words. That is, he spake or told them by writing. He made a communication of them in this manner to the world. It is not implied that he made any oral communication of them to anyone, but that he communicated them &#8211; to wit, in the way specified. The word sum here &#8211; <span class='_800000'><\/span> <I>re&#8217;sh<\/I> &#8211; means head; and would properly denote such a record as would be a heading up, or a summary &#8211; as stating in a brief way the contents of a book, or the chief points of a thing without going into detail. The meaning here seems to be that he did not go into detail &#8211; as by writing names, and dates, and places; or, perhaps, that he did not enter into a minute description of all that he saw in regard to the beasts that came up from the sea, but that he recorded what might be considered as peculiar, and as having special significancy.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"text-indent: 0.75em\">The Codex Chisianus renders this, <span class='_800000'><SPAN LANG=\"el-GR\">   <\/SPAN><\/span> <I>egrapsen<\/I> <I>eis<\/I> <I>kephalaia<\/I> <I>logon<\/I> &#8211; He wrote in heads of words, that is, he reduced it to a summary description. It is well remarked by Lengerke, on this place, that the prophets, when they described what was to occur to tyrants in future times, conveyed their oracles in a comparatively dark and obscure manner, yet so as to be clear when the events should occur. The reason of this is obvious. If the meaning of many of the predictions had been understood by those to whom they referred, that fact would have been a motive to them to induce them to defeat them; and as the fulfillment depended on their voluntary agency, the prophecy would have been void. It was necessary, therefore, in general, to avoid direct predictions, and the mention of names, dates, and places, and to make use of symbols whose meaning would be obscure at the time when the prediction was made, but which would be plain when the event should occur. A comparison of <span class='bible'>Dan 7:4<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Dan 7:9<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Dan 7:11<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Dan 7:14<\/span>, will show that only a sumptuary of what was to occur was recorded.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"text-indent: 0.75em\"><B>Matters &#8211; <\/B>Margin, as in Chaldee, words. The term words, however; is often used to denote things.<\/P> <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Albert Barnes&#8217; Notes on the Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\"> CHAPTER VII <\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>The prophet having, in the preceding chapters of this book,<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>related some remarkable events concerning himself and his<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>brethren in the captivity, and given proof of his being<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>enabled, by Divine assistance, to interpret the dreams of<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>others, enters now into a detail of his own visions, returning<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>to a period prior to the transactions recorded in the last<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>chapter. The first in order of the prophet&#8217;s visions is that<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>of the four beasts, which arose out of a very tempestuous<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>ocean<\/I>, 1-9;<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>and of one like the Son of man who annihilated the dominion of<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>the fourth beast, because of the proud and blasphemous words of<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>one of its horns<\/I>, 9-14.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>An angel deciphers the hieroglyphics contained in this chapter,<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>declaring that the<\/I> FOUR beasts, <I>diverse one from another,<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>represent the<\/I> FOUR PARAMOUNT empires <I>of the habitable globe,<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>which should succeed each other; and are evidently the same<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>which were shadowed forth to Nebuchadnezzar by another set of<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>hieroglyphics, (see the<\/I> second <I>chapter,)<\/I> 15-26.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>But for the consolation of the people of God, it is added that,<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>at the time appointed in the counsel of Jehovah, &#8220;the kingdom<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>and dominion, and the greatness of the kingdom under the whole<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>heaven, shall be given to the saints of the Most High;&#8221; and<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>that this kingdom shall never be destroyed or transferred to<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>another people, as all the preceding dominations have been,<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>but shall itself stand for ever<\/I>, 27, 28.<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">  <I>It will be proper to remark that the period of<\/I> a time, times,<\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   and a half, <I>mentioned in the twenty-fifth verse as the duration<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>of the dominion of the little horn that made war with the<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>saints, (generally supposed to be a symbolical representation<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>of the papal power,) had most probably its commencement in<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>A.D. 755 or 756, when Pepin, king of France, invested the pope<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>with temporal power. This hypothesis will bring the conclusion<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>of the period to about the year of Christ 2000, a time fixed<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>by Jews and Christians for some remarkable revolution; when<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>the world, as they suppose, will be renewed, the wicked cease<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>from troubling the Church, and the saints of the Most High<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>have dominion over the whole habitable globe. But this is all<\/I><\/P> <P STYLE=\"margin-left: 0.9em\">   <I>hypothesis.<\/I> <\/P> <P>                     NOTES ON CHAP. VII<\/P> <P> <\/P> <P> Verse <span class='bible'>1<\/span>. <I><B>In the first year of Belshazzar<\/B><\/I>] This is the same Belshazzar who was slain at the taking of Babylon, as we have seen at the conclusion of <span class='bible'>Da 5:30-31<\/span>. That chapter should have followed both this and the succeeding. The reason why the <I>fifth<\/I> chapter was put in an improper place was, that all the <I>historic<\/I> <I>parts<\/I> might be together, and the <I>prophetic<\/I> be by themselves; and, accordingly, the former end with the preceding chapter, and the latter with this. The division therefore is not <I>chronological<\/I> but merely <I>artificial<\/I>.<\/P> <P> <\/P> <P> <I><B>Told the sum of the matters.<\/B><\/I>] That he might not forget this extraordinary dream, he wrote down the leading particulars when he arose.<\/P> <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Adam Clarke&#8217;s Commentary and Critical Notes on the Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><P><B>In the first year of Belshazzar:<\/B> now Daniel begins to declare the visions God showed him at sundry times, therefore he goes back to the first year of Belshazzar. It is observed by the curious, that the word Belshazzar is here changed by the prophet, one letter transposed, which alters the signification greatly; for his name is <span class='_800000'><\/span> <span class='bible'>Dan 5:1<\/span>, which signifies <\/P> <P>treasures searched out and possessed; but the word in the text is this, <span class='_800000'><\/span> which means, <\/P> <P>Bel is consumed with the fire of an enemy, as was prophesied by Jeremiah, <span class='bible'>Dan 1:2<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer 51:44<\/span>. See <span class='bible'>Jer 51:25<\/span>,<span class='bible'>58<\/span>. The Jews used to change the names of idols and idolaters, and it turned to a reproach to them, as Grotius proves well out of Moses de Kotzi. <\/P> <P>He wrote the dream: these visions of Daniel were sent, and recorded by him in writing, for the benefit of the church, to rectify their mistake; for they thought all things would succeed prosperously after they returned out of their captivity: yet they should find a world of troubles in many generations following, seeing that of the four great monarchies, which he calls beasts, there was but one passed, and they should find three more yet to come. This Daniel dreamed, saw, wrote, and told the sum of it. <\/P> <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: English Annotations on the Holy Bible by Matthew Poole<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><P><B>1. Belshazzar<\/B>Good <I>Hebrew<\/I>manuscripts have &#8220;Belshazzar&#8221;; meaning &#8220;Bel is to beburnt with hostile fire&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Jer 50:2<\/span>;<span class='bible'>Jer 51:44<\/span>). In the <I>history<\/I>he is called by his ordinary name; in the <I>prophecy,<\/I> whichgives his true destiny, he is called a corresponding name, by thechange of a letter. <\/P><P>       <B>visions of his head<\/B>not<I>confused<\/I> &#8220;dreams,&#8221; but distinct images seen <I>whilehis mind was collected.<\/I> <\/P><P>       <B>sum<\/B>a &#8220;summary.&#8221;In predictions, generally, details are not given so fully as to leaveno scope for free agency, faith, and patient waiting for Godmanifesting His will in the event. He &#8220;wrote&#8221; it for theChurch in all ages; he &#8220;told&#8221; it for the comfort of hiscaptive fellow countrymen.<\/P><\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Jamieson, Fausset and Brown&#8217;s Commentary Critical and Explanatory on the Whole Bible <\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong>In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon<\/strong>,&#8230;. Daniel having finished the historical part of his book, and committed to writing what was necessary concerning himself and his three companions, and concerning Nebuchadnezzar, Belshazzar, and Darius the Mede, proceeds to the prophetic part, and goes back to the first year of Belshazzar&#8217;s reign, seventeen years before his death, and the fall of the Babylonish monarchy last mentioned; for so long Belshazzar reigned, according to Josephus u; and with which agrees the canon of Ptolemy, who ascribes so many years to the reign of Nabonadius, the same, with Belshazzar: he began to reign, according to Bishop Usher w, Dean Prideaux x, and Mr, Whiston y, in the year of the world 3449 A.M., and 555 B.C.; and in the first year of his reign Daniel had the dream of the four monarchies, as follows:<\/p>\n<p><strong>Daniel had a dream<\/strong>: as Nebuchadnezzar before had, concerning the same things, the four monarchies of the world, and the kingdom of Christ, only represented in a different manner: or, &#8220;saw a dream&#8221; z; in his dream he had a vision, and objects were presented to his fancy as if he really saw them, as follows:<\/p>\n<p><strong>and visions of his head came upon his bed<\/strong>; as he lay upon his bed, and deep sleep was fallen on him, things in a visionary way were exhibited to him very wonderful and surprising, and which made strong impressions upon him:<\/p>\n<p><strong>then he wrote the dream<\/strong>: awaking out of his sleep, and perfectly remembering the dream he had dreamed, and recollecting the several things he had seen in it; that they might not be lost, but transmitted to posterity for their use and benefit, he immediately committed them to writing:<\/p>\n<p><strong>and told the sum of the matters<\/strong>; the whole of what he had dreamt and seen; or however the sum and substance of it, the more principal parts of it, the most interesting things in it, and of the greatest importance: when it was daylight, and he rose from his bed, and went out of his chamber, he called his friends together, and told them by word of mouth what he had seen in his dream the night past; or read what he had written of it, which was as follows:<\/p>\n<p>u Antiqu. Jud. l. 10. c. 11. sect. 4. w Annales Vet. Test. A. M. 3449. x Connexion, &amp;c. part. 1. p. 114. y Chronological Tables, cent. 10. z   &#8220;somnium vidit&#8221;. V. L. Pagninus, Montanus, Junius &amp; Tremellius, Piscator, &amp;c.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: John Gill&#8217;s Exposition of the Entire Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> The time here indicated, &ldquo;in the first year of Belshazzar,&rdquo; which cannot, as is evident, mean &ldquo;shortly before the reign of Belshazzar&rdquo; (Hitz.), but that Daniel received the following revelation in the course of the first year of the reign of this king, stands related to the contest of the revelation. This vision accords not only in many respects with the dream of Nebuchadnezzar (Daniel 2), but has the same subject. This subject, however, the representation of the world-power in its principal forms, is differently given in the two chapters. In Daniel 2 it is represented according to its whole character as an image of a man whose different parts consist of different metals, and in Daniel 7 under the figure of four beasts which arise one after the other out of the sea. In the former its destruction is represented by a stone breaking the image in pieces, while in the latter it is effected by a solemn act of judgment. This further difference also is to be observed, that in this chapter, the first, but chiefly the fourth world-kingdom, in its development and relation to the people of God, is much more clearly exhibited than in Daniel 2. These differences have their principal reason in the difference of the recipients of the divine revelation: Nebuchadnezzar, the founder of the world-power, saw this power in its imposing greatness and glory; while Daniel, the prophet of God, saw it in its opposition to God in the form of ravenous beasts of prey. Nebuchadnezzar had his dream in the second year of his reign, when he had just founded his world-monarchy; while Daniel had his vision of the world-kingdoms and of the judgment against them in the first year of Belshazzar, i.e., Evilmerodach, the son and successor of Nebuchadnezzar, when with the death of the golden head of the world-monarchy its glory began to fade, and the spirit of its opposition to God became more manifest. This revelation was made to the prophet in a dream-vision by night upon his bed. Compare <span class='bible'>Dan 2:28<\/span>. Immediately thereafter Daniel wrote down the principal parts of the dream, that it might be publicly proclaimed &#8211; <em> the sum of the things<\/em> (   ) which he had seen in the dream.  , <em> to say, to relate<\/em>, is not opposed to  , <em> to write<\/em>, but explains it: by means of writing down the vision he said, i.e., reported, the chief contents of the dream, omitting secondary things, e.g., the minute description of the beasts.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Keil &amp; Delitzsch Commentary on the Old Testament<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><TABLE BORDER=\"0\" CELLPADDING=\"1\" CELLSPACING=\"0\"> <TR> <TD> <P ALIGN=\"LEFT\" STYLE=\"background: transparent;border: none;padding: 0in;font-weight: normal;text-decoration: none\"> <span style='font-size:1.25em;line-height:1em'><I><SPAN STYLE=\"background: transparent\"><SPAN STYLE=\"text-decoration: none\">The Vision of the Four Beasts.<\/SPAN><\/SPAN><\/I><\/span><\/P> <\/TD> <TD> <P ALIGN=\"RIGHT\" STYLE=\"background: transparent;border: none;padding: 0in\"> <SPAN STYLE=\"text-decoration: none\"><SPAN STYLE=\"font-style: normal\"><SPAN STYLE=\"font-weight: normal\"><SPAN STYLE=\"background: transparent\"><SPAN STYLE=\"text-decoration: none\">B. C.<\/SPAN><\/SPAN><\/SPAN><\/SPAN><\/SPAN><SPAN STYLE=\"text-decoration: none\"><SPAN STYLE=\"font-style: normal\"><SPAN STYLE=\"font-weight: normal\"><SPAN STYLE=\"background: transparent\"><SPAN STYLE=\"text-decoration: none\"> 555.<\/SPAN><\/SPAN><\/SPAN><\/SPAN><\/SPAN><\/P> <\/TD> <\/TR>  <\/TABLE> <P>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; 1 In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon Daniel had a dream and visions of his head upon his bed: then he wrote the dream, <I>and<\/I> told the sum of the matters. &nbsp; 2 Daniel spake and said, I saw in my vision by night, and, behold, the four winds of the heaven strove upon the great sea. &nbsp; 3 And four great beasts came up from the sea, diverse one from another. &nbsp; 4 The first <I>was<\/I> like a lion, and had eagle&#8217;s wings: I beheld till the wings thereof were plucked, and it was lifted up from the earth, and made stand upon the feet as a man, and a man&#8217;s heart was given to it. &nbsp; 5 And behold another beast, a second, like to a bear, and it raised up itself on one side, and <I>it had<\/I> three ribs in the mouth of it between the teeth of it: and they said thus unto it, Arise, devour much flesh. &nbsp; 6 After this I beheld, and lo another, like a leopard, which had upon the back of it four wings of a fowl; the beast had also four heads; and dominion was given to it. &nbsp; 7 After this I saw in the night visions, and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth: it devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it <I>was<\/I> diverse from all the beasts that <I>were<\/I> before it; and it had ten horns. &nbsp; 8 I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up among them another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and, behold, in this horn <I>were<\/I> eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things.<\/P> <P> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; The date of this chapter places it before <span class='bible'><I>ch.<\/I><\/span><span class='bible'> v.<\/span>, which was in the last year of Belshazzar, and <span class='bible'><I>ch.<\/I><\/span><span class='bible'> iv.<\/span>, which was in the first of Darius; for Daniel had those visions in the first year of Belshazzar, when the captivity of the Jews in Babylon was drawing near a period. Belshazzar&#8217;s name here is, in the original, spelt differently from what it used to be; before it was <I>Bel-she-azar&#8211;Bel is he that treasures up riches.<\/I> But this is <I>Bel-eshe-zar&#8211;Bel is on fire by the enemy.<\/I> Bel was the god of the Chaldeans; he had prospered, but is now to be consumed.<\/P> <P> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; We have, in these verses, Daniel&#8217;s vision of the four monarchies that were oppressive to the Jews. Observe,<\/P> <P> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; I. The circumstances of this vision. Daniel had interpreted Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s dream, and now he is himself honoured with similar divine discoveries (<span class='bible'><I>v.<\/I><\/span><span class='bible'> 1<\/span>): He <I>had visions of his head upon his bed,<\/I> when he was asleep; so God sometimes revealed himself and his mind to the children of men, when deep sleep fell upon them (<span class='bible'>Job xxxiii. 15<\/span>); for when we are most retired from the world, and taken off from the things of sense, we are most fit for communion with God. But when he was awake he <I>wrote the dream<\/I> for his own use, lest he should forget it as a dream which passes away; and he <I>told the sum of the matters<\/I> to his brethren the Jews for their use, and gave it to them in writing, that it might be communicated to those at a distance and preserved for their children after them, who shall see these things accomplished. The Jews, misunderstanding some of the prophecies of Jeremiah and Ezekiel, flattered themselves with hopes that, after their return to their own land, they should enjoy a complete and uninterrupted tranquility; but that they might not so deceive themselves, and their calamities be made doubly grievous by the disappointment, God by this prophet lets them know that they shall have tribulation: those promises of their prosperity were to be accomplished in the spiritual blessings of the kingdom of grace; as Christ has told his disciples they must expect persecution, and the promises they depend upon will be accomplished in the eternal blessings of the kingdom of glory. Daniel both wrote these things and spoke them, to intimate that the church should be taught both by the scriptures and by ministers&#8217; preaching, both by the written word and by word of mouth; and ministers in their preaching are to <I>tell the sum of the matters<\/I> that are written.<\/P> <P> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; II. The vision itself, which foretels the revolutions of government in those nations which the church of the Jews, for the following ages, was to be under the influence of. 1. He observed the <I>four winds to strive upon the great sea,<\/I><span class='_0000ff'><I><U><span class='bible'> v.<\/span><span class='bible'> 2<\/span><\/U><\/I><\/span>. They strove which should blow strongest, and, at length, blow alone. This represents the contests among princes for empire, and the shakings of the nations by these contests, to which those mighty monarchies, which he was now to have a prospect of, owed their rise. One wind from any point of the compass, if it blow hard, will cause a great commotion in the sea; but what a tumult must needs be raised when the four winds strive for mastery! This is it which the kings of the nations are contending for in their wars, which are as noisy and violent as the battle of the winds; but how is the poor sea tossed and torn, how terrible are its concussions, and how violent its convulsions, while the winds are at strife which shall have the sole power of troubling it! Note, This world is like a stormy tempestuous sea; thanks to the proud ambitious winds that vex it. 2. He saw <I>four great beasts come up from the sea,<\/I> from the <I>troubled waters,<\/I> in which aspiring minds love to fish. The monarchs and monarchies are represented by <I>beasts,<\/I> because too often it is by brutish rage and tyranny that they are raised and supported. These beasts were <I>diverse one from another<\/I> (<span class='bible'><I>v.<\/I><\/span><span class='bible'> 3<\/span>), of different shapes, to denote the different genius and complexion of the nations in whose hands they were lodged. (1.) <I>The first<\/I> beast <I>was like a lion,<\/I><span class='_0000ff'><I><U><span class='bible'> v.<\/span><span class='bible'> 4<\/span><\/U><\/I><\/span>. This was the Chaldean monarchy, that was fierce and strong, and made the kings absolute. This lion had <I>eagle&#8217;s wings,<\/I> with which to fly upon the prey, denoting the wonderful speed that Nebuchadnezzar made in his conquest of kingdoms. But Daniel soon sees the <I>wings plucked,<\/I> a full stop put to the career of their victorious arms. Divers countries that had been tributaries to them revolt from them, and make head against them; so that this monstrous animal, this winged lion, is made to <I>stand upon the feet as a man, and a man&#8217;s heart is given to it.<\/I> It has lost the heart of a lion, which it had been famous for (one of our English kings was called <I>Cur de Lion&#8211;Lion-heart<\/I>), has lost its courage and become feeble and faint, dreading every thing and daring nothing; they are put in fear, and made to know themselves to be but men. Sometimes the valour of a nation strangely sinks, and it becomes cowardly and effeminate, so that what was the head of the nations in an age or two becomes the tail. (2.) The <I>second<\/I> beast was <I>like a bear,<\/I><span class='_0000ff'><I><U><span class='bible'> v.<\/span><span class='bible'> 5<\/span><\/U><\/I><\/span>. This was the Persian monarchy, less strong and generous than the former, but no less ravenous. This bear <I>raised up itself on one side<\/I> against the lion, and soon mastered it. It <I>raised up one dominion;<\/I> so some read it. Persia and Media, which in Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s image were the <I>two arms<\/I> in one breast, now set up a joint government. This bear had <I>three ribs in the mouth of it between the teeth,<\/I> the remains of those nations it had devoured, which were the marks of its voraciousness, and yet an indication that though it had devoured much it could not devour all; some ribs still stuck in the teeth of it, which it could not conquer. Whereupon it was said to it, &#8220;<I>Arise, devour much flesh;<\/I> let alone the bones, the ribs, that cannot be conquered, and set upon that which will be an easier prey.&#8221; The princes will stir up both the kings and the people to push on their conquests, and let nothing stand before them. Note, Conquests, unjustly made, are but like those of the beasts of prey, and in <I>this<\/I> much worse, that the beasts prey not upon those of their own kind, as wicked and unreasonable men do. (3.) The third beast was <I>like a leopard,<\/I><span class='_0000ff'><I><U><span class='bible'> v.<\/span><span class='bible'> 6<\/span><\/U><\/I><\/span>. This was the Grecian monarchy, founded by <I>Alexander the Great,<\/I> active, crafty, and cruel, like a <I>leopard.<\/I> He had <I>four wings of a fowl;<\/I> the lion seems to have had but two wings; but the leopard had four, for though Nebuchadnezzar made great despatch in his conquests Alexander made much greater. In six years&#8217; time he gained the whole empire of Persia, a great part besides of Asia, made himself master of Syria, Egypt, India, and other nations. This beast had <I>four heads;<\/I> upon Alexander&#8217;s death his conquests were divided among his four chief captains; Seleucus Nicanor had Asia the Great; Perdiccas, and after him Antigonus, had Asia the Less; Cassander had Macedonia; and Ptolemeus had Egypt. <I>Dominion<\/I> was <I>given<\/I> to this <I>beast;<\/I> it was given of God, from whom alone promotion comes. (4.) The fourth beast was more fierce, and formidable, and mischievous, than any of them, unlike any of the other, nor is there any among the beasts of prey to which it might be compared, <span class='bible'><I>v.<\/I><\/span><span class='bible'> 7<\/span>. The learned are not agreed concerning this anonymous beast; some make it to be the Roman empire, which, when it was in its glory, comprehended ten kingdoms, Italy, France, Spain, Germany, Britain, Sarmatia, Pannonia, Asia, Greece, and Egypt; and then the little horn which rose by the fall of three of the other horns (<span class='bible'><I>v.<\/I><\/span><span class='bible'> 8<\/span>) they make to be the Turkish empire, which rose in the room of Asia, Greece, and Egypt. Others make this fourth beast to be the kingdom of Syria, the family of the Seleucid, which was very cruel and oppressive to the people of the Jews, as we find in Josephus and the history of the Maccabees. And herein that empire was diverse from those which went before, that none of the preceding powers compelled the Jews to renounce their religion, but the kings of Syria did, and used them barbarously. Their armies and commanders were the <I>great iron teeth<\/I> with which they <I>devoured and broke in pieces<\/I> the people of God, and they <I>trampled upon the residue<\/I> of them. The <I>ten horns<\/I> are then supposed to be ten kings that reigned successively in Syria; and then the <I>little horn<\/I> is Antiochus Epiphanes, the last of the ten, who by one means or other undermined three of the kings, and got the government. He was a man of great ingenuity, and therefore is said to have eyes <I>like the eyes of a man;<\/I> and he was very bold and daring, had a <I>mouth speaking great things.<\/I> We shall meet with him again in these prophecies.<\/P> <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Matthew Henry&#8217;s Whole Bible Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p style='margin-left:8.26em'><strong>DANIEL &#8211; CHAPTER 7<\/strong><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:8.9em'><strong>DANIEL&#8217;S BEAST VISION<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>Verses 1-3:<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>Verse 1 begins <\/strong>a description of four living beasts of the field; each had life and movement, more than the inanimate creatures, mere statue forms of Daniel chapter two. These beasts, while symbolic of organized Gentile empires, also set forth the depravity and beastality of man, without a place of God in his life.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Daniel himself had this dream, <\/strong>not an heathen king, as formerly dealt with <span class='bible'>Dan 2:28<\/span>. This dream of distinct, clear images came to him, as he lay with collected mind upon his bed in the first year of the reign of Belshazzar. What he saw he proceeded to write, then explain in more detail, <span class='bible'>Amo 3:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 1:19<\/span>. Let it be recalled that &#8220;secret things belong to the Lord,&#8221; but things &#8220;revealed or disclosed belong to and for the benefit of men,&#8221; <span class='bible'>Deu 29:29<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Eph 3:3-10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>1Th 5:4<\/span>. Note three things Daniel <strong>saw, wrote, and told <\/strong>or explained in this dream, for the benefit of comforting and enlightening the people of his times, and for the people of God today. Blessed are those who seek to understand what he said, <span class='bible'>2Ti 2:15<\/span>; <span class='bible'>1Pe 3:15<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 1:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 22:16<\/span>. For it is a telescopic view of end times.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Verse 2<\/strong> describes further that Daniel saw in that vision that night the four winds of the heavens, covering the earth, as they whirled about in dervish clashes upon the great sea. The four winds signify the clashing of the four great Gentile political powers in their clash to rule the &#8220;great sea,&#8221; symbolic of the masses or populace of humanity in disarray; <span class='bible'>Mat 13:47<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 13:1<\/span>. The antichrist rises out of the sea of political strife, but the Son of man comes in the clouds of heaven, <span class='bible'>Jer 46:7-8<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk 21:25<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Joh 8:23<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Verse 3 relates <\/strong>that four great beasts came up from or arose out of the sea (masses of Gentile powers in disarray). Each of the beasts or living animals was clearly distinct one from another. Verse 17 explains that these four beasts were (exist as) four kings; So that in this matter no ground is left for speculation. Cherubic or angelic living animals represent redeemed men, whereas beasts represent beast-like character in groveling greedy, unregenerate men, in anarchy against God, as they appear in <span class='bible'>Rev 13:1-18<\/span>.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Garner-Howes Baptist Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> Hear. Daniel begins to offer instruction peculiar to the Church. For God had formerly appointed him an interpreter and instructor to, profane kings. But he now appoints him a teacher to the Church, that he may exercise his office within it, and instruct the sons of God in the bosom of the Church. We must notice this first of all, because thus far his predictions extended beyond the limits of the household of faith, but here Daniel&#8217;s duty is restricted to the Church. He says: This vision  was bestowed upon him in the first year of King Belshazzar,  before that change happened, which we have previously seen. First of all, we must try to understand the design of the Holy Spirit; that is, the end and use for which he opened up to Daniel the material of this chapter. All the prophets had held out to the elect people the hope of deliverance, after God had punished them for their ingratitude and obstinacy. When we read what other prophets announce concerning their future redemption, we should suppose the Church to have been promised a happy, quiet, and completely peaceful state, after the people had returned from captivity. But history testifies how very differently it turned out. For the faithful must have grown weary and have fallen away unless they had been admonished of the various disturbances which were at hand. This, then, is the first reason why God revealed to his Prophet what we shall soon see; namely, that three monarchies yet remained, each of which should succeed the former, and that during them all the faithful should endure permanently and constantly in reliance on the promises, although they should see the whole world shaken, and severe and distressing convulsions prevailing everywhere. For this reason, Daniel&#8217;s vision concerning the four empires is here set forth. Perhaps it will be better to defer the summary of it till the Prophet begins to treat of each beast separately. But with regard to the two first verses, we must observe the time of the dream. <\/p>\n<p> Before the Medes and Persians transferred the Chaldean Empire to themselves, the Prophet was instructed in this subject, that the Jews might recognize the partial fulfillment of what God had so often promised themselves and their fathers. For if their enemies had possessed Babylon without any new prediction, the Jews perhaps would not have been so attentive to those prophecies which had been long ago uttered in their favor. Hence God wished to refresh their memories, and then, when they saw the fall of that empire which all thought to be impregnable, they would perceive the government of God&#8217;s secret counsels, and the partial, if not the complete fulfillment of what he had testified by their prophets. He says &#8212;  he saw a dream  When he previously spoke of the dream of King Nebuchadnezzar he mentioned a vision, but not for the same reason, because the unbelieving when seeing do not observe. They perceive something indeed, dimly and without distinctness, while their thoughts immediately fade away. The Prophet&#8217;s method was different; because he not only dreamed, but saw a distinct vision, and thus could profitably deliver to others what he had received. The Prophet then expresses something peculiar by this phrase, for we know how prophets usually attribute such visions to God, when they perceive the secrets of heaven, not with the eyes of flesh, but by the illumination and intelligence of the Spirit. He adds &#8212;  visions of his head were on his bed; thus the dream would have more weight, and lest we should think any confusion existed in Daniel&#8217;s brain. Thus he expresses how he saw whatever the Lord wished him to know in a dream with a calm mind. He afterwards adds &#8212;  Then he wrote the dream, and explained the meaning of the words. By this phrase he teaches us how his seeing the vision was not for his own sake personally, but for the common edification of the Church. Those who suppose Daniel to have leapt suddenly from his bed, lest he should forget the dream, offer a vain and frivolous comment. Daniel rather wished to bear &#8216;witness to this vision as not peculiar to himself, but common to God&#8217;s elect people; and hence not only to be celebrated orally, but to be delivered to posterity for a perpetual remembrance. We must bear in mind these two points; first, Daniel wrote this prophecy that the knowledge of it might ever be celebrated among the faithful; and then, he considered the interests of posterity, and so left the vision written. Both these points are worthy of notice to induce us to pay greater attention to the vision, since it was not delivered for a single individual; but God chose Daniel as his minister, and as the herald and witness of this oracle. Hence we see how it concerns us; it was not teaching for any single age, but it extends to us, and ought to flourish till the end of the world. He repeats the same thing by adding &#8212;  he explained the sense of the words.  For those who separate these two clauses, seem to stumble on plain ground.  (2)  Daniel  then  spoke  and  said  &#8212; This has no reference to words, but to writing; as if the Prophet had said, I have discharged my duty; since he knew that what we shall afterwards see concerning the four monarchies was not divinely entrusted to him for the sake of suppressing anything made known, but he rather felt himself a chosen instrument of God, who was thus suggesting to the faithful material for trust and endurance.  He spoke, therefore, and  explained; that is, when he desired to promulgate this oracle, he bore witness to there being no difference between himself and God&#8217;s Church in this announcement; but as he had been an elect and ordained teacher, so he delivered what he had received, through his hands, Hence Daniel not only commends his own faith, but excites all the pious to anxiety and attention, lest they should despise what God had pronounced through his mouth. <\/p>\n<p>  (2) The phrase in the Latin text is a proverb:   nodum quaerere in scyrpo   The French is correct in its interpretation:   chercher de la difficulte ou il n  &#8217; y en a point  . Both Ennius and Terence use the proverb. &#8212;  Ed  <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Calvin&#8217;s Complete Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <strong>DANIELS FIRST GREAT DREAM!<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><span><\/span><span class='bible'><strong>Dan 7:1-28<\/strong><\/span><strong>.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>GREAT students of the Word of God have pretty generally agreed that the Book of Daniel broadly divides itself under four heads:The Personal history of Daniel from the conquest of Jerusalem to the second year of Nebuchadnezzar, chapter 1: The visions of Nebuchadnezzar and their interpretations, chapters 24: Daniel under Belshazzar and Darius, chapters 56: and the Visions of Daniel himself, chapters 712.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>Our further studies in this Book will involve Daniel even more fully than have those already completed.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>If one undertook a verse study of these six chapters it would require many volumes, but a birds-eye view of the same gives prominence to the following themes for chapter 7: The Contending Nations, Antiochus the Prototype, and The Conquering Christ.<\/p>\n<p><span><\/span><strong>THE CONTENDING NATIONS<\/strong><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>This chapter opens with these words:<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'><em>In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon Darnel had a dream and visions of his head upon his bed: then he wrote the dream, and told the sum of the matters.<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>Daniel spake and said, I saw in my vision by night, and, behold, the four winds of the heaven strove upon the great sea.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>And four great beasts came up from the sea, diverse one from another (<span class='bible'><em>Dan 7:1-3<\/em><\/span><em>).<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>The figure of the sea, troubled by the winds from Heaven, has been interpreted for us by the pen of inspiration, <em>The waters which thou sawest,<\/em> * * <em>are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues (<span class='bible'><em>Rev 17:15<\/em><\/span><\/em><em>). <\/em>The thoughts growing out of the sight of the troubled sea give occasion to make three remarks concerning Daniels dream about the nations: 1. The prophetic vision of them was bestial: 2. Their behavior toward one another was bestial: 3. The nations of the earth still insist upon bestial insignias.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'><strong>The prophetic vision of them was bestial!<\/strong><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'><em>Four great beasts came up from the sea, diverse one from another.<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>The first was like a lion, and had eagles wings.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>Beyond all doubt, the Babylonian empire under Nebuchadnezzar is here described, and the coming eclipse of its glory is predicted by the Prophets words: <em>I beheld till the wings thereof were plucked.<\/em><\/p>\n<p>The second beast, like to a bear, raised on one side, with three ribs in its mouth, is Daniels vision of the Medo-Persian empire; its attitude denoting, as Jamieson, Fausset and Brown suggest, A kingdom that had been at rest, but is now raising itself for conquest! Media is the lower sidepassiveness; Persia, the upperactive; and the three ribs in its mouth Babylonia, Lydia and Egypt, territory conquered by Medo-Persia.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'><em>After this I beheld, and lo another, like a leopard, which had upon the back of it four wings of a fowl; the beast had also four heads; and dominion was given to it.<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>The prophecy of Graeco-Macedonia. Here prophecy becomes the mould of history. The battle of Marathon will forever remain one of the marvels of the past. Men sat in solemn council, and the Athenians were so divided that it finally rested with a single vote to determine whether they should make war against the Medes and Persians. The Grecian soldiers were few in number, perhaps not exceeding ten thousand and certainly not equalling twenty thousand. Their enemy easily brought against them not less than ten times that number, and when Callimachus cast his deciding vote in favor of war, it must have represented to many, a forlorn hope.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>And yet, so quickly and fiercely did the Grecian forces, under the young but matchless Miltiades, strike, that the very breath went from the body of the opponents. Thousands of their dead were shortly found on the field of battle; and the same men who conquered against the land force, by the swiftest march known to ancient times, if indeed, ever equaled in history, made their way back to Athens before the Persian fleet could double the cape of Lunium, and stood, so ready to give battle again, that all hope of success died out of the hearts of their opponents, and their retreat was instant.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>Think of a march of one hundred and fifty miles in three days, and that after a battle so terrific that nearly 7,000 Persians lay upon a single battlefield, while the Athenians loss numbered but 192. That was the work of the leopard with four wings, the four-head beast. Truly the Medo-Persian power was struck in fury; smitten.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>But Daniels vision was not yet complete. The text is<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'><em>After this I saw in the night visions, and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth: it devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it had ten horns (<span class='bible'><em>Dan 7:7<\/em><\/span><\/em><em>).<\/em><\/p>\n<p>This is the vision of Rome, indescribable in character, terrible in power, fierce in conflict: the universal monarchy.<\/p>\n<p>Jamieson, Fausset and Brown call our attention to the fact that from that moment all history moves within the Romanic, Germanic and Slavonic nations, and so it will continue until Christs Second Advent.<\/p>\n<p>Rome is but Babylon fully developed. It is the world-power corresponding in contrast to Christianity, and consequently contemporaneous with it.<\/p>\n<p>Possibly one reason why God gave to Daniel this dream existed in the circumstance that the mind, when thoroughly awake and alert, is incapable of imagining creatures that fitly represented the ferocity of warring nations, and had need, therefore, to be brought into sleep that the last cord, binding imaginative faculties, might be loosened, and creatures such as the world had never seen in the flesh, but such as were destined to be seen in national character, were clearly outlined.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Their behavior toward one another was bestial.<\/strong> Think of the Heavenly Visitors interpretation of these great beasts, that <em>four kings<\/em> * * <em>shall arise out of the earth.<\/em> And, think also of his description of their destructive work. Truly every figure of fury and force, known to that ancient time, was employed to describe what would occur. It was a battle to the death; no quarter was shown anywhere. Brute beasts that had nothing in common one with another; brute beasts that by nature were foes; brute beasts that never met save to fight, were employed to depict the behavior of men toward one another, because, forsooth, they belonged to different nations; and each in turn was seized with that ever-living greed of conquest which always proposes to crush the weaker and appropriate his possessions.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>Let no man imagine that this is a Prophets picture of a barbarous and untrained people; or that this is the presentation of the onslaught of one savage tribe against another, or the barbarous reign of ignorance and brutality and consequent blood;the conflict of men, who according to Darwinian contention, had come up but a little way from the ape and orangoutan!<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>Creasy, in his Decisive Battles, declares that this very territory of Asia was the original seat of human societies, and long before any trace can be found of the inhabitants of the rest of the world having emerged from the rudest barbarism, we can perceive that mighty and brilliant empires flourished in the Asiatic continent. They appear before us through the twilight of primeval history, dim and indistinct, but massive and majestic, like mountains in the early dawn.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>And yet again, let no man imagine that the days of the brute beast in man, when he comes to battle against his brother, belong to the far past.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'><strong>The nations now insist upon bestial insignias.<\/strong> Of present-day nations, one, our own, selects an eagle, roused and ready to strike; another, Germany, puts on an eagles neck a double head, indicative of the fact that he can strike in more directions than one; Germany fought both Eastward and Westward; a third, Mexico, selects an eagle and reinforces him by a serpent crouching upon his breast and lifting his head to the level of that of his destructive confederate; a fourth, Russia, a bear, the most voracious of beasts; a fifth, England, the lionan animal that demands the heart blood and quivering flesh of his victim; a sixth, Africa, an elephant, whose destructive power when once infuriated, is unsurpassed; and again, the dragon, China,the creature of imagination, combining all the bestial terrors known to men.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.225em'>And if these beasts were insignias only, it would not be a matter of such supreme moment; but look at the recent conduct of the nations of the world, and understand that they are insignias with significance. What hellish devices have they imagined in their intentions of mischief one against another! While theologians were disputing whether hell was a lake of fire, warriors invented bombs to fling into the midst of the armies of their brother men, to break suddenly into the most deadly fumes that ever collapsed the lungs of men or into the most infernal flames that ever fed upon sensitive, quivering, agonizing human flesh.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.225em'>And even our own nation, so long boasting itself Christian, could not resist the swirling, sucking circle of deadly shot, asphyxiating fumes and consuming flame of war. Our neutrality was at once commercialized and criminalized. Never since the days, when as a babe, leaving my mothers arms to walk alone, and, while walking, awake to the fact that a civil war was swirling about me, had I seen any movement sweep over my own country with such rapidity, backed by such corporate wealth and quickened by such prospect of multiplied fortunes for the few whose god is gold as that movement which named itself Preparedness! It impelled certain of our citizens, whose accumulated riches were their curse, to start munition factories that added daily millions upon millions to their plethoric purses, and at the same time gave them, in exchange for these millions on millions, such missiles of death as the devils world never did devise until then.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>If this spirit of war continues to grow; if men, who are more anxious to be political leaders than they are to be patriots, are to remain our spokesmen and to come into places of administrative power; if the factories, hitherto employed in the creation of the implements of peace, are to be turned to the manufacture of the missiles of torture and death; if, worse than all, the peace-loving people are to be hoodwinked by daily newspapers, captured already by men more concerned in commercial advantage than with patriotic sentiments; if designing politicians, in order to defeat their opponents, are to have free access to the ears of the unthinking; if Mr. Edisons latest device, the moving picture, is to be made the medium of alarm, impossible without its imaginary liesthen, I declare before God and men that the time has come for the Christian Church to voice herself against this whole bestial business, and that in terms that no man need misunderstand.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>It is a very easy matter for men who represent vested interests, known to be enhanced a hundredfold if only international conflicts can be engendered and kept up, or politicians, out of office, and determined to return to the same at any cost, to call their more conservativenot to say Christian brethrentraitors to the commonwealth. But it might also be replied that our first and most binding citizenship is, after all, with another King; and our first Ruler is over and above all, The Prince of Peace.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>The man who could look at the blood-soaked fields of Europe and chuckle with the thought that they were daily increasing his exchequer, was unfit for citizenship! The man who can think upon the diabolical explosives, made, as the late Herbert Booth once said, in devilish haste that they might be instantly hurled against certain of their brothers, who happened to have been born under other flags, and of fiendish contrivances that flew through the air in the dark, and dropped bombs on sleeping children, or turned loose ten thousand piercing lances upon the defenseless heads and shoulders of innocent women; the man who can think on the deadly fumes of liquid fire, exploded in the midst of as fine a regiment of men as ever trod the face of the earth, to send the last one of them either to death or insanity in one short hour, and not revolt at it all, is far removed from the spirit of the Nazarene who never lifted His hand against another, nor assumed an attitude toward any man, but that of kindliness, sweetness and assistance.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>If I had my way I would tear from the flags of the earth these bestial insignias, and introduce instead of these birds and beasts of prey those that would speak of peace, and preach the great truth of Scripture that <strong>all nations are made of one blood, for to dwell together upon the face of the earth.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>However, as we proceed with our study of this chapter, we come suddenly upon<\/p>\n<p><span><\/span><strong>ANOTHER LITTLE HORN<\/strong><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'><em>I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up among them another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things (<span class='bible'><em>Dan 7:8<\/em><\/span><\/em><em>).<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>Notice in passing that when Daniel asked the truth of all this, the Heavenly Interpreter said,<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'><em>Another shall rise after them; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he shall subdue three kings.<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>And he shall speak great words against the Most High, and shall wear out the saints of the Most High, and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>But the judgment shall sit, and they shall take away his dominion, to consume and to destroy it unto the end (<span class='bible'><em>Dan 7:24-26<\/em><\/span><em>).<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>At first thought one who is familiar with history imagines that he here meets Antiochus Epiphanes, but such is not the case. That Prototype we shall face in the 8th chapter. He was the product of the Grecian nation.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>This beast is from the Roman Empire instead, for iron is the symbol of Rome, and the ten horns that were on the head of the fourth beast as a dual suggestion. It refers alike to the fact that ten is Gods number for perfection, and the Roman supremacy was complete, and to the additional circumstance that during the Roman Empire there were ten outstanding emperors, and in the Babylon of the future Rome comes to the fore again.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>There will be ten kingdoms, answering to the ten toes of the image vision of <span class='bible'>Daniel 2<\/span>: symbols as they were of the ten kingdoms that shall finally be smitten by the stone cut out of the mount without hands.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>It will be remembered by students of the Bible that John in his vision<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'><em>Stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>And I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>And they worshipped the dragon which gave power unto the beast: and they worshipped the beast, saying, Who is like unto the beastf who is able to make war with him?<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme His Name, and His Tabernacle and them that dwell in Heaven.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the Book of Life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world (<span class='bible'><em>Rev 13:1-8<\/em><\/span><em>).<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>No one can read these two descriptions and doubt that the same individual is described,the same world power suggested. They both come out of the ten-point kingdom. They both exercise an imparted power. They both speak boastfully and blaspheme. They each continue forty and two months, or time, times and a half a time. They both make war with the saints and overcome them; and this is the individual who secures the worship of the world.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.225em'>It is not in dispute, though the Roman Empire as such crumbled, that its pieces still exist in the multiplied forms of government now to be found upon the face of the earth. Its imperial characteristics are to enjoy a restoration, and its last emperor, the beast of this description, is to rule a federated empire of ten kingdoms.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.225em'>Beyond all question history now moves to that objective.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.225em'>The last war declared the independence of small nations. President Wilsons deliverance on the subject secured world attention.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.225em'>The wars of the future will move in a different direction. They will force little nations out of existence, and will increase the power of the greater ones to the point where finally a federation of ten of the same will be proposed, and accepted.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.225em'>The supreme mark of the many antichrists that are in the world now, in fact the spirit of antichrist himself, is the denial of Christian Truth as it involves the Incarnation of God, and that philosophy of unbelief never had so many propagandas as at present.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.225em'>We move more and more, and in recent years with tremendous rapidity, toward the fulfilment of this prophecy.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.225em'>But, thanks be unto God, we also move more and more to the prophecy that follows as it relates to<\/p>\n<p><strong>THE CONQUERING CHRIST<\/strong><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>Of Him Daniel also speaks, saying:<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'><em>I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of Man came with the clouds of Heaven, and came to the Ancient of days, and they brought Him near before Him.<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>And there was given Him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages, should serve Him: His dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and His Kingdom that which shall not be destroyed (<span class='bible'><em>Dan 7:13-14<\/em><\/span><em>).<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>How marvelous to interject these two verses right into the middle of the visions and their interpretations, as if that long period of Church history were but a moment!<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>That very fact is full of suggestion.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'><strong>He shall come shortly and suddenly.<\/strong> <em>In an hour when ye think not, the Son of Man cometh,<\/em> as suddenly as a flash of lightning <strong>seen from the east even unto the west.<\/strong> The better interpreters of the Book claim that Daniels seventy weeks are weeks of years, and that sixty-nine of them preceded His first adventwhen He came to be cut off, that by the shedding of His Blood we might be redeemed; and that the Church period is a parenthesis, the termination of which is indefinite, but beyond which a period of only seven years follows, when He shall come in power and great glory to take the throne.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>The one thing we know concerning this time of the Gentilesthis period of the Churchis that it shall last until <em>this Gospel of the Kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness.<\/em><strong> <\/strong>The hermit nations are no more; the testimony of the Christian Church has been given in them all, and no man can say that the day of His Appearance, coming with the clouds of Heaven, is not nigh. But God forbid that we should ever so far miss the meaning of our Masters words, as to set the day for His Appearance, and become like those representatives of the Dowie movement, Burnette and Taylor, who declared Unto Judah and unto Israel and unto all the world that before the close of 1912, Jesus the Christ, the Son of God, will come forth to take His throne.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>But more foolish yet were the virgins who slumbered and slept until the cry, <em>Behold, the bridegroom cometh<\/em> put them to utter confusion. It is ours to be ready to behold in fact what Daniel saw in the night vision, <em>the Son of Man<\/em> [coming] <em>with the clouds of Heaven.<\/em> He shall take the throne unto Himself, for <em>there was given Him dominion<\/em>, <em>and glory, and a Kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages, should serve Him: His dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and His Kingdom that which shall not be destroyed (<span class='bible'><em>Dan 7:14<\/em><\/span><\/em><em>).<\/em> <strong>And the saints shall share it with Him<\/strong> <em>(<span class='bible'><em>Dan 7:27<\/em><\/span><\/em><em>).<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>Truly, as Dr. H. Grattan Guinness says, The glory of the Kingdom of God irradiates this closing prophecy, and the people who are to inherit that glory fill its pages. These, the chief themes of the Old Testament prophecy, involve the greatest event to which all apocalyptic Scripture directs attentionthe Second Advent of Christ, who will come in glory and majesty to raise the dead, judge the world and reign with His saints forever. And every Bible instructed man ought to join with John in crying, Come, Lord Jesus, and come quickly!<\/p>\n<p><strong>He shall bring in a better age.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'><em>His dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and His Kingdom that which shall not be destroyed.<\/em><\/p>\n<p>In that day nations shall cease from war, and not till then. The implements of destruction shall be beaten into those of husbandry. Jeremiah waxes eloquent as he writes:<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'><em>Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will perform that good thing which I have promised unto the House of Israel and to the Home of Judah.<\/em><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>In those days, and at that time, will I cause the Branch of righteousness to grow up unto David; and He shall execute judgment and righteousness in the land.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:4.35em'>In those days shall Judah be saved, and Jerusalem shall dwell safely: and this is the name wherewith she shall be called, The Lord our righteousness (<span class='bible'><em>Jer 33:14-16<\/em><\/span><em>).<\/em><\/p>\n<p>There are men, and their names are a multitude, who are putting their trust now in armaments, and the Heaven-born word of Prophecy is deliberately displaced with the earth-born one of Preparedness. Men are turning from confidence in Christ to the creation of new and bigger cannons; and instead of putting their trust in the Lord, who is to descend from Heaven, they are proposing to invent machines that will fly into the same, and drop the darts of death upon their opponent.<\/p>\n<p>In January, 1916, the Journal of Minneapolis published a sacrilegious cartoon in the form of! Uncle Sam, with a staff tied about his neck as if he were unable to hold it up. On the staff was a shield, out from which grinned a face, whose Rooseveltian teeth were the prominent thing about it, while in the right hand of that representation of our national life was held a garlanded cross, and below was written Armed to the teeth, the plain intent of which was the sacrilegious suggestion that the Nation that had no other defense than the Cross of Christ could be the easy prey of any enemy that cared to come within our borders, to overrun our land, subjugate and enslave our people.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>This all means that the time may not be distant when the members of the professing Church shall be compelled to make their choice between cannon and the Cross. The one thing that is increasingly evident is that we cannot trust in both. They have no fellowship one with the other. The antichrist will be the man of war, and under his administration multitudes of his opponents will perish. The Christ of God will be the Prince of Peace and under His administration men shall cease from battle and become brethren.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>Some of us believe profoundly, and even increasingly, that there is more safety in the Cross than in cannon, in the Saviour who is to come out of Heaven, than in airships that fly there, and in the Man of Nazareth who walks on the waters, than in crafts that steal about underneath them, seeking to strike and send down their foes. It is a time when we might do well to remind ourselves of a piece of history that comes to us out of Josephus.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:0.075em'>Alexander the Great was gone forth conquering and to conquer, and at last he turned his face toward Jerusalem, after having successfully besieged Tyre and Gaza and reduced them to ashes. Jaddua, the high-priest <em>(<span class='bible'><em>Neh 12:22<\/em><\/span><\/em><em>),<\/em> who had been warned in a dream how to avert the kings anger, calmly awaited his approach. And as Jaddua walked into the city of Sapha, accompanied by priests and citizens clothed in garments of white, Alexander looked upon them, and seeing that they had no sword in hand, or other weapons of defense, but came to him in the Name of God, and arrayed in garments that spoke of innocence and peace, he was so moved by the solemn spectacle that he did reverence to the holy Name inscribed upon the priests tiara. And when Parmenio expressed surprise, Alexander said that he had had a dream in which the God of Jaddua had encouraged him to cross over into Asia, and had promised him success. In consequence, he would not lift his hand against them; but visited Jerusalem and offered sacrifice there, heard the prophecies of Daniel, and believed that he saw in them his own victories; and realized perfectly that instead of conquering the Jews he ought indeed to placate them by conferring upon them important privileges, which he did.<\/p>\n<p>America has boasted itself civilized and Christian. We are rapidly approaching the time that shall test our profession and the whole world will know and be affected and influenced accordingly. Do we trust in the Cross or in cannon?<\/p>\n<p><span><\/span><strong><\/strong><\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Bible of the Expositor and the Evangelist by Riley<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><em>HOMILETICS<\/em><\/p>\n<p>SECT. XXII.THE VISION OF THE FOUR BEASTS (Chap. <span class='bible'>Dan. 7:1-7<\/span>)<\/p>\n<p>We now come to the second and principal part of the Book of Daniel, the prophetical portion, the narratives it contains being merely introductory to the visions. The present, as well as the succeeding chapter, chronologically anterior to the preceding one, this vision having been given in the first year of the reign of Belshazzar, probably twenty-three before the events narrated in the preceding chapter; the editor or arranger of the book, whether Ezra or Daniel himself, having for convenience placed the narrative before the present and following chapters, in order to preserve uninterrupted the continuity of the prophecies.<\/p>\n<p>The present chapter, in its matter as well as its position, the central portion of the book. It is in both respects to the Book of Daniel what the eighth chapter of the Epistle to the Romans is to that epistle. Next to the fifty-third chapter of Isaiah, and perhaps the ninth chapter of this same book, we have here the most precious and prominent portion of the sure word of Messianic prophecy. The chapter worthy of the most careful prayer and study. Referred to directly or indirectly by Christ and His apostles perhaps more than other portions of the Old Testament of similar extent. Appears to have been regarded by the Old Testament Church, in the centuries preceding the Messiahs first advent, as pre-eminently the word of prophecy. The same apparently in the New Testament Church till the Revelation of John was vouchsafed for its guidance. The Saviours chosen title of the Son of Man, as well as the declaration of His future coming in the clouds of heaven, obviously taken from this chapter. So Pauls description of the Man of Sin in his second Epistle to the Thessalonians (chap. 2) Frequent and obvious parallels between its images and predictions and those of the Book of Revelation, more especially those connected with the ten-horned beast (<span class='bible'>Rev. 13:1-7<\/span>), the Lords second Advent, the reign of Christ and His saints, and the final judgment.<\/p>\n<p>The vision not understood by Daniel, till at his own request it was explained to him by one of the angels present in it; an indication at once of our duty and privilege in relation to the study of the word of prophecy. The vision and its interpretation given for our sakes especially, on whom the ends of the world have come. One part of the Holy Spirits office to show us things to come, which have been already noted in the Scripture of truth; while it is our part to imitate the prophet in searching what or what manner of time the Spirit that was in them did signify, when he showed beforehand the sufferings of Christ and the glory that should follow (<span class='bible'>1Pe. 1:11<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>This, as well as the prophecies that follow, delivered in Daniels own name, the reason being because the visions were communicated to him personally. Daniel not now a narrator of events, but a witness of what had been delivered to himself. Difference of the person used, no evidence of a difference of authorship. Authors known to employ both the first and third person in their narratives. The unity of the two parts of the book indicated by the sameness of the spirit, the style, and the interdependence of the parts upon each other. The contents of both portions, however, probably written at different times.<br \/>The language employed in this chapter still the Chaldaic [150], which, however, ceases with the close of it, the remaining portion of the book being in Hebrew. The reason apparently found in the nature and object of the two parts thus differently written. The Chaldaic probably by this time as much or more the language of the Jews in Babylon than their own Hebrew, as it continued to be that of those in Palestine afterwards. This also the language of the Targums, translations or rather paraphrases of the Old Testament when the Hebrew ceased to be the spoken language of the Jews.<\/p>\n<p>[150]  This chapter, says Brightman, is written in the common tongue of the heathenish kingdom, that the common prophecy might come abroad unto all. The vision in the next chapter is in the proper tongue of the holy people; the prophet thus intimating that this in the seventh chapter is more general, that in the eighth more particular, as also those which follow to the end of the chapter.<\/p>\n<p>The vision of the Four Beasts corresponds to that of the Great Image in chap. 2. This given in a dream to Daniel, as that had been to Nebuchadnezzar. The interpretation given by an angel at the same time. The whole vision committed to writing probably soon after its communication to the prophet, being intended to form a part of Sacred Scripture, as it has done since the canon of the Old Testament was completed in the days of Ezra and Malachi; thus securing accuracy, and giving permanency to the inspiration for the benefit of succeeding ages. Hence the prophets often commanded to commit their revelations to writing. See <span class='bible'>Isa. 8:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa. 30:8<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer. 30:2<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Hab. 2:2<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev. 1:11<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev. 21:5<\/span>. Daniel not only wrote the dream, but told the sum of the matters to his friends and countrymen about him (<span class='bible'>Dan. 7:1<\/span>). The prophets in general preachers as well as writers. Their hearers called their children and disciples (<span class='bible'>Isa. 8:16-18<\/span>). Figuratively, their threshing and the corn of their floor (<span class='bible'>Isa. 21:10<\/span>). The Sabbath and the new moon the ordinary days for their public ministration (<span class='bible'>2Ki. 4:23<\/span>). Daniel, however, rather a prophet by <em>gift<\/em> than by <em>office<\/em>, and his communications to others, therefore, probably more private.<\/p>\n<p>The effect of the vision on the prophet himself powerful and disturbing. My cogitations much troubled me, and my countenance changed in me (<span class='bible'>Dan. 7:28<\/span>). So the corresponding vision afforded to Nebuchadnezzar troubled his spirit (chap. <span class='bible'>Dan. 2:1<\/span>). Still stronger language used by Habakkuk, in describing the effect produced upon himself by the disclosure of the future communicated to him (<span class='bible'>Hab. 3:16<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>The present vision, in some of its leading features, a repetition of that afforded fifty years before to Nebuchadnezzar, accompanied, however, with important additions; a circumstance tending to give special weight to the vision, and to draw particular attention to it; while confirmation was thus given to both visions, and the interpretation of each rendered both more easy and more memorable [151]. The vision given to Daniel and the Church for the sake of the <em>additions<\/em>), especially that relating to the little horn. The former part of the vision already clearly accomplished; the latter part manifestly approaching its fulfilment. The vision affords a compendious history of the world from the time of Daniel to that of Christs millennial kingdom, in so far as that history stands more immediately related to the Church both of the Old and New Testament. The Saviours exhortation in reference to another portion of Daniels prophecies, eminently applicable to this: Let him that readeth understand. Davids, or perhaps Daniels own prayer, here particularly suitable and necessary: Open Thou mine eyes that I may behold wondrous things out of Thy law (<span class='bible'>Psa. 119:18<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>[151]  According to Calvin, the repetition is given for greater clearness, and in token of the certainty of the prophecy. This repetition, Archdeacon Harrison remarks, is according to the method of divine prediction, presenting at first a general sketch and outline, and afterwards a more complete and finished picture of events. Sir Isaac Newton observes that the prophecies of Daniel are all of them related to one another, as if they were but several parts of one general prophecy, given at several times; and that every following prophecy adds something new to the former.<\/p>\n<p>The subject of the vision is the four great or universal monarchies, here represented under the figure of so many wild beasts, as they were in Nebuchadnezzars dream under that of a great and splendid image, with its four parts composed of different materials; together with another and everlasting kingdom which should succeed them all. The four beasts are said in the interpretation to be four kings, or, as in the Greek version, four kingdoms, that should arise out of the earth (<span class='bible'>Dan. 7:17<\/span>). The same objectthe kingdoms of this worldthus presented under very different aspects to the carnal, worldly-minded monarch, and to the godly, spiritually-minded prophet. To the carnal, unrenewed man, the world appears as a dazzling show; to the spiritual and renewed, a hateful reality of ambition, selfishness, rapacity, cruelty, and oppression, resembling so many wild beasts contending for the mastery [152]. These four beasts or kingdoms, however, are only introduced to show what was Gods purpose in reference to the establishment of His own kingdom or that of the Messiah, which, like the stone in chap. 2, should remove and succeed them all, and which should last for ever.<\/p>\n<p>[152]  <em>Four great beasts<\/em>. The image appeared with a glorious lustre in the imagination of Nebuchadnezzar, whose mind was wholly taken up with admiration of worldly pomp and splendour; whereas the same monarchies were represented to Daniel under the shape of fierce wild beasts, as being the great supporters of idolatry and tyranny in the world.<em>Grotius<\/em>. Auberlen points out more fully and profoundly the distinction between the two visions. The outward political history had been shown in general features to the worldly ruler; for by his position he was peculiarly and almost exclusively fitted to receive a revelation of this kind. But the prophet obtains more minute disclosures, especially on the spiritual and religious character of the powers of the world, and such as were best adapted to <em>his<\/em> position and <em>his<\/em> receptivity. This difference of character easily explains the difference of images. While in the second chapter they are taken from the sphere of the inanimate, which has only an external side, they are chosen in the seventh chapter from the sphere of the animate. Further, as Nebuchadnezzar saw things only from without, the world-power appeared to him in its glory as a splendid human figure, and the kingdom, from its humility, as a stone: at first he beheld the world-power more glorious than the kingdom of God. Daniel, on the other hand, to whom it was given to penetrate farther into the inner essence of things, saw that the kingdoms of the world, notwithstanding their defiant power, are of a nature animal and lower than human; that their minds are estranged from and even opposed to God; that only in the kingdom of God is the true dignity of humanity revealed; and accordingly, the kingdom of God appears to him from the outset, and in the very selection of images, superior to the kingdoms of the world. The colossal figure that Nebuchadnezzar beheld represents mankind in its own strength and greatness; but however splendid, it presents only the outward appearance of a man. But Daniel, regarding mankind in its spiritual condition, saw humanity, through its alienation from God, degraded to the level of reasonless animals, enslaved by the dark powers of nature.<\/p>\n<p>It is noticeable that the three beasts here mentioned by name are those which the Lord threatened by Hosea to send against Israel for their apostasy and sins, the lion, the leopard, and the bear, while a fourth was added as simply a wild beast, corresponding with the fourth in the vision without a name (<span class='bible'>Hos. 13:7-8<\/span>); clearly indicating the relation which these world-kingdoms bear to Israel and the Church, as, in the hand and according to the pleasure of God, instruments of chastisement for unfaithfulness. Similar figures to indicate the powers of the world not unfrequently employed by the prophets. So <span class='bible'>Jer. 4:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer. 5:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa. 68:30<\/span>. Men in their natural condition, as fallen and without the renewing grace of God, often similarly represented under the figure of savage beasts. (See <span class='bible'>Psa. 10:9-10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa. 57:4<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa. 58:4<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa. 58:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa. 59:6<\/span>.) In more senses than one men rendered by sin like the beasts that perish.<\/p>\n<p>The four beasts in the vision are represented as coming up out of the great sea when thrown by opposing winds into tempestuous commotion (<span class='bible'>Dan. 7:23<\/span>). Such a sea a picture of the great world of mankind in its alienation from God and consequent dispeace (<span class='bible'>Isa. 48:22<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa. 57:21<\/span>). The origin of the great monarchies of the world the conflicting passions and commotions among men. Nimrod began (was the first) to be a mighty one in the earth: he was a mighty hunter before the Lord (<span class='bible'>Gen. 10:8-9<\/span>). The Mediterranean, on which Daniel had often looked when in his native country, often called the Great Sea, as distinguished from the smaller bodies of water in Palestine. It was on the borders or in the vicinity of that sea that the four great contending monarchies lay. The four winds of the heaven, by which the great sea was tossed into a tumult, probably intended to represent the external means and circumstances by which God in His holy providence operates on the nations and rulers of the world, thereby arousing them into action, while He wisely overrules and controls their own carnal passions.<\/p>\n<p>It is also worthy to be observed that the number of monarchies represented both in the vision of the king and the prophet is the same, namely, four; an evidence itself of the divine origin of the book, when taken in connection with the remarkable fact that there have never been more than four great universal monarchies in the world, though some, as Charlemagne and Napoleon Buonaparte, have laboured hard to establish a fifth. The four, as already seen in connection with Nebuchadnezzars dream, are those of Babylon, Persia, Greece, and Rome [153]. From this general view of the vision we may note<\/p>\n<p>[153]  This opinion, observes Keil, which has been recently maintained by Hvernick, Hengstenberg, Hofmann Auberlen, Zndel, Kliefoth, C. P. Caspari, and H. L. Reichel, alone accords, without any force or arbitrariness, with the representation of these kingdoms in both visions, with each separately, as well as with both together. Compare Comm, on chap. <span class='bible'>Dan. 2:36-45<\/span>, section ix. page 41.<\/p>\n<p>1. <em>The importance of the word of prophecy<\/em>. The repetition of the prophecy regarding the four great monarchies and the divine kingdom that was to succeed them, itself significant. Given first in a dream to Nebuchadnezzar and then in a vision vouchsafed to Daniel himself, the repeated revelation of the same things, under different forms, seems a clear intimation how important for the Church this communication appeared to the Spirit of God, whose it is to show us things to come. What God has thus so carefully given it can neither be safe nor right for His people to neglect. Especially is this the case with a prophecy which we know to apply to the times in which we live, and which has been given for our comfort and guidance in these last days. The words forming the preface to the Book of Revelation applicable here also. Blessed are they that read, and they that hear the prophecy of this book, and that keep the things that are written therein; for the time is at hand (<span class='bible'>Rev. 1:2<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>2. <em>All history within the foreknowledge and under the control of God<\/em>. This vision exhibits the great leading events of the worlds history from the time of Daniel, projected in the word of prophecy as on a map. Hence not only foreknown, but so overruled as infallibly to come to pass. This without the slightest prejudice to or interference with the freedom of mans will, and so without any diminution of his responsibility. Gods foreknowledge and mans freedomGods purposes and mans responsibilitysolemnly and mysteriously compatible with each other. Both alike realities, however unable we may be in our present state to reconcile them. <em>Now<\/em> we know only in part. The Jews, not knowing their own Scriptures, fulfilled the same by crucifying their King and Saviour, to their deep and dire condemnation, under which, alas! they still lie. Him, being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God, ye have taken, and by wicked hands have crucified and slain (<span class='bible'>Act. 2:23<\/span>). The hands still wicked hands though fulfilling the secret counsel and foreknowledge of God. The same thing true in regard to the events of general history and individual life. The providence that appoints the establishment or overthrow of an empire presides over the fall of a sparrow, fixes the bounds of our habitation, and numbers the hairs of our head.<\/p>\n<p>3. <em>The true character of the kingdoms of this world<\/em>. To Daniel these appear not as dazzling image, but as savage and irrational beasts, the symbols of selfishness, cruelty, rapacity, and strife, obeying the impulses of appetite and passion instead of the dictates of reason and conscience. History makes good the picture. The universal admission that sin has reduced men to the level of beasts. Pauls description of fallen men apart from divine grace, as given in the first chapter of the Epistle to the Romans, verified by the testimony of the heathen themselves. Full of envy, murder, debate, deceit, malignity (<span class='bible'>Rom. 1:29<\/span>). The divine verdictThe heart is deceitful above all things and desperately wickedrealised by universal observation and experience. Time given fully to develop mans need of a Saviour from sin before that Saviour came. Four thousand years only proved the divine testimony given at the time of the Flood to be true: The imagination of mans heart is evil from his youth (<span class='bible'>Gen. 8:21<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Gen. 6:5<\/span>). Man was shown to be sick unto deathdesperately, and, to all human effort, incurably wicked; and the Healer came. He shall be called Jesus, for He shall save His people from their sins (<span class='bible'>Mat. 1:21<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><em>HOMILETICS<\/em><\/p>\n<p>SECT. XXIII.THE FOUR GREAT EMPIRES (Chap. <span class='bible'>Dan. 7:3-7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan. 7:17-24<\/span>)<\/p>\n<p>These great beasts, which are four, said the interpreting angel, are four kings which shall arise out of the earth (<span class='bible'>Dan. 7:17<\/span>). By the four kings we are to understand not four separate individuals, but, as the Greek version has it, four kingdoms or empires, succeeding each other, as in the vision of the Great Image (chap. 2) These, as already remarked, are almost universally understood to be the Babylonian, the Medo-Persian, the Greek or Macedonian, and the Roman. We now notice these empires separately as here described, leaving the description of the Little Horn for another section.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I. The first or Babylonian Empire<\/strong>. The first of the four beasts which Daniel beheld rising up out of the earth was a lion with eagles wings (<span class='bible'>Dan. 7:4<\/span>). This figure common among the sculptures of Nineveh and the ruins of Persepolis [154]. A winged lion a fit symbol of the first or Babylonian Empire [155]; a lion being expressive of its superiority, and its wings of the rapidity of its conquests. Babylon and Nebuchadnezzar, as its representative in its best days, described by the prophets as the instrument of Gods chastisement of His people under the figure of a lion. See <span class='bible'>Jer. 4:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer. 5:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer. 49:19<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer. 50:17<\/span>. In the Great Image the same monarchy is represented by the head of gold, gold being among metals what the lion is among beasts. The figure of an eagle, the king of birds, also employed by the prophets to represent Nebuchadnezzar and his conquests. See <span class='bible'>Jer. 48:40<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer. 49:22<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Eze. 27:2<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Hab. 1:6<\/span>. The rapidity of those conquests seen in the fact that while, at the period of his fathers death, the empire comprehended Chaldea, Assyria, Arabia, Syria, and Palestine, Nebuchadnezzar greatly augmented it after his accession to the throne, adding to his tributary dominions both Egypt and Tyre. Ancient historians agree in considering him by far the greatest monarch of the East. The prophet, however, as he gazed upon the symbol, observed a change to pass upon it. I beheld till the wings thereof were plucked, and it was lifted up from the earth (<em>marg<\/em>., by which it was lifted up, &amp;c.), and made to stand upon its feet as a man; and a mans heart was given to it (<span class='bible'>Dan. 7:4<\/span>). An arrest was to be laid upon those conquests, and a state of humiliation and timidity to succeed them. Babylons monarchs were to be no longer lions, but as private men, deprived of power and strength. Possibly also an allusion is made to the humiliation connected with Nebuchadnezzars madness, and his ultimate deliverance from it. Succeeding reigns only brought disaster to the Babylonian Empire; and Belshazzar, its last king, was so far from being lion-hearted, that he was afraid to engage in open battle with the Persians, or to accept the challenge of Cyrus to single combat. He trembled and his knees smote each other at the sight of the writing on the wall. According to Jeremiahs prophecy, he and his nobles became as women (<span class='bible'>Jer. 51:30<\/span>). The lion of Babylon was to be put in fear that he might know himself to be but a man (<span class='bible'>Psa. 9:20<\/span>) [156].<\/p>\n<p>[154]  <em>Like a lion, and had eagles wings<\/em> (<span class='bible'>Dan. 7:4<\/span>). Herder, Mnther, &amp;c., have pointed out the peculiarly Babylonian character which the animal symbolism in Daniel bears; and the recent excavations among the ruins of Babylon and Nineveh contain so many confirmations of the book being written after the captivity, as they show shapes of animals by which we are involuntarily reminded of those occurring here, and which suggest the thought that an acquaintance with sculptures of this kind may have proved a psychological preparation for the visions in the seventh and eighth chapters.<em>Hengstenberg<\/em>. At the entrance to a temple at Birs Nimroud, says Keil, there has been found (Layard, (<em>Babylon and Nineveh<\/em>) such a symbolical figure, viz., a winged eagle with the head of a man. But the representation of nations and kingdoms by the images of beasts is much more widely spread, and affords the prophetic symbolism the necessary analogues and substrata for the vision. The Assyrian King Assur-bani-pal, the Sardanapalus of the Greeks, says in the inscription of one of his cylinders, in reference to Elam or Persia: I broke the winged lions and bulls watching over the temple, all there were. I removed the winged bulls attending to the gates of the temples of Elam.<\/p>\n<p>[155]  <em>The first<\/em> (<span class='bible'>Dan. 7:4<\/span>). Dr. Rule observes that as the fourth or Roman beast was to be the fourth upon earth, so the first or Babylonian must not only be the first of the kingdoms in this prophetical series, but also the first upon earth: which is historically true. About two thousand years before Daniel, the young population of the post-diluvian world, being then of one language and of one speech, journeyed from the east, found a plain in the laud of Shinar, dwelt there, began to build a city and a tower, and on their speech being confounded, were scattered abroad on the face of the earth. But the city remained with a sufficient population settled in it, the first built after the Deluge, and retaining the name Babel to mark the confusion of language which there took place. That city was the first central seat of power; and though the royal residence was for some time in Nineveh, and Babylonia was included within the empire of Assyria, Babylon recovered its primeval majesty, and was again the seat of empire from Nabopolassar to Belshazzar, and so rightly counted the first kingdom upon earth. Callisthenes, a friend of Alexander the Great, and his companion at Babylon, b.c. 331, sent thence to Aristotle a series of observations on eclipses made in that city, which reached back 1903 years, <em>i.e.<\/em>, from 2234 b.c. The face of the sky had thus been read and recorded on that spot for near two thousand years.<\/p>\n<p>[156]  <em>A mans heart was given to it<\/em> (<span class='bible'>Dan. 7:4<\/span>). Keil thinks that this, as well as the preceding expression, lifted up, when lying prostrate on the ground, to the right attitude of a human being, denotes that the beast nature was transformed to that of a man; and that in this description of the change that occurred to the lion there is, without doubt, a reference to what is said of Nebuchadnezzar in chap. 4. Although the words may not, however, as Hofmann and others think, refer directly to Nebuchadnezzars insanity, as here it is not the king but the kingdom that is the subject, yet Nebuchadnezzars madness was for his kingdom the plucking off of its wings. The completeness of the decay of Babylon under the second empire appears in the fact related by Strabo, that when Alexander completed the conquest of that empire about 331 b.c., he found the great temple of Belus in so ruined a condition, that it would have required the labour of ten thousand men for two months to clear away the rubbish with which it was encumbered.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II. The second or Medo-Persian Empire<\/strong>. This is represented by a bear raising itself upon one side, with three ribs in its month (<span class='bible'>Dan. 7:5<\/span>). The great universal monarchy that succeeded the Babylonian, already, in chap. 2, seen to be the Persian or Medo-Persian. Its symbol, portrayed upon its standard, from the known character of its princes and people [157], one of the most bloodthirsty of animals. Compare <span class='bible'>Isa. 13:18<\/span>. The bear at the same time a less courageous as well as a less noble and magnanimous animal than the lion, though exceedingly strong and voracious [158]. Hence, Arise and devour, &amp;c. Corresponds to the breast and arms of the image, which were of silver, as being inferior to the Babylonian Empire, the head of gold. The bear raising itself upon one side [159], apparently expressive of the fact, that while this second empire was at first under the confederate kings of Media and Persia, the former had first the pre-eminence in the person of Darius, but after his death the Persians under Cyrus rose to the sole dominion. The two powers of Media and Persia or Elam, as united in the overthrow of Babylon, pointed to nearly two centuries before by the prophet Isaiah (<span class='bible'>Isa. 13:17<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa. 21:2<\/span>). These separate powers represented in the Great Image by the two arms, and their coalescence under Cyrus by the breast. The three ribs in the bears mouth, and the command to arise and devour much flesh, indicative of the rapacity and conquests of the Medo-Persian Empire. The three ribs have been supposed by Sir Isaac Newton and others to indicate Lydia with its capital Sardisthe country of Crsus, Babylon, and Egypt, which Cyrus added to his conquests, without their properly belonging, however, to the body of his empire [160]; while others, as Calvin, have considered them to be Media, Assyria, and Babylonia. The inferiority of the second empire to the first, indicated as well in the symbol of the image as that of the beasts, apparent under the successors of Cyrus, who are known to have sadly degenerated, giving attention to pomp and show rather than to real strength and valour [161]. It lasted also a shorter time, having only continued 206, or at most 230 years from Darius, its first monarch, who ascended the throne B.C. 538, till its overthrow by Alexander the Great in 332.<\/p>\n<p>[157]  <em>A second like to a bear<\/em> (<span class='bible'>Dan. 7:5<\/span>). Bishop Newton says: Cambyses, Ochus, and others of their princes, were indeed more like bears than men. Instances of their cruelty abound in almost all the historians who have written of their affairs, from Herodotus down to Ammianus Marcellinus, who describes them as proud, cruel, exercising the power of life and death over slaves and obscure plebeians. They pull off the skin (says he) from men alive, in pieces or altogether. The cruelty of their modes of punishment indicative of the cruelty of their character. Rollin relates that one of the royal judges, condemned to death for receiving a bribe, was to have his skin taken off and fastened on the seat where he used to sit and give judgment, to be a warning to his son, who was to occupy it after him. Witness also the lions den.<\/p>\n<p>[158]  <em>Arise, devour much flesh<\/em> (<span class='bible'>Dan. 7:5<\/span>). Next to the lion, the bear is the strongest among animals; and, on account of its voracity, it was called by Aristotle  , an all-devouring animal.<em>Keil<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>[159]  <em>Raised up itself on one side<\/em>. The margin reads: raised up one kingdom, after R. Nathan, who has, and it established a dominion, with which Kranichfeld agrees. Keil objects to this as irreconcilable with the line of thought, and also because  (<em>khadh<\/em>) is not the indefinite article, but the numeral; and the thought that the beast established <em>one<\/em> dominion, or a united dominion, is in the highest degree strange; for the character of a united or compact dominion belongs to the second world-kingdom no more than to the first, while it cannot belong to a beast or kingdom to establish a kingdom at all.  (<em>shetar<\/em>), or rather, as in Syriac and the Targums,  =  (<em>setar<\/em>), is rendered by the Sept. and other old translators, as well as by Saadias, a side. According to Calvin, who translates, stood on one side, the expression refers to the Persians having previously been without fame or reputation, as well as without wealth. Gesenius thinks it an image of the kingdom of the Medes being ordered by God, after having long lain, as it were, in ambush, to rise and attack Babylon. Keil, with Hofmann, Delitzsch, and Kliefoth, regards the figure as indicating, according to chaps. 2 and 8, the double-sidedness of this empirethe one side, the Median, being at rest after the efforts made for the erection of the world-kingdom; while the other, the Persian side, raises itself up, and then becomes higher than the first and prepared for new rapine.<\/p>\n<p>[160]  <em>Three ribs<\/em>. According to Xenophon, Cyrus, after the conquest of Babylon and Lydia, undertook an expedition in which he subdued all those nations which lie from the entrance into Syria as far as the Red Sea; while his next expedition was to Egypt, which he also subdued. Keil, with Hofmann, Ebrard, Zndel, and Kliefoth, understanding the bear as the Medo-Persian, and not merely the Median kingdom, considers the three ribs to denote the three kingdoms of Babylon, Lydia, and Egypt, conquered by the Medo-Persians.<\/p>\n<p>[161]  Xenophon relates that immediately upon the death of Cyrus his sons fell into dissension; cities and nations revolted, and everything tended to ruin. He adds the reflection, that the Persians and their allies have evidently less piety towards the gods, less dutiful regard to their relatives, less justice and equity in their dealings with others, and at the same time are more effeminate and less fitted for war than they were at their commencement as a nation.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III. The third or Grecian Empire<\/strong>. This represented by a leopard with four heads and four wings, and corresponding to the belly and thighs of brass in the Great Image. The Persian empire having gradually decayed under the successors of Cyrus, it at length entirely succumbed to the power of Greece under Alexander the Great. The eager and fiery nature of this renowned conqueror symbolised by the leopard, an animal remarkable for its swiftness and the eagerness with which it springs upon its prey. Rollin observes that after the siege of Tyre, the character of Alexander degenerated into debauchery and cruelty. When Gaza, after a protracted resistance, was at length taken, Alexander manifested the cruelty of his character by ordering a thousand of its inhabitants to be put to death, and its governor to be dragged round the walls by ropes passed through his heels till he died. The spots of the leopard supposed to indicate the variety of the nations that constituted the Grecian empire, as the four wings plainly pointed to the rapidity of the Grecian conquests [162]. The four heads the prophetic symbol of the well-known division of the Grecian Empire into four parts soon after Alexanders death. After a series of intrigues and murders, with a view to the succession, in which his mother, his wife Roxana, his brother, and his son, all perished by a violent death, the empire fell into the hands of the four principal generals, who divided it between themCassander holding Macedon and Greece; Lysimachus, Thrace and Asia Minor; Ptolemy, Egypt, Palestine, and Arabia Petra; and Seleucus, Syria and the remainder, including Upper Asia or the Eastern Empire. The two last, especially in relation to the Jewish people, the most prominent and important. The fourfold division of the Greek Empire distinctly exhibited in the vision of the Ram and He-goat in chap. <span class='bible'>Dan. 8:21-22<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p>[162]  <em>Four wings of a fowl<\/em> (<span class='bible'>Dan. 7:6<\/span>). The victories and triumphs of the Greeks in the Persian war are well known to the reader of history: how in the time of Darius Hystaspes, b.c. 490, an army of 300,000 Persians was defeated by 11,000 Greeks at Marathon; and how Xerxes, his successor, lost nearly the whole of his fleet at Salamis only ten years after, while the remainder of his troops, left to prosecute the war in Greece, were nearly all cut in pieces in the following year at the battle of Plata, his fleet being defeated on the same day at Mycale. The decisive blow to the power of Persia, however, was not given till about a hundred and fifty years after by Alexander the Great, who, born at Pella, in Macedonia, b.c. 356, succeeded his father, Philip, as king of Macedon, when only twenty years of age. Appointed generalissimo of the Greeks, he undertook an expedition against the Persians, while Darius Codomannus, the last king of Persia, was on the throne; defeated with 35,000 men an army of 100,000 Persians on the banks of the Granicus, and gained a similar victory in the following year at Issus in Cilicia. The fall of all Asia Minor followed; and soon after that of insular or new Tyre, which Alexander took, according to the word of prophecy, by connecting the island with the mainland by means of a causeway formed out of the materials of old Tyre. The final blow was given to Persia at the battle of Arbela, in Assyria, b.c. 331, when the Persians were twenty times the number of the Greeks. When you next address me, said Alexander, in reply to an offer of capitulation by Darius, call me not only king, but <em>your<\/em> king. The conquests of the winged leopard did not, however, stop till, having subdued the Medes, Parthians, Hyrcanians, Bactrians, and Sogdians, he crossed the Indus with the intention of penetrating into India, and was only obliged to turn back by the unwillingness of his army to proceed any farther. As further illustrative of the truth of the image, it is said that his movements were so rapid that his enemies were usually taken by surprise, and that he was able to pursue them on horseback for days and nights together, like a panther after his prey. Can Alexander, who can do all things, fly also? And has nature on a sudden given him wings? asked the confident defender of a rocky height of the messenger sent by Alexander. The height, however, was taken. You see, said the conquerors, Alexanders soldiers have wings.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV. The fourth or Roman Empire<\/strong>. The fourth empire is represented by a beast without a name, as if no existing animal could be found sufficient for the symbol [163]. It is described as diverse from all the rest; dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly, having great iron teeth; devouring, breaking in pieces, and stamping the residue with its feet (<span class='bible'>Dan. 7:7<\/span>). The corresponding part of the Great Image is the legs and feet, which were of iron, with a mixture of clay in the feet and toes; like the fourth beast, bruising and breaking to pieces. The identity of the empire symbolised in both cases obvious from the fact that the fourth beast is particularly represented as having ten horns, plainly corresponding with the ten toes of the image. According to the all but unanimous belief of both Jews and Christians, the empire indicated is that of Rome, which, as is well known, succeeded that of Greece. The iron in both the symbols indicative of the sternness of the people, and of the strength, duration, and destructiveness of the empire. The ten horns which characterised the fourth beast, like the ten toes of the image, symbolical of ten kingdoms which should be formed out of the empire in its state of weakness and decay [164]. Compare what is said in reference to the toes of the Great Image. It may only farther be noticed here in regard to the ten horns, that this circumstance connected with the fourth beast appears plainly to identify that beast with another mentioned in <span class='bible'>Rev. 12:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev. 18:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev. 18:12<\/span>, whose ten horns are also said to be ten kings, but which had received no kingdom as yet (<span class='bible'>Rev. 17:12<\/span>), that is, at the time the vision was given to the apostle; which makes it further manifest that the fourth beast or empire could be no other than the Roman. A new feature, and one of the most remarkable, being that for which more especially this second vision of the four great empires was given, is the rise of another or <em>eleventh<\/em> horn, called the little horn, but which in its character, pretensions, and actual doings was the most formidable of all, and with which more than all the rest the Church of God was to have to do. As this will be considered in a section by itself, we may only notice the following thoughts as suggested by the prophecy of the four beasts.<\/p>\n<p>[163]  <em>A fourth beast, diverse from all the others<\/em> (<span class='bible'>Dan. 7:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan. 7:19<\/span>). Thought by some of the Jews to be the wild boar, according to <span class='bible'>Psa. 80:13<\/span>. Not named, says Theodoret, from the changeable form of its government, kings, generals, tribunes, &amp;c. According to Jerome, from its supereminent cruelty. Its diverseness from the others, Calvin ascribes to the composite character of the Roman people, the senatorial, equestrian, and plebeian ranks. That the Roman empire is intended the all but universal opinion. Some Jews, as Aben Ezra and R. Saadias, wish to make it the Turkish empire, including the Roman in the third, in order to avoid the conclusion that the Messiah has already appeared. Pfaff thinks that both the tyranny of the Turks and of the Popes is included under this fourth beast. Calvin thinks only of the Roman empire up to the first Advent of Christ. Willet, after Polychronius, Junius, Polanus, and others, interprets it of the kingdom of Syria, in which ten kings succeeded each other, the last of whom they suppose was Antiochus Epiphanes, the little horn; though typically of the Roman empire foreshadowed under it, Johns vision of the beast (<span class='bible'>Rev. 13:1<\/span>), or the Roman empire, having reference to this of Daniel.<\/p>\n<p>[164]  <em>And in had ten horns<\/em>. Some have understood the number ten as indefinite, indicating, as Augustine thinks, the whole of the kings in the Roman empire up to the coming of Antichrist; or, as Calvin, the several provinces or kingdoms of that empire; or as others, the kingdoms into which the Roman empire was divided and dissolved on its first partition into the Eastern and Western empires. Most, however, consider it to be a certain number. Some think of the kings who in the end should divide the empire between them. Thus Jerome says, Let us say, what all ecclesiastical writers have handed down, that in the consummation of the world, when the kingdom of the Romans is about to be destroyed, there will be ten kings who shall divide the Roman world among them. Irenus had said in the second century, Daniel, looking to the end of the last kingdom, that is, the ten kings among whom shall be divided the empire of those upon whom the Son of Perdition shall come, saith that ten horns did grow upon the beast. And more manifestly still hath John, the disciple of our Lord, signified concerning the last time and the ten kings which are in it, among whom shall be divided the kingdom which now reigns, explaining in the Apocalypse what were the ten horns which were seen by Daniel; thus showing, as Archdeacon Harrison remarks, how the earliest Christian expositors identified with the imagery before us that which reappears in the visions of the Apocalypse. Most understand the ten kingdoms into which the Roman empire was divided in consequence of the invasion of the Northern nations. J. D. Michaelis remarks that the number of the kingdoms in the great community of Europe moves, so to speak, fluctuatingly about this round number (ten), being sometimes more and sometimes less. Hengstenberg thinks, however, that probably, at the time of the final fulfilment, the number ten will be a definite one. Auberlen observes that the reference in the Revelation to this fourth beast of Daniel overthrows the whole modern view of the fourth beast (being the Greek kingdom), and of the four beasts in general; it overthrows hereby, secondly, the theory that the prophecies of Daniel are limited to the time of Antiochus Epiphanes; and it consequently overthrows, thirdly, the chief argument brought forward against the genuineness of our book. Rationalism, observes Dr. Pusey, has come round to the same view. I agree, says Bleek, with Auberlen, that the ten horns of the fourth beast cannot be meant of ten successive Syrian kings (as Bertholdt, V. Lengerke, Maurer, Hitzig, and Delitzsch think); nor of ten kings, some Syrian and some Egyptian (as Rosenmller, &amp;c., and Porphyry of old); but rather of the single portions into which the kingdom was divided.<\/p>\n<p>In like manner Rosenmller and some other Germans endeavoured to make this beast to be the Greek empire in Asia after Alexanders death. But Bleek, who is one of them, admits, We are induced by <span class='bible'>Dan. 7:8<\/span>, where it is said of the little horn that it would rise up between the ten horns, to think of ten contemporaneous kings, or rather kingdoms, existing along with each other, which rise out of the fourth kingdom. Therefore he will not deny that the reference to the successors of Alexander is rendered obscure by the fact that chap. 8. speaks of <em>four<\/em> monarchies which arise out of that of Alexander after his death. In opposition to the view that the parts of Alexanders kingdom which became independent kingdoms might be numbered in different ways, and the number ten be made out from the number of the generals who retained the chief provinces, Zndel justly observes: These kingdoms could only have significance if this number, instead of being a selection from the whole, had been itself the whole. But this is not the case. For at that time the kingdom, according to Justin, was divided into more than thirty parts. According to Dr. Todd and the Futurists, the power indicated is one yet to be developed, as the precursor of the final Antichrist. Sir Isaac Newton observes that the Romans conquered the kingdom of Macedon, Illyricum, and Epirus in the eighth year of Antiochus Epiphanes, b.c. 167; that of Pergamos thirty-five years afterwards; Syria sixty-four years later, and Egypt after other thirty-nine years; and that by these and other conquests the fourth beast became greater and more terrible than any of the three preceding ones. Dionysius Halicarnassus, after enumerating the earlier empires of the world, the Assyrian or Babylonian, the Persian, and the Grecian, says, The empire of the Romans pervades all regions of the earth which are not inaccessible, but are inhabited by mankind; it reigns also over the whole sea, and is the first and only one that has made the east and west its boundaries; and that there is no people that does not recognise Rome as the universal mistress, or that refuses to submit to its dominion. Professor Bush says, As the fourth beast of Daniel lives and acts through the space of 1260 years (the time, times, and dividing, or half of a time, <span class='bible'>Dan. 7:25<\/span>), and as the seven-headed and ten-horned beast of John prevails through the same period, I am driven to the conclusion that they adumbrate precisely the same thingthat they are merely different aspects of the same reality; and this I have no question is the Roman empire. Keil observes, after an elaborate proof of his premises: Since, then, neither the division of the Medo-Persian kingdom into the Median and the Persian is allowable, nor the identification of the fourth kingdom (chaps. 2. and 7.) with the Javanic (the Greek or Macedonian) world-kingdom in chap. 8., we may regard as correct the traditional Church view that the four world-kingdoms are the Chaldean (or Babylonian), the Medo-Persian, the Grecian, and the Roman.<\/p>\n<p>1. <em>The fulfilment of this prophecy an unquestionable fact, and as such, an evidence of the reality of prophecy in the sense of prediction, and of the divinity of at least this part of the Old Testament Scripture<\/em> The fulfilment of prophecy employed by God Himself as an evidence of His deity (<span class='bible'>Isa. 41:22-23<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa. 41:26<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa. 45:21<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa. 46:9-10<\/span>). Declared to be the criterion of a divine messenger, except when the object is to lead away from Gods worship and revealed truth (<span class='bible'>Deu. 18:21-22<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Deu. 13:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Deu. 13:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa. 8:20<\/span>). The fulfilment of the prophecy before us undeniable, notwithstanding all attempts to set it aside. This and other predictions of Daniel acknowledged even by enemies to be true up to the time of Antiochus Epiphanes, one of the Syrian kings in the third or Grecian empire, but denied to have been written before that period, and therefore maintained to be mere history and not prophecy. But the prophecy as truly fulfilled after that period as before it, and receiving its fulfilment at the present time. The fourth empire and the predicted facts connected with it more remarkable than any of its three predecessors, and to human foresight impossible to have been calculated upon. Yet that empire and those facts a reality which is before our eyes at the present day. An empire of iron crushing strength succeeding a third, acknowledged to be that of Greece, and in its latter period becoming weak by foreign admixture, and divided into ten kingdoms, with one rising up among them or after them of a description totally different from all the rest. These are simple facts, and found in a prediction delivered twenty-four centuries ago. With the convinced magicians of Egypt we may well exclaim, This is the finger of God. I have told you before it come to pass, that when it is come to pass ye might know that I am He (<span class='bible'>Joh. 13:29<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>2. <em>The certainty of predicted events that have not yet taken place<\/em>. Past fulfilment only makes the word of prophecy more sure or confirmed, that we may take heed to it, as to a light shining in a dark place (<span class='bible'>2Pe. 1:19<\/span>). While much of the present chapter, as well as of other prophecy, has been fulfilled, much of it still awaits its fulfilment. The destruction of the fourth beast with its little horn has not yet taken place, nor has its body yet been given to the burning flame; the Son of Man has not yet come with the clouds of heaven; nor has the kingdom been given to the saints of the Most High. Yet, as certainly as one part of the vision has been fulfilled, so certainly shall the other. Eighteen centuries ago, Jesus, after He had ascended with the clouds into heaven, said, Behold, I come quickly, and my reward is with me, to give to every man as his work shall be. As surely as the fourth predicted beast with its iron teeth came into existence and devoured and brake in pieces, so surely shall it be destroyed and its body given to the burning flame, and Jesus Christ come again with the clouds of heaven and take the kingdom, and the kingdom be given to the saints of the Most High, who shall reign with Christ for ever and ever (<span class='bible'>Dan. 7:11<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan. 7:13-14<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan. 7:18<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev. 5:10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev. 11:15<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>3. <em>Matter for thanksgiving and rejoicing that the kingdoms of this world are to be succeeded by one of a very different character<\/em>. The kingdoms of the world are those of the four beasts, wherever they may have their place. These kingdoms naturally characterised by sin and suffering. Such the experience of the world up to the present time. The history of these kingdoms written in tears and blood; but they are not to be for ever. Three of the four have, as predicted long ago, come to their end. The fourth, which in its divided form is now going on, is not to be everlasting. The everlasting one is yet to come. Its foundations have already long ago been laid, but as yet it is far from being the mountain that is to fill the whole earth. But the time of this consummation hastens apace. The kingdom that is righteousness and peace and joy in the Holy Ghost will ere long constitute the monarchy of the Man Christ Jesus, the King of the Jews, which shall fill the earth and last for ever. Men shall yet everywhere be blessed in Christ, and all nations call Him blessed. The sure word of prophecy gladdens the Church with the hope of good times comingglory to God in the highest, with peace on earth, under the reign of Him who is the Prince of Peace.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Preacher&#8217;s Complete Homiletical Commentary Edited by Joseph S. Exell<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Part ThreeDaniels ForeknowledgeChapters 712<br \/>CHAPTER SEVEN<\/p>\n<p>I. BEASTS AND THE BEAUTY<span class='bible'>Dan. 7:1-28<\/span><\/p>\n<p>a. MALEVOLENT BEAST<\/p>\n<p>TEXT: <span class='bible'>Dan. 7:1-8<\/span><\/p>\n<p>1<\/p>\n<p>In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon Daniel had a dream and visions of his head upon his bed: then he wrote the dream and told the sum of the matters.<\/p>\n<p>2<\/p>\n<p>Daniel spake and said, I saw in my vision by night, and, behold, the four winds of heaven brake forth upon the great sea.<\/p>\n<p>3<\/p>\n<p>And four great beasts came up from the sea, diverse one from another.<\/p>\n<p>4<\/p>\n<p>The first was like a lion, and had eagles wings: I beheld till the wings thereof were plucked, and it was lifted up from the earth, and made to stand upon two feet as a man; and a mans heart was given to it.<\/p>\n<p>5<\/p>\n<p>And, behold, another beast, a second, like to a bear; and it was raised up on one side, and three ribs were in its mouth between its teeth: and they said thus unto it, Arise, devour much flesh.<\/p>\n<p>6<\/p>\n<p>After this I beheld, and, lo, another, like a leopard, which had upon its back four wings of a bird; the beast had also four heads; and dominion was given to it.<\/p>\n<p>7<\/p>\n<p>After this I saw in the night-visions, and, behold, a fourth beast, terrible and powerful, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth; it devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with its feet: and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it had ten horns.<\/p>\n<p>8<\/p>\n<p>I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up among them another horn, a little one, before which three of the first horns were plucked up by the roots: and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of a man, and a mouth speaking great things.<\/p>\n<p><strong>QUERIES<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>a.<\/p>\n<p>What symbolic meaning do the four winds and the great sea have?<\/p>\n<p>b.<\/p>\n<p>What do the four beasts symbolize?<\/p>\n<p>c.<\/p>\n<p>Who is the little horn of the fourth beast?<\/p>\n<p><strong>PARAPHRASE<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>One night back during the first year of Belshazzars reign over Babylon, Daniel had a dream and he wrote it down. This, in essence, is his vision: I was having a very graphic vision in my dreaming, at night, and behold the four winds of heaven burst forth upon the great sea. Then four huge, terrifying beasts came up out of the sea, each different from the other. The first was like a lion, but it had wings like an eagle. And as I watched, its wings were pulled off so that it could no longer fly. But it was stood on its hind legs like a man would stand, and a mans mind was given to it. The second beast was like a bear with its feet on one side lifted as if it were going to stride ahead. It held three ribs in its mouth between its teeth. I heard a voice saying to it, Get up, Devour many people! The third of these strange beasts was like a leopard, but it had in its back wings like those of birds; and it had four heads. And extensive power was given to it over all mankind. Then, as my dream continued, I saw a fourth beast coming up out of the sea too fearful and dreadful to describe, and it was incredibly strong. It devoured some of its victims by tearing them apart with its huge iron teeth; others it crushed beneath its powerful feet. It was far more brutal and vicious than any of the other beasts, and it had ten horns. And as I was observing the horns, suddenly another small horn appeared among them, and three of the first ones were pulled out by the roots to give the little horn room; this little horn had a mans eyes and a boastful, bragging mouth.<\/p>\n<p><strong>COMMENT<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan. 7:1-3<\/span> . . . THE FOUR WINDS OF HEAVEN BRAKE FORTH UPON THE GREAT SEA . . . Young believes the four winds symbolize some power of God to stir up the nations (sea). Keil suggests, heavenly powers and force by which God sets the nations of the world in motion. Leupold disagrees, saying, that would yield the result that disturbances in the world are attributable to heavenly forces whereas they are more correctly termed the result of purely earthly causes. He believes that the unrest of nations which brings one king and kingdom to power after another is caused directly by the deliberate unregenerate actions of these nations. He prefers to regard the winds as a second earthly factor in the picture and a rather appropriate one at that. There is some indication in scripture that God does stir up the spirit of certain rulers and nations and is providentially active in the affairs of history (cf. <span class='bible'>Isa. 10:5-16<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa. 45:1-7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer. 27:5-7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>2Ch. 36:22-23<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Ezr. 1:1-4<\/span>, etc.). It should be apparent, however, from the context of the whole body of scripture that God does not overrule the will of man and force a man to think something he does not want to think. God does use natural means at various times to overrule the actions of men but not their wills. So a position somewhere between that of Young and Leupold would seem scriptural to us.<\/p>\n<p>Now with the symbolic figure water the matter is much clearer in scripture. It seems to be widely accepted that the great sea symbolizes mankind, and especially Gentile world powers hostile to God and Israel (cf. <span class='bible'>Isa. 8:7<\/span> ff.; <span class='bible'>Jer. 46:7-9<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer. 47:2<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa. 17:2<\/span> ff. and <span class='bible'>Rev. 17:1-15<\/span>). Thus when the four beasts appear as rising from the sea, that clearly indicates that tse disturbed state of the world (whether the disturbing force be God or man or both) gives origin to the successive world powers that appear on the scene of history.<\/p>\n<p>This chapter is somewhat of a flashback to the days before Darius and the Medo-Persian takeover. It was during the first year of Belshazzars rule of Babylon that Daniel himself was given a dream-vision. While the dream was still fresh in his mind, he wrote it down in its essentials. He was undoubtedly restrained by the Spirit of God from including all the unnecessary so as not to present a bewildering array of details not necessary to the readers understanding.<br \/>The most adequate figurative representation of these powers is four beasts. Leupold dwells at length upon this: There may be something of human greatness about empires as chapter two allows. There is just as much justification for the point of view that in their relation to one another and in their mode of acquiring power the world powers are rapacious beasts of great strength and are no longer human. As long as a nation makes no bid for imperial control it may preserve a more humanized attitude and character. As soon as it enters the lists to become a leader among the nations, all resemblance to the finer human traits is laid aside, and the beast comes to the forefront. This flatters human vanity but little but is one of the truest facts ever revealed by the Scriptures. All subtle self-flattery of the nations to the contrary, this is still the most telling and accurate description of the outstanding trait of the nations that aim to exercise control over other nations.<\/p>\n<p>We believe beast represents in an even more general way all world power. Eventually all worldly rulers and governments will be banished and the only kingdom remaining in a new heaven and new earth will be the kingdom of God. This forms a key or basis for interpreting all apocalyptic literature of the Bible, including the book of Revelation. Beast does not mean one specific world empire, unless a certain beast is named and some point of interpretative reference is specifically named by the inspired writers.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan. 7:4-6<\/span> . . . FIRST . . . A LION . . . A MANS HEART . . . GIVEN TO IT . . . ANOTHER . . . LIKE UNTO A BEAR . . . AND LO, ANOTHER, LIKE A LEOPARD . . . It should be evident to the thorough student that these four beasts are parallel to the four parts of the great mental statue in chapter two. The lion represents Babylon for Babylon was the first power to achieve world dominion. Egypt is Babylons only predecessor who came near to such world dominion but Egypt never came near to dominating the world like Babylon did. Babylon was the sead of the statue in chapter two and here she is represented by the heads of two animal kingdomsthe lion and the eagle. Furthermore, the peoples of that day were familiar with such figures as the winged lions that guarded the gates of royal palaces among the Babylonians. They were practically emblems of the Babylonian power. The prophets use the lion to symbolize Babylon as well as using the eagle for the same purpose (cf. <span class='bible'>Jer. 49:19<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer. 50:17<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer. 50:44<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer. 48:40<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer. 49:22<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Eze. 17:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Eze. 17:12<\/span>). The plucking out of the wings from the lion and the standing like a human plus the giving of a human heart symbolizes a time when the Babylonian power was de-beasted and humanized. This undoubtedly refers to the humiliation of Nebuchadnezzar as related in chapter four when his proud nature and lust for conquest were taken from him by God. The nation, of course, shared the kings experience since he was its moving spirit.<\/p>\n<p>The second beast in Daniels dream-vision was like a bear. After the lion in regality comes the bear and symbolizes the Medo-Persian empire. The bear is more slow and heavy-going than the lion and well represents the distinction between Babylon and Persia. Young thinks the bear was standing with two feet on one side raised for the purpose of going forward and this symbolizes the two-sided (Medo-Persian) nature of the empire with one side (Persian) going on ahead of the other. The three ribs it is devouring in its mouth merely represents the beast as not content with one body but devouring many. Any delineation of the three ribs as specific empires devoured by the Medo-Persian conquest would have to be totally arbitrary since the Medo-Persian coalition conquered more than three (some arbitrarily say the three ribs represent Babylon, Lydia and Egypt). The bear is commanded by God after it has substantial conquests in its jaws to arise and attempt to devour more. The Persian Empire was voracious; it devoured quite a bit more than did Babylon and attempted to devour as far as Macedonia and Greece. All in all, the vision emphasizes a greedy voraciousness over against the royal dignity that marked the first beast.<br \/>The third beast, like a leopard with four wings and four heads, symbolizes Alexander the Great and the Grecian empire. About 150 years after Persian hordes had invaded Greece and burned Athens (although the Persians had been driven back to Asia Minor) Greek militants still preached vengeance. War demanded unity and Greece remained fragmented in rival city-states, exhausted by the Peloponnesian War. Into the vacuum rode Philip II (of Macedon), intent upon uniting Greece and invading Persia. A master in the art of war, he developed the celebrated Macedonian Phalanxrank upon rank of infantrymen with shields closely joined and spears more than twice as long as those of their foes. Shock troopsskilled horsemen of Thessaly and Macedonia-flanked the solid phalanxes. As Philip rode south, the Greeks resisted. In Athens, orators denounced the northerner; Demosthenes eloquent thunder still echoes in our word philippic. The decisive clash came in 338 B.C. at Chaeronea, northwest of Athens. Philip commanded on the right wing while his 18-year-old son Alexander led a cavalry charge from the left. They wheeled and chewed up the Greek center. All Greece save Sparta now submitted, and Philip was free to lead a united force against Persia. When an assassins knife cut him down, young Alexander made his fathers dream his own. Alexander left Pella on a bright spring day in 334 B.C. leading 30,000 foot soldiers and 5000 cavalryand the next 11 years were spent in a whirlwind of warfare, hardships, and revelry. Entering Babylon in the spring of 323 B.C., worn out by wounds, hardship, and overdrinking, he fell ill of a fever. Soon he could neither move nor speak. He was propped up and each officer and soldier filed past. He acknowledged each man with his eyes or a slight movement of his head. Within two days Alexander died. He was not yet 33 years old. His empire stretched half-way around the worldfrom Europe to Asiafrom Macedonia to the Himalayas in India and China.<br \/>This ferocious, agile, swift beast is a very appropriate symbol of Alexanders empire. The four heads on the beast symbolize the four-way division of this great empire at Alexanders death, (although Young disagrees and insists they merely represent the four corners of the earth, symbolizing the ecumenicity of his kingdom). At his untimely death his empire disintegrated into four major kingdoms which were ruled over by his chief generals (PtolemyEgypt; AntigonusAsia; CassanderMacedonia; and LysimachusThrace) Antigonus was later killed in a battle, his Asiatic empire came to an end, and Seleucus (Ptolemys leading general) was given Palestine and Syria over which to rule (see extended historical account in chapter 11). These four kingdoms continued as prominent factors in world politics until the next empire appeared on the scene and amalgamated the parts into a whole.<\/p>\n<p>The interesting note at the end of <span class='bible'>Dan. 7:6<\/span>, . . . and dominion was given to it, reveals very clearly that all of Alexanders accomplishments were providentially given to him by the Most High God. Alexander did not actually achieve by ordinary conquests the victories that were his lot, but that he had been singled out by divine providence to have the world dominion come into his hands. He was, in a very particular way, a man of destiny!<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan. 7:7-8<\/span> . . . BEHOLD A FOURTH BEAST, TERRIBLE AND POWERFUL . . . IT HAD TEN HORNS . . . CAME UP AMONG THEM ANOTHER HORN, A LITTLE ONE . . . There is no beast in all the fauna sufficiently fierce and terrible to symbolize so abnormal a type of empire. Everything points to the Roman world power as being the empire typified by this beast. Using its great iron teeth it broke things in pieces and devoured them, and what it could not devour it stamped with its feet, grinding it into dust. Rome was singularly voracious, cruel and destructiveeven vindictive as a world power. She could never get enough of conquest. Often she conquered just out of sheer spiteful vengeance. Rome had no interest in raising the conquered nations to any high level of development. All her designs were exploitation and imperialism. If they could not devour a victim by plunder and taxation, they would stamp it under their feet, sacked and burned, left in desolate ruins.<\/p>\n<p>The ten horns symbolize a complete, multiplicity of powerful rulers. As with the three ribs in the bears mouth, should one attempt to designate specifically ten different emperors of Rome he would have to make a very arbitrary selection. The number ten symbolizes completeness.<br \/>The seers attention is directed to a little horn which supplants three that were rooted up. Leupold suggests that the whole idea between ten, three that are rooted up, and one which supplants the three, is comparative. If one replaces three, it becomes comparatively quite a bit larger than any one of the others. Yet the little one does not grow as strong as the whole empirethe ten.<\/p>\n<p>This little horn has eyes like a man and a mouth speaking great things, which, as we shall show later in <span class='bible'>Dan. 7:15-28<\/span>, are characteristic of the ruler of the Roman Catholic papacy. The fact that Daniel observed the little born having human eyes indicates his attention was intentionally drawn away from the beastly character of the fourth kingdom to what seems to be a human personality growing out of the fourth beast. This human personality has power (symbolized by horn) and utters great, boastful, things (characterized in <span class='bible'>Dan. 7:25<\/span> as words against the Most High). A more extensive interpretation of the little horn will be made in subsequent verses.<\/p>\n<p><strong>QUIZ<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1.<\/p>\n<p>Does God ever stir up men or events upon the earth to fulfill His purposes?<\/p>\n<p>2.<\/p>\n<p>What is symbolized by the four beasts coming up from the sea?<\/p>\n<p>3.<\/p>\n<p>Which world-empire does the lion represent, and why?<\/p>\n<p>4.<\/p>\n<p>Which, the bear?<\/p>\n<p>5.<\/p>\n<p>Which, the leopard? What about its four heads?<\/p>\n<p>6.<\/p>\n<p>Why was the fourth empire not represented by an animal?<\/p>\n<p>7.<\/p>\n<p>What do the ten horns symbolize? What about the little horn?<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: College Press Bible Study Textbook Series<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong>VII.<\/strong><\/p>\n<p> (1) The date of this and of the following chapter comes in chronological order after the fourth chapter. As St. Jerome has observed, <em>In superioribus ordo sequitur histori quid sub Nebuchadonosor et Balthasar, et Dario sive Cyro mirabilium signorum acciderit. In kis vero narrantur somnia qu singulis sint visa ternporibus: quorum solus propheta conscius est, et nullam habent apud barbaras nationes signi vel revelationis magnitudinem, sed tantum scribuntur, ut apud posteros eorum qu visa sunt memoria perseveret.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>Visions.<\/strong>From this, and from the phrase sum of the matters, it appears that Daniel had other visions at this time. By sum is meant the principal parts of the vision.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Ellicott&#8217;s Commentary for English Readers (Old and New Testaments)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <strong> 1<\/strong>. <strong> <\/strong> <strong> In the first year of Belshazzar <\/strong> For <em> Belshazzar <\/em> see Introduction, III, 3, (4). If these portions of the Daniel apocalypse represent actual events, then <span class='bible'>Daniel 7, 8<\/span> must chronologically precede chap. 5. Contemporaneous records make it impossible to believe that Belshazzar ever reigned over Babylon as its supreme ruler which fact is also suggested by verse 29 but he may have been made co-ruler with his father, Nabonidus, as many crowned princes were before and after this date. Although this is not stated in any cuneiform documents which have so far been found, it is certain that for a number of years before his father&rsquo;s death he seems to have been the real ruler of the kingdom. [See Introduction, III, 3, (4).] Daniel is here stated to have written down the &ldquo;visions of his head&rdquo; (compare <span class='bible'>Dan 2:28<\/span>) and to have told the sum and substance of them to others, although the book as a whole, or the interpretation of it, was to be sealed and hidden (<span class='bible'>Daniel 12<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Daniel 4<\/span>).<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Whedon&#8217;s Commentary on the Old and New Testaments<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <strong> The Four World Empires (<span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:1-8<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> ).<\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'>&lsquo;In the first year of Belshazzar, king of Babylon, Daniel had a dream and visions of his head on his bed. Then he wrote the dream and told the sum of the matters.&rsquo;<\/p>\n<p>&lsquo;In the first year of Belshazzar, king of Babylon.&rsquo; Official documents at the time were all dated by the years of Nabonidus, who was Belshazzar&rsquo;s father and outlived him, but Belshazzar had been given the &lsquo;kingship&rsquo; of Babylon by his father when his father spent ten years fighting, and then studying, in Arabia. We are told that his father &lsquo;entrusted the army and the kingship&rsquo; to him, probably around 556 BC (others argue for 553 BC).<\/p>\n<p> Up to now we have seen Daniel interpreting other people&rsquo;s dreams, but now we learn that he also had dream-visions for which we were prepared in <span class='bible'>Dan 1:17<\/span>. (See also <span class='bible'>Dan 2:28<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 4:2<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 4:10<\/span> for comparable phraseology). The dream does not come chronologically, for had it done so it would have come between chapter 4 and chapter 5. Rather it takes up and expands on chapter 2 once assurances have been given of the fact that the living God is able to deliver His people in the face of the greatest of kings and empires. Daniel writes the dream down to ensure a permanent record, together with its interpretation. &lsquo;The sum of the matters&rsquo; means that he wrote down the essentials, depicting the heart of things.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Commentary Series on the Bible by Peter Pett<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <strong> Daniel&rsquo;s Vision <span class='bible'>Dan 7:1-14<\/span><\/strong> gives a description of Daniel&rsquo;s night vision, while the interpretation is given to him in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:15-28<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:1<\/strong><\/span> <strong> In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon Daniel had a dream and visions of his head upon his bed: then he wrote the dream, and told the sum of the matters.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:1<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments Historical Background &#8211; <\/em><\/strong> Nebuchadnezzar, the grandfather of Belshazzar and father of Nabonidus, ruled the Babylonian Empire from 604-561 B.C. Gleason Archer dates the first year of Belshazzar&rsquo;s reign in 556-555 B.C. as coregent with his father Nabonidus, [99] while John Goldingay gives a date of 550 B.C. [100] Belshazzar will be the last ruler of the Babylonian Empire, with the city of Babylon falling to the Medes and Persians later under the leadership of Darius the Mede and Cyrus the Persian in 539 B.C. <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> [99] Gleason L. Archer, Jr., <em> Daniel, The Expositor&rsquo;s Bible Commentary<\/em>, vol. 7, eds. Frank E. Gaebelien, J. D. Douglas, Dick Polcyn (Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan Pub. House), 1976-1992, in <em> Zondervan Reference Software, <\/em> v. 2.8 [CD-ROM] (Grand Rapids, MI: The Zondervan Corp., 1989-2001), notes on <span class='bible'>Daniel 7:1<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> [100] John E. Goldingay, <em> Daniel, <\/em> in <em> Word Biblical Commentary: 58 Volumes on CD-Rom, <\/em> vol. 30, eds. Bruce M. Metzger, David A. Hubbard and Glenn W. Barker (Dallas: Word Inc., 2002), in <em> Libronix Digital Library System<\/em>, v. 2.1c [CD-ROM] (Bellingham, WA: Libronix Corp., 2000-2004), comments on <span class='bible'>Daniel 9:24<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p><strong><em> Comments <\/em><\/strong> When the Lord gives me a message through a divine dream, its details remain vivid when I wake up. I have learned to write down the dream and meditate upon it.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:2<\/strong><\/span> <strong> Daniel spake and said, I saw in my vision by night, and, behold, the four winds of the heaven strove upon the great sea.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:3<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> And four great beasts came up from the sea, diverse one from another.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:3<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments &#8211; <\/em><\/strong> The sea represents the nations of the earth (<span class='bible'>Rev 17:15<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Rev 17:15<\/span>, &ldquo;And he saith unto me, The waters which thou sawest, where the whore sitteth, are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:4<\/strong><\/span> <strong> The first was like a lion, and had eagle&#8217;s wings: I beheld till the wings thereof were plucked, and it was lifted up from the earth, and made stand upon the feet as a man, and a man&#8217;s heart was given to it.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:4<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> &ldquo;The first was like a lion&rdquo; &#8211; <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments &#8211; <\/em><\/strong> Jeremiah made a reference to the king of Babylon both as a lion (<span class='bible'>Jer 4:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer 50:44<\/span>) and as an eagle within the same passage (<span class='bible'>Jer 49:19-22<\/span>); thus a lion-eagle parallel is described by Jeremiah as Babylon. <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Jer 4:7<\/span>, &ldquo;The lion is come up from his thicket, and the destroyer of the Gentiles is on his way; he is gone forth from his place to make thy land desolate; and thy cities shall be laid waste, without an inhabitant.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Jer 49:19<\/span>, &ldquo;Behold, he shall come up like a lion from the swelling of Jordan against the habitation of the strong: but I will suddenly make him run away from her: and who is a chosen man, that I may appoint over her? for who is like me? and who will appoint me the time? and who is that shepherd that will stand before me?&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Jer 49:22<\/span>, &ldquo;Behold, he shall come up and fly as the eagle, and spread his wings over Bozrah: and at that day shall the heart of the mighty men of Edom be as the heart of a woman in her pangs.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Jer 50:44<\/span>, &ldquo;Behold, he shall come up like a lion from the swelling of Jordan unto the habitation of the strong: but I will make them suddenly run away from her: and who is a chosen man, that I may appoint over her? for who is like me? and who will appoint me the time? and who is that shepherd that will stand before me?&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p><strong> &ldquo;and had eagle&#8217;s wings&rdquo; &#8211; <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments <\/em><\/strong> Ezekiel compares Babylon to an eagle (<span class='bible'>Eze 17:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Eze 17:11-12<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Eze 17:3<\/span>, &ldquo;And say, Thus saith the Lord GOD; A great eagle with great wings, longwinged, full of feathers, which had divers colours, came unto Lebanon, and took the highest branch of the cedar:&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Eze 17:11-12<\/span>, &ldquo;Moreover the word of the LORD came unto me, saying, Say now to the rebellious house, Know ye not what these things mean? tell them, Behold, the king of Babylon is come to Jerusalem, and hath taken the king thereof, and the princes thereof, and led them with him to Babylon;&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p><strong> &ldquo;I beheld till the wings thereof were plucked, and it was lifted up from the earth, and made stand upon the feet as a man, and a man&#8217;s heart was given to it&rdquo; &#8211; <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments <\/em><\/strong> It is possible that a reference is made here to the humbling of King Nebuchadnezzar and the restoration of his mind and his kingdom as recorded in <span class='bible'>Dan 4:1-37<\/span>. In his humbling, the Scripture says his heart was changed from a man&rsquo;s to a beast. Thus, a man&rsquo;s heart was restored unto the king, as described in the phrase &ldquo;and a man&#8217;s heart was given to it.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Dan 4:16<\/span>, &ldquo;Let his heart be changed from man&#8217;s, and let a beast&#8217;s heart be given unto him; and let seven times pass over him.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:4<\/strong><\/span> <strong> <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments The Lion &#8211; <\/em><\/strong> The traditional view is to interpret the lion in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:4<\/span> as a symbol of Babylonian Empire since the 4-kingdom motif is borrowed from chapter 2. In fact, the description of this creature most closely parallels King Nebuchadnezzar in <span class='bible'>Dan 4:1-37<\/span>. [101] <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> [101] John E. Goldingay, <em> Daniel, <\/em> in <em> Word Biblical Commentary: 58 Volumes on CD-Rom, <\/em> vol. 30, eds. Bruce M. Metzger, David A. Hubbard and Glenn W. Barker (Dallas: Word Inc., 2002), in <em> Libronix Digital Library System<\/em>, v. 2.1c [CD-ROM] (Bellingham, WA: Libronix Corp., 2000-2004), 148.<\/p>\n<p> However, some modern scholars suggest that these four beasts of Daniel&rsquo;s vision represent modern nations that will play a vital role in world events leading up the Christ&rsquo;s Second Coming. For example, the official animal symbol of Great Britain is the lion. It is not uncommon to see this nation referred to as a lion in the secular media. However, in this vision this lion has eagle&rsquo;s wings. The eagle may serve as the symbol of the United States of America. Thus, many scholars believe that these wings represent the fact that the USA emerged out of the nation of Great Britain. The plucking of these wings represents the breaking away of the USA from its mother country. The fact that this beast stood upon its feet as a man and was given a man&rsquo;s heart suggests that this nation was characterized as a country that defended human rights. Great Britain and the USA have the reputation of helping poor and oppressed nations. Note how the book of Daniel uses the language of the heart of a man in <span class='bible'>Dan 4:16<\/span>. <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Dan 4:16<\/span>, &ldquo; Let his heart be changed from man&#8217;s , and let a beast&#8217;s heart be given unto him; and let seven times pass over him.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:5<\/strong><\/span> <strong> And behold another beast, a second, like to a bear, and it raised up itself on one side, and it had three ribs in the mouth of it between the teeth of it: and they said thus unto it, Arise, devour much flesh.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:5<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments &#8211; The Bear &#8211;<\/em><\/strong> <strong> <\/strong> The most popular view by scholars is to interpret the bear as a symbol of the Greek empire. For example, Archer says the bear represented the Medo-Persian federation and that the three ribs correspond to the three major conquests of this empire: (1) Lydia, captured around 740 B.C.; (2) Babylon, captured in 539 B.C.; (3) Egypt, annexed by Cambyses around 525 B.C. [102]<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> [102] Gleason L. Archer, Jr., <em> Daniel, The Expositor&rsquo;s Bible Commentary<\/em>, vol. 7, eds. Frank E. Gaebelien, J. D. Douglas, Dick Polcyn (Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan Pub. House), 1976-1992, in <em> Zondervan Reference Software, <\/em> v. 2.8 [CD-ROM] (Grand Rapids, MI: The Zondervan Corp., 1989-2001), notes on <span class='bible'>Daniel 7:5<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p> As less popular view is to interpret these four beasts to represent four nations that arise during the Great Tribulation period immediately preceding the Second Coming. For example, some scholars see the bear as a symbol of the nation of Russia. The modern, secular media has often represented Russia with the bear. Irvin Baxter, Jr. suggests that the vision of the bear raising itself up on one side symbolizes the fact that Russia has raised itself against those nations beside its borders. He goes on to say that the three ribs in the bear&rsquo;s mouth could represent three of these nations, Manchuria, Mongolia and Sinkiang, which Russia took from China by means of nineteenth century treaties and have been a contention between these two nations since. The command to arise and devour much flesh is perhaps seen in Russia&rsquo;s efforts to spread communism across the world, but especially in the end-time prophecies of Gog and Magog who wage wars against Israel. [103]<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> [103] Irvin Baxter, Jr., <em> A Message for the President<\/em>, (Richmond, Indiana: Endtime, Inc., 1986), chapter 3.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:6<\/strong><\/span> <strong> After this I beheld, and lo another, like a leopard, which had upon the back of it four wings of a fowl; the beast had also four heads; and dominion was given to it.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:6<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments &#8211; The Leopard <\/em><\/strong> <strong> <\/strong> The most popular view by scholars is to interpret the leopard as a symbol of the Greek empire. For example, Archer says the leopard represents the Greek empire with its rapid growth under Alexander the Great (334-330 B.C.). The four heads represent the division of his domains into four subdivisions after his death: the Seleucid, the Ptolemaic, the Thrace-Asia Minor domain of Lysimachus, and the Macedonian-Greco merger maintained by Antipater and his son Cassander. [104]<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> [104] Gleason L. Archer, Jr., <em> Daniel, The Expositor&rsquo;s Bible Commentary<\/em>, vol. 7, eds. Frank E. Gaebelien, J. D. Douglas, Dick Polcyn (Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan Pub. House), 1976-1992, in <em> Zondervan Reference Software, <\/em> v. 2.8 [CD-ROM] (Grand Rapids, MI: The Zondervan Corp., 1989-2001), notes on <span class='bible'>Daniel 7:6<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p> As less popular view is to interpret these four beasts to represent four nations that arise during the Great Tribulation period immediately preceding the Second Coming. For example, Irvin Baxter, Jr. suggests that the leopard symbolizes the nation of Germany. The four wings represent the swiftness by which it has carried out its modern wars, known during the World Wars as &ldquo;Blitzkrieg.&rdquo; The four heads represent the number of times in history in which this nation will rise and fall. In recent history, Germany has been on the side of the aggressor during three major wars: the Franco-German War of 1870, during World War 1 and World War 2. These three periods in its history are known as Germany&rsquo;s First, Second and Third Reich, the third being Hitler&rsquo;s regime. Germany has since rebuilt after each of these wars and has again become a dominating power in Europe. It has become Europe&rsquo;s strongest economy. This modern Germany has been referred to as the Fourth Reich. Baxter suggests that this Fourth Reich will reach its full power in association with the European Common Market. He also quotes from the February 20, 1975 edition of <em> The German Tribune<\/em>, which discusses one of Germany&rsquo;s new and formidable military tanks called &ldquo;Leopard Tanks.&rdquo; This tank has become the number one tank being used in the NATO forces. [105]<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> [105] Irvin Baxter, Jr., <em> A Message for the President<\/em>, (Richmond, Indiana: Endtime, Inc., 1986), chapter 3.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:7<\/strong><\/span> <strong> After this I saw in the night visions, and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth: it devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it had ten horns.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:8<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up among them another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:7-8<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments &#8211; The Beast &#8211;<\/em><\/strong> <strong> <\/strong> The fourth beast introduced in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:7-8<\/span> is popularly compared to the beast described in Revelation 13-20. Both beasts are described in prophetic, apocalyptic-style literature (Daniel, Revelation). Both of these creatures arise out of the sea (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:2-3<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Rev 13:1<\/span>). Both have ten horns (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:7<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Rev 13:1<\/span>), which represent ten kings (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:24<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Rev 17:12-13<\/span>). Both speak with great pomp and blasphemies against God (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:8<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 7:25<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Rev 13:5-6<\/span>). Both make war with the saints of God (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:25<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Rev 13:7<\/span>). Both are defeated by God and thrown into flames (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:11<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Rev 17:14<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 20:10<\/span>), and the kingdoms given to the Son of Man or the Lamb (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:13-14<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Rev 14:1<\/span>). The emphasis made concerning both of these beasts is their terrible ferocity and ten horns, which represent ten kings. The fact that these ten horns were on one beast symbolizes the union of these ten kings and their nations. Because of these many similarities and the context in which they are introduced in biblical prophecy, both beasts are most commonly interpreted by scholars to represent the Roman Empire.<\/p>\n<p> The beast of <span class='bible'>Daniel 7<\/span> is generally associated with the image seen in Nebuchadnezzar&rsquo;s dream in chapter 2. For example, Archer says that this beast represents the Roman Empire with its widespread power that ruled with an iron fist. He notes that the ten horns correspond to the ten toes on Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s image in chapter 2. These ten horns represent the rise of the Roman Empire in the last days from which the Antichrist will arise, who is represented by the little horn that arises and uproots three of the ten horns. [106] The little horn that arises and plucks up three horns may refer to the Antichrist, the dictator that will speak with great power and blasphemy during the Great Tribulation.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> [106] Gleason L. Archer, Jr., <em> Daniel, The Expositor&rsquo;s Bible Commentary<\/em>, vol. 7, eds. Frank E. Gaebelien, J. D. Douglas, Dick Polcyn (Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan Pub. House), 1976-1992, in <em> Zondervan Reference Software, <\/em> v. 2.8 [CD-ROM] (Grand Rapids, MI: The Zondervan Corp., 1989-2001), notes on <span class='bible'>Daniel 7:8<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p><strong><em> Figurative Meaning of the Number &ldquo;Ten&rdquo; in Scripture &#8211; <\/em><\/strong> The Hebrew phrase &ldquo;ten times&rdquo; (   ) is used several times in the Old Testament, being made up of two words, &ldquo;ten&rdquo; (  ) (<span class='strong'>H6235<\/span>), and &ldquo;times&rdquo; (  ) (<span class='strong'>H6471<\/span>). Although the literal translation is, &ldquo;ten times,&rdquo; John Gill understands the phrase &ldquo;ten times&rdquo; in <span class='bible'>Num 14:22<\/span> as an idiom to mean a rounded number, which is equivalent to &ldquo;time after time,&rdquo; thus &ldquo;numerous times.&rdquo; He says that although the Jews counted ten literal occasions when Israel tempted the Lord during the wilderness journeys, Aben Ezra gives this phrase a figurative meaning of &ldquo;many times.&rdquo; [107] T. E. Espin adds to the figurative meaning of <span class='bible'>Num 14:22<\/span> by saying that Israel had tempted the Lord to its fullness, so that the Lord would now pass judgment upon them, even denying them access into the Promised Land, which is clearly stated in the next verse. [108]<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> [107] John Gill lists ten literal occasions, &ldquo;twice at the sea, <span class='bible'>Exodus 14:11<\/span>; twice concerning water, <span class='bible'>Exodus 15:23<\/span>; twice about manna, <span class='bible'>Exodus 16:2<\/span>; twice about quails, <span class='bible'>Exodus 16:12<\/span>; once by the calf, <span class='bible'>Exodus 32:1<\/span>; and once in the wilderness of Paran, <span class='bible'>Numbers 14:1<\/span>, which last and tenth was the present temptation.&rdquo; John Gill, <em> Numbers,<\/em> in <em> John Gill&rsquo;s Expositor, <\/em> in <em> e-Sword<\/em>, v. 7.7.7 [CD-ROM] (Franklin, Tennessee: e-Sword, 2000-2005), comments on <span class='bible'>Numbers 14:22<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> [108] E. T. Espin and J. F. Thrupp, <em> Numbers, <\/em> in <em> The Holy Bible According to the Authorized Version (A.D. 1611), with an Explanation and Critical Commentary and a Revision of the Translation, by Bishops and Clergy of the Anglican Church,<\/em> vol. 1, part 1, ed. F. C. Cook (London: John Murray, 1871), 702.<\/p>\n<p> We can see the same phrase &ldquo;ten times&rdquo; used as an idiom in several passages in the Scriptures:<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.68em'> <span class='bible'>Gen 31:7<\/span>, &ldquo;And your father hath deceived me, and changed my wages ten times; but God suffered him not to hurt me.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Num 14:22<\/span>, &ldquo;Because all those men which have seen my glory, and my miracles, which I did in Egypt and in the wilderness, and have tempted me now these ten times, and have not hearkened to my voice;&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.74em'> <span class='bible'>Neh 4:12<\/span>, &ldquo;And it came to pass, that when the Jews which dwelt by them came, they said unto us ten times, From all places whence ye shall return unto us they will be upon you.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p> The <em> NAB<\/em> translates this phrase in <span class='bible'>Gen 31:7<\/span> as &ldquo;time after time.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.38em'><em> NAB<\/em>, &ldquo;yet your father cheated me and changed my wages time after time . God, however, did not let him do me any harm.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p> The number ten represents a counting system that is based on ten units. Thus, the number ten can be interpreted literally to represent the numerical system, or it can be given a figurative meaning to reflect the concept of multiple occurrences.<\/p>\n<p><em> Illustration &#8211;<\/em> <strong><em> <\/em><\/strong> Jesus told Peter that we are to forgive seventy seven times (<span class='bible'>Mat 18:22<\/span>). In this passage, Jesus did not literally mean that we were to forgive only seventy seven times, but that we were to forgive as often as was necessary to forgive, which is many times.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Mat 18:22<\/span>, &ldquo;Jesus saith unto him, I say not unto thee, Until seven times: but, Until seventy times seven.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p> Thus, the ten horns representing ten kings probably carry the figurative meaning of many kings.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:9<\/strong><\/span> <strong> I beheld till the thrones were cast down, and the Ancient of days did sit, whose garment was white as snow, and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame, and his wheels as burning fire.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:9<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> &ldquo;I beheld till the thrones were cast down, and the Ancient of days did sit&rdquo; <\/strong> <strong><em> Word Study on &ldquo;cast down&rdquo; <\/em><\/strong> <em> Gesenius <\/em> and the <em> TWOT<\/em> say the Hebrew word (  ) (<span class='strong'>H7412<\/span>) literally means, &ldquo;to cast, to throw.&rdquo; Goldingay translates it as &ldquo;set in place.&rdquo; [109]<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> [109] John E. Goldingay, <em> Daniel, <\/em> in <em> Word Biblical Commentary: 58 Volumes on CD-Rom, <\/em> vol. 30, eds. Bruce M. Metzger, David A. Hubbard and Glenn W. Barker (Dallas: Word Inc., 2002), in <em> Libronix Digital Library System<\/em>, v. 2.1c [CD-ROM] (Bellingham, WA: Libronix Corp., 2000-2004), 142.<\/p>\n<p> For this reason, most modern English versions translate this phrase to mean that thrones were set in place for judgment.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'><em> ASV <\/em> reads, &ldquo;I beheld till thrones were placed.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'><em> Rotherham, &ldquo;<\/em> I continued looking, until that, thrones, were placed.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'><em> RSV, <\/em> &ldquo; As I looked, thrones were placed.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p> In contrast, this phrase can be understood as the overthrow of those rulers opposed to God.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'><em> YLT<\/em>, &ldquo; I was seeing till that thrones have been thrown down.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p> However, the context of this passage of Scripture best supports the idea that these thrones represent the judgment being given to the saints of God (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:22<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Dan 7:22<\/span>, &ldquo;Until the Ancient of days came, and judgment was given to the saints of the most High; and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p><strong><em> Comments <\/em><\/strong> We find a similar description of the thrones being set up at the Great White Throne Judgment in <span class='bible'>Rev 20:4<\/span>, &ldquo;And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for the word of God, and which had not worshipped the beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p><strong> &ldquo;whose garment was white as snow, and the hair of his head like the pure wool&rdquo; <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments <\/em><\/strong> We see a similar description of the Lord Jesus Christ in <span class='bible'>Rev 1:14<\/span> &nbsp;His head and his hairs were white like wool, as white as snow; and his eyes were as a flame of fire;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Rev 1:14<\/span>, &ldquo;His head and his hairs were white like wool, as white as snow; and his eyes were as a flame of fire;&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p><strong> &ldquo;his throne was like the fiery flame, and his wheels as burning fire&rdquo; &#8211; <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments <\/em><\/strong> The flame of fire and the wheels are described in Ezekiel&rsquo;s vision of the four living creatures as they came forth from the throne of God (<span class='bible'>Eze 1:4-28<\/span>). The wheel represents eternity, an aspect of this dream reflect in the name &ldquo;Ancient of Days.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Eze 1:4<\/span>, &ldquo;And I looked, and, behold, a whirlwind came out of the north, a great cloud, and a fire infolding itself, and a brightness was about it, and out of the midst thereof as the colour of amber, out of the midst of the fire.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Eze 1:15<\/span>, &ldquo;Now as I beheld the living creatures, behold one wheel upon the earth by the living creatures, with his four faces.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:10<\/strong><\/span> <strong> A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him: thousand thousands ministered unto him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him: the judgment was set, and the books were opened.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:9-10<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> &ldquo;A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him: thousand thousands ministered unto him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him&rdquo; &#8211; <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments <\/em><\/strong> John the apostle describes the innumerable multitudes around the throne of God in <span class='bible'>Rev 5:11<\/span>, &ldquo;And I beheld, and I heard the voice of many angels round about the throne and the beasts and the elders: and the number of them was ten thousand times ten thousand, and thousands of thousands;&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p> One million angels ministered at God&rsquo;s throne, while ten million stood before Him in worship. No human throne is able to compare to God&rsquo;s majesty and glory.<\/p>\n<p><strong> &ldquo;the judgment was set, and the books were opened&rdquo; &#8211; <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments &#8211; The Great White Throne Judgment &#8211;<\/em><\/strong> <strong> <\/strong> The judgment of the Ancient of Days referred to in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:9-10<\/span> is most likely the Great White Throne Judgment in which God will open the books and judge the nations (<span class='bible'>Rev 20:11-15<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Rev 20:11-15<\/span>, &ldquo;And I saw a great white throne, and him that sat on it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them. And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works. And the sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works. And death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death. And whosoever was not found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:11<\/strong><\/span> <strong> I beheld then because of the voice of the great words which the horn spake: I beheld even till the beast was slain, and his body destroyed, and given to the burning flame.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:11<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments &#8211; <\/em><\/strong> The judgment of the beast in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:11<\/span> most likely refers to the time at the end of the Great Tribulation in which Jesus Christ will appear in the sky and destroy the beast and its armies surrounding Jerusalem and cast him into the lake of fire (<span class='bible'>Rev 19:20<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Rev 19:20<\/span>, &ldquo;And the beast was taken, and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him, with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:12<\/strong><\/span> <strong> As concerning the rest of the beasts, they had their dominion taken away: yet their lives were prolonged for a season and time.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:12<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments &#8211; <\/em><\/strong> Apparently, the other three beasts, the lion, the bear and the leopard, will be nations that are allowed to continue their identity and existence after Jesus comes and sets up His throne upon earth. However, all dominion will be given unto the Lord of Lord and King of Kings and He will rule and reign with a rod of iron from the holy city Jerusalem. Thus, these other nations will have their dominion taken away from them during the Millennial Reign of Christ. This verse seems to give us a description of how the world will be governed during the Millennial Reign. Nations will be permitted to exist as long as they submitted to the rule of Jesus Christ from Jerusalem. <\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:13<\/strong><\/span> <strong> I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:13<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments <\/em><\/strong> Daniel stood before God&rsquo;s throne in his full human weakness. He understood human depravity and God&rsquo;s unspeakable majesty. For someone like the son of man coming in clouds of glory and standing before God&rsquo;s throne must have puzzled Daniel, because such a man would have been perfect and righteous before God. Daniel must have pondered on who this man would be in biblical prophecy.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span> portrays the Messiah riding on a cloud. The eschatological passages of the New Testament tell us that Jesus Christ will come to earth a second time riding upon a cloud (<span class='bible'>Mat 24:30<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat 26:64<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Mar 13:26<\/span>; Mar 14:62 , <span class='bible'>1Th 4:17<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Rev 1:7<\/span>). This cloud of heaven may be likened to a royal chariot, horse or palanquin upon which ancient kings often rode. These royal vehicles were often preceded by forerunners, men who ran before the king to announce his coming. We see such a scene when Elijah ran before Ahab&rsquo;s chariot (<span class='bible'>1Ki 18:46<\/span>). The <span class='bible'>Son 3:6-11<\/span> describes a wedding processional with the bride in a royal palanquin perfumed with spices (<span class='bible'>Dan 3:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 3:9-10<\/span>), accompanied by sixty valiant men armed with swords (<span class='bible'>Dan 3:7-8<\/span>) approaching Jerusalem.<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span>, &ldquo;I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Mat 24:30<\/span>, &ldquo;And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Mat 26:64<\/span>, &ldquo;Jesus saith unto him, Thou hast said: nevertheless I say unto you, Hereafter shall ye see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power, and coming in the clouds of heaven.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Mar 13:26<\/span>, &ldquo;And then shall they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Mar 14:62<\/span>, &ldquo;And Jesus said, I am: and ye shall see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power, and coming in the clouds of heaven.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>1Th 4:17<\/span>, &ldquo;Then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>Rev 1:7<\/span>, &ldquo;Behold, he cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see him, and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of him. Even so, Amen.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> <span class='bible'>1Ki 18:46<\/span>, &ldquo;And the hand of the LORD was on Elijah; and he girded up his loins, and ran before Ahab to the entrance of Jezreel.&rdquo;<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:14<\/strong><\/span> <strong> And there was given him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages, should serve him: his dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed.<\/p>\n<p> <span class='bible'><strong> Dan 7:13-14<\/strong><\/span><\/strong> <strong> <\/strong> <strong><em> Comments Jesus Given Dominion Over All &#8211; <span class='bible'>Dan 7:14<\/span><\/em><\/strong> seems to describe the time of the Millennial Reign of Christ when God the Father will hand all dominion and power over to His Son Jesus Christ who will reign for ever and ever.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Everett&#8217;s Study Notes on the Holy Scriptures<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <strong> The Vision of the Four Beasts (556-555 B.C.) <\/strong> During the days of Belshazzar king of Babylon Daniel had a dream in which he saw four beasts rising out of the sea. In many passages in the Scriptures the sea represents mankind. We are told in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:17<\/span> that the four beasts represent four kings that shall arise out of the earth, or out of the sea of people. We are told in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:23<\/span> that the fourth beast represents the fourth kingdom. Thus, we can conclude that these beasts represent four kings and their kingdoms that are to arise out of the nations on the earth. Most commentators equate these four beasts to the same four kingdoms that Daniel interpreted in the king&rsquo;s dream of <span class='bible'>Daniel 2<\/span>, since both visions refer to four kings that are to be overthrown by a greater and heavenly kingdom. They compare the ten horns on the fourth beast to the ten toes on the image of the man in <span class='bible'>Daniel 2<\/span>. Since the image of the man in <span class='bible'>Daniel 2<\/span> reveals the predestined plan of redemption for the Times of the Gentiles, its image is intended to give us an overall chronological time-line that can be followed throughout the book of Daniel, since this was the desire of the king as he fell asleep that night. Thus, it is reasonable to suggest that the images of the four beasts described in chapter 7 reveal the characteristics of these four kingdoms mentioned in <span class='bible'>Daniel 2<\/span>. Another way to compare these parallel prophecies is to say that <span class='bible'>Daniel 2<\/span> gives us a vision of the nations from man&rsquo;s perspective, while <span class='bible'>Daniel 7<\/span> gives the vision from a divine perspective.<\/p>\n<p><em> Outline <\/em> Here is a proposed outline:<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> 1. Daniel&rsquo;s Vision <span class='bible'>Dan 7:1-14<\/span> <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'> 2. The Interpretation of Daniel&rsquo;s Vision <span class='bible'>Dan 7:15-28<\/span><\/p>\n<p><strong><em> Modern Interpretation of Contemporary Nations &#8211; <\/em><\/strong> However, some modern scholars place these four beasts within the end times of the Great Tribulation period. They say that these beasts represent modern nations that are all in existence during the last days who are to play a leading role up to the coming of the Lord. Some of these scholars equate the lion to Great Britain and the USA, the bear to Russia, the leopard to Germany and terrible beast to Europe and the beast described in the book of Revelation. They suggest that these are the nations and powers that will play key roles leading up and during the time of the Tribulation Period upon the earth.<\/p>\n<p><strong><em> Comparison with the Book of Revelation &#8211; <\/em><\/strong> If we go to the book of Revelation we can easily make some comparisons to the four beasts described in <span class='bible'>Daniel 7<\/span>. In <span class='bible'>Rev 13:1-10<\/span> John describes a beast that will rise from the sea during the Great Tribulation. The sea is often used to symbolize the nations of the earth. If we compare this one beast to the four beasts described in Daniel&rsquo;s vision of the last days (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:1-28<\/span>), we find a number of similarities. Daniel sees a lion, a bear, and a leopard. John the apostle sees a single beast comprising all three of these animals. This beast has almost all of the characteristics of the beasts in Daniel&rsquo;s vision. John&rsquo;s beast has seven heads. The total number of heads described in Daniel is seven; the lion had one head, the bear had one head, the leopard had four heads, and the terrible beast had one head, for a total of seven heads. Irvin Baxter, Jr. says that John&rsquo;s vision of one beast, which comprises the characteristics of three of the beasts in Daniel, suggests that these three nations will form some kind of alliance with the dragon during the Tribulation Period. It is descriptive of a &ldquo;one-world&rdquo; power under the influence of the beast and of the dragon that is described in the book of Revelation. [97]<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> [97] Irvin Baxter, Jr., <em> A Message for the President<\/em>, (Richmond, Indiana: Endtime, Inc., 1986), chapter 3.<\/p>\n<p><strong><em> The Use of Symbolism in Ancient Royal Images &#8211; <\/em><\/strong> The symbolic images of the beasts described in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:1-28<\/span> were not foreign to the ancient world. These ancient kings wore crowns with horns, carried scepters carved as animals, and had their images engraved in stone with symbolic wings and various other symbolic objects. For example, T. G. Pinches describes an ancient bas-relief of King Cyrus the Great, saying:<\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:1.8em'>&ldquo; The stone shows Cyrus standing, looking to the right, draped in a fringed garment resembling those worn by the ancient Babylonians, reaching to the feet. His hair is combed back in the Persian style, and upon his head is an elaborate Egyptian crown, two horns extending to front and back, with a uraeus serpent rising from each end, and between the serpents three vase-like objects, with discs at their bases and summits, and serrated leaves between. There is no doubt that this crown is symbolical of his dominion over Egypt, the three vase-like objects being modifications of the triple helmet-crown of the Egyptian deities. The king is represented as four-winged in the Assyro-Babylonian style, probably as a claim to divinity in their hierarchy as well as to dominion in the lands of Merodach and Assur. In his right hand, which is raised to the level of his shoulder, he holds a kind of scepter seemingly terminating in a bird&#8217;s head&#8211;in all probability also a symbol of Babylonian dominion, though the emblem of the Babylonian cities of the South was most commonly a bird with wings displayed.&rdquo; [98] <\/p>\n<p style='margin-left:3em'> [98] T. G. Pinches, &ldquo;Cyrus,&rdquo; in <em> International Standard Bible Encyclopedia,<\/em> ed. James Orr (Grand Rapids, Michigan: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Co., c1915, 1939), in <em> The Sword Project<\/em>, v. 1.5.11 [CD-ROM] (Temple, AZ: CrossWire Bible Society, 1990-2008).<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Everett&#8217;s Study Notes on the Holy Scriptures<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <strong> Glorification: The Coming of Christ (Daniel&rsquo;s Private Visions) &#8211;<\/strong> There are two main divisions to the book of Daniel. Daniel 1-6 is primarily narrative material and emphasizes Daniel&rsquo;s ministry to the kings of Babylon and Media. In these passages he interprets two dreams and the writing on the wall for two kings. This division as well contains three stories of the captivity and persecution of Daniel and his three friends. However, the visions recorded in Daniel 7-12 were not for the kings. Rather, they are a collection of private visions of apocalyptic in nature that Daniel received from the Lord regarding the Time of the Gentiles and the Last Days. They were not delivered to the kings under whom he served, but were initially private in nature. Their emphasis is not on the nation of Israel; but rather, upon the fulfillment of the Times of the Gentiles. The fact that the first section was written in Aramaic and the second section in Hebrew suggests that there were initially two different intended recipients. The Babylonian Jews would have found comfort in both divisions as they saw the sovereign power of God at work in their midst and as they understood by prophecy that God had not forsaken the nation of Israel. Note that this second section has been arranged in chronological order independently of the first section&rsquo;s chronological arrangement.<\/p>\n<p> Daniel 7-12 is a collection of private visions given to Daniel concerning the future glorification of Jesus Christ and His children and the Great White Throne Judgment of the nations. The redemptive role of Jesus Christ is clearly predicted as the Son of Man comes upon the clouds and approaches the Ancient of Days (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span>) and He establishes the everlasting Kingdom of Heaven (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:14<\/span>).<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Everett&#8217;s Study Notes on the Holy Scriptures<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong><\/p>\n<p>The Vision of the Four Beasts<\/p>\n<p> v. 1. In the first year of Belshazzar, king of Babylon,<\/strong> who was coregent with his father Nabonidus and the grandson and adopted son of Nebuchadnezzar, according to the most reliable secular accounts, <strong> Daniel had a dream and visions of his head,<\/strong> distinct images of his mind, quite distinct from confused pictures, <strong> upon his bed,<\/strong> that is, during the night; <strong> then,<\/strong> immediately or soon after it transpired, <strong> he wrote the dream and told the sum of the matters,<\/strong> setting forth the main facts in due order and omitting matters of secondary importance, such as details pertaining to the appearance of the beasts. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 2. Daniel spake and said,<\/strong> in introducing his narration of the strange experience which befell him, <strong> I saw in my vision by night, and, behold, the four winds of the heaven,<\/strong> from the four main points of the compass, <strong> strove upon the great sea,<\/strong> storming along against one another upon the face of the ocean. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 3. And four great beasts,<\/strong> monstrous beings, <strong> came up from the sea,<\/strong> world-powers rising out of the agitation of the political sea of the heathen world, <strong> diverse one from another,<\/strong> one after the other issuing from the great deep. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 4. The first was like a lion and had eagle&#8217;s wings,<\/strong> emblem of kingly power and authority; <strong> I beheld till the wings thereof were plucked,<\/strong> taking from the beast the ability to fly. <strong> And it was lifted up from the earth,<\/strong> to which it was confined after having been deprived of its unrestrained motion, <strong> and made stand upon the feet as a man,<\/strong> standing upon its hind feet in an upright position, <strong> and a man&#8217;s heart was given to it,<\/strong> so that it partook of the mind and the feelings of a human being. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 5. And behold another beast, a second, like to a bear,<\/strong> appearing later in point of time, <strong> and it raised up itself on one side,<\/strong> so that it leaned over sideways, as it lifted the shoulder on that side to move forward; <strong> and it had three ribs in the mouth of it between the teeth of it,<\/strong> a part of a prey which had been seized by it, of animals which it had overcome; <strong> and they said thus unto it. Arise, devour much flesh,<\/strong> being given to conquest and plunder. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 6. After this I beheld, and, lo, another,<\/strong> a third animal coming on the scene somewhat later in history, <strong> like a leopard, which had upon the back of it four wings of a fowl,<\/strong> enabling it to move with great rapidity; <strong> the beast had also four heads,<\/strong> indicating that its authority would be divided among four sovereigns; <strong> and dominion was given to it,<\/strong> great authority and power in the world. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 7. After this I saw in the night visions, and behold a fourth beast,<\/strong> coming on the scene as the last world-power, <strong> dreadful and terrible,<\/strong> of awe-inspiring fierceness, <strong> and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth,<\/strong> symbolizing the lust of conquest and destruction; <strong> it devoured and brake in pieces,<\/strong> greedily feeding on whatever it could get into its power, <strong> and stamped the residue,<\/strong> whatever it could not devour, <strong> with the feet of it,<\/strong> bent upon annihilating all that stood in its way. <strong> And it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it,<\/strong> so that the entire animal kingdom could furnish no beast to which it was similar; <strong> and it had ten horns,<\/strong> giving further impression of power and ferocity. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 8. I considered the horns,<\/strong> observing them very closely, <strong> and, behold, there came up among them another little horn,<\/strong> springing up as the eleventh and, at first, insignificant in size, <strong> before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots,<\/strong> to make room for the newcomer; <strong> and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man,<\/strong> symbols of understanding, although not possessing the characteristics of divinity, <strong> and a mouth speaking great things,<\/strong> full of proud and blasphemous boasting. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 9. I beheld,<\/strong> still engaged in close observation, <strong> till the thrones were cast down,<\/strong> by a great act of judgment, <strong> and the Ancient of Days,<\/strong> symbol of the eternal and majestic God, <strong> did sit, whose garment was white as snow and the hair of His head like the pure wool,<\/strong> both symbols of unsullied purity and holiness; <strong> His throne was like the fiery flame,<\/strong> flashing as though composed of a fiery mass, <strong> and His wheels as burning fire,<\/strong> symbolical of the fiery zeal with which the Lord punishes the transgressors, but also purifies His people and prepares them for the future glorification. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 10. A fiery stream issued and came forth from before Him,<\/strong> to devour the sinful and hostile forces of the world and to purify the children of the Kingdom. <strong> Thousand thousands ministered unto Him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before Him,<\/strong> an uncounted number of holy angels ready to do His bidding. <strong> The Judgment was set,<\/strong> everything was made ready for the trial, <strong> and the books were opened,<\/strong> namely, the books of record, in which the deeds of men were entered, to serve as the basis of the sentence to be pronounced upon men by the heavenly Judge. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 11. I beheld them because of the voice of the great words which the horn spake,<\/strong> for it was due to the boasting of the ruler represented by the last horn that the judgment and destruction came upon the world; <strong> I beheld even till the beast was slain,<\/strong> namely, the fourth, the fierce and destructive beast, <strong> and his body destroyed and given to the burning flame,<\/strong> whose devouring fiery streams issued from the throne of the eternal Judge. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 12. As concerning the rest of the beasts,<\/strong> the three which were first described, <strong> they had their dominion taken away,<\/strong> their power was also taken away in the general judgment; <strong> yet their lives were prolonged for a season and time,<\/strong> rather, &#8220;for the duration of their life was fixed,&#8221; as to the season and time; God had determined beforehand how long their power should last. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 13. I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of Man came with the clouds of heaven,<\/strong> riding upon them as on a celestial chariot, <strong> and came to the Ancient of Days, and they brought Him near before Him. <\/strong> It is on the basis of this passage, which describes the formal inauguration of the Messiah as King of His eternal kingdom, that Jesus applied the name &#8220;Son of Man&#8221; to Himself so frequently in the gospels. <strong><\/p>\n<p>v. 14. And there was given Him dominion and glory and a kingdom,<\/strong> divine authority over the domain of the earth, <strong> that all people, nations, and languages should serve Him. His dominion is an everlasting dominion which shall not pass away, and His kingdom that which shall not be destroyed. <\/strong> The description clearly shows that the Son of Man is a person distinct from the Father, and that the fact of His eternal dominion and power is a direct argument for His deity. Cf <span class='bible'>Rev 11:15<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 19:16<\/span>. <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Popular Commentary on the Bible by Kretzmann<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong>EXPOSITION<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:1-28<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>VISION<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>FOUR<\/strong> <strong>BEASTS<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p>This chapter begins the second section of the book. All before this has been narrative; visions are introduced into the narrative, but they were not given to Daniel himself, but to others; his <em>role<\/em> was the secondary one of interpreter. These visions and the events connected with them are related more as incidents in the biography of Daniel, than as revelations of the future. With this chapter begins a series of revelations to Daniel personally. This chapter is the last chapter of the Aramaic portion of Daniel. Though thus linguistically joined to what has preceded, logically it is related to what follows.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:1<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>In the first year of Belshazzar King of Babylon Daniel had a dream and visions of his head upon his bed: then he wrote the dream, and told the sum of the matters.<\/strong> The language of the Septuagint is suggestive of the actual state of matters, &#8220;While Baltasar was reigningacting as kingfor the first year, Daniel saw a vision beside () his head upon his bed. Then Daniel wrote the vision which he had seen in heads (chapters, ) of narration ().&#8221; While these words do not necessarily imply that Belshazzar was not king, but only acting as king, they yet may mean this. We know now that for five years during the nominal reign of his father Nabunahid, Belshazzar really reigned. Theodotion does not absolutely agree with the Massoretic reading here, &#8220;In the first year of Belshazzar King of the Chaldeans, Daniel saw a dream () and the visions of his head upon his bed, and he wrote the dream.&#8221; The omission of the final clause will be observed. The Peshitta is closer to the Massoretic; it differs, in fact, only by the insertion of <em>malcootha<\/em>,<em> <\/em>&#8220;the reign of,&#8221; before &#8220;Belshazzar.&#8221; This is, in all probability, the original heading of the tract in which Daniel first published his prophecy. What were the circumstances, so far as we can attain a knowledge of them, when thus the future was revealed to Daniel? The Scythian forces under Astyages had conquered all the countries intermediate between the steppes whence they had come and Babylonia. Above all, they had overthrown the Median Empire, that was closely associated with that of Babylon. They had pressed in upon Babylonia, and were besieging its cities when Cyrus, the King of Ansan, rebelled against Astyages. We may imagine that, from the extent of their empire, the Manda would have to be somewhat scattered. Cyrus then might easily gain advantage over the small division of Manda that held the canton of Ansan. As usually, the attacks of Elam and Media on Babylonia and Assyria had been made across the canton of Ansan; the rebellion of Ansan would thus separate the Manda in Elam and Media from those in Babyloniathe latter being the main portion. Cyrus succeeded in rousing the Medes, Elamites, and Persians against this invading horde, and wrested the power from them. Nabunahid, in a pious inscription, regards Cyrus as the instrument in the hand of Marduk to overthrow these oppressive Manda. Shortly after this uprising of Cyrus, Nabunahid is to appearance stricken with illness, and for several years takes no part in the business of the empire. In the seventh year of Nabunahid, we learn from the annals that the king was in Tema, and did not come to Babylon, but that the king&#8217;s son conducted the affairs of the monarchy. It was probably, then, in this year, when Cyrus had defeated the Scythians, and had driven them out of Elam, Media, and Babylonia, that Daniel had the vision recounted in this chapter. Keen political insight might easily foresee the events in the comparatively immediate future. The rise of a vigorous new power like that of Persia meant menace to the neighbeuring powers. Babylonia, filled with treachery and discontent, was in no condition to resist. The fall of Babylon seemed imminentits place was to be taken by Persia. But Babylon had succeeded Assyria, and before Assyria had been the empires of Egypt and the Hittites. He remembered the dream of his old master Nebuchadnezzar. Now a dream is vouchsafed to himself, which repeats the vision of Nebuchadnezzar with some differences. He is reminded that the changes that come over the affairs of men are not unending. The rise and fall of empires is not the confused whirl of uncontrolled atoms, but all tending towards an endthe establishment of the kingdom of God upon the earth.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:2<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>Daniel spake and said, I saw in my vision by night, and, behold, the four winds of the heaven strove upon the great sea<\/strong>. The Septuagint omits the introductory clause, and renders, &#8220;On my couch I saw in my night-sleep, and, behold, the four winds of heaven fell upon the great sea.&#8221; Theodotion, like the <strong>LXX<\/strong>; omits the introductory clause, and renders, &#8220;I Daniel beheld, and, lo, the four winds of the heaven rushed upon ()<em> <\/em>the great sea.&#8221; The Peshitta seems as if transferred from the Massoretic text, the resemblance is so close. The variations in the Greek Version may be due to condensation of a fuller narrative. The verb translated &#8220;strove&#8221; in our Authorized Version is better rendered, as in the Revised, &#8220;brake forth upon.&#8221; Luther&#8217;s version is, &#8220;sturmeten wider einander.&#8221; This, like the Authorized Version, seems to be the result of the Vulgate <em>pugnabant. <\/em>The only objection to this is that it ought to be followed by a preposition (Bevan). The translation suggested by Levy, &#8220;stirred up,&#8221; appears still better. The sea referred to is naturally to be taken as the Mediterranean; it is &#8220;the great sea&#8221; of the prophets (<span class='bible'>Eze 47:10<\/span>). Jerusalem is not so far from the sea but that Daniel might have seen it in his boyhood. The symbolic meaning of the sea is the mass of heathen nations (<span class='bible'>Psa 65:7<\/span>). The &#8220;four winds of heaven&#8221; usually stand for the points of the compass (<span class='bible'>Jer 49:34<\/span>). Here, however, the winds are pictured as actual forces dashing down upon the sea, and stirring it up to its depths. It may be objected that this is an impossible picture. It might be replied that Virgil, in the first book of the &#8216;<strong>AE<\/strong>neid,&#8217; 84-86, and Milton, in &#8216;Paradise Regained,&#8217; has the same thing. Daniel has more freedom, for he narrates a vision, and, further, to him the winds (<em>rucheen<\/em>)<em> <\/em>were under the guidance of angels. Hitzig denies that the winds can be <em>angelicae potestates<\/em>,<em> <\/em>as Jerome maintains; and, when Jerome supports his position by a quotation from the Septuagint Version of <span class='bible'>Deu 32:8<\/span>, gives as answer a mark of exclamation. The passage, &#8220;He set the nations according to the number of the angels of God,&#8221; represents a phase of thought in regard to<strong> <\/strong>angelology, which Daniel elsewhere obviously has. The double meaning of the word <em>ruach <\/em>made the transition easy. We see the same double meaning in <span class='bible'>Zec 6:5<\/span>. The sea, then, is to be regarded as the great mass of Gentile nations, and the winds are, therefore, the spiritual agencies by which God carries on the history of the world. As there are four winds, there are also four empires. There are angelic princes of at least two of these empires referred to later. May we not argue that these empires had, according to the thought of Daniel, each an angelic head? It may be doubted whether the most advanced critics know more of angelology than Daniel, or can be certain that his view was a mistaken one. Moreover, the Mediterranean Sea was the centre round which the epic of history, as revealed to Daniel, unfolded itself. Nebuchadnezzar marched along the eastern shores of that midland sea; the Persian monarchs essayed to command it by their fleets; across a branch of that sea came Alexander; and from yet further across its blue waters came the Romans. The Mediterranean saw most of the history transacted that took place between the time of Daniel and that of our Lord.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:3<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>And four great beasts came up from the sea, diverse one from another<\/strong>. The Septuagint rendering omits &#8220;great;&#8221; otherwise it is a closely accurate representation of the Massoretic text, save that the translator seems to have had, not  , but as in the Syriac,  , as he renders    <em>. <\/em>Theodotion has , but does not so slavishly follow the Aramaic construction at the end. The Peshitta is very close to the Massoretic, save that in the last clause it agrees with the <strong>LXX<\/strong>. The number four is, in apocalyptic writings, significant of the world; &#8220;the four winds&#8221; mean the whole world. Here it is human history that is summed up in the four beasts. So in Zechariah we have &#8220;four horns&#8221; that symbolize the oppressors of the people of God (<span class='bible'>Dan 1:18<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 2:1<\/span>). We have &#8220;four&#8221; chariots in the sixth chapter of Zechariah, which seem to be symbols of the same thing. <em>Beasts. <\/em>Animals of one sort or another are used of nations in the prophets; thus Egypt is symbolized in <span class='bible'>Isa 27:1-13<\/span>, as &#8220;leviathan,&#8221; presumably a crocodile (<span class='bible'>Isa 51:7<\/span>), as &#8220;a dragon&#8221; in <span class='bible'>Eze 29:3<\/span> Babylonia is figured as an eagle (<span class='bible'>Eze 17:3<\/span>). Composite beings are used as<strong> <\/strong>symbols also, as Tyro is addressed as a &#8216;&#8221;covering cherub.&#8221; In the Book of Revelation Rome is figured as a beast with seven heads and ten horns (<span class='bible'>Rev 13:1<\/span>). In the Book of Enoch (85.90.) we find this figurative use of animals carried much further. Assyria and Babylonia and, following them, Persia made great use of composite, monstrous animal forms as symbols, not so much, however, of political as<strong> <\/strong>of spiritual powers. This distinction is the less important, that political events were regarded as the production of<strong> <\/strong>spiritual activity.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:4<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>The first was like a lion, and had eagle&#8217;s wings: I beheld till the wing. thereof were plucked, and it was lifted up from the earth, and made stand upon the feet as a man, and a man&#8217;s heart was given to it.<\/strong> The <strong>LXX<\/strong>. and Theodotion render &#8220;lioness,&#8221; but otherwise agree with the Massoretic text. The Peshitta does not differ from the received text. The word  is epicene. It is, however, to be noted that in later Aramaic the terminal letter was , not . The word <em>gappeen<\/em>,<em> <\/em>&#8220;wings,&#8221; is worthy of note; in this form it appears in the Peshitta,<em> i.e. <\/em>in<em> <\/em>Eastern Aramaic; <em>genappeen <\/em>is the Targumie form. No modern commentator has doubted, with, I think, the single exception of Dr. Bonnar (&#8216;Great Interregnum&#8217;), that the first beast here is the Babylonian Empire (Hitzig, Zckler, Kliefoth, etc.). Nebuchadnezzar is compared (<span class='bible'>Jer 49:19<\/span>) to a lion and to an eagle (<span class='bible'>Jer 4:7<\/span>; also <span class='bible'>Eze 17:3<\/span>), and suitable to this are the winged human-headed figures found in the ruins of Nineveh and Babylon. If we assume that the empire of Babylon is represented by this first beast, then we have to note, in the first place, the avoidance of any reference to numbers. It may be objected that the &#8220;eagle&#8217;s wings,&#8221;  (<em>gappeen<\/em>),<em> <\/em>are in the dual. Yet the number two is not mentioned. That the word was in the dual in the pre-Massoretic text does not appear from the versions, so the correctness of the dual pointing may be doubted. Unity was the mark of the Babylonian Empire in the vision of Nebuchadnezzar, and unity still remains its numerical sign. As swiftness and aggressiveness are symbolized by wings, especially &#8220;eagle&#8217;s wings,&#8221; when we read, &#8220;I beheld till the wings thereof were plucked,&#8221; we learn that before the fall of Babylon a period set in, during which Babylonia ceased to be the aggressive conquering power it had been. <em>A man<\/em>&#8216;<em>s heart was given to it. <\/em>J.D. Michaelis thinks the reference here is to the fact that when they first broke from their original seats, the Chaldeans were barbarians, but they became civilized in Babylonia. We know more now of the early history of Babylon and of the Chaldeans, and know that at one time the latter were divided into many cantons, each under its separate king, and that on and after the conquest of Babylon by Merodach-Baladan, they became more able to act in concert. The circumstances connected with the accession of Nabopolassar are wrapped in mystery. However, it is clear this cannot be the reference here. The giving of the man&#8217;s heart is brought into close relationship with the plucking of the wings. This fact also decides us against the view so generally maintained, that there is here a reference to the madness of Nebuchadnezzar. In his case the heart of a beast was given to a man; in the case before us the heart of a man is given to a beast. To us the contrast seems more obvious than the resemblance. Much superior is Calvin&#8217;s interpretation. Speaking of the phrases, &#8220;set upon his feet,&#8221; and &#8220;the heart of a man was given to him,&#8221; Calvin says, &#8220;By these modes of speech one understands that the Assyrians and Chaldeans were reduced in rankthat now they were not like lions, but like men&#8221;. This is the view of Behrmann. There is no reference, then, to any supposed humanizing influences which manifested themselves in Babylonian methods of government after Nebuchadnezzar was restored to his reason. From being an empire that spread its wings over the earth, it became limited very much to Babylonia, if not at times to little more than the territory surrounding the city of Babylon. We find that Nabunahid felt himself ready to be overwhelmed by the encroaching Manda. He manifests nothing of lion-like courage or eagle-like swiftness of assault. This was the state of things when Daniel had this vision. Nabunahid was in Tema, while his son did his best to defend the frontier against the threatening encroachments of Cyrus. Hitzig and Havernick maintain that the attitude suggested by the phrase, &#8220;set upon its feet,&#8221; is what, in heraldic language, is called &#8220;rampant;&#8221; it is possible, but it rather militates against the natural meaning of the words. Before leaving this, it must be noted that, as in the vision Nebuchadnezzar had of the statue, the symbol of the Babylonian Empire is the noblest metalthe head of gold. Here the noblest animal is the symbol of Babylon&#8221;the lion.&#8221; The same reason may be assigned here for this, as in the passage in the second chapter for thatthat the Babylonian Empire had more in it of the symbol of Divine government. No monarch was more like a god to his subjects; his power was unchecked, unlimited, uncontrolled.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:5<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>And behold another beast, a second, like to a bear, and it raised up itself on one side, and it had three ribs in the mouth of it between the teeth of it: and they said thus unto it, Arise, devour much flesh.<\/strong> The Septuagint rendering here differs but slightly. &#8220;A second&#8221; is omitted, and instead of &#8220;they said&#8221;, it is &#8220;one said&#8221; or &#8220;he said.&#8221; Theodotion agrees with the Septuagint in omitting the word &#8220;second,&#8221; but agrees with the Massoretic in having &#8220;they said.&#8221; The Peshitta begins more abruptly than the others, &#8220;And the second beast [was] like to a bear,&#8221; etc. In regard to the Aramaic text, the use of the haphel form must be observed. The presence of the  instead of the  is an indication of antiquity in the word <em> <\/em>(<em>besar<\/em>),<em> <\/em>which becomes in the Targums . It has been supposed that the reading should be  (<em>bishayr<\/em>) with<em> <\/em>, which would mean&#8221; dominion&#8221;a phrase that would give a sense out of harmony with the context. It is in regard to the meaning of this symbol that interpreters begin to be divided. The most common view is that this refers to the Median Empire. There is nothing to support the assumption that the author of Daniel distinguished between the Median and the Persian empires; everything, indeed, which, fairly interpreted, proves that, while he regarded the races as different, he looked upon the empire as one. It is the laws of &#8220;the Medes and the Persians&#8221; that are appealed to before Darius the Mede. The united empire is symbolized as a ram with two horns. Dr. Davidson, in his review of Professor Bevan&#8217;s Commentary (<em>Critical Review<\/em>)<em> <\/em>on Daniel, shows the duality indicated by the animal raising one of its two sides. That one race was stronger than the other had to be symbolized, and this was done by making the symbolic animal raise one side. The attitude at first sight may be difficult to comprehend. There is a figure in Rawlinson&#8217;s &#8216;Five Great Monarchies,&#8217; vol. 1. p. 332, in which a pair of winged bulls are kneeling with one leg; the side opposite to the kneeling leg is thus the higher. Kliefoth denounces this interpretation as mistaken, without assigning any reason against it. The interpretation by which he would supersede it is that it means &#8220;to one side of Babylonia.&#8221; There is no reference to locality at all. Moreover, as all the animals come out of the sea, their relationship to Babylonia would be remote. <em>It had three ribs in the mouth of it between the teeth of it. <\/em>What is meant by these three ribs has been much debated. In the first place, Havernick thinks that it is a mistake to translate  (<em>ileen<\/em>)<em> <\/em>&#8220;ribs;&#8221; he maintains the true rendering to be &#8220;tusks.&#8221; He identifies  with  (Hebrew); but even if we grant this identification, we do not find any justification for this rendering. The word for &#8220;tusks&#8221; seems rather to be , which occurs in the Targum of <span class='bible'>Joe 1:6<\/span> and <span class='bible'>Job 29:17<\/span>, and the same word occurs in the Peshitta. At the same time, the symmetry of the figure would fit some such view. In none of the other beasts is there any reference to what they are devouring. Still, one cannot lay stress on this. When we come to consider what is meant by the &#8220;three ribs,&#8221; we have great diversity of opinion. On the supposition that the ribs are in the mouth of the bear, and being gnawed by it, it must mean that at the time when by the conquest of Babylon it came into the apocalyptic succession, the bear-empire had laid waste three territories. Ewald agrees that three countries must be meant, but assumes these countries to be Babylonia, Assyria, Syria. There is no evidence, Biblical or other, that the Median Empire ever extended to Syria. If we grant that the author of Daniel lived in the time of Epiphanes, then no authority open to him, so tar as we know, brought the Medes into Syria before the day of the Persian rule. We need not assume a blunder for our author, and then build further assumptions on that assumed blunder. Moreover, by the conquest of Babylonia and Assyria, the bear came into the apocalyptic succession, whereas he had already devoured those provinces represented by ribs when he appears. Hitzig, following Ben Ezra, takes the ribs as three citiesNineveh and two others. There seems nothing to identify &#8220;ribs&#8221; with &#8220;cities;&#8221; we can imagine it to mean &#8220;provinces.&#8221; Thus we are led to Kraniehfeld&#8217;s opinion, that it represents constituent portions of an older confederation broken up. The view of Kliefoth, that the conquests of the Medo-Persian Empire are intendedBabylonia, Lydia, and Egyptsins again st the symbol, which implies that the ribs are already in the bear&#8217;s teeth when he enters into the sphere of apocalyptic history. Jephet-ibn-Ali maintains the &#8220;three fibs&#8221; to refer to the three quarters of the world over which the Persian Empire ruled; and this is the view of Keil. It seems better, with Von Lengerke, to regard the number three as not important, but a general term for a few, though, at the same time, we can make approximation to the number when we look not at the Medea, but at Cyrus. Moreover, had we a better knowledge of early apocalyptic, it is at least a possible thing that we might find that &#8220;three&#8221; was the designating number of Lydia or Armenia, as &#8220;two&#8221; was of Medo-Persia, &#8220;four&#8221; of Greece, &#8220;five&#8221; of Egypt, and &#8220;ten&#8221; of Rome. It seems to us that the position of Cyrusat the time we assume the vision to have been given to Danielsuits admirably with the picture of the bear. Like the bear, he came from the mountains, in contradistinction from the lion of the plains. He united under his rule his hereditary kingdom Ansan, Elam, and Media. Thus we might have the three ribs if we might lay aside the notion of these being devoured. He overthrew the Manda and Croesus before he conquered Babylon, and it is probable that Armenia had also to be conquered before he could encounter Croesus. It is singular that writers who are determined to maintain that Daniel drew all his information as to Babylonian history from Jeremiah and other early writers, should also, by implication, maintain that, in defiance of the continual mention by these writers of kings of the Medes, as if they were a numerous confederacy (<span class='bible'>Jer 51:11<\/span>), Daniel held that there was a united empire of the Medes separate from the Persian Empire. The second empire is not, as maintained by Ewald, represented by a bear, &#8220;because its empire was less extensive than that of Babylon,&#8221; but because it was a falling off from the theocratic monarchthe monarch who ruled as God. <em>They said thus unto it<\/em>,<em> Arise<\/em>,<em> devour much flesh. <\/em>The speakers here may be &#8220;the watchers,&#8221; or it may be used impersonally. On the assumption that the bear is the shadowy Median Empire, what meaning can this command have? The Medes, as distinct from the Persians, by the time that Epiphanes ascended the throne, had become very shadowy. The scriptural account of them does not represent them as pre-eminently cruel. Isaiah (<span class='bible'>Isa 13:17<\/span>) foretells they will conquer Babylon, with all the concomitants of a city taken by assault. Jeremiah (<span class='bible'>Jer 25:25<\/span>) places the Medes with other nations under the dominion of Nebuchadnezzar King of Babylon, and (<span class='bible'>Jer 51:11<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Jer 51:28<\/span>) he too asserts that the Modes will assail Babylon. There is nothing here to indicate the expectation that Media should be a pre-eminently destructive power. This applied correctly enough to Persia. Even on the assumption that the author of Daniel was a Jew of the time of Epiphanes, it seems very improbable that he should have placed Media as an empire coordinate with Babylonia, Persia, and the Greek Empire of Alexander and his successors. Still more improbable that he should attribute pre-eminent cruelty to it, when all the cruelty ascribed to the Medes by the prophets was exercised against Babylon, and even that was not beyond the ordinary measure exercised by a conqueror in a city taken by assault,<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:6<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>After this I beheld, and lo another, like a leopard, which had upon the back of it four wings of a fowl; the beast had also four heads; and dominion was given to it. <\/strong>The <strong>LXX<\/strong>. rendering is shorter, &#8220;And after these things I saw another beast, like a leopard, and four wings stretched over it (), and there were four heads to the beast.&#8221; The grammar of this is difficult to understand. As it stands, it must be translated as above; if, however, we might read ,<em> <\/em>we should avoid the solecism of uniting a neuter plural to a plural verb, rendering, &#8220;and it stretched,&#8221; etc. Paulus Tellensis renders as above, and adds a clause, &#8220;and a tongue was given to it&#8221;a reading to all appearance due to the transposal of  and . It is difficult, on the present text, to explain how the <strong>LXX<\/strong>. rendered &#8220;wings of a fowl,&#8221; &#8220;stretched over it.&#8221; If, however, the original word were that used in the Peshitta, see word (<em>parehatha<\/em>),<em> <\/em>it is explicable that this should have been read . Theodotion and the Peshitta do not differ from the Massoretic text. The majority of critical commentators maintain this to be the Persian Empire. A leopard is a less animal than a bear, and therefore, according to the argument these critics used with regard to the second empire, it ought to mean that it symbolized a still smaller empire. That, however, is impossible. No Jew of the age of the Maccabees could have been under that impression. Moreover, we have the four wings declared to mean that the Persian power extended to all quarters of the world, and attention is directed to the fact that the statement is made concerning it, &#8220;dominion was given to it.&#8221; This assumes, what would be admitted by everybody to be contrary to fact, had the critics not a further conclusion in view. The traditional interpretation is that the Hellenic Empirethat of Alexander the Great and his successorsis intended here. In defence of this we have the fact that four, as we have just said, is the numerical sign of the Greek power. In the following chapter we have the goat, with its one notable horn, which, on being broken off, is replaced by four. In the eleventh chapter we are told that Alexander&#8217;s empire is to be divided to the four winds of heaven. But &#8220;wings&#8221; are not prophetically so much the symbol of extensive dominion, as of rapidity of movement. If Nebuchadnezzar (<span class='bible'>Eze 17:3<\/span>) is a great eagle with long wings, it is because of the rapidity of his conquests. Jeremiah says of his horses, they are &#8220;swifter than eagles.&#8221; Again in Lamentations, &#8220;Our persecutors are swifter than eagles.&#8221; Wings, then, symbolize swiftness of motion. If we turn to the next chapter, the swiftness of Alexander&#8217;s conquests is the point that most impresses the seer. Swiftness, compared either with the conquests of Nebuchadnezzar or of Alexander, was not the characteristic of the Persian conquests. Cyrus, in the course of thirty years, had subdued Asia Minor, probably Armenia; had relieved Media, Elam, and Persia from the alien yoke of the Manda; and had conquered Babylon. Nebuchadnezzar, after the battle of Carehemish, had advanced to the river of Egypt. We do not know the extent and direction of his many campaigns, but rapidity of movement characterized some of them we do know, and Alexander&#8217;s conquests were made with extreme rapidity. Altogether the figure seems much more suitable for the empire of Alexander than for that of the Persians.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:7<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>After this I saw in the night visions, and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth: it devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it had ten horns.<\/strong> The version of the <strong>LXX<\/strong>. differs considerably, though not essentially, &#8220;After these things I beheld in a night vision a fourth terrible beast, and the fear of it excelled in strength; it had great iron teeth, it devoured and pounded down; it trode round about with its feet; it differed from all the beasts that were before it; and it had ten horns, and many counsels were in its horns.&#8221; The sense of this does not really differ, save in the last clause, which seems to belong to the next verse. Theodotion agrees with the Massoretic text. The Peshitta differs only by having&#8221; after these things,&#8221; following the <strong>LXX<\/strong>; instead of &#8220;after this.&#8221; The identification of the empire intended by this beast has been the <em>crux <\/em>of interpreters. Practically all ancient authoritiesJosephus, and the author of the Apocalypse of Baruch being among the numbermaintain the Roman Empire to be meant. On the other hand, a very large number of modern critics, not merely of the exclusively critical school, have held that it refers either to the Greek Empire as a whole, or to the Seleucid portion of it. As we shall discuss this subject in a separate excursus, we shall at present look at the principles to be adopted in dealing with such a question. The important point is the numerical note of this &#8220;beast.&#8221; It is &#8220;ten&#8221;the same it may be remarked, as in the feet of the image of Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s dream. When we turn from the Apocalypse of the Old Testament to the Apocalypse of the New, we find &#8220;ten&#8221; the note of Rome. Even though we should put this to the one side, as merely the opinion of an apostle, and therefore not to be considered at all in comparison with that of Hitzig or Von Lengerke, yet he was writing little more than a couple of centuries from the time when, according to critics, Daniel was written; moreover, he was in the direct line of apocalyptic tradition. The Apocalypse of Baruch, written in all probability b.c. 60, has the same view, and it is separated by little more than a century from the time of the Maccabees. The Fourth Book of Esdras, written about a.d. 80, has the same view. All three books imply that it is the universally received opinion. This view is really the only one that fairly meets the case. The view which separates the Seleucid Empire from that of Alexander may be laid aside, although the first three empires are correctly interpreted, because it is directly controverted by the statement that this fourth empire is to be diverse from all that had gone before. The empire of the Seleucids was in no sense diverse from that of Alexander. This fourth empire was to be stronger than all that had gone before. The Seleucid Empire was notoriously and obviously less powerful than the empire of Alexander had been, and was merely a match for the empire of the Ptolemies. Further, the next chapter shows that the writer of Daniel regarded the empire of the Diadochi as really a continuation of that of Alexander the Great. The other view rests on a division between the Median and the Persian empires, which is contradicted by any fair interpretation of this book. The next chapter shows clearly that the writer regarded the Medo-Persian power as one, but as having two dominant races. The&#8221; great iron teeth&#8221; of the beast have a reference to the iron legs of the dream-image which appeared to Nebuchadnezzar. This beast &#8220;is diverse from all the beasts that were before it.&#8221; In all the previous empires, the constitution was avowedly monarchical. With the Roman, the republican constitution appeared, and even under the emperors the forms of that constitution were preserved. In this sense it was diverse from all the preceding empires. Mr. Bevan thinks &#8220;the actrocious massacres at Tyro and elsewhere, by which Alexander endeavoured to strike terror into the conquered races,&#8221; is symbolized by the monster &#8220;devouring, crushing,&#8221; etc. Mr. Bevan must never have read the accounts of the conquests of Asshur-bani-pal. He seems to have forgotten the treatment meted out to Samos and Miletus by the Persians.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:8<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>I considered the horns, and,behold, there came up among them another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things.<\/strong> The Septuagint Version, if we consider it a rendering of the Massorotic, begins really with the words which are made in it the last clause of the preceding verse, &#8220;And counsels were many in its horns.&#8221; This reading is certainly not to be preferred, although it can easily be understood how it has arisen. The version proceeds, &#8220;And behold another born sprang up in the midst of themlittle in its horns&#8221;this latter is a doublet&#8221;and three of the former horns were rooted cut by it, and, behold, eyes as human eyes were in this horn, and a mouth speaking great things, and it made war against the saints.&#8221; Theodotion is practically in agreement with the Massoretic text, as is also the Peshitta. As Daniel is gazing, his attention is directed to the horns; he sees their appearance changing. An eleventh horn springs up, much less than any of the former ten; quickly, however, it grows, and before its growth three of the former horns are rooted up. This horn now drew his gaze from all the others: it had human eyes, it had a mouth speaking great things. In the changes of the dream the horn now seems separated from the animal on which it is; it becomes an oppressor, and makes war upon the saints. It is usual to identify this horn with that in <span class='bible'>Dan 8:7<\/span>. When carefully looked at, the alleged resemblance is reduced to the fact that in both cases &#8220;a horn&#8221; is used as a symbol of an oppressor of the saints. We must remember that, according to the figure, these ten horns are contemporary. If we take the typology of the next chapter as our guide, these horns are kingdoms or dynasties. Unlike the Greek Empire, which split up into four, this fourth empire splits up into ten. Another dynasty rises up and sweeps away three of these earlier dynasties. Nothing like this occurred in regard to the empire of the Diadochi. Of course, it is true the number ought not to be pressed, save as a designative symbol. There must, however, be more than five or six, as in such a case <em>four <\/em>would be a more natural general number. It may, however, be twelve or fifteen. Several events in the history of the kingdoms that have followed the Roman Empire might satisfy one part of this picturethe replacing of three kingdoms by one. It is a possible enough view that provinces may be referred to, as Jephet-ibn. Ali maintains. As, however, the primary significance of the &#8220;horn&#8221; is power, the most probable solution seems to us to be to take the &#8220;ten&#8221; horns as the magistracies of Republican Rome. If we reckon the magistracies, there were fewer, if we take the distinctive individuals occupying the magistracies, more, than ten. The imperial form of government replaced several of these magistracies, which may roughly be reckoned at three. Certainly of the imperial power it might be said that it had a mouth &#8220;speaking great things;&#8221; for the claim to deification made openly was certainly a new claim. Other monarchs had claimed to be the sons of their god; only the Roman emperors were addressed as <em>divus <\/em>during their lifetime. Certainly the empire made war against the saintsagainst the people of God. It was Nero, a Roman emperor, who decreed war against the Jews; it was Vespasian, another Roman emperor, that began the conquest of Palestine; it was Titus, a third Roman emperor, that captured Jerusalem. Some support may be found for the Jewish idea that it is Titus personally. If we are permitted to take the ten horns as successive emperors, he was the eleventh emperor, and three emperors were swept away before the Flavian dynasty. We must reserve fuller discussion of this subject to a special excursus.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:9<\/span><\/strong><strong>, <\/strong><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:10<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>I beheld till the thrones were cast down, and the Ancient of days did sit, whose garment was white as snow, and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame, and his wheels as burning fire. A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him: thousand thousands ministered unto him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him: the judgment was set, and the books were opened.<\/strong> The Septuagint Version here does not differ much from the Massoretic save that there are two cases of-doublet. Theodotion and the Peshitta are evidently translated from a text identical with that of the Massoretic. There is, however, one point where the versions agree against the Authorized Versionthe thrones are not cast down, they are &#8220;placed,&#8221; as in the Revised. Luther and most German commentators render thus, as does Jerome. Ewald translates &#8220;cast,&#8221; that is, &#8220;set.&#8221; In the third chapter, where we have the same word, it means&#8221; cast down; &#8220;this leads us to prefer the Authorized rendering. The word for &#8220;throne&#8221; is to be observed. It means not so much the throne-royal as the seat of a judge (Behrmann); but the office of judge was that essentially of the king. <em>The Ancient of days did sit. <\/em>It is not &#8220;<em>the <\/em>Ancient of days,&#8221; but &#8220;one ancient in days,&#8221; that is to say, the phrase is not appellative, but descriptive. After the thrones of these earlier kingdoms were cast down, then one appeared like an old man clad in a garment of snowy whiteness, and the hair of his head as wool. That this is a symbolic appearance of God is beyond doubt. Ewald remarks on the grandeur of the description as excelling in boldness even the vision of Ezekiel. The throne, the judgment-seat of the Ancient of days, is a chariot of &#8220;fiery flame,&#8221; with &#8220;wheels of burning fire&#8221;a description that suggests the translation of Elijah. His throne is at once the judge&#8217;s scat and the chariot of the warrior. From beneath this chariot-throne &#8220;a fiery stream issued forth.&#8221; In the Book of Revelation (<span class='bible'>Rev 22:1<\/span>), from beneath the throne of God there issued the river of the water of life, clear as crystal Compare with this also Enoch Rev 14:9 -22. Enoch&#8217;s description is derived from this, but amplified to a great extent. <em>Thousand thousands ministered unto him<\/em>,<em> and ten thousand times tea thousand stood before him. <\/em>The word &#8220;thousands&#8221; in the Aramaic has the Hebrew plural termination in the K&#8217;thib, but in the most ancient forms of Aramaic there are many points where the two tongues have not yet diverged. The symbol here is of a royal court, only the numbers are vaster than any earthly court could show. The angels of God are present to carry out the decisions of the judgment. Compare with this Enoch <span class='bible'>Rev 1:9<\/span> (Charles&#8217;s trans), &#8220;Lo! he comes with ten thousands of his holy ones, to execute judgment upon them.&#8221; Those that minister unto the Judge are those whose duty it is to carry out the Divine sentence; those who stand before him are those who are spectators of this great assize. <em>The judgment was set. <\/em>This translation is not accurate. The word translated &#8220;was set&#8221; is the same as that rendered in the second clause of the preceding verse &#8220;did sit.&#8221; Again, although <em>deena&#8217;<\/em>,<em> <\/em>thus vocalized, means &#8220;judgment,&#8221; it may be differently vocalized, <em>dayyana<\/em>,<em> <\/em>and mean &#8220;Judge.&#8221; If we take the present pointing, the phrase may be taken as equivalent to &#8220;the assize began.&#8221; <em>And the books were opened. <\/em>It ought to be noted that the word here used for&#8221; books&#8221; is derived from a root primarily meaning &#8220;engrave.&#8221; The Babylonian books, as they have come down to us, are clay tablets &#8220;engraved&#8221; or &#8220;impressed&#8221; with letters. We have all manner of legal documents in this form. The piles of tiles and cylinders which contain the deeds of those before the judgment-seat stand before the Judge. One by one they are displayed before him. The scene presented is one of unspeakable grandeur, and all put before us with a few masterly strokes. We see the great fiery throne&#8217;; the Judge, awful with the dignity of unnumbered ages, attended by a million of angels who are ready to do his will; and a hundred million watching and listening spectators. We find that this description of the judgment in the first Apocalypse reappears, modified and made yet more solemn, in the last Apocalypse. We are, however, not to regard this as the final judgment. Daniel is rather admitted into the presence of God in the heavens, and sees his judgment continually being prepared against the wicked.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:11<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>I beheld then because of the voice of the great words which the horn spake: I beheld even till the beast was slain, and his body destroyed, and given to the burning flame.<\/strong> The Septuagint Version has been translated from the same text; but the word translated &#8220;because&#8221; is rendered , &#8220;then,&#8221; according to the usual meaning of the word. Theodotion has a doublet. The Peshitta is much briefer, &#8220;I saw that this beast was slain, and its body destroyed, and it was cast into the flame of fire.&#8221; <em>The voice of the great words<\/em>;<em> <\/em>that is, blasphemies. The punishment of blasphemy among the Babylonians was burning. On account of the blasphemies of the little horn, the whole empire to which it belonged was destroyed. If we regard the fourth beast as Rome, and the little horn the imperial dignity, it was on account of its blasphemies that the empire really ceased. The blasphemous claim to divinity wrought madness in the minds of such youths as Caligula, Nero, Commodus, Caracalla, and Heliogabalus. The process might be a slow one. God had his purpose in the history of the race to work out by the Roman Empire; yet it was none the less the madness of the emperors that brought the empire down. The way the provinces were harried by barbarians East and West could well be described as burning the body of it with fire.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:12<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>As concerning the rest of the beasts, they had their dominion taken away: yet their lives were prolonged for a season and time<\/strong>. The version of the <strong>LXX<\/strong>. has a different reference, &#8220;And those about him he took away from their dominion, and time of life was given them for a time and a season.&#8221; Here, as in the seventh verse, we have <em>shear. <\/em>The reference then would be to the horns that still remained after the one blaspheming horn was destroyed. Theodotion agrees with the Massoretic. The Peshitta differs, but only slightly. As the Massoretic text stands, there is difficulty in maintaining that the reference here cannot be to any other than to the other three beasts. They should still occupy a place, but possess no dominion, even after they were removed from supreme authority. After Babylon lost imperial power, it still continued for a time a highly important province in the Persian Empire, and the sensibilities of the inhabitants were considered throughout the whole period of the Persian rule. After the Persian Empire was overturned by Alexander, there was still the province of Persis; and from the remains of the Persian Empire sprang up Parthia, and then the second Persian Empire; and after the rule of the caliphs had been broken, Persia revived as a Mohammedan power. When the Greek Empire fell, Greece still survived, not independent, but still influential. It is difficult to see what meaning this verse could have to one living at the time of the Maccabees, especially it&#8217; he thought the Greek Empire was the fourth. Parthia certainly might represent Persia, but where was Media? &#8220;For a season and a time&#8221; does not refer to any definite time. Jephet-ibn-Ali regards the reference till the end of the rule of the fourth beast. This militates against the idea that <em>iddan <\/em>must always mean &#8220;a year.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him.<\/strong> The version of the Septuagint is different in the last two clauses of this verse, &#8220;As the Ancient of days he came, and those standing around were present to him.&#8221; Although the reading here is supported by Paulus Tellensis, we suspect some error of copyists. Theodotion practically agrees with the Massoretic. The Peshitta renders the last clause, &#8220;Those standing before him approached him.&#8221; These earthly kingdoms having been destroyed, the new kingdom of God is ushered in. &#8220;A son of man&#8221; (not &#8220;the<em> <\/em>Son of man,&#8221; as in our Authorized Version) appears in the clouds of heaven. It is a question whether this is the King of the Divine kingdom, the personal Messiah, or the kingdom itself personified. It is agreed that, as the previous kingdoms were represented by a beast, a man would be necessary symmetrically to represent at once the fact that it is an empire as those were, but unlike them in being of a higher class, as man is higher than the beasts. Further, it is brought in line with the image-vision of the second chapter, where the stone cut out of the mountain destroys the image. But we must beware of applying mere logic to apocalyptic. In this vision we see that &#8220;a man&#8217;s heart&#8221; really meant weakness as compared with the courage and strength represented by the lion. Further, the point of distinction between this vision and that of Nebuchadnezzar is that this is more dynastic, looking at the monarchs, while the other looks at the powersthe empires as distinct from their personal rulers. Hence, while the Son of man here refers to the Messianic kingdom, it is in the Person of its King. It is to be observed that, while the beasts came up out of the sea, the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven. This indicates the Divine origin of the Messiah. That the writer might not apprehend this is no argument against this being really symbolized. When he comes to the throne of the Ancient of days, he is accompanied to the presence of the Judge by the attendant angelsa scene which might seem to justify the <strong>LXX<\/strong>. Version of <span class='bible'>Deu 32:43<\/span> as applied by the writer of the Hebrews.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:14<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>And there was given him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages, should serve him: his dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed.<\/strong> The versions differ only slightly and verbally from this. The personal element is here made prominent. Compare with this <span class='bible'>Rev 5:12<\/span>, &#8220;Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honour, and glory, and blessing.&#8221; The Messianic kingdom, and with it the Messiah, was to be everlasting. The resemblance is great, as might be expected, between this statement and that in <span class='bible'>Dan 2:44<\/span>, &#8220;A kingdom which shall never be destroyed, and the kingdom shall not be left to other people.&#8221; It is to be noted that even his dominion is bestowed upon him. The Ancient of days, whose sentence has deprived the other dynasties of theft empire, bestows boundless empire on the Messiah (Comp. <span class='bible'>Psa 2:1-12<\/span>. and 72.). Jeremiah&#8217;s account of the state of matters on the return from the Captivity (<span class='bible'>Jer 30:21<\/span>)is compared to this by Hitzig; but there it is not a <em>king <\/em>who is to come near before God, it is simply &#8220;governor&#8221; (<em>mashal<\/em>)<em>. <\/em>In Jeremiah we have to do with a subject-people living in the fear of the Lord, but under the yoke of a foreign power. <\/p>\n<p>Ecursus on The Son of Man.<\/p>\n<p>The title given here to the Messiah for the first time, appears prominently in the Book of Enoch, and becomes consecrated to us in the lips of our Lord, as the favourite title by which he designated himself as the Messiah.<br \/>The phrase, &#8220;son of man,&#8221; <em>ben-adam<\/em>,<em> <\/em>is used of man as contrasted with God: <span class='bible'>Num 23:19<\/span>, &#8220;God is not a man that he should lie, nor the son of man that he should repent;&#8221; of man as weak: <span class='bible'>Isa 51:12<\/span>, &#8220;Who art thou, that thou shouldest be afraid of a man that shall die, and of the son of man which shall be made as the grass?&#8221; (so <span class='bible'>Job 25:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 144:3<\/span>). Again, it is used simply as equivalent to &#8220;man:&#8221; <span class='bible'>Jer 49:18<\/span>, &#8220;No man shall abide there, neither shall son of man dwell in it&#8221; (see also <span class='bible'>Jer 51:43<\/span>). The contrast, so far as there is a contrast, is between  and . In the Psalms we have <em>benee adam <\/em>and <em>benee ish <\/em>contrasted: <span class='bible'>Psa 62:9<\/span>, &#8220;Surely men of<strong> <\/strong>low degree (<em>benee adam<\/em>) are vanity, and men of high degree (<em>benee ish<\/em>)<em> <\/em>are a lie.&#8221; This distinction does not apply to Aramaic, in which <em>enush<\/em> is the only generally used word for &#8220;man.&#8221; In the prophecies of Ezekiel the phrase becomes determinative of the prophet. The question is complicated, however, by the fact that in Eastern Aramaic <em>barnesh<\/em>,<em> <\/em>a contraction for <em>barenasho<\/em>, is used very generally for &#8220;men,&#8221; as<em> col-bar-nesh<\/em>, &#8220;<em>everybody.<\/em>&#8220;<em> <\/em>It also occurs in this sense in Targumic, though more rarely, as <span class='bible'>Job 5:7<\/span>. The title here, then, simply declares that one, having the appearance of a man, was seen coming in the clouds of heaven. The phrase in the Peshitta for &#8220;the Son of man&#8221; is <em>bareh dnosh. <\/em>It is implied that this mysterious Being had the form of a man, but further, it is implied that he was other than man. In the Book of Enoch the phrase has ceased to be descriptive merely, and has become an appellation. Thus Enoch 46.:<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;<strong>(1) <\/strong>And there I saw one who had a head of days, and his head was white like wool, and with him was another being, whose countenance had the appearance of a man, and his face was full of graciousness like one of the holy angels.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> And I asked the angel who went with me and showed me all the hidden things concerning that Son of man, who he was, and why he went with the Head of days.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(3)<\/strong> And he answered and said unto me, This is the Son of man, who hath righteousness, with whom dwelleth righteousness, and who reveals all the treasures of that which is hidden, because the Lord of spirits hath chosen him, and his lot before the<strong> <\/strong>Lord of spirits hath surpassed everything in uprightness for ever.&#8221; This is clearly borrowed from the chapter before us. Elsewhere we have endeavoured to fix the date of this part of the Book of Enoch, as b.c. 210. Of course, in this view the Maccabean origin of Daniel is definitely set aside. If, however, we take the date assigned to this part by Mr. Charles, then we have a choice between approximately b.c. 90 and b.c. 70. Even then the date seems too near the critical date of Daniel to explain the rapid development the idea has undergone. In Daniel the person &#8220;like a son of man&#8221; may be a personification of Israel, though not naturally so; here in Enoch we have to do with a super-angelic being.<\/p>\n<p>As to the question of the reference of the title, it has been doubted whether it is to be held as applying to the Messiah, the Messianic kingdom, or to the people of Israel. The last view is that of Hitzig and many other critics of his school. It practically involves a denial of the truth of the idea that the Jews ever had Messianic hopes. In the present case there is nothing to indicate any reference to Israel personified. While there might be some plausibility in arguing from each of the four beasts representing empires that this &#8220;Son of man&#8221; should represent an empire also; it must be observed that in all the other cases there is a peculiarity which marks off the animal as merely a symbol: the lion has wings; the bear has three ribs in its teeth; the leopard has four heads and four wings; and the last, unnamed, beast has ten heads and iron teeth. Further, this &#8220;Son of man&#8221; is brought to the Ancient of days, and does not merely appear as do the &#8220;beasts.&#8221; He has thus many of the characteristics of a person. The other view, that the &#8220;Son of man&#8221; indicates the Messianic kingdom, thus comes into line with the view of Hitzig. The view that it is the Messiah who is meant by the &#8220;Son of man&#8221; was held practically by all interpreters, Jewish and Christian, until the middle of last century.<\/p>\n<p>If we look at the phenomenon of prophetism, we shall find ourselves open to another view of the matter. From <span class='bible'>1Pe 1:10<\/span> we see that prophets did not necessarily <em>know <\/em>the meaning of their own prophecies. It might well be, then, that to Daniel the distinction between the Messianic King and the Messianic kingdom was not one clearly apprehended. We see in the prophecies of the second Isaiah that the &#8220;servant of the Lord&#8221; is first the holy people, then the prophetic order, and latterly a person. There probably was a similar uncertainty here. If we grant this indeffiniteness,<em> <\/em>the next question that rises isWhat is the special aspect of the Messianic kingdom that is intended to be portrayed when this title is given to its King? If we are guided by what is incomparably the oldest interpretation, that of the second Book of Enoch, this title implies an incalculable dignity. When we come to our Lord&#8217;s use of it in the Gospels, there is nothing to oppose this. Thus <span class='bible'>Joh 5:22<\/span>, &#8220;And<em> <\/em>hath committed all judgment unto him, because he is the Son of man;&#8221; so <span class='bible'>Mat 9:6<\/span>, &#8220;The Son of man hath power on earth to forgive sins.&#8221; This is not contradicted by <span class='bible'>Mat 8:20<\/span>, &#8220;The<em> <\/em>foxes have holes, but the Son of man hath not where to lay his head.&#8221; The emphasis of the statement lies in the contrast between the inexpressible dignity of the Person and the poverty of his earthly circumstances. It is because the ideas of superhuman dignity had been associated with the title that our Lord had, in foretelling his approaching crucifixion,. to bring the two facts into close connection, &#8220;The Son of man must be lifted up.&#8221; So after Peter&#8217;s confession, &#8220;The Son of man must suffer many things.&#8221; We see that the multitude of the Jews understood the title to have this lofty meaning, for they demand (<span class='bible'>Joh 12:34<\/span>), &#8220;How sayest thou, The Sen of man must be lifted up? Who is this Son of man?&#8221; The attempts to make it imply something humiliating by dwelling on the fact that not <em>adam <\/em>or <em>ish <\/em>is the word for &#8220;man,&#8221; but <em>&#8216;enosh<\/em>,<em> <\/em>are beside the question, for these deductions apply to the Hebrew words, not to .the Aramaic. And in Aramaic neither <em>ish <\/em>nor <em>adam <\/em>is in common use as equivalent for &#8220;man.&#8221; It is as much beside the point as if one, knowing the difference between <em>man <\/em>and <em>mann <\/em>in German, should lay stress on the fact that in this phrase in English &#8220;man&#8221; has only one <em>n<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p> The connection of this surpassing dignity with humanity has probably deep roots in human nature. The late Professor Fuller saw reference here to the function occupied by Silik-mooloo-Khi as mediator between Hea and mankind, and to the further development of this in the Zoroastrian doctrine of a <em>sosiosh<\/em>,<em> <\/em>or redeemer. The fall investigation of this is beside our present purpose.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:15-18<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>I Daniel was grieved in my spirit in the midst of my body, and the visions of my head troubled me. I came near unto one of them that stood by, and asked him the truth of all this. So he told me, and made me know the interpretation of the things. These great beasts, which are four, are four kings, which shall arise out of the earth, But the saints of the Most High shall take the kingdom, and possess the kingdom for ever, even for ever and ever.<\/strong> The version of the Septuagint differs in some points from the Massoretic. In the fifteenth verse there is no reference to the spirit being in the body; it adds &#8220;of the night&#8221; after &#8220;visions,&#8221; and changes &#8220;my head&#8221; into &#8220;my thoughts.&#8221; The sixteenth verse presents no essential points of difference. In the seventeenth verse the differences are more considerable, &#8220;These great beasts are four kingdoms, which shall be destroyed from the earth.&#8221; There seems a good deal to be said for the reading behind this version. The first variation, &#8220;kingdoms&#8221; instead of &#8220;kings,&#8221; may be due to logic, but it has further &#8220;destroyed from&#8221; instead of &#8220;arising out of,&#8221; which cannot have resulted from the Massoretic. The verb <em>qoom<\/em>,<em> <\/em>&#8220;to stand up,&#8221; followed by <em>min<\/em>,<em> <\/em>&#8220;from,&#8221; is not elsewhere used in the sense which we find in the Massoretic here. When one is prone on the earth, as Saul before the revelation of the witch of Endor, &#8220;he stood up from the earth&#8221; (<span class='bible'>1Sa 28:23<\/span>, Targum Jonathan)word for word as here. When Abraham (<span class='bible'>Gen 23:3<\/span>, Targum Onkelos) arose from before his dead, we have a similar construction. In <span class='bible'>2Sa 11:2<\/span>, &#8220;David arose from his couch.&#8221; This construction involves Change of position, either directly or implicitly. It is difficult to understand how the one reading arose from the other. The condensation of the sense as it appears in the Septuagint is not likely to be attained by a <em>falsarius. <\/em>In <span class='bible'>2Sa 11:18<\/span> there is nothing calling for remark, save that the reduplication of &#8220;for ever and ever &#8220;is omitted. While Theodotion is nearer the Massoretic text, he too differs from it in some pointshis rendering of <em>nidnay <\/em>by . Schleusner thinks this probably a false reading for . However, in <span class='bible'>Jdg 14:9<\/span> we have  used for &#8220;body.&#8221; In the seventeenth verse we have &#8220;kingdoms&#8221; instead of &#8220;kings.&#8221; The last clause agrees with the Massoretic, but there is subjoined  ,<em> <\/em>&#8220;which shall be taken away&#8221;an addition that suggests that some of the manuscripts before Theodotion had the same reading as that before the Septuagint translator. He renders <em>yeqoomoon min <\/em>by  ,<em> <\/em>showing that at all events he had a different preposition. The reduplication of &#8220;for ever and ever&#8221; is omitted. The Peshitta <span class='bible'>Jdg 14:15<\/span> has &#8220;in the midst of my couch&#8221; instead of &#8220;in the midst of my body.&#8221; In the sixteenth verse it resolves the bystanders into &#8220;servants.&#8221; In the seventeenth verse the preposition is not <em>min<\/em>,<em> <\/em>but <em>al. <\/em>Jerome, instead of <em>corpus<\/em>,<em> <\/em>&#8220;body,&#8221; has in his,<em> <\/em>&#8220;in these,&#8221;as if he had read <em>bidena <\/em>instead of <em>nidnay<\/em>;<em> <\/em>he also in <span class='bible'>Jdg 14:17<\/span> reads <em>regna<\/em>,<em> <\/em>not <em>reges. <\/em>The Massoretic text has some peculiarities. The first words afford one of the rare instances where we have the &#8216;ithpael instead of the hithpael; it may be due to scribal correction. In the seventeenth verse <em>&#8216;inoon <\/em>(K&#8217;thib) affords an instance of the frequent Syriasm in Daniel. The &#8220;Most High&#8221; is rendered by a plural adjective,  (<em>elyoneen<\/em>);<em> <\/em>it is explained differently. Kranichfeld and Stuart regard it as <em>pluralis excellentiae. <\/em>Bevan and Behrmann regard it as a case of attraction, the latter giving as parallel instances, <em>benee &#8216;ayleem <\/em>(<span class='bible'>Psa 29:1<\/span>) and <em>benee nebeem. <\/em>The difficulty remains that neither the <em>pluralis excellentiae <\/em>nor change of number is known in Aramaic. The fact that this strange form has produced no effect on any of the versions makes the reading suspicious. Professor Fuller sees in this word a proof of Babylonian influence, but he does not assign his reason, We now enter a new stage in the development of this vision. After the wonderful assize has ended, Daniel dreams that he is still standing among these innumerable multitudes, and, feeling that all these things are symbols, he is grieved because he cannot comprehend what is meant by them. So from one of those attendants who crowd the canvas of his vision he asks an explanation, or rather &#8220;the certainty,&#8221; of this vision; he wishes to know whether it is s mere vision or of the nature of a revelation. This is a perfectly natural psychological condition in dreaming. In the act of dreaming we question ourselves whether we are dreaming or not; we may even ask one of the characters in our dream the question. The interpretation is interesting, but has been already, to some extent forestalled. A difficulty is seen by some commentatorshow these four kingdoms could be said to arise, when one of them was nearing its fall. If we take the reading of the Septuagint, this difficulty is obviated. Saadia Gaon makes these four kings the nominative to the verb &#8220;receive&#8221; (wrongly translated in our Authorized Version, &#8220;take&#8221;), and maintains each of these empires shall hold the kingdom of Israel until the Messiah shall come. This view would necessitate grammatically that the Messiah should never come, but that the reign of these four world-empires should be prolonged into eternity. &#8220;The saints of the Most High,&#8221; in the thought of Daniel would be, of necessity, the Jews; for we need not discuss the possibility of the angels being the holy ones implied herethey always have the kingdoms of the world under thembut we may see the Israel of faith in this figure. The believers in Christ are the true Israel, and the kingdom of heaven which Christ set up is thus promised to fill the earth. The Church is thus the true ultimate state. If we regard the Church as a society formed of those who are mutually attracted to each other. have a mutual love for each other, end have a common love to God, then all the history of the world is tending towards the establishment of such a society, universal as the world. National hatreds are much less acute now than they were. Despite the efforts to rouse class against class, there seems more sympathy between classes than there was. The final break-down of national and class oppositions, not necessarily by the abolition of either class or nation, will prepare the way for the Christ-commanded love which is the tie that unites the members of the true eternal Church of God.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:19-22<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>Then I would know the truth of the fourth beast, which was diverse from all the others, exceeding dreadful, whose teeth were of iron, and his nails of brass; which devoured, brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with his feet; and of the ten horns that were in his head, and of the other which came up, and before whom three fell; even of that horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spake very great things, whose look was more stout than his fellows. I beheld, and the same horn made war with the saints, and prevailed against them; until the Ancient of days came, and judgment was given to the saints of the Most High; and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom.<\/strong> In regard to the version of the <strong>LXX<\/strong>. here, we have the advantage of Justin Martyr&#8217;s transcription, in which, however, the difference from the Chigi texts are not of great importance. The <strong>LXX<\/strong>. here is pretty close to the Masseretic text. &#8220;Behold&#8221; has intruded into the text; it is, however, omitted from Justin Martyr. Another clause, evidently a doublet, is emitted also, and the clause assumes nearly the shape it has in Theodotion. It is difficult to imagine how the reading of the <strong>LXX<\/strong>. arose. The differences from the Massoretic text are for the rest not essential. This is the case with Theodotion and the Peshitta. These verses to some extent recapitulate the earlier description of this fourth beast. There are, however, features addedto the &#8220;iron teeth&#8221; of the seventh verse are added &#8220;claws of brass.&#8221; The main change is in regard to the little horn that came up last. We not only learn here that three other horns were plucked up before it, but the personification is now carried further, and the horn makes war against the saints, and prevails against them. This description does not suit Epiphanes. He certainly made war against the saints, but as certainly he did not prevail against them. When he came up from Egypt, and entered into the sanctuary and plundered it, he could not be said to make war against Israel. Judaea was one of his own provinces. When a tyrannical government takes possession of the wealth and property of individuals or corporations, it may be called cruel and oppressive, but its conduct is not called war. Even tile massacre of the inhabitants of Jerusalem by tile collector of taxes was not war. There was no war levied by Epiphanes against the saints till Mattathias and his sons rebelled, and thereafter Epiphanes did not prevail against the Jews. The Romans did make war against Israel, and did prevail. If the saints are a nation, then Epiphanes did not prevail in war against them If persecution is to be regarded as warfare, then it is not warfare against a nation, but against a community like a Church. If we look upon the Christian Church as succeeding to the position of Israel, then Rome persecuted the Church, and persecution ceased only when Rome became Christian. But a wider view opens itself to us. All modern states are in a sense a continuance of Rome, and so far as they do not submit themselves to the direction of Christ, they are still at war with the saints. It is only when the Son of man comes in his power that the kingdom will belong to the saints. It is to be observed, the figure of an assize is still kept up, and &#8220;judgment is given to&#8221; or &#8220;for the saints,&#8221; and in virtue of this decision they possess the kingdom.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:23<\/span><\/strong><strong>, <\/strong><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:24<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>Thus he said, The fourth boast shall be the fourth kingdom upon earth, which shall be diverse from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole earth, and shall tread it down, and break it in pieces. And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ton kings that shall arise: and another shall rise after them; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he shall subdue three kings.<\/strong> The version of the <strong>LXX<\/strong>. differs in some minute points from the Massoretic text. The text as given by Justin Martyr is slightly shorter by omitting some words. Theodotion and the Peshitta also agree. What remarks can be made on this have been made already. It is to be observed that it is the whole earth that is devoured by the fourth beast as presented to us now. In the earlier presentation, although very terrible, his devastation is limited. There is nothing said to indicate that the kings are successive, but the inference rather is that they are contemporaries. The attempts are many that have been made to make out ten kings before Epiphanes, but they have all failed. If the fourth kingdom is the Greek Empire, then ten is a number far too small for the various kings of the different dynasties that sprang up There were seven or eight Lagids, as many Seleucids, three or four Attalids, five or six Antigonids, not to speak of such men as Lysimaehus and Perdiecas, who were kings, but who did not found dynasties. If the fourth kingdom is tacitly reduced to the Syrian kingdom, then how is it explained that the author of &#8216;Daniel&#8217; was ignorant, in the seventh chapter, that the Lagids were also successors of Alexander as well as the Seleucids? How could a man living in the age of the Maccabees imagine the Seleucids rulers of the world, when Epiphanes had been a hostage in Rome? A great power does not give, but receives, hostages. We know from First Maccabees that the Jews were well aware of this, and also of the check the Romans were on Epiphanes. Even if Daniel wrote at the time chosen by the critics, how came he to be so ignorant as to imagine the Seleueid Empire to be so tremendously great?<em> He shall subdue three kings. <\/em>Who are the three kings of the ten who preceded him whom Epiphanes subdued? Seleucus Philopator, Heliodorus, and Demetrius Soter are given by Professor Bevan. But Demetrius Sorer did not ascend the throne till after the death of Epiphanes. It is extremely doubtful whether Heliodorus ever assumed the crown. Our whole knowledge of him is from Appian. Josephus knows nothing of Heliodorus. The Second Book of Maccabees, though telling a legendary story of Heliodorus, gives no account of his murder of his master and attempt to take the crown. Our sole authority for this whole story is Appian, who wrote three centuries after the event, and manifests considerable confusion at times, <em>e.g.<\/em> represents Attalus and Eu-menes as being two sovereigns independent of each other, whereas the one succeeded the other. If Seleucus Philopator is to be reckoned as &#8220;subdued&#8221; or &#8220;humbled&#8221; before Epiphanes, as well might all the rest of his predecessors. The Jewish interpretation, that the little horn is the Flavian dynasty, has far more verisimilitude. Certainly Galba Vitellius and Otho had been humbled before the Flavians. If we consider the horn &#8220;magistracies,&#8221; certainly the absorption into the imperial dignity of all the higher magistracies might well be reckoned humbling them.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:25-27<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>And he shall speak great words against the Most High, and shall wear out the saints of the Most High, and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time. But the judgment shall sit, and they shall take away his dominion, to consume and to destroy it unto the end. And the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness of the kingdom under the whole heaved, shall be given to the people of the saints of the Most High, whose kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions shall serve and obey him.<\/strong> The versions do not present much of note in, <span class='bible'>Dan 7:25<\/span>, save that the Greek versions imply that dominion over all is given to the oppressors. Throughout the Septuagint has traces of explanatory expansion. <em>He shall speak words against the Most High. <\/em>The word &#8220;against,&#8221; <em>letzad<\/em>,<em> <\/em>is really &#8220;to the side of.&#8221; This clause may refer to blasphemy against God, but more naturally refers to self-exaltation to a place alongside of God. <em>Shall wear out the saints of the Most High. <\/em>Persecute them, or maintain war against them; the natural meaning of the word is &#8220;afflict.&#8221; <em>And shall think to change times and laws. <\/em>It ought not to be &#8220;laws,&#8221; in the plural, but &#8220;law.&#8221; It may refer to the marked changes introduced into the calendar by Julius Caesar. Certainly the law or constitution of the Roman state was changed by him. <em>And they shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time. <\/em>Who shall be given into his hands? It is usually assumed that it is the saints; hut the <strong>LXX<\/strong>. asserts that it is universal dominion that is given into the hands of the oppressors. We have no right to assume that <em>iddan<\/em>,<em> <\/em>&#8220;a time,&#8221; means &#8220;a year;&#8221; it is really any defined time. Certainly it does approximate to the time during which the temple was polluted with heathen offerings; but it also coincides with equal accuracy to the campaigns of Vespasian and Titus against the Jews. Vespasian landed in Galilee in the beginning of a.d. 67, and Jerusalem fell on September 5, a.d. 70. There was thus, approximately, three years and a half occupied by this war. But &#8220;centuries&#8221; might also be meant. From the birth of our Lord, on whom the oppression was first exercised, till the accession of Constantine, was three centuries and a portion of a century. <em>The judgment shall sit. <\/em>Not necessarily the last judgment, but the evil that is being done comes before God for judgment. The taking away of the kingdom and dominion is immediately at the end of the period indicated by &#8220;a time and times and a dividing of time.&#8221; The dominion was not taken away from Epiphanes then, nor from Vespasian; it did, however, pass from the heathenish empire when Constantine ascended the throne. At the same time, any such purely limited explanation is against the whole symbolic character of this vision. It is a period of time measured by &#8220;seven&#8221; <em>halves. <\/em>The times may receive their definition, not from the calendar, but from their spiritual import or dynamic content. The three years of our Lord&#8217;s ministry is of more moment for the history of the race than all the millennia that preceded it.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:28<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong>Hitherto is the end of the matter. As for me Daniel, my cogitations much troubled me and my countenance changed in me: but I kept the matter in my heart.<\/strong> The first clause here is in the <strong>LXX<\/strong>. joined to the preceding verse, and rendered, &#8220;And all power shall be given to him, and they shall obey him to the end of the matter&#8221;a connection that in many ways is suitable. The difficulty is thrown further back. To whom is this power to be given, and whom are all to obey? The Septuagint clearly takes the reference to be to the little horn, as &#8220;end&#8221; is rendered by <em>. <\/em>The more common view is that of Kliefoth, Keil, and others, and is that the reference here is to the Son of man as the Head or the embodiment of the Messianic kingdom. The remaining portion of the verse is rendered, &#8220;I Daniel was exceedingly overcome with astonishment, and my habit () was changed to me, and the word I confirmed in my heart&#8221;a translation that does not seriously differ from the Massoretic. Theodotion and the Peshitta render from a text practically identical with the Massoretic. <em>As for me Daniel<\/em>,<em> my cogitations much troubled me. <\/em>The prophet himself did not understand the revelation that had been made to him, even after he had received the explanation. Further, there was the thought of the distress that would befall his own people. <em>And my countenance changed in me. <\/em>&#8220;My splendour,&#8221; &#8220;brightness.&#8221; Daniel was now an old man; but yet there might be a certain brightness, the remains of his former personal beauty. He becomes pale and emaciated as he meditates on what he has seen. <em>But I kept the matter in my heart. <\/em>Thus Mary retained in her heart all the wonders she had seen regarding her Son. This statement is introduced as a guarantee that the vision is correctly recorded. Daniel retained the vision in his mind, and so was ready to recognize the fulfilment of a portion.<\/p>\n<p>Excursus on the Four Monarchies of Daniel.<\/p>\n<p>Among the visions in Daniel, two are conspicuous as being all but universally acknowledged to be parallel to each otherto be twofold symbols of the same great truth. They have this peculiarity, that they are parts of the Aramaic portion of Daniel, which is otherwise mainly historical. The first of these visions is given to Nebuchadnezzar, and is intensified to him by the fact that after he had forgotten it, or had bound himself not to tell it, it is recalled to him by the grace of God, who had given it in a new vision to Daniel. The king dreams of a colossal image, with head of gold, arms and chest of silver, belly and thighs of brass, legs of iron, and feet partly of iron and partly of clay. Then suddenly a stone, cut out of the mountains without hands, smites the image on the feet, and it falls and becomes as the small dust of the threshing-floor, and is carried away of the wind, while the stone becomes a great mountain and fills the earth. This is interpreted of four successive monarchies, the first of these being the Babylonian. This vision is narrated in the second chapter, which forms the beginning of the Aramaio portion of Daniel.<br \/>The second vision is given to Daniel himself, and is related in the seventh chapter, which forms the conclusion of the Aramaic portion of Daniel. This is a vision of four beasts that successively rise out of the great sea, presumably the Mediterranean. The first beast was like a lion, and had wings like an eagle; its wings were plucked, and a man&#8217;s heart was given to it. The second beast was like a bear, that raised itself up on one side, and had in its jaws three ribs. The third beast was like a leopard which had four wings. The fourth beast was great and terrible, unlike any of the former beasts, breaking in pieces and trampling under foot. It had ten horns. In the midst of its horns another, an eleventh horn, sprang up, and there were rooted out before it three of the former horns. At this point the end of the solemn drama is placedGod, the Ancient of Days, appears to judgment. Then comes a Son of man in the heavens, and the dominion is given to him. Thus the judgment here described is not the final judgment. The fourth beast is burnt up with fire; the other beasts have their dominion taken away. The interpretation follows, which makes the four beasts four kings, or four monarchies. The fourth is to be diverse from all its predecessors, and to make war against the people of God.<br \/>Such, then, are the visions, the interpretation of which we would now essay. It has generally been assumed that these two visions are really two aspects of one and the same great scheme of history. Two different interpreters, proceeding on totally distinct lines, deny the identity of the meaning of these two visions. The first is Hitzig, who, while he makes the two series terminate at the same point, makers a difference between them in regard to the earlier members. According to his scheme, in Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s dream the first two portionsthe golden head, and the silvern shouldersare the two monarchs Nebuchadnezzar and Belshazzar, whereas the latter two are empires; the third, the Medo-Persian; and the fourth, the Greek. He, however, takes the second series of<strong> <\/strong>symbols, that of the beasts in the seventh chapter, as all monarchies. Hitzig assigns no very clear reason for his change in viewfor taking the four beasts as four distinct monarchies, and splitting the Medo-Persian into the Median and Persian. The other interpreter, who divides the two visions, is Dr. Bonnar, of East Kilbride, in his book &#8216;The Great Interregnum.&#8217; He maintains that the vision of the seventh chapter represents history posterior to that symbolized by the vision of Nebuchadnezzar. His main argument for this is that the same truth would not be present in two different <em>sets <\/em>of symbols. That difficulty would not be urged by any one who had studied the non-canonical apocalypses; there repeatedly are there double <em>sets <\/em>of symbols, The number of the kingdoms, being four, points to an identity, as also the fact that both assert that the Messianic kingdomthe <em>terminus ad quem <\/em>of all apocalypsewill be revealed after the setting up of the fourth kingdom without any intercalated power. We shall, then, assume these two visions to<strong> <\/strong>present the same scheme of universal history under different aspects.<\/p>\n<p>When we look at this double vision, the first thing that strikes us is the unique breadth of view exhibited. If we may for the nonce accept the traditional interprs-teflon, we see the whole course of history, from the days of Nimrod down to the present time, portrayed; nay, beyond the present, on to the millennium and the last judgment. It seems<em> <\/em>difficult to imagine that a nameless Jew, living in the days of Epiphanes, could devise such a scheme of universal history. It may be answered that, according to the<strong> <\/strong>critical hypothesis, he brought down his scheme only to the days of Epiphanes, and that he expected the advent of the Messiah during the persecution of those days. This does not lessen the marvel, but really increases it, that a man, intending to portray in symbol history up only to his own day, has given a pictorial representation which has been interpreted by the great majority of those following himsome as near as the very century following that in which he livedas referring to events that were not in the faintest degree showing above the horizon in his day. On the hypothesis that he was an inspired prophet, and spoke words full of a significance which he did not grasp himself, this is easily explicable. Only, if this explanation be granted, there is no need for placing Daniel so late as the clays of the Maccabees. If the scheme of history he unfolds applies to centuries beyond the days of the Maccabees, these events so portrayed beforehand would be as invisible to the critical pseudo-Daniel living b.c. 160 as to the real Daniel living b.c. 560.<\/p>\n<p>We ought not scientifically to assume, without proof, that prophecy that foretells is impossible. Yet this is the assumption of the critical school. If the critics do venture to take up that position, they have to explain the universal belief in something akin to this foretelling prophecy. Herbert Spencer explains instinctive beliefs of this kind as the inherited result of experience. If we apply this to the belief in prophecy, then we must maintain that some earlier generations have had experience of foretelling prophecy. If, then, prophecy did exist at one time, we may not <em>assume <\/em>its non-existence at any given time. We find from <span class='bible'>Deu 18:22<\/span> that the Jews believed in foretelling prophecy. &#8220;When a prophet speaketh in the name of the Lord, if the thing follow not, nor come to pass, that is the thing which the Lord hath not spoken, but the prophet hath spoken it presumptuously.&#8221; The early Christians believed in prophecy that foretold; their whole argument against the Jews was the recital of what the prophets had spoken. To deny that prophecy foretells is to assert that Christianity is founded on a gigantic blunder. Closely connected with this is the belief that the prophets did not necessarily comprehend the meaning of their own words, as in <span class='bible'>1Pe 1:11<\/span> we are told that they had to &#8220;search what, and what manner of time the Spirit which was in them did signify.&#8221; This is involved in the primitive idea of prophecy and inspiration, as may be seen by the oracles. The priestess that gave the enigmatic answer at Delphi was not supposed to know what was the meaning of her own words. The whole critical assumption that the words of a prophet were <em>absolutely <\/em>conditioned by his environment, is utterly unscientific, as all unproved assumptions are. On the ground of that gratuitous assumption, critics have no right to assert that no more can be in a prophecy than the prophet who uttered it could have fully understood.<\/p>\n<p>We would make another preliminary observation. Apocalypse was a mode of composition of which we have many examplesone other besides Daniel being canonical. To understand Daniel, then, we ought to apply the canons of interpretation which may be deduced from other apocalypses, especially from the Book of Revelation. One of these that is of special importance is the way numbers are used as marks by which identities are indicated. Thus in Revelation the dragon, the beast that came out of the waters, and the scarlet beast on which the woman sat, are recognized to be all symbols of one and the same antichristian powerRome, by the fact that always we have the seven heads and ten horns prominent. Towards God it is diabolism, towards the saints it is a devouring beast, and to the world at large the &#8220;harlot.&#8221; On the other hand, the beast that came out of the earth, that had two horns, is different.<br \/>If we apply this principle to Daniel, we can maintain the identity of the two visionsbefore us: first, because each had <em>four <\/em>members; next, we can identify the fourth kingdom in each series by the facts that there are <em>ten <\/em>toes to the feet of the image, and ten horns upon the fourth beastthe prominence of the number <em>ten <\/em>proves the identity of the two. The second empire in the image has duality as its ruling markthere are the two shoulders; and the bear raises itself up on <em>one <\/em>side, implying the other. This twofoldness is intensified in the vision of the &#8220;ram&#8221; and &#8220;he-goat;&#8221; the ram has <em>two <\/em>horns. The third monarchy has no number prominent in the image-vision, but has <em>four <\/em>wings as the third beast. When we pass to the next vision, we find that, when the &#8220;he-goat&#8221; loses his notable horn, <em>.four <\/em>others spring up. And in the eleventh chapter the empire of Alexander was divided to the <em>four <\/em>winds of heaven.<\/p>\n<p>While this is an affirmative principle, it is also a negative one. On the ground of the identity of prominent numbers, we may assume the identity of the thing symbolized, though symbolized by diverse symbols; on the other hand, where prominent numbers are diverse, notwithstanding a general resemblance, we can assume a diversity in the thing symbolized. Thus the little horn of the eighth chapter is very like, superficially, to the eleventh horn of the seventh chapter: but the difference of numerical relations compells us to regard, them as symbols of different things. It was the identity here assumed that led Delitzsch to abandon the traditional view of the fourth monarchy, and give in his adhesion to the critical view. When, however, we look at the numerical relations of the two, we find they are wholly different. In the seventh chapter the eleventh horn does not belong to any of the previous horns, and dispossesses three of them; on the other hand, the little horn of the eighth chapter springs out from one of the <em>four <\/em>hornsit is not an independent horn, but a sprout from one of the extant horns. Further, there are no horns dispossessed or uprooted before it These prominent differences override the resemblance of the one having a mouth speaking great things and making war with the saints, and the other being a king that understood dark sentences, and made war against Messiah the Prince. Notwithstanding this superficial resemblance, we are compelled to maintain the real difference. Surely more than one tyrant made war against the saints and persecuted them. At all events, this must be saidthat the numerical difference renders it illegitimate to draw any argument from the purely superficial resemblance above referred to.<\/p>\n<p>Having considered these preliminaries, let us look now at the various interpretations that have been put forward of these visions. First, there is the common, as it may be called, the traditional view, which, as we all know, makes the first empire the Babylonian, the second the Medo-Persian, the third the Greek, and the fourth the Roman. This view is repudiated with one consent by all critics; to admit that the Roman was intended would be to admit that prophecy foretold, and that, Scripture notwithstanding, is tacitly assumed to be impossible. Mere negation is not enough; it is necessary to replace the ancient view by some other that will enable the interpreter to say that not the Roman, but the Greek, is the fourth empire.<br \/>The problem before critical interpreters, then, is to show how there can be tour mornarchies beginning with Nebuchadnezzar and ending with the Greek, or at all events the Seleucid Empire. We may neglect a scheme referred to Ewald by Pusey, but which in his Commentary on Daniel Ewald does not adopt, namely, that the Ninevite monarchy is the first, and the Babylonian the second. This interpretation contradicts the words of Daniel when he interprets the dream to Nebuchadnezzar. He says to Nebuchadnezzar, &#8220;Thou art this head of gold.&#8221; This hypothesis belongs to the theory that Daniel was taken captive from the northern kingdom, and dwelt in Nineveh, not in Babylon. It is utterly without evidence. Neglecting this fanciful view, there are other three schemes. It is obvious that, if three of the four monarchies of the traditional view are to be made out to be four, this can only be done by splitting one of these monarchies into two. We shall classify these views in accordance with this, and take them up in the order of the monarchies they divide.<br \/>The first is Hitzig&#8217;s theory with regard to the interpretation of the image-dream. He splits up the Babylonian kingdom, and makes &#8220;the head of gold&#8221; apply only to Nebuchadnezzar personally, and says that the shoulders of silver are the symbol of the reign of Belshazzar. The Medo-Persian is the third monarchy, and the fourth monarchy is the Greek. As we hays already said. Hitzig does not apply this to the later vision of the four beasts coming out of the sea: this itself would go far to condemn his view. But when we examine the vision, we find many things in it that do not suit with this interpretation. There is, in the first place, a decided want of symmetry in it. The &#8220;head of gold&#8221; is Nebuchadnezzar personally; the arms and breast of silver symbolize Belshazzar as a person; but the belly and thighs of brass are the symbol of the Medo-Persian Empire, and the legs of iron the Greek Empire. Here are two individuals and two monarchies made co-ordinate. Usually historians become more diffuse and particular the nearer they come to their own date; but if the author of Daniel lived in the days of the Maccabees, then on this hypothesis he was more diffuse and particular in an age removed from him by three centuries. Further, the twofoldness implied in the <em>two <\/em>arms which form the symbol of the second kingdom has no meaning in regard to Belshazzar, unless Hitzig were prepared to admit the reference to the fact that Belshazzar reigned along with Nabunahid his fathera view which contradicts his assumption that Belshazzar is the literal son of Nebuchadnezzar. We may dismiss Hitzig&#8217;s view of the interpretation of the image-vision as unsatisfactory. Further, we may assume that the first monarchy is the Babylonian.<\/p>\n<p>The great mass of critical commentators divide the second empire of the traditional interpretation into two, and maintain that the author of the Book of Daniel believed that there was a Median Empire between the Babylonian and the Persian. Of this Mr. Bevan declares, with the modesty peculiar to the critical school, that &#8220;there can be no doubt it is correct.&#8221; This is the view maintained by Porphyry and Ephrem Syrus. It is deduced from the fact that Ephrem Syrus holds it, that it must have been known to the Jews of the fourth century. With these exceptions, all ancient authorities support what we have called the traditional view. We will not plead against this critical view the fact that no such empire did actually come between Cyrus&#8217;s conquest and the fall of the Babylonian Empire. All that we will endeavour to do is to see whether the Book of Daniel assumes such an interpolated empire or notwhether it does not persistently assume a dual empire of Medes and Persians.<br \/>The first thing we would note is that invariably the symbol of this second empire implies duality. The two arms of the image show it clearly. Dr. Davidson, in his short article on Bevan&#8217;s &#8216;Daniel&#8217; in the <em>Critical Review<\/em>,<em> <\/em>remarks that the second beast which lifted itself up on one side implied that same duality. When we turn to the eighth chapter, we find a ram with two horns, the one of which that came up last outgrew the one that sprang up earlier. There we find the same duality in unity as symbolized in the other symbols. That one of the two elements should be the more powerful is implied in the bear that raised itself up on one side. Mr. Bevan thinks the<strong> <\/strong>two horns indicate two successive empires. To apply Mr. Bevan&#8217;s own words to himself, &#8220;No one who had not a hopeless cause to defend&#8221; would use such an argument. In the he-goat there are horns too. Mr. Bevan does not think that there are two different kinds of empire symbolized by the<strong> <\/strong><em>one<\/em> horn and the <em>four<\/em>. If it had been said, in regard to the ram, that the earlier horn bad been rooted up before that which came up later, Mr. Bevan might have had some greater show of argument for his position, though even then the fourth beast has three horns rooted out, and he does not maintain that a new race enters into a position of prominence. Like other critics, Mr. Bevan is apt to forget a canon when it does not suit him to apply it. Let Mr. Bevan endeavour to frame a symbolic animal figure which shall represent one empire in which there are two ruling races, kindred yet distinct, one of which had from a position of inferiority gained the superiority. He would be compelled to devise something that would be very like the two-horned ram, and liable to the same misinterpretations as those he has made in regard to it. No one can deny that the Persian Empire presented a dual aspect to those outside. In Herodotus and Thucydides  is to side with the Persians. While Herodotus calls the great Persian war  , Thucydides always speaks of it as  ; he calls the battle of Marathon,       . At the same time, Herodotus knows the distinction of the races. <strong>AE<\/strong>schylus, who encountered the Persians at Salamis, in &#8216;The Persae&#8217; begins the Persian Empire with a Mede, Astyages or Cyaxares<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p>As late as the days of Horace<strong>, <\/strong>this freedom of use of the words &#8220;Mede&#8221; and &#8220;Persian&#8221; was common. Such being the case, the natural thing for a Jew living in the days of the Maccabees, whose sources of information in regard to ancient foreign history were mainly, if not exclusively, Greek, would be to identify the Median and Persian monarchies. Certainly the existence of an independent empire of Medes succeeding that of Babylon, and overthrown by Cyrus, is not hinted at in other Scriptures. The critical hypothesis is that the author of the Book of Daniel was well acquainted with Jeremiah and Kings, and made up the book before us in accord with them. What led him to make this division, if he made it? We should need very conclusive evidence that the author, whoever he was, did make the distinction. To bring forward as evidence the statement that &#8220;Darius the Mede <em>received <\/em>the kingdom,&#8221; &#8220;was<em> made king<\/em>,&#8221; appears to prove the writer incapable of apprehending the nature of evidence. When a man <em>receives <\/em>a kingdom, or is <em>made king<\/em>,<em> <\/em>this implies a higher power, as in <span class='bible'>Luk 19:12<\/span>. As to the fact that  in the<strong> <\/strong>pael means &#8220;receive,&#8221; not &#8220;take,&#8221; we may appeal to Ewald, who translates it by <em>erupting<\/em>;<em> <\/em>to Levy, in whose Aramaic dictionary all the references to the Targumic use of the word show that it means &#8220;receive,&#8221; not &#8220;take,&#8221; as <span class='bible'>Num 35:3<\/span>,     . Mr. Bevan does not dispute this, but attempts to get round it by asserting that the phrases in question mean that he, Darius, was made king by God. That, however, is without justification: in such case the real agent would be mentioned in the immediate context, as in the example Mr. Bevan takes from <span class='bible'>Dan 5:28<\/span>, &#8220;Thy kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and the Persians;&#8221; in <span class='bible'>Dan 5:26<\/span> it is said, &#8220;God hath numbered thy kingdom.&#8221; Professor Bevan  says there is an instance in a Syriac historian, whom he does not name, where the same words are used of the accession of Julian the Apostate. That a Christian writer should use  of Julian the Apostate&#8217;s accession is nothing to the point. Christianity has emphasized the supremacy of Providence. Further, Julian, expecting to have to conquer the throne, by the unexpected death of Constantius received it as an inheritance.<\/p>\n<p>But the proofs of the unity of the empire of the Medes and the Persians are numerous in Daniel. When Daniel interpreted the inscription on the wall, be had before him <em>Upharsin<\/em>,<em> <\/em>&#8220;and fragments;&#8221; he sees in this that the Babylonian kingdom would be <em>broken <\/em>by the Persiansan interpretation that involves a play on the words , &#8220;to divide,&#8221; and , &#8220;a Persian;&#8221; there is nothing about <em>Medes <\/em>in the inscription. Yet Daniel says the kingdom is given to the <em>Medes and the Persians. <\/em>Further, the prophecy which declared that the Babylonian Empire would be overthrown by the Persians is regarded as fulfilled when Darius the <em>Mede<\/em> receives the kingdom. Again, when Darius publishes the decree that condemns Daniel to the lions&#8217; den, he is moved to establish the decree &#8220;according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which altereth not.&#8221; When Darius would rescind the decree, he is met by this immutability of the laws of the <em>Medes <\/em>and the <em>Persians. <\/em>If the empire was <em>Median<\/em>,<em> <\/em>why was the name <em>Persian <\/em>appended thus? If it be objected that <em>Medes <\/em>is placed before <em>Persians<\/em>,<em> <\/em>Dr. Pusey rightly remarks that this is in all likelihood due to the court politeness of those about a Median satrap, or king. Boys in Scotland often play at a game which they invariably call &#8220;Scotch and English,&#8221; never &#8220;English and Scotch,&#8221; yet the disparity in population, extent, and influence is greater between England and Scotland than that between Persia and Media. If one had no end to serve by denying it, it would seem impossible to deny that the Persian Empire was regarded as a dual empire by the author of the Book of Daniel; and that, in his view, in this empire the Merle had almost an equal place with the Persian; that, in short, in the Persian Empire the Medes occupied much the same position as the Scotch do in the English.<\/p>\n<p>A subsidiary argument for making the second empire the Median as distinct from the Persian, is the fact that the second empire is declared to be <em>inferior <\/em>to the first. It is gratuitously assumed that tiffs means inferiority in extent of dominion, and thus it is alleged that this independent Median Empire which succeeded the Babylonian was inferior in extent to it. One can assert anything of an empire that never existed. Mr. Bevan seems to lay stress on the fact that the word , &#8220;<em>inferior<\/em>,&#8221;<em> <\/em>is only used of the silver kingdom, and holds that the idea of inferiority is not carried forward. Had Mr. Bevan not determined beforehand to make the division in question between Modes and Persians, and seen that, to maintain this, he had to assume the inferiority as only applicable to the first, he would have recognized that the word in question is merely explanatory of the relative inferiority of the metal used to symbolize the second kingdom, and its louver position in the figure. That being so. he would not have failed to see that if silver is inferior to gold, then brass is inferior to silver, and iron to brass, and clay to iron. In fact, there is a progressive degradation in the metals, which harmonizes with the lower and lower position in the figure assigned to each. No one could regard the Persian Empire as inferior in extent to the Babylonian. Still less could any one regard the Greek as inferior in extent to the Persian. As<em> <\/em>the inferiority of the successive empires is not in extent of territory, this affords no shadow of proof that there was a Median Empire between the Babylonian and the Persian. We may, then, assume this theory as disproved.<\/p>\n<p>A third set of critics divide the Greek monarchy. They assume that the third monarchy is that of Alexander the Great, and that the fourth is that of the Diadochi. It is perfectly true that the four wings on the back of the leopard signify rapidity of movement, and this was the pre-eminent characteristic of Alexander&#8217;s conquest. Certainly, also, there was great division among the successors of Alexander which <em>might <\/em>be symbolized by the ten horns, though the separate kingdoms never approached that number. But no one could say of the empire of the Diadochi that it was utterly diverse from what had preceded. The various dynasties that succeeded Alexander really continued his influence. No one could say that as iron breaketh in pieces, and subdueth all things, so the feeble kingdom of the Diadochi subdued all kingdoms. If it is restricted to the Seleucids in Syria, it is still less true. Parthia broke away from them, and Baetria formed a separate kingdom. If, latterly, they secured Coele-Syria from the Lagids, it was only towards the end of the reign of Antiochus the Great. Before that they had been beaten back again and again. Further, this scheme lacks symmetry; the first and second as also the fourth <em>beasts<\/em>,<em> <\/em>symbolize empires; the third, only the reign of one individual monarch. We must, then, declare this third hypothesis as untenable.<\/p>\n<p>We may neglect the interpretation quoted by Mr. Bevan, which made the fourth monarchy Islam, and reduced the monarchies to four, either by combining the Babylonian and Persian monarchies, or the Greek and the Roman. Islam did not dispossess the empire of Rome. Roman imperialism exists yet. The Emperors of Austria and Germany claim to be successors of the Emperors of the West, and the Czar of Russia asserts himself the successor of the Emperors of the East. We may also neglect Dr. Bonnar&#8217;s hypothesis, that makes the four beasts symbolizetile first, the Holy Roman Fmpire; the second, Napoleon the Great; the third, the hegemony of the Anglo-Saxon race in Britain and America; the fourth, the anarchists.<br \/>Let us look at the despised traditional view. It starts, like all the others, with the Babylonian. We are told that Daniel informed Nebuchadnezzar that he was the head of gold. The winged lion with human heart was a meet symbol of that Assyrian power which, alike in Nineveh and Babylon, rejoiced in winged, human-headed animal figures. The second empire has duality for its numerical notetwo arms two sides, and, in the case of the ram, <em>two <\/em>horns. This is a natural symbol for the Medo-Persian power. The animal that symbolizes itthe bear, with its relatively slow movementsrepresents well the comparatively slow progress of Persian conquests, compared with those either of Nebuchadnezzar or of Alexander. What seems to us to demonstrate the correctness of this view is the fact that the ram, which symbolizes the Medo-Persian Empire in the eighth chapter, has, as we have said, the numerical note <em>two.<\/em><\/p>\n<p>The third empire is the Greek. It has <em>four <\/em>as its numerical note. The leopard has <em>four <\/em>wings. The goat that symbolizes Greece in the eighth chapter has <em>four <\/em>horns. These wings are the symbol of rapidity of movement. As a matter of history, the conquests of Alexander were made with extreme rapidity. He ascended the throne of Macedonia, a youth of twenty, in b.c. 336. In two years he had subdued the whole Balkan peninsula. In b.c. 334 he crossed the Hellespont, and in ten years he had conquered Asia to the Oxus and the Indus, and Egypt to the cataracts of the Nile. Cyrus, after a reign of more than twice the length, had not made nearly as extensive conquests. On the ground of the suitability of the symbol to the facts of the Greek conquest, we would say that the third empire is that of Alexander and his successors. The symbol in the image-vision is not so clear, but the metal, bronze, was one that was much used by the Greeks for armour, and, moreover, was eminently suitable for artistic purposes; hence it was a suitable symbol for the Greek power.<\/p>\n<p>On this traditional theory the fourth empire is the Roman. Mr. Bevan tells us, as we have said, that Ephrem Syrus, in the fourth century, held that the Greek Empire was the fourth. He &#8220;doubtless,&#8221; says Mr. Bevan, &#8220;derived it&#8221;this view&#8221;from Jewish tradition.&#8221; We have evidence that the common Jewish belief, much earlier than the fourth century, the time of Ephrem Syrus, was that the fourth empire was the Roman. The Fourth Book of Esdras, which is dated by most critics a.d. 90, though by some put more than a century earlier, describes the Roman power as an eagle, and tells of the various emperors, and expressly identifies this with the fourth beast of Daniel.<br \/>We have spoken of the New Testament .Apocalypse. There are three beasts introduced with ten horns; two of these are certainly Rome, and the fourth beast in Daniel has ten horns. Evidently, then, the Apostle John had no doubt as to the reference of Daniel&#8217;s beast with ten horns The Apocalypse of Baruch was probably written in b.c. 60. and there the Roman power is expressly designated as the fourth kingdom. Here is direct evidence, coming down to little more than a century after the critical date of Daniel, that in Jewish opinion the fourth empire in Daniel was the Roman.<\/p>\n<p>We admit there are difficulties in interpreting the features of this fourth monarchy. In approaching this part of our subject, we would lay it down as a principle that, in interpreting apocalyptic writings, we are to be guided by notes of interpretation to be found in them. One of these notes of interpretation we find in <span class='bible'>Rev 17:9<\/span>, &#8220;The<em> <\/em>seven heads are seven mountains, and. they are seven kings.&#8221; Here we find the numerical note which points out the city of Rome. The number <em>seven <\/em>has two meanings: &#8220;<em>mountains<\/em>,&#8221;<em> <\/em>the seven hills of Rome; and &#8220;<em>seven <\/em>kings,&#8221; presumably the seven rulers of Rome, Nero being the seventh and Pompey the first. There may be a reference to the seven kings of Rome. Whatever the interpretation here, at all events this much is clearthe symbols carry double. This is directly in the teeth or the assumption of the critical school, that if a symbol means one thing, it cannot at the same time mean another. With this principle, let us approach this symbol of the ten horns. The magistracies of Rome were, roughly speaking, tentwo consuls, originally two praetors, two censors, and four tribunes. The imperial power was utterly unknown to the Roman constitution; but it, coming up after the others, absorbed the power of three of these magistraciesthe tribunitian, the praetorian, and censorial. Certainly the imperial dignity had a month speaking great things. Not only was the emperor regularly deified on his decease, but even during &#8216;his life he was saluted as a present deity. Temples were erected to Augustus during his lifetime, and Caius Caligula could hardly be restrained from compelling the Jews to worship his statue. But these horns may not only be co-ordinate and contemporary, but also <em>successive. <\/em>From the standpoint of Judaism, what was the greatest injury inflicted on the holy people by Rome? Was it not indubitably the capture of Jerusalem by Titus under the auspices of his father Vespasian? Now, if we include in the rank of rulers Pompey, who certainly had <em>burned in <\/em>his personality upon the Jews by his profanation of the temple, and certainly bulked more largely in the eye of every one, Romans or foreigners, than any preceding Roman, as we may see by reading Cicero, &#8216; Pro Lege Manilia,&#8217; then Vespasian was the eleventh ruler, and before him three emperors, Galba, Vitellius, Otho, had been removed.<\/p>\n<p>The interpretation is not yet exhausted. It has been recognized that the two legs represent the twofold division of the empire into eastern and western Although this was only made actual by Diocletian, the division existed in reality from the first between the subjects speaking Latin and those speaking Greek. Taking this as our starting-point, there could easily be enumerated ten powers, Eastern and Western, that may form the ten toes of the image. The number ten is not to be taken with arithmetical exactness. The imperial power of Russia may be symbolized as that which, arising beyond the bounds of the Roman Empire and of the kingdoms formed from it, seems likely to overstep her present limits, and, it may well be, shall swallow up three other powers. This latter interpretation we merely throw out as suggestive.<br \/>The critical school have some difficulty in making out their ten rulers, who are symbolized by the ten horns. Porphyry drew on the Egyptian Ptolemies to fill out the deficiencies of the Seleucids. That is evidently an illicit process. The more general scheme now is to start with Alexander the Great, then take the successive Seleucids; as they are not enough, Helio-dorus, who never was king, is inserted. If, however, the fourth beast is the Greek power, and Alexander is to be taken as the first monarch, then all his successors, Lagids, Antegonids, and Attalids, as well as Seleucids, have to be reckoneda number to be counted by scores rather than tens. Were it not for the necessity they are under to make the fourth monarchy the Greek, this attempt would have been acknowledged to be a failure.<br \/>Before we leave this, we must consider this pointthe growing degradation of the powers that succeed the Babylonian. In what sense could Babylon be the head of gold, while Persia was silver, Greece bronze, and Rome iron? It is evident that this inferiority is not one of extent of territory; for the successive monarchies were each more extensive geographically than its predecessor. In what, then, consists the inferiority? The only suggestion that seems to me at all to meet the case, is one made by Dr. Bonnar of East Kilbride, in his ingenious book, &#8216;The Great Interregnum.&#8217; In looking at this question, we must begin by divesting ourselves of all our preconceived notions of representative government and freedom of the people, in fact, all our Western ideas, and look at monarchy with the eyes of an Oriental. To an Oriental that monarchy is highest that is likest Divine sovereignty. Only the most absolute monarch can at all, in idea, represent Divine sovereignty. The Babylonian government had this absolutenessthe king&#8217;s will was law, without cheek or limits-ion. This, as the likest to the Divine government, was the head of gold. The Persian monarch had the seven noblesso to say, peers of the crownthat limited his authority. The hereditary satraps formed a further limitation. This was silver, not gold. This monarchy had still much of the Divine absoluteness in it, but not so much as the Babylonian, The Greek Empire still retained many of the features of Oriental absoluteness, as many of the features of Oriental magnificence, but they limited their own authority by the introduction of autonomous cities all over their dominions. Along with the Greek city life there was a certain independence and freedom assigned to the individual, that limited the action of the monarch. He was no longer removed from all men by an immense distance; with all his absoluteness, he was a Greek among Greeks. Still, the idea of the monarchy was kept up. There is thus a further degradationthe age of bronze is reached; the age of gold is past, and even that of silver. With Rome, the empire that was diverse from all others, the monarchical idea disappeared. The emperor was simply <em>Imperator <\/em>of a republic. He might be deified in his lifetime, might wield absolute power in actuality, but in idea he was but the servant of the Roman Republic. The bronze had given place to iron. If we carry cur eyes down the ages to the kingdoms that have succeeded the Roman Empire, monarchy has ceased to have much power at all. The iron now is mingled with the miry clay. The progress of constitutional history all over the world has been the lessening of government authority, and setting the individual free. The stone cut out of the mountain, so far as material goes, is at a still lower level in regard to value than the iron mingled with the miry clay. Individualism becomes absolute in Christianity when the believer, in exercise of his absolute personal right over himself, surrenders himself absolutely into the hands of Christ.<\/p>\n<p>The Messianic kingdom, foreseen by the prophet, and foretold in the stone in the vision of the image, and in the Son of man in that of the four beasts, looks forward to a time beyond the present, when all civil governments will have ceased, when the Church shall be manifest as the true state, when Christ, the Anointed of the Lord, alone shall reign. This prophecy is not fulfilled in Christ&#8217;s coming in weakness as the Babe at Bethlehem, nor in his life of sorrow and death, of shame and suffering. No; it is in his coming the second time unto salvation. It is failure to realize this that leads Bishop Westcott to maintain the fourth monarchy to be the Greek. He somehow thinks that the fourth kingdom must have passed away before the Messiah comes. But in the image-vision the stone was cut out of the mountain before the image had disappeared. When a person approaches this subject with a set of presuppositions, he is all the less likely to reach a true conclusion. Looked at in the way it presents itself to us, this sublime scheme of universal history terminates only when the kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our God and of his Christ; when the promise made to the Son by the Father, that he should have the heathen for his inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for his possession, shall be fulfilled. Only some such time of universal peace can adequately conclude history and fulfil prophecy.<\/p>\n<p><strong>HOMILETICS<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:1-12<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Godless kingdoms.<\/p>\n<p>Daniel&#8217;s vision brings before us the origin, the character, and the destiny of godless kingdoms.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>ORIGIN<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. <em>Earthly. <\/em>The Divine kingdom comes from <em>above<\/em>&#8220;with the clouds of heaven&#8221; (verse 13). These kingdoms come from <em>below<\/em>from<em> <\/em>the dark depths of the sea. Earthly passions, not the will of God, shape their origin.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. <em>Tumultuous. <\/em>&#8220;The four winds of heaven strove upon the great sea;&#8221; the kingdoms issued from the throes of the storm. The great monarchies of antiquity did not grow up by the development of peaceful arts and commerce. They were formed by wars of conquest, and wild, wicked strifes of ambition. The glory of political success often leads men to disregard the crimes by which it is achieved. But these cannot be ignored by God.<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. <em>Successive. <\/em>One after another the great beasts rise from the sea. God&#8217;s kingdom is one and lasting, but as these earthly kingdoms are transient, new kingdoms take the place of the old. Thus the same drama is reacted in many ages. Till the reign of Christ is complete, we must expect to see the rise and fall of earthly ambition.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>CHARACTER<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. <em>Points of agreement.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> They are all more or less <em>brutal. <\/em>To Nebuchadnezzar the kingdoms appeared bright and glorious (<span class='bible'>Dan 2:31<\/span>). To Daniel, the prophet of God, they appeared savage and brutal. The passions of godless politics are low and unspiritual.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> They are <em>destructive. <\/em>The true end of government is the peace and welfare of the world. But it has always been the work of wicked ambitious monachies to spread devastation and misery.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. Points of <em>difference. <\/em>The great beasts are &#8220;diverse one from another.&#8221; Nationalities are of various types. The faults of governments are not all alike. Evil assumes various forms. All godless kingdoms are not equally bad. In the vision, the first kingdom shows signs of improvement in its later days (verse 4). The second is far more destructive (verse 5). The last power is least in apparent size, yet most fatal to its neighbours (verse 8). Thus human history is full of variety, change, and surprise. It is only in the Divine order that we meet with assured and peaceful stabilty.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>THEIR<\/strong> <strong>DESTINY<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. They are all only <em>temporary. <\/em>One succeeds another.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. They all come up for <em>judgment <\/em>(verse 10). There is a judgment on nations as well as on individuals. The proudest earthly power must bow before the judgment-seat of God. They who ignore God will not escape his notice.<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. As there are degrees and varieties of crime, so there will be <em>degrees and varieties of punishment. <\/em>The worst of the great beasts is entirely destroyed (verse 11). The others are dealt with more leniently. Thus at the great judgment the sentence will be proportionate to the sin (<span class='bible'>Luk 12:47<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Luk 12:48<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>4<\/strong>. The godless kingdoms will all be <em>superseded <\/em>by the universal and eternal <em>kingdom of heaven. <\/em>God&#8217;s righteous rule will ultimately take the place of the most violent and destructive earthly powers. Evil will finally succumb to good.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:10<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p>God&#8217;s books.<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;The books were opened.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>GOD<\/strong> <strong>HAS<\/strong> <strong>BOOKS<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. <em>The<\/em> <em>book of remembrance.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> God keeps a record of his people&#8217;s troubles (<span class='bible'>Psa 56:8<\/span>). He is not ignorant of them, nor indifferent to them. He takes notice and gives sympathy. He will take account of them in the future, turning them to good, or compensating for the endurance of them.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> God keeps an account of his people&#8217;s faithfulness (Ma <span class='bible'>Dan 3:16<\/span>). Though they appear to be forgotten, their humble service is all noted.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(3)<\/strong> God preserves a remembrance of men&#8217;s sins. God forgets sin when he forgives it, but till then our forgetting it does not remove it from his book of remembrance, any more than our forgetting a bond releases us from the obligation of it when it is presented.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. <em>The book of life. <\/em>St. Paul refers to those &#8220;whose names are written in the book of life&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Php 4:3<\/span>; see also <span class='bible'>Exo 32:33<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 3:5<\/span>). God preserves a record of the heirs of eternal life. He knows them, if men do not. He takes note of them individually; their <em>names <\/em>are written. The world is redeemed, not in the mass, but individually. Each one of us either has or has not his name written down in the &#8220;book of lift..&#8221; The most important question for each to ask is whether his name is there.<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong><em>. The book of the future. <\/em>The future is known to God, and the course of providence and redemption by which he will work out his purposes of righteousness and mercy is determined (<span class='bible'>Rev 5:1<\/span>). Sudden changes surprise us, but they were anticipated by God. There is no chance, but an overruling wisdom fixes the great landmarks of the future.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>GOD<\/strong>&#8216;S <strong>BOOKS<\/strong> <strong>ARE<\/strong> <strong>SEALED<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. <em>The book of remembrance is sealed. <\/em>We have no present visible proof that Got notes our trouble, our fidelity, or our sin. We may forget our past, and it will lie hidden and silent.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. <em>The book of life is sealed.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> We may have sure evidences of our redemption, but we cannot directly read our names in the book of life. Perhaps the reason for this is that we may walk by faith and experience its discipline.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> We cannot read the names of others. Therefore we cannot pronounce judgment on them, nor say how many or who will be saved.<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. <em>The book of the future is sealed. <\/em>Prophecy has extracted a few pages. But the great volume will only be unrolled as it is accomplished. It is best that we should not know the future, as we only have sufficient strength to bear the burden of the present (<span class='bible'>Mat 6:34<\/span>). It is best also because we can learn to walk humbly and trustfully, while we resign the future to the care of our Father in heaven (<span class='bible'>Mat 6:32<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>GOD<\/strong>&#8216;S <strong>BOOKS<\/strong> <strong>WILL<\/strong> <strong>BE<\/strong> <strong>OPENED<\/strong>. The judgment-day will be first of all a day of revelation. The decrees of reward and punishment will follow the opening of God&#8217;s books.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. The record of our <em>conduct <\/em>will be brought to light. Forgotten deeds will be remembered, and the truth of character made clear (<span class='bible'>1Co 14:25<\/span>). Hidden sin will be revealed. Unrecognized merit will be honoured.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. The roll of the <em>redeemed <\/em>will be read. Not one of God&#8217;s people will be forgotten. Christ will own the humblest of his followers.<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. The <em>purposes <\/em>of God concerning the future will declare themselves. The book of the future is unrolled by degrees as time passes. But its most momentous contents will be those which will be made clear when the great facts of the unseen world are first brought to light. Then God&#8217;s purposes with mankind will be understood as we on earth can never comprehend them.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span><\/strong><strong>, <\/strong><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:14<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The kingdom of the Son of man.<\/p>\n<p>In contrast with the brutal godless kingdoms, we have here a description of the higher final kingdomits origin, character, and destiny.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>ORIGIN<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. It comes from <em>above. <\/em>Divine providence inaugnrates it, and heavenly principles inspire it. Christ and his kingdom are from above (<span class='bible'>Joh 8:23<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. It is in intimate <em>relations with God. <\/em>The Son of man &#8220;came to the Ancient of days,&#8221; and was brought &#8220;near before him.&#8221; The source of the power of Christ is his oneness with the Father (<span class='bible'>Joh 10:30<\/span>), his dependence on the Father (<span class='bible'>Joh 5:19<\/span>), and his obedience to the Father (<span class='bible'>Psa 40:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Heb 10:7<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. It is a <em>gift <\/em>of God. The ether kings seized their power. To the Son of man a dominion is &#8220;given.&#8221; Christ does not conquer the world by force. He receives his kingdom through the influence of God&#8217;s grace and providence on men (<span class='bible'>Joh 18:36<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>CHARACTER<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. It is a true <em>dominion. <\/em>Christ came to save the world by ruling over it. He is King as well as Redeemer. He claims obedience and more thorough submission than the greatest earthly despot can exact, viz. the submission of the heart (<span class='bible'>Col 3:23<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. It is typified by &#8220;the <em>Son of man<\/em>,&#8221;<em> <\/em>and therefore:<\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> more <em>spiritual <\/em>and <em>higher <\/em>in character than the godless kingdoms which are represented by ravenous beasts;<\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> more <em>humane<\/em>,<em>gentleness <\/em>and mercy are great characteristics of Christ&#8217;s kingdom (<span class='bible'>Isa 32:2<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 42:1-3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat 11:28-30<\/span>); and<\/p>\n<p><strong>(3)<\/strong> characterized by <em>oneness <\/em>and <em>sympathy <\/em>with its subjects,the old monarchs were destructive tyrants, Christ is one with his people, a son of man (<span class='bible'>Heb 2:14<\/span> <span class='bible'>18<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Heb 4:15<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. It is <em>glorious. <\/em>Christ was of humble earthly origin, and his kingdom came in obscurity (<span class='bible'>Luk 17:20<\/span>). Thus it was apparently inglorious when compared with the pomp of worldly monarchies. But it has God&#8217;s glory, the beauty of holiness. This glory is soon in its principles and in its achievements, triumphing over sin and securing the peace and blessedness of obedience to God&#8217;s will (<span class='bible'>Col 1:27<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>DESTINY<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. It is to be <em>universal.<\/em> The greatest human monarchies were limited in extent. Christ&#8217;s is to be world-wide.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> Christ <em>claims <\/em>all, and will not be satisfied till he has recovered the lost (Isaiah lift. 11).<\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> Christ <em>suits <\/em>all. He is the true &#8220;Son of man.&#8221; Therefore all races can find their Saviour and Lord in him.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(3)<\/strong> Christ will <em>attract <\/em>all. His appeal is to the common human heart of the world (<span class='bible'>Joh 12:32<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. It is to be <em>everlasting. <\/em>Other kingdoms are temporary, and subject to final destruction. The kingdom of the Son of man is indestructible and everlasting.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> It is <em>Divine<\/em>, and the Divine is eternal (<span class='bible'>Psa 145:13<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> It is <em>righteous <\/em>in principle. There is no evil in it to be a seed of corruption (<span class='bible'>Psa 72:7<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>(3)<\/strong> It is founded upon <em>eternal <\/em>principles, not on maxims of temporary expediency.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(4)<\/strong> It brings blessings which wilt be <em>always <\/em>of value (<span class='bible'>Mat 5:3-12<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>HOMILIES BY H.T. ROBJOHNS<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:1-12<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Brute rule.<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;Four great beasts came up from the sea, diverse one from another&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:3<\/span>). We remark the <em>transition <\/em>here from history to prophecy; the <em>date<\/em>,<em> <\/em>the first year of Belshazzar, that is, before the fall of the first of the world-powers about to be described; the <em>form<\/em>,<em> <\/em>a dream,before this Daniel had interpreted others&#8217; dreams, he now dreams himself; the fact that it was <em>at once committed to writing<\/em>,<em> i.e. <\/em>not set down after fulfilment; and that the prophecy is only <em>an outline<\/em>,<em> <\/em>so that we must not expect too much detail. All this in verse 1. The nature of the prophecy rebukes dogmatism. It may be well to call attention here to the fact that all these expositions and homilies are written independently of each other; there may be, then, possibly some diversity of critical judgment; this, however, will be no disadvantage to the student. For our own homiletic purpose we treat this chapter under three sectionsin the first, we have a vision of brute rule; in the second, of Divine sovereignty; in the third, of a great rebellion.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>ITS<\/strong> <strong>CONDITION<\/strong>. &#8220;The great sea&#8221; is distinguished from all inland seas. The ocean. The image of our troubled world (<span class='bible'>Isa 17:12-14<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 21:1<\/span>). Out of the commotion and confusion of troubled peoples the four forms of brute rule arose.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>ITS<\/strong> <strong>CAUSE<\/strong>. &#8220;The four winds of heaven strove upon the great sea.&#8221; As the wind plays on ocean, so do supernatural powers (in this case <em>evil<\/em>)<em> <\/em>lash into fury the passions of a troubled world; and out of revolutionary confusion emerges oft mute despotism.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>ITS<\/strong> <strong>GENERIC<\/strong> <strong>NATURE<\/strong>. &#8220;Four beasts.&#8221; Four great empires. Same as described in <span class='bible'>Dan 2:1-49<\/span>. Why the different form? That vision gave the external glory; this <em>the inmost nature. <\/em>They had life in them, but it was a life less than human. Man sinks below the human when the  is no longer animated by the Spirit of God. As with man individually, so collectively, so with nations, governments. Government is of God, but may lose the Divine in it, and so become brutal. A boast may inspire terror; but its look is not heavenward, but earthward; hears no Divine voice; has no conscious relations with God. &#8220;Four beasts,&#8221; but &#8220;diverse.&#8221; All brutal.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV.<\/strong> <strong>SPECIFIC<\/strong> <strong>FORMS<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. The <em>lion-form. <\/em>The Babylonian empire. Dominant, like the king of the forest; swift and reaching far, like the eagle. Then came deteriorations. The deteriorations developed slowly. &#8220;I <em>continued <\/em>looking&#8221; is the sense. Swift energy was crippled. Not even with the speed of a lion walking did the empire advance; but painfully, slowly, as a beast marching on hind legs alone. Then instead of the lion-heart at the centre of government, the timid heart of a man. Here we have the glory of Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s Babylon, its gradual decay under his successors, until it fell before one mightier than itself. So do governments without God go down.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong><em>. The bear-form. <\/em>The Persian empire. Less noble than the lion; fierce, heavy, slow. Of these characteristics, the most striking illustration would be the cumbrousness and slow advance of the Persian armies; <em>e.g. <\/em>the invasion of Greece by Xerxes (see the histories). Note the accessories of the symbol. Raising itself on one side, and perhaps striking out with its right forearm. This indicates the combination of Mode with Persianthe latter the stronger and more aggressive. The three ribs devoured stand for Lydia, Babylon, Egypt, subdued. &#8220;Devour much flesh&#8221; suggests the awful waste of life incident to Persian progress. How many of the two millions returned from Greece?<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. The <em>leopard-form. <\/em>The Greek empire, specially under Alexander. Characteristics: insatiable appetite for blood, swiftness, subtlety. &#8220;Four wings.&#8221; &#8220;Four heads.&#8221; The Greek dominion essentially one, but with four centres. Trace the analogy. Alexander&#8217;s determination to conquer the world. Swift movement, equalled only by Napoleon I. The subtlety of his genius. The division of his empire into four.<\/p>\n<p><strong>4<\/strong>. <em>The nameless form. <\/em>The Roman empire. So terrible is this power, that no one creature can represent it, nor the combined attributes of many. The eminence and importance of this empire are apparent from:<\/p>\n<p><strong>(a) <\/strong>Its prominence in this chapter. <\/p>\n<p><strong>(b) <\/strong>Daniel&#8217;s anxiety to &#8220;know the truth of the fourth beast.&#8221; <\/p>\n<p><strong>(c)<\/strong> Its collision with the Divine kingdom. <\/p>\n<p><strong>(d) <\/strong>Its successive historical aspects.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> <em>Its first aspect. <\/em>(See verse 7.) All this exhibits the utterly destructive energy of Rome. What it did not devour, it destroyed for destruction&#8217;s sake. A contrast with the other powers. They ravaged, subdued, extorted tribute; &#8220;but their connection with the states which they subdued was loose and disjointed.&#8221; Rome conquered all, kept all, assimilated all<\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> <em>Two developments.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>(a) <\/strong>&#8220;Ten <em>horns.<\/em>&#8220;<em> <\/em>Horn is the symbol of power. The ten were on the head from the beginning, to manifest the unity of the Roman empire plus the European nations. Their development, however, was not at once.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(b) <\/strong><em>The one. <\/em>Small at the beginning. Displaces a third (nearly) of existing powers. A development of the Roman domination. &#8220;Eyes&#8221; for a certain intelligence. Pride and blasphemy out of its &#8220;mouth&#8221;? What can this be but the papacy?<\/p>\n<p><strong>V.<\/strong> <strong>ITS<\/strong> <strong>JUDGMENT<\/strong> <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>OVERTHROW<\/strong>. Not for ever and for ever shall the brutal reign. How sublime the contrast ushered in by verse 9! Below, the ocean, lashed by powers of evil; out of it the brutal, its last developments the worst. <em>Now heaven opens. <\/em>Thrones were set (not &#8220;cast down&#8221;). A central throne. On it the Eternal The throne the source of all splendour, the fount of energy (<span class='bible'>Rev 4:5<\/span>). Judgment proceeding. Not the last judgment. But the continuous judgment of men and nations. The Roman empire, and all that came of it doomedannihilated. The other empires long gone, though for a while they lingered.<\/p>\n<p>Learn:<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. <em>The eternal supremacy of God<\/em>. <\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. <em>The righteousness of his judgments<\/em>. <\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. <em>The certain doom of all that is alienated from his own Divine life<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>Individuals and nations are human and. humane only as they live in him. The reign of the brutal in any form cannot be eternal. Animalism in all its ugly, cruel, sensual forms, must go down; for God in Christ &#8220;must reign, till he hath put all enemies under his feet.&#8221;R.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span><\/strong><strong>, <\/strong><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:14<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The enthronement of Christ.<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of man&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span>). Either after, or more probably in connection with, the destruction of the fourth world-power, universal empire was given to Christthe Messiah of Hebrew expectation. We assume, for the present, that it is he who is described in the next paragraph. That the assumption is well-founded will immediately appear.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>KING<\/strong>. We read <span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span> thus: &#8220;I continued looking in the visions of the night, and behold I with the clouds of heaven like unto a Son of man was advancing, and to the Ancient of days to come, and before him they caused him to approach.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong><em>. The Personage was Divine. <\/em>Advancing, girt with clouds, marks the Divine. Clouds hide the glory behind and beyond. They symbolize the veil that dims the glory of God. Many are the scriptural passages to illustrate. Select a few, and we shall see how the same idea starts up in successive ages of the Church (<span class='bible'>Exo 13:21<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Exo 14:24<\/span>). If these describe the action of the Angel-God, they are all the more pertinent as illustrations of this passage in Daniel (<span class='bible'>Exo 16:10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Exo 40:34<\/span>; Le <span class='bible'>Exo 16:2<\/span>; 2Ch 5:13, <span class='bible'>2Ch 5:14<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 97:2<\/span>). Christ takes up these representations, and applies them to himself (<span class='bible'>Mat 26:64<\/span>). (In this last passage, note &#8220;the Son of maul&#8221; so again in <span class='bible'>Mat 25:31<\/span>.) Similar, though not identical, is the imagery of <span class='bible'>2Th 2:8<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 1:7<\/span>. Holy Scripture is consistent in applying such descriptions only to God, and to God in Christ. See the charge against one enemy of the Church in olden time (<span class='bible'>Isa 14:13<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Isa 14:14<\/span>). These intimations of the Divine in Christ of the Old Testament are like the grey that precedes the dawn. If Daniel anticipated that the Messianic Deliverer would be one of the race, it is clear, and will be clearer, that he had a glimpse of the truth that he would be Divine.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. <em>The personage was also human. <\/em>&#8220;A Son of man.&#8221; The phrase is used in the Old Testament:<\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> For <em>man <\/em>simply (<span class='bible'>Num 23:19<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> To remind the gifted and inspired of <em>their oneness with the race. <\/em>So eighty times in Ezekiel (<span class='bible'>Eze 3:10<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Eze 3:11<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Eze 3:17<\/span>, <em>et passim<\/em>)<em>. <\/em>So here the advancing one was partaker of the infirmity (innocent) of the race. With &#8220;clouds,&#8221; the engirdlement of the Divine, he might come; so also like &#8220;a Son of man.&#8221; Of none other can this double affirmation be madeof none save the Lord Jesus.<\/p>\n<p>That the phrase here denotes the Messiah is clear:<\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> From a <em>general consensus of rabbinical opinion.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> From the <em>Lord<\/em>&#8216;<em>s own assumption <\/em>of the name. Christ calls himself &#8220;the Son of man,&#8221; though others call him &#8220;the Son of God.&#8221; What is its significance?<\/p>\n<p>Answering, we do not limit ourselves to Daniel&#8217;s standpoint.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(1)<\/strong> The Christ was to be of <em>the human race. <\/em>The humanity is Christologically as important as the Divinity, and each is indispensable to the mediatorial office. See the Athanasian Creed, &#8220;For the right faith  rose again the third day from the dead.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> In the name is an intimation of <em>the universality of the Saviour<\/em>&#8216;<em>s mission. <\/em>An implied protest against Jewish exclusiveness. &#8220;Son of <em>David<\/em>&#8220;<em> <\/em>points to the throne of Israel. Christ&#8217;s right to it, albeit the sway spiritual. &#8220;Son of <em>man<\/em>&#8220;<em> <\/em>to his relation to the race; &#8220;Son of God&#8221;<em> to <\/em>his relation to the Eternal.<\/p>\n<p><strong>(3)<\/strong> Of <em>world-wide dominion. <\/em>&#8220;The Son of man&#8221; was to be no ordinary mortal, but King of<em> <\/em>the race, and King for the race (romp. <span class='bible'>Psa 8:4<\/span> <span class='bible'>8<\/span> with <span class='bible'>Heb 2:5-9<\/span>). (A most impressive missionary sermon might be preached from the words, &#8220;Now we see not yet all things put under him [man]; but we see <em>Jesus<\/em>!&#8221;<em> i.e. <\/em>on the way surely to universal empire.) [Note in this connection the wide horizon of Daniel&#8217;s prophetic vision. It is no longer merely Israel, but the whole world, that is in view. In keeping with the prophet&#8217;s historical position. His watch-tower is no longer Jerusalem, but Babylon. His look is across the Assyrian plain, at the great world-powers, their developments in relation to the everlasting rule.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>ENTHRONEMENT<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. <em>The King came from the heavenly world. Out <\/em>of it, and <em>down <\/em>from it. He &#8220;came with the clouds of heaven.&#8221; This empire is not like those that arose out of &#8220;the sea,&#8221; from the turbulences of men.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. He <em>received the kingdom from the Eternal. <\/em>Abundant illustration will be found in <span class='bible'>Mat 28:18<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Joh 3:35<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Joh 13:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Joh 5:22<\/span>; Joh 17:2; <span class='bible'>1Co 15:27<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. <em>The<\/em> <em>enthronement has no relation to the categories of time or space. <\/em>We are not to suppose that at some <em>place<\/em>,<em> <\/em>at some <em>moment<\/em>,<em> <\/em>there was to be some literal fulfilment; that the Eternal under venerable form, would sit on a throne; that the Christ would come to sue for empire, etc. This is the rock on which many interpreters are wrecked. Nor is there reference to the last judgment, for then Christ himself is on the throne. Broad views, free from mere literalism, on such matters are best.<\/p>\n<p><strong>4<\/strong>. And yet there are the pomp and circumstance of an <em>indefinite and multitudinous accompanying <\/em>of the King &#8220;They caused him to approach.&#8221; A sort of grand indefiniteness in the expression. Not alone does Jesus come to reign.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>KINGDOM<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. <em>Supernatural in origin. <\/em>&#8220;There was <em>given <\/em>him.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. <em>Spiritual in character. <\/em>Invisible rule over souls. We speak of the empire of mind; we see in vision matter at the footstool of intellect. But what shall we say of the empire of religion, of Christianity, of Christ? Mind at the feet of Jesus, and, as a consequence, all below mind! Imaginations cast down, etc. (<span class='bible'>2Co 10:5<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. <em>Universal in extent. <\/em>&#8220;All people,&#8221; etc,<\/p>\n<p><strong>4<\/strong>. <em>Everlasting. <\/em>&#8220;Shall not pass away,&#8221; etc.R.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:15-28<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The great antagonist.<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;I behold, and the same horn,&#8221; etc. (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:21<\/span>, <span class='bible'>Dan 7:22<\/span>). In introducing this subject, let the following interesting facts be noted. The dream occasioned Daniel great anxiety. &#8220;Even I Daniel grieved was my spirit, in <em>the midst of <\/em>[<em>its<\/em>]<em> sheath.<\/em>&#8220;<em> <\/em>The soul a sword in its scabbard. He solicited information from one of the myriads in attendance on the Eternal. In answer, two or three suggestions were made, leading Daniel to inquire further, which he did, especially respecting the fourth brute power. The angelic interpreter explained, and also gave additional touches to the picture, of which we shall make use in the homily. <em>All this is the dream<\/em>,<em> <\/em>mark! We shall assume that the single horn does not stand for the antichrist of the Old Testament, viz. Antiochus Epiphanes; and that the schemes of interpretation which involve that it does so break down. The reasons for that assumption we could give, but would be more proper to the body of a critical commentary than to a homily. We must assume all this in homiletical treatment. This prophetic Scripture throws forward lights, then, on<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>ROME<\/strong> <strong>IMPERIAL<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. <em>It was the fourth brute world-power. <\/em>(Verse 17.)<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. <em>Its genius differed <\/em>from those that had gone before. &#8220;Diverse,&#8221; etc. (verse 23).<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. It <em>appropriated to itself the good of every land. <\/em>&#8220;Shall devour,&#8221; etc. (verse 23).<\/p>\n<p><strong>4<\/strong>. <em>Its tyranny was oppressive. <\/em>&#8220;Shall tread,&#8221; etc. (verse 23).<\/p>\n<p><strong>5<\/strong><em>. It survives until the final overthrow of all brute-power <\/em>by the establishment of the eternal kingdom. Rome imperial, Rome dismembered, Rome papal, are still <em>Rome. <\/em>&#8220;One!one mighty and formidable power, trampling down the liberties of the world; oppressing and persecuting the people of God, the true Church; and maintaining an absolute and arbitrary dominion over the souls of men; as a mighty domination standing in the way of the progress of truth, and keeping back the reign of the saints on earth.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>ROME<\/strong> <strong>DIVIDED<\/strong>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. The &#8220;ten horns&#8221; <em>were sovereignties<\/em>. <\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. <em>Developments of the Roman empire<\/em>. <\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. <em>Contemporaneous<\/em>. <\/p>\n<p><strong>4<\/strong>. The <em>exact designation of them is not necessary<\/em>.<\/p>\n<p>The &#8220;ten&#8221; have been designated. But differences of opinion have arisen. This not wonderful, seeing that the new powers arose in a time of great confusion, and the boundaries were frequently changing. Perhaps strict literal and numerical exactness is not to be expected. The vague character of prophecy generally would warrant a contrary conclusion.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>ROME<\/strong> <strong>FATAL<\/strong>. The rise and progress of the papacy constitute a truly wonderful fulfilment of Daniel&#8217;s dream. But it is necessary in all contemplation of the Romish religious system to distinguish carefully and ever in our minds between the Christian element in it, and the corruption of that Christian element. <\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. The &#8220;other&#8221; horn was <em>another sovereignty.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. It <em>sprang from the Roman domination. <\/em>Papal Rome in many ways represents Rome imperial, in the world-wideness of its sway, in possessing the same capital, etc.<\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong><em>. It came into being after the dismemberment. <\/em>After the ten.<\/p>\n<p><strong>4<\/strong>. <em>Small at the beginning. <\/em>From the apostolic age there had been a bishop at Rome; but the rise of the papacy is to be dated from the assumption of civil power. <em>When<\/em>?<em> <\/em>This one of the most difficult questions in history. Different theories of interpretation depend on the answers. Enough that so small was the beginning, that none can answer <em>with certainty<\/em><em>when<\/em>?<\/p>\n<p><strong>5<\/strong>. The <em>sovereignty differed from all other. <\/em>(Verse 24.) Combination of spiritual with secular power. This involves a mighty difference.<\/p>\n<p><strong>6<\/strong><em>. It displaced other sovereignties. <\/em>(Verse 25.) &#8220;He shall subdue three kings.&#8221; Either three kingdoms went down before it, or a third, about a third of the power an I influence of existing monarchies disappeared. Distinct governments vanished before the rising papacy; and the papacy itself assumed civil functions. Here again it is not necessary to involve the broad incontrovertible facts with questionable historic detail (see end of verse 20). &#8220;More stout&#8221; refers to the magnitude finally attained.<\/p>\n<p><strong>7<\/strong>. <em>Has been distinguished by a far-seeing sagacity. <\/em>&#8220;Eyes like the eyes of a man.&#8221; A sagacity of human sort, not Divine. The diplomacy of Rome, the sublety of the Jesuit, are notorious. The historical illustrations, medieval and modern, are infinitely varied and innumerable.<\/p>\n<p><strong>8<\/strong>. <em>By blasphemy. <\/em>(Verse 25.) &#8220;He shall speak great words against the Most High.&#8221; Blasphemy<\/p>\n<p><strong>(1) <\/strong>either denies to God something of his essential glory;<\/p>\n<p><strong>(2)<\/strong> or assumes the names, attributes, and works of God for the creature. In both senses the papacy has been guilty. The illustrations are numberless which are to be found in the doctrine, ritual, practice, and history of the Roman Church. Some of them terrible. Many of them are now open before us, but we cannot present them here in our limited space.<\/p>\n<p><strong>9<\/strong><em>. By persecution.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>10. <\/strong>The new sovereignty has&#8221; <em>changed times and law.<\/em>&#8220;<em> <\/em>Not &#8220;laws,&#8221; but the fundamental and eternal law of right. Of this, too, the illustrations are without number.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV.<\/strong> <strong>ROME<\/strong> <strong>JUDGED<\/strong>. (Verses 11, 26.)<\/p>\n<p><strong>1<\/strong>. <em>The dream even now waits fulfilment. <\/em>Much has been fulfilled, but much remains to be. Imperial Rome has gone. The many other kingdoms have arisen; and a part of their power has disappeared before the growing supremacy of papal Rome. But even that has within the last hall-century been shorn of its strength. Still much remains for the future to disclose.<\/p>\n<p><strong>2<\/strong>. <em>Rome papal will stand for a definite time. <\/em>&#8220;Until a time,&#8221; etc. (verse 25). The time is <em>definite<\/em>,<em> <\/em>though to us, as we believe, <em>unknown. <\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>3<\/strong>. <em>But will certainly fall. <\/em>(Verses 11, 26.) Note the reason in verse 11.<\/p>\n<p><strong>4<\/strong>. Then <em>to vise no move. <\/em>(Verses 11, 26.) Are explicit and strong.<\/p>\n<p><strong>V.<\/strong> <strong>HER<\/strong> <strong>POWER<\/strong> <strong>TRANSFERRED<\/strong>. Given to the saints; once theirs, theirs <em>everywhere<\/em>,<em> <\/em>theirs for ever. War was indeed made against the saints, achieved, too, a certain success. But <em>principle never dies. <\/em>The final victory lay with the persecuted. Dominion passed over to them. In what sense? We might say that good men made the laws, but this would be a poor thing to say. Rather is this the truththat <em>the need of government almost passed away. <\/em><strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>INFLUENCE<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>CHARACTER<\/strong> <strong>WAS<\/strong> <strong>ENOUGH<\/strong>. Some judicial administration might be necessary to arrange debatable points. But deliberate crime had now become non-existent. To illustrate: Mr. Goldwin Smith, after saying that, in a particular instance, &#8220;not the special form of the government, but the comparative absence of necessity for government, is the thing to be noted and admired,&#8221; goes on to say, &#8220;The proper sphere of government is compulsion. The necessity for it in any given community is <em>in inverse proportion to the social virtue and the intelligence of the people. <\/em>The policeman, the executioner, the tax-gatherer,these are its proper ministers, and the representatives of what we call its majesty. It is destined to decrease as Christianity increases, and as force is superseded by social affection, and spontaneous combination for the public good. The more a community can afford to dispense with government, the more Christian it must be&#8221;. The Ancient of days gives over empire to the Son of man; his sovereignty is exercised through his saints. They have something of his own sway. What is that? The sway of spiritual supremacy. The rule of righteousness. The law of love. The empire of Calvary.R.<\/p>\n<p><strong>HOMILIES BY J.D. DAVIES<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:1-8<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p>A vision of human violence.<\/p>\n<p>Dreams have a foundation in <em>external <\/em>fact. The mind of man has a creative facultya faint reflection of the Divineand, when released from the domination of visible things, it asserts its original power. Daniel was advanced in years, had seen many changes in the government of Babylon, and probably had been brooding seriously over the fortunes and prospects of the Hebrews. The past and the future were inextricably interlaced.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>NIGHT<\/strong> <strong>HAS<\/strong> <strong>ITS<\/strong> <strong>USES<\/strong>, <strong>AS<\/strong> <strong>WELL<\/strong> <strong>AS<\/strong> <strong>DAY<\/strong>. Night is not an entire blank in a man&#8217;s history. God is as much with us by night as by day. &#8220;He giveth his beloved sleep.&#8221; But, at the same time, he supports the imagination and memory in strange activity. Here we have a hint of the separate life of mind and body. If this occurs now, may not the mind be amply active, while the body is fast asleep in the grave? Night reveals to us pictures, which the garish day dissipates. Darkness is freighted with celestial light. What is darkness to the body need not be darkness to the mind. Trial may have a rough exterior, but there is latent good within. Sorrow is endowed with a Divine power of benediction. Death itself to the saint is but a veil that hides the dawning light. <em>Reality <\/em>is often the antipodes <em>of phenomenon.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>MATERIAL<\/strong> <strong>THINGS<\/strong> <strong>ARE<\/strong> <strong>MIRRORS<\/strong> <strong>IN<\/strong> <strong>WHICH<\/strong> <strong>MEN<\/strong> <strong>MAY<\/strong> <strong>SEE<\/strong> <strong>THEIR<\/strong> <strong>TRUE<\/strong> <strong>CHARACTERS<\/strong>. The mind, in its infantile state, is most impressed with visible and tangible things. &#8220;The great sea&#8221; is a significant picture of the mobility and restlessness of the multitude. The masses of men, having no settled beliefs, no fixed principles of action, are as fickle, and as easily wrought upon, as the unstable sea. As the briny waters are promptly driven hither and Thither by every wind that blows, so the multitudes are moved and tossed by every passing passionby the faintest prospect of self-advantageor by the fevered ambition of a stronger will than their own. The Jews, having relinquished their safe anchorage, viz. faith in God, were driven helplessly north and south, east and west, by the wind passions of unscrupulous conquerors. It seemed as if the four winds of heaven strive at one and the same time upon this Hebrew sea. &#8220;The wicked are like the troubled sea.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>UNTAMED<\/strong> <strong>BEASTS<\/strong> <strong>ARE<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>APTEST<\/strong> <strong>SYMBOLS<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>MILITARY<\/strong> <strong>CONQUERORS<\/strong>. One is like a lion, though, as years roll on, he at length acquires a man&#8217;s heartthe sensibility of human tenderness. A second is like a leopard; yet so swift is he for destruction, that the fleetness of the leopard fails to convey all the truth; therefore four wings of a fowl are added to the symbol. A third is like a bear, intent only on tearing and consuming much flesh. A fourth destroyer of men is so fierce and death-breathing that not one of the savage beasts in nature can represent him. He is a &#8220;beast dreadful and terrible,&#8221; having teeth of iron. It is rare that beasts of prey make war upon their own species, much less upon their own kindred. God has provided the wildest beast with but two horns, to serve as weapons of defence; but this human monster was furnished with ten horns. One cannot but be struck with the singular incongruities we meet with in this prophetic dream; yet even this fact is instructive. The wildest vagaries of the imagination are outstripped by the moral incongruities of human character and human conduct. Where shall we find an incongruity so strange as<strong> <\/strong>thisthe wilful degradation of the man to a level lower than the untrained beasts?<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV.<\/strong> <strong>GOD<\/strong>&#8216;S <strong>PRESENT<\/strong> <strong>REVELATIONS<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> <strong>MEN<\/strong> <strong>ARE<\/strong> <strong>PARTLY<\/strong> <strong>OBSCURE<\/strong>, <strong>PARTLY<\/strong> <strong>CLEAR<\/strong>. &#8220;We know only in part; hence we prophesy only in part.&#8221; We may be sure that this arrangement is best. It is an act of kindness and of wisdom on the part of God. It serves to stimulate inquiry on our part. We may learn from it to cherish humility, inasmuch as we are not at present competent to receive larger communications of God&#8217;s will. Thankful ought we to be that we have enough knowledge of God&#8217;s will for our practical guidance; and when we have worked up all this raw material into personal service, we shall obtain more. God &#8220;made known his <em>ways <\/em>unto Moses,&#8221; but his <em>acts <\/em>only unto &#8220;the children of Israel.&#8221; &#8220;Then shall we know, if we follow on to know the Lord.&#8221; It is one of the attractions of the heavenly state, that fresh light will continually be shed upon the past history of our race, as well as upon the wisdom of the Divine government.D.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:9-14<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p>The real King-maker.<\/p>\n<p>The panorama which passed before Daniel&#8217;s mind in the night-season did not terminate in a scene of confusion and misery. This scene of brutal ferocity occurs in the middle of a great tragedy, and leads on to a peaceful triumph of truth and righteousness. These inhuman kings were not masters of<strong> <\/strong>the situation. <em>One <\/em>higher than they watched the moral chaos from his supernal throne, and, out of the tangled mass of conflicting ambitions and passions, brought a condition of permanent prosperity and peace.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>OBSERVE<\/strong> <strong>THE<\/strong> <strong>DESCRIPTION<\/strong> <strong>OF<\/strong> <strong>HIS<\/strong> <strong>PERSON<\/strong>. He has the appearance of venerable age&#8221;the Ancient of days.&#8221; These inhuman monsters were &#8220;but of yesterday;&#8221; and, knowing that their time was short, were eager to make for themselves a name, be the methods what they may. But the Ruler of the nations is &#8220;from everlasting.&#8221; His years outnumber all the generations of men. Human tribes come and go; dynasties rise and fall; to him they are like the meteorological changes on an April day. He sits unmoved, the calm Monarch of the universe. His clothing, &#8220;white as snow,&#8221; betokens the immaculate righteousness of his administration. No intelligent being has ever detected the slightest blemish in his just and impartial sway. It is not consistent with his supreme dignity to give an account of his doings to human creatures, but to the extent that our moral judgments can comprehend his acts, we can join with the seraphim in the acclamation, &#8220;Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord God Almighty;&#8221; &#8220;Just and true are thy ways, thou King of saints.&#8221; He is not an indifferent spectator of human affairs. He may be slow to anger, yet is he the more sure to punish. &#8220;His throne was like the fiery flame, and his wheels as burning fire.&#8221; Sin, lust, crime, of every sort, shall be swept from his domains with a fiery besom; yea, all creatures who identify themselves with wickedness. Every force and element in nature is his servant, and a stream of fire issues from his feet. The earth, long stained with shameful crime, shall be purified, and the saints shall emerge from the trial &#8220;as<em> <\/em>gold that has been purified.&#8221; Though long delayed, complete retribution shall in due time come, and the oppressed among the sons of men shall be publicly vindicated and honoured.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>HIS<\/strong> <strong>SPLENDID<\/strong> <strong>RETINUE<\/strong>. His army is not reckoned by thousands, but by myriads, The largest number known to the ancients is put for an indefinite number. Everything that lives and breathes minister unto him. The orders and ranks of unfallen angels are his lieutenants. At a single glance of his eye they fly on fleetest wing to fulfil his Divine behests. One angel, with his invisible sword, scattered and decimated the proud army of Sennacherib. An east wind discomfited Pharaoh&#8217;s host. A few flakes of snow annihilated the regiments of Napoleon. More than once a thunderstorm has defeated the most valiant troops of warriors. The locust, one feeble branch of God&#8217;s military retinue, has chased a whole nation from the field. &#8220;To whom, then, shall we liken God?&#8221; And is not <em>he <\/em>a prodigious fool who challenges God to a contest? &#8220;Let the potsherds strive with the potsherds of the earth; but woe to the man who strives with his Maker!&#8221; Filled with Divine courage, &#8220;one man shall chase a thousand, and two put ten thousand to flight.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>HIS<\/strong> <strong>JUDICIAL<\/strong>. <strong>OCCUPATION<\/strong>. &#8220;The judgment was set.&#8221; This language does not refer <em>exclusively <\/em>to the final and general judgment of mankind. It refers <em>especially <\/em>to a present judgment, and a special adjudication touching the ambitious kings. The activity of God&#8217;s mental judgment is never in suspense. Judicial acts are always proceeding. &#8220;For judgment,&#8221; said Christ, &#8220;I am come into the world.&#8221; Still, it is permitted us to think of state occasions, when public investigations are made, clear proofs of human guilt are adduced, and world-wide approval is given of Divine verdicts. &#8220;The books were opened,&#8221; viz. the volume of Divine Law, clearly read by men; the book of history; the book of memory; the book of conscience. The decision shall not be reached with unseemly haste. The investigation shall <em>proceed <\/em>under the superintendence of Wisdom herself, and her calm decisions can never be called in question.<\/p>\n<p><strong>IV.<\/strong> <strong>HIS<\/strong> <strong>ROYAL<\/strong> <strong>AWARDS<\/strong>. The act of Divine judgment, which was <em>present <\/em>to the view of Daniel, was an act concerning the &#8220;great beast.&#8221; He had been seized by God&#8217;s detectives, and arraigned before the bar of heavenly justice. His last daring act of rebellion was that of speaking proud and defiant words against God. Thus the haughty oppressors of nations boast, &#8220;Our wills are our own: who is Lord over us?&#8221; But their discomfiture will be complete and overwhelming. The beast was slain. Life was withdrawn. Nor this only. His body was destroyed. As he had consumed others, so, by a righteous retribution, he shall be consumed in the burning flame. Lesser penalties are imposed on the other beasts. Further opportunity of amendment is given to some. Dominion is forfeited, but life for a brief season is prolonged. Yet, in this heavenly assize, there are not only wrongs punished; rights are vindicated. <em>Obedience<\/em>,<em> <\/em>excellence, merit, axe commended, are exalted to the highest place. The human monarchs, who abused their sovereign trust, shall be dethronedyea, destroyed; but in their place another shall arisea King of righteousness, a pattern Prince. Instead of savage beasts, there shall be, as King of nations, a Son of mana man fresh from the hands of God. His innate glory shall be partly veiled, &#8220;He came in the clouds of heaven.&#8221; <em>His <\/em>is no usurped authority. He does not take this honour of himself. He professes allegiance to the world&#8217;s Ruler and Judge, and receives the kingdom at the hands of God. &#8220;Angels and principalities and powers&#8221; delight to do him honour; &#8220;they brought him near&#8221; the everlasting Father. The Son of man does not disdain to receive the kingdom from the Creator and Originator of all things. Because of his meekness and righteousness (not because of muscular power and violence)<em> <\/em>the Son of man receives investiture of universal sovereignty. Others, like Alexander and Timour, had aspired to this, but they were not worthy. Real merit shall at length rise to the surface, and reach the topmost place. Before him &#8220;every knee shall bow,&#8221; either attracted by his grace or awed by his power. To him shall appertain, not a kingdom only, but transcendent glory, and dominion born of love. All nations and languages shall ultimately serve him, and his kingdom shall be durable as eternity. Universality and permanency are the indelible marks of Messiah&#8217;s empire.D.<\/p>\n<p><strong><span class='bible'>Dan 7:15-28<\/span><\/strong><\/p>\n<p>Godly obedience the basis of permanent dominion.<\/p>\n<p>Wisdom and righteousness are the qualities of a real king. Daniel, though not ambitious of a material sceptre, yet, by virtue of his weighty influence, swayed the destinies of the Babylonian empire. He ruled by an unpretentious grace.<\/p>\n<p><strong>I.<\/strong> <strong>GOOD<\/strong> <strong>MEN<\/strong> <strong>ARE<\/strong> <strong>MORE<\/strong> <strong>CONCERNED<\/strong> <strong>FOR<\/strong> <strong>GOD<\/strong>&#8216;S <strong>CAUSE<\/strong> <strong>THAN<\/strong> <strong>FOR<\/strong> <strong>ANY<\/strong> <strong>SELF<\/strong>&#8211;<strong>EXALTATION<\/strong>. Daniel was grieved in spirit, not because of personal ill, nor from fear of the lions&#8217; den, but because of the obscurity of the vision; in other words, because of the uncertain fortune of God&#8217;s kingdom. The symbol of the fourth beast seemed to betoken disaster, suffering, yea, even destruction, for the people of God. That under the violence of this unnatural monster the saints of the Most High should be worn out with oppression, and that rude wickedness should prevail; <em>this <\/em>distressed and overwhelmed the heart of Daniel. He lived for one object. His life, from the early days of youth, had been directed towards one endviz, the reversal of Israel&#8217;s over-throwthe restoration of the Hebrews to Canaan. If this end seemed nearer, he was content; if this event was shrouded in doubt, he grieved. In his ease self was repressedkept down. He was consumed with pious zeal for others&#8217; goodfor God&#8217;s honour. Never once do we find him plotting for his own elevation or for his own interests. He did not live for fame. Yet he had it. He thought mainly of God, and God set his thought and care upon him. He had so completely identified himself with God&#8217;s cause on earth, that all his interest and happiness were indissolubly bound up with it. Herein God observed his promise, &#8220;Them that honour me I will honour.&#8221; To him heaven was open. He moved in the society of angels. And, when his mind was enveloped with difficulty, he gladly sought counsel and instruction from one of the heavenly host. A wise man will ever seek to increase his wisdom. He welcomes light from every quarter.<\/p>\n<p><strong>II.<\/strong> <strong>SELF<\/strong>&#8211;<strong>EXALTATION<\/strong> <strong>IS<\/strong> <strong>EVENTUALLY<\/strong> <strong>DOOMED<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> <strong>DESTRUCTION<\/strong>. The nature of man has great possibilities both of elevation and <em>descent. <\/em>He who will be a monarch, be the methods what they may, shall be degraded to the level of a beast. These four human sovereigns are represented by the Spirit of truth as four beasts. They were so rapacious after rule, that, on the road, they did not hesitate to devour much flesh. A thousand, or a myriad, human lives were, in their estimation, <em>nothing<\/em>,<em> <\/em>so long as they could climb to a throne, and see their proud wills obeyed. Yet they were only beasts in the guise of men. They had the tastes, inclinations, ferocity, of brutes. The fourth in the <em>contemptible <\/em>series was so wanton and lustful in his rage, that not one of the wild beasts on earth could fitly represent him. He was a very prodigy of brutality. But empire so gained could not continue. The seeds of decay were sown in it from the beginning. &#8220;They that use the sword shall perish by the sword.&#8221; Their success is but for a momenta vapour, which barely appeareth, and then for ever vanisheth. Who can point us to-day to an earthly throne, which has been founded by military arms, and has endured? Vaulting ambition has always overleaped itself. They that have determined to be rulers, be the <em>cost <\/em>what it may, shall sink into infamyinto the pit of human scorn. &#8220;The judgment <em>shall <\/em>sit.&#8221; A King of all other kings calmly rules, with irresistible sceptre, in a higher sphere; and woe be to the puny tyrant that dares resist <em>his <\/em>will! Jehovah hath &#8220;prepared his throne in the heavens;&#8221; and this is a fundamental principle in his kingdom: &#8220;He that exalteth himself shall be abased.&#8221; They that bite and devour shall be consumed one of another.<\/p>\n<p><strong>III.<\/strong> <strong>LOWLY<\/strong> <strong>GOODNESS<\/strong> <strong>SHALL<\/strong> <strong>RISE<\/strong> <strong>TO<\/strong> A <strong>GLORIOUS<\/strong> <strong>AND<\/strong> <strong>PERMANENT<\/strong> <strong>THRONE<\/strong>. They who sink self shall rise into the possession of a better nature and of a loftier state. To live for others is heroicgod-like. Real goodness thinks little about itselfis blind to its own virtues and charms. It deems others&#8217; merits superior to its own, others&#8217; faults to be less. Its eye is mainly fixed upon the true standard of excellence, and it strains every nerve to reach that. So long as <em>that <\/em>is beyond, unattained, it mourns and grieves. The mark of true saints, in their present state, is not perfection, but consecration. They are God&#8217;s devoted ones&#8221;the sacramental host of his elect.&#8221; Their characteristic mark is loyaltygrowing holiness. They are devoid of personal ambition. If they have crowns thrust upon them, they will place them at once at the service of their Lord. To acquire wisdom, righteousness, love,<em>this <\/em>is their ambitious aim, even to be worthy friends of the King of grace. In process of time they become &#8220;more than conquerors,&#8221; for they acquire a conquest which is permanent and irreversiblea conquest which serves as a vantage-ground for higher conquest yet. Whether the dominion, which the saints of God obtain, is over evil principles, or over living personalities, or over men, may remain an open question. It may very properly be said to include all. It is a dominion over self, over sin, over death, over Satan, yea, over their fellow-men. For, in the nature of firings, in proportion as any man has wisdom, purity, love, he rules with invisible sceptre over other men. Yet, kings and priests though the saints are, they are willing vassals under Christ. He is &#8220;Lord of all.&#8221;D.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Complete Pulpit Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>SECOND (PROPHETIC) DIVISION<\/p>\n<p>Chap. 712<\/p>\n<p>1. <em>The vision of the four world-kingdoms and of the Messianic kingdom<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Daniel 7<\/span><\/p>\n<p>1In the first year of<span class=''>1<\/span> Belshazzar king of Babylon, Daniel had [saw] a dream, and visions of his head upon his bed: then he wrote the dream, <em>and<\/em> told <em>the<\/em> sum of <em>the<\/em> matters.<span class=''>2<\/span><\/p>\n<p>2Daniel spake<span class=''>3<\/span> and said, I saw<span class=''>4<\/span> in my vision by<span class=''>5<\/span> night, and, behold, <em>the<\/em> four winds of the heaven [heavens] strove upon [were <em>rushing to]<\/em> the great sea. 3And four great beasts came up from the sea, diverse one from another<span class=''>6<\/span><\/p>\n<p>4The first <em>was<\/em> like a lion, and had eagles wings: I beheld till<span class=''>7<\/span> <em>the<\/em> wings thereof were plucked, and it was lifted <em>up<\/em> from the earth, and made [to] stand upon 5<em>the<\/em> feet as a man, and a mans heart <em>was<\/em> given to it. And, behold, another beast, a second, like to a bear, and it raised<span class=''>8<\/span> <em>up itself<\/em> [was made to stand] on one side,<span class=''>9<\/span> and it <em>had<\/em> three ribs in <em>the<\/em> mouth of it between <em>the<\/em> teeth of it: and they said thus unto it, Arise, devour much flesh. 6After this I beheld,4 and lo, another, like a leopard, which [and it] had upon <em>the<\/em> back of it four wings of a fowl [bird]: the beast had also four heads; and dominion <em>was<\/em> given to it. 7After this I saw<span class=''>10<\/span> in the night visions, and, behold, a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth:<span class=''>11<\/span> it devoured and brake <em>in pieces<\/em>, and stamped the residue with <em>the<\/em> feet of it: and it <em>was<\/em> diverse from all the beasts 8that <em>were<\/em> before it; and it had ten horns. I considered<span class=''>12<\/span> the horns, and, behold, <em>there<\/em> came up among them another little horn, before whom [and from before it] <em>there<\/em> were three of<span class=''>13<\/span> the first horns plucked up by the roots [were extirpated]: and, behold, in this horn <em>were<\/em> eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great <em>things.<\/em><\/p>\n<p>9I beheld, till7 <em>the<\/em> thrones were cast [set] <em>down<\/em>, and <em>the<\/em> Ancient of days did sit, whose [his] garment <em>was<\/em> white as snow, and <em>the<\/em> hair of his head like <em>the<\/em><span class=''>14<\/span> pure wool: his throne <em>was like the<\/em>13 fiery flame [flames of fire], <em>and<\/em> his wheels <em>as<\/em> burning fire. 10A fiery stream [stream of fire] issued [flowed] and came forth from before him: thousand thousands ministered unto him,<span class=''>15<\/span> and ten thousand times ten thousand stood<span class=''>16<\/span> before him: the judgment was set [did sit], <em>the<\/em> books 11were opened. I beheld4 then, because of the voice of the great words which the horn spake [<em>was<\/em> speaking]; I beheld, <em>even<\/em> till7 the beast was slain, and his 12[its] body destroyed, and given to the burning flame. As concerning [And] <em>the<\/em> rest of the beasts, they had their dominion taken away:<span class=''>17<\/span> yet their lives were prolonged for<span class=''>18<\/span> a season and time.<\/p>\n<p>13I saw4 in the night visions, and, behold, <em>one<\/em> like the Son of man came [was coming] with <em>the<\/em> clouds of heaven [the heavens], and came to [reached] the 14Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him. And <em>there was<\/em> given him [to him <em>was<\/em> given] dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages,<span class=''>19<\/span> should serve<span class=''>20<\/span> him: his dominion <em>is<\/em> an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and his kingdom <em>that<\/em> which shall not be destroyed.<\/p>\n<p>15I Daniel was grieved <em>in<\/em> my spirit [my spirit was grieved] in <em>the<\/em> midst of <em>my<\/em> body [<em>its<\/em> sheath], and the visions of my head troubled<span class=''>21<\/span> me. 16I came near unto<span class=''>22<\/span> one12 of them that stood <em>by<\/em>, and asked him<span class=''>23<\/span> the truth of21 all this. So [And] 17he told me, and made<span class=''>24<\/span> me know <em>the<\/em> interpretation of the things.<span class=''>25<\/span> These great 18beasts, which are<span class=''>26<\/span> four, <em>are<\/em> four kings, <em>which<\/em> shall arise out of the earth. But [And] <em>the<\/em> saints of <em>the Most<\/em> High26 shall take [receive] the kingdom, and possess the kingdom for ever, even for ever and ever.<\/p>\n<p>19Then I would <em>know<\/em> [wished] the truth of21 the fourth beast, which was diverse from all the <em>others<\/em> [of them], exceeding dreadful, whose [its] teeth <em>were of<\/em> iron, and his [its] nails <em>of<\/em> brass; <em>which<\/em> devoured, brake [breaking] <em>in pieces<\/em>, and 20stamped the residue with his [its] feet; and of21 the ten horns that <em>were<\/em> in his [its] head, and <em>of the<\/em> other which came up, and before whom [from before it] three fell; even [and] <em>of<\/em> that horn that [and it] had eyes, and a mouth that spake [speaking] <em>very<\/em> great <em>things<\/em>, whose [and its] look <em>was more<\/em> stout than his 21[its] fellows. I beheld,4 and the same [that] horn made war with <em>the<\/em> saints, and prevailed1 against them; 22until the Ancient of days came, and [the] judgment was given to <em>the<\/em> saints of <em>the Most<\/em> High;26 and the time came [arrived] that [, and] <em>the<\/em> saints possessed the kingdom.<\/p>\n<p>23Thus he said, The fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom<span class=''>27<\/span> upon [the] earth, which shall be diverse from all [the] kingdoms, and shall devour the Whole earth, and shall tread it <em>down<\/em>, and break it <em>in pieces.<\/em> 24And the ten horns out of this<span class=''>28<\/span> kingdom <em>are<\/em> ten kings <em>that<\/em> shall arise: and another shall rise [arise] after them; and he shall be diverse from the<span class=''>29<\/span> first, and he shall subdue [abase] three kings. 25And he shall speak <em>great<\/em> words against the <em>Most<\/em> High, and shall wear out [afflict] <em>the<\/em> saints of <em>the Most<\/em> High,26 and think to change times and laws [law]: and they shall be given <em>into<\/em> his hand, until a time and times and the 26dividing of [half a] time. But [And] the judgment shall [did] sit, and they shall take away his dominion, o consume and to destroy <em>it<\/em> unto the end. 27And the kingdom and [the] dominion, and the greatness of <em>the<\/em> kingdom under the whole heaven [heavens], shall be given to <em>the<\/em> people of <em>the<\/em> saints of <em>the<\/em> <em>Most<\/em> High,<span class=''>30<\/span> whose [his] kingdom <em>is<\/em> an everlasting kingdom, and all [the] dominions shall serve and obey him.<\/p>\n<p>28Hitherto <em>is<\/em> the end of the matter.<span class=''>31<\/span> <em>As for me<\/em><span class=''>32<\/span> Daniel, my cogitations [thoughts] much troubled20 me, and my countenance<span class=''>33<\/span> changed in21 me: but [and] I kept the matter30 in my heart.8<\/p>\n<p><strong>EXEGETICAL REMARKS<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:1<\/span>. <em>Historical introduction.<\/em> <strong>In the first year of Belshazzar;<\/strong> hence, in the first year after the death of Nebuchadnezzar, the father and predecessor of Belshazzar; see on Dan 5:1.<span class=''>34<\/span>This designation of the time seems substantially to have furnished the occasion for renewed reflection on the part of the prophet, bearing upon the former series of prophetical meditations that had been called forth in him by an important event (the dream of Nebuchadnezzar concerning the image of the monarchies, which Daniel interpreted, chap. 2). The idea of the four heathen kingdoms which were to precede the introduction of the Messianic kingdom of Israel, that was announced by the earlier prophets and believed by them to be near, is again brought out comprehensively in this place, with reference to the course observed by those kingdoms toward the theocracy (Kranichfeld). Concerning the chronological parallelism of the series of apocalyptic visions, opened by this new vision of the monarchies, with the series of historical events recorded in the former division of the book, and beginning with chap. 2, see the Introd.,  3.<strong>Daniel had a dream and visions of his head upon his bed.<\/strong> Cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 2:19<\/span>; and with reference to the visions of his head, cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 2:28<\/span>.<strong>Then he wrote the dream<\/strong>, immediately or soon after it transpired; a note intended to strengthen the following statements concerning its nature (cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 12:4<\/span>). This note, however, as the change of person between <span class='bible'>Dan 7:1-2<\/span> indicates, was probably introduced by the author at a later time, in connection with his final revision of the whole book. The closing verse of the chapter, which likewise is merely important as a transitional passage, seems also to be a later addition.<strong>And told the sum of the matters<\/strong>; gave the leading features.  , the sum or substance of the words; cf.  in passages like Lev. 5:24; <span class='bible'>Psa 119:160<\/span>; and also the Talmudic   (<em>Rosh hash.<\/em>, II. 6), and the Gr. , which is employed in this place by the Sept. The sum signifies, of course, the aggregate of all that is of Messianic significance. Cf. Ewald: When it is said that Daniel merely recorded the leading features, or gave a mere summary, of the wonderful visions which he saw, the meaning becomes evident, when it is observed with what freedom the leading outlines of the visions are drawn in the first two turns of the description (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:1-14<\/span>), and are afterward repeated for the purpose of interpretation. All the remaining prophetic sections of the book have the same plan in substance; but whenever it is attempted to record personal experiences and observations in writing, it is advisable to furnish the briefest outline consistent with clearness, on account of the readers, if for no other reason.*<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:2-3<\/span>. <em>The entrance of the four beasts.<\/em> <strong>Daniel spake and said.<\/strong> The incoherence of these words with the statements of <span class='bible'>Dan 7:1<\/span> seems to indicate that they no longer belong (as Kranichfeld believes) to the supplementary note, <span class='bible'>Dan 7:1<\/span>, but that they originally served to introduce the description of the vision.<strong>I saw in my vision by night;<\/strong> , during, by, spoken of synchronous things; cf. Daniel 3:33.<strong>And behold, the four winds of the heavens strove<\/strong> (broke forth) <strong>upon the great sea.<\/strong> Concerning , see on <span class='bible'>Dan 2:31<\/span>.The fourfold number of the winds of the heaven (<em>i.e.<\/em>, the winds blowing from the different quarters of heaven, or, more simply, those blowing <em>under<\/em> heaven; cf. the birds of heaven) has reference, of course, to that of the beasts in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:3<\/span> et seq. It designates all the winds of the world (cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 8:8<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Zec 6:5<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer 49:36<\/span>), and therefore indicates at the outset the universal importance of the following vision. Hence actual winds must be intended, and not <em>angelic potentates<\/em> as Jerome suggests, under reference to <span class='bible'>Deu 32:8<\/span> (Sept.).<span class=''>35<\/span> It is not necessary to ask, in connection with a dream-vision, how all the four winds could arise together; nor how the great sea (<em>i.e.<\/em>, probably the Mediterranean, the ocean of the nations of hither Asia; cf. <span class='bible'>Jos 15:48<\/span>) could enter into the dream of an Israelite who resided from his early youth at Babylon. The sea, as is frequent in prophetic figurative language of the Old Testament, represents the <em>heathen world<\/em> of nations, which unquestionably afforded a striking illustration in every case when they arose in hostility against the theocracy, in order to overwhelm and destroy the constantly-diminishing people of God, as the raging waves of the ocean break upon an insignificant island or coast. Cf. <span class='bible'>Isa 8:7<\/span> et seq.; <span class='bible'>Isa 17:12<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 27:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 57:20<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 46:4<\/span>; also <span class='bible'>Rev 8:8<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 17:15<\/span>; and with reference to the <em>overflowing<\/em> (by hostile forces) see <span class='bible'>Dan 9:26<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 11:10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 11:22<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 11:26<\/span>.  may be properly translated breaking forth <em>upon<\/em> the sea, breaking loose <em>against<\/em> the sea; on , cf. the corresponding Heb. word in <span class='bible'>Job 40:23<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Eze 32:22<\/span>, and also the Syr. and Targum. usage, which principally employs the word to represent the hostile irruption of warlike forces. Less natural is the factitive rendering of the partic, caused the great sea to break forth (Kranichf.), and the reciprocal, by Luther, stormed against each other <em>on<\/em> the great sea (cf. Ewalds swept through the great sea); the prep.  seems not suited to either conception.<span class=''>36<\/span><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:3<\/span>. <strong>And four<\/strong> (excessively) <strong>great beasts came up from the sea.<\/strong> The strengthening of the idea implied in the reduplicated  may be rendered, with Ewald, by monstrous, or by an adverb of comparison prefixed to great, as very, excessively, etc.<span class=''>37<\/span> Kranichfeld is incorrect and interpolating: four ravenous beasts.The rising of the beasts from the sea describes, figuratively, their rising out of the great undefined, and, so to speak, mist-enveloped sea of nations, and their more noticeable entrance into the range of the dreaming prophets vision. There is therefore no allusion to a coming up out of the sea <em>to the land<\/em> (unlike <span class='bible'>Gen 41:2<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Gen 41:18<\/span> et seq.), especially since, in the parallel description in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:17<\/span>, four kings, corresponding to the four beasts, arise out of the earth. [These four fierce beasts arise, not all at once, but, as <span class='bible'>Dan 7:6-7<\/span> teach, one after another (<em>Keil<\/em>).]Concerning the representation of nations or kingdoms under the figure of certain beasts, especially ravenous beasts, monsters (cf. <span class='bible'>Isa 27:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 40:9<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Eze 29:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Eze 32:2<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 68:31<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 74:13<\/span>), see Ewald: It is an ancient habit to regard beasts as symbols of kings and empires; but it first became really significant through the custom of emblazoning them on standards and arms, especially on shields, and also on permanent monuments and works of art, as standing symbols. The most ancient picture-writing in Egypt and Assyria afterward contributed its part to introduce an intimate connection in thought between a figurative creature and a kingdom corresponding to it. It is now known that each of the twelve tribes of Israel bore the figure of an animal on its standard and its coat of arms; and likewise that every representative of a tribe could wear such a symbol, while a king could elevate the symbol of his tribe to the dignity of a national emblem (<em>Geschichte des v. Israel<\/em>, iii. 341, 849). Certain animals, such as the lion, panther, and ox, would naturally be suggested in any case; and others would be chosen by way of contrast. But nowhere would such animal-symbols be likely to become so significant as in the ancient Assyrian empire. This has become the more certain, since the frequent colossal animals scattered among the ruins of Nineveh and other places, which served as symbols of the power and greatness of that empire, <em>i.e.<\/em>, of its kings and gods, have been brought to light. Hence, after Assyria and the other great powers of the ancient world had, from the 8th and 7th centuries B. C, been opposed to the Israelites, whom the latter were continually less and less able to resist, their poets and orators adopted the custom of designating them on proper occasions by such symbols, <em>e. g.<\/em>, Assyria as a lion or as a reed-beast, and Egypt as a crocodile or dragon. As a consequence, it is comprehensible why animals were chosen here and in chapters 7 and 8 as symbols of the great monarchies beginning with the Assyrio-Chaldan, although these animals are selected independently, because an entirely new conception is here introduced. Since an increased spiritual significance was attributed to animals as the emblems of kingdoms, it would become possible for the imagination to extend such figures beyond the realm of actual creation, and to construct ideal forms; but our author clearly avoids the use of wholly imaginary animals for this purpose, as being inappropriate. His object is here to represent in a more striking and impressive manner the four successive changes of the great world-kingdom described in chap. 2 under the figure of a monstrous human image, which t afforded but faint analogies; and for this purpose he selects four wild beasts, which differ among themselves respectively, and which over-come each other in succession.<strong>Diverse<\/strong> one from another, for the reason that they represented distinct kingdoms, which differed from each other respectively, and were peculiarly constituted in respect to their national character and their political tendencies. These distinctions are now to be brought out as clearly and prominently as possible, thus indicating a different purpose from that connected with the image of the monarchies, which was chiefly designed to represent the perpetuation of the same heathen world-power throughout the four successive phases of its development.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:4-8<\/span>. <em>More detailed description of the four beasts, and especially of the fourth.<\/em> <strong>The first was like a lion and had eagles wings.<\/strong> The emblem of a wonderful beast so constituted might be chosen with propriety to represent the Chaldan, or, if it be preferred, the Assyrio-Chaldan world-power (cf. supra, Eth.-fund. principles, etc., on chap. 2), since the winged lions with human heads recovered at Nimrud (Layard, <em>Nineveh and Babylon<\/em>, p. 348) and also the similar images of winged animals at Babylon (Mnter, <em>Religion der Babylonier<\/em>, pp. 98, 139) were doubtless designed as symbols of the power and glory of that empire or of its rulers. In addition, the description of Nebuchadnezzar as a lion in strength and an eagle in swiftness was familiar to his contemporaries, as may be seen on the one hand, in <span class='bible'>Jer 4:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer 49:19<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer. 1:17<\/span>, 44; on the other, in <span class='bible'>Jer 49:22<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Lam 4:19<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Hab 1:8<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Eze 17:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Eze 17:12<\/span>. Moreover, the rank of the lion as the king of beasts, and of the eagle as the king of birds, corresponds to that of gold, the most precious of metals, which had been in chap. 2 the symbol of the first world-kingdom. As in that instance (Daniel 7:38) the king was identified with his realm, and therefore was regarded as its representative, so here the fate of the first world-kingdom is illustrated by various traits taken from the history of Nebuchadnezzar in chap. 4<strong>I beheld till the wings thereof were plucked<\/strong>, <em>i.e.<\/em>, until its power and unrestrained motion were taken from it; cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 4:28<\/span> et seq.<strong>And it was lifted up from the earth<\/strong>, to which, after being deprived of its wings, it had been confined; compare <span class='bible'>Dan 4:30<\/span> with <span class='bible'>Dan 4:33<\/span>. The words, therefore, as well as those which follow, relate to the restoration from a state of beastly degradation to the upright posture and free dignity of man. Others, as Jerome, Theodoret, Rashi, Bertholdt, Hitzig, etc., render it, and it was taken away from the earth, as if the sentence implied the destruction of the Chaldan world-power; but neither its connection with the following context, nor the usual meaning of  to raise up, elevate,cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 4:31<\/span> and the corresponding Heb. verb, <span class='bible'>Gen 21:18<\/span>will justify this reading.<strong>And made<\/strong> (to) <strong>stand upon the feet as a man;<\/strong> cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 4:13<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 4:31<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 4:33<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 5:21<\/span>. Notice the suffixless   upon two feet, instead of on <em>its<\/em> two feet, which (corresponding with <span class='bible'>2Ki 13:21<\/span>) would have been employed if the description had from the first referred to Nebuchadnezzar in person. [The phrase does not mean that the whole beast was lifted up into the air, but that it stood upon its hinder legs, taking the upright position of a man. The purpose of this is explained more fully by the clause that follows. is a Hebraizing <em>dual<\/em> form, only found in Biblical Chaldee.<strong>The heart of a man was given to it<\/strong>, <em>i.e.<\/em>, (in connection with the preceding clause), not only did it take the outward position of a man, but also, partook of his internal mind and feelings. I understand the design here to be to characterize the greater moderation and humanity which the Babylonian dominion exhibited after Nebuchadnezzars malady and restoration, or, to use the language of the prophet, after its wings were plucked.<em>Stuart.<\/em>]See Hitzig on this passage, with reference to the at times venturous explanations offered by exegetes who deny its relation to chap. 4 in any way whatever (<em>e.g.<\/em>, Bertholdt: The writer designed to indicate in this place that <em>human<\/em> empires are symbolized; J. D. Michaelis, Dereser: The civilizing of the formerly barbarous Chaldns, which was reserved until the Babylonian period, was to be described; Jerome, Rashi, Ibn-Ezra, etc.: The standing upon two feet of the hitherto four-footed beast was to symbolize the humiliation of the Chaldans on the overthrow of their supremacy; etc., etc.).<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:5<\/span>. <strong>And behold another beast, a second, like to a bear.<\/strong>  is the more extended,  the more definite idea; the former only is repeated in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:6<\/span>, and the latter in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:7<\/span>. The bear, considered as being second only to the lion in point of strength and savage disposition, is frequently mentioned in close connection with the latter; <em>e.g.<\/em>, <span class='bible'>1Sa 17:34<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Pro 28:15<\/span> (cf. Dan 17:12); Wis 11:17.<strong>And it raised up itself on one side;<\/strong> or even, it stood leaning to one side (Hitzig), as it is to be rendered on the authority of the reading , side (for which several MSS. substitute the usual Aram, form . The common reading  would require to be regarded as synonymous with the Heb. , dominion (<span class='bible'>Job 38:33<\/span>), but would thus lead to the vapid sense, and it raised up one dominion, which is opposed by the context, and is questionable in every respect. This meaning, however, has recently been unsuccessfully advocated by Kranichfeld, who refers to the erection of a Median empire on the ruins of the Babylonian. Most expositors regard it correctly as indicating a <em>leaning<\/em> posture of the beast, an inclination to one side. Such a posture would naturally suggest a tendency to fall, an unsteady, vaccillating character of the monarchy in question, verging upon ruinand thus it has been interpreted by the Sept., Theodot., the Syr., and by many moderns, as Hitzig, Ewald, Kamphausen, etc., who find here a reference to the weakness and brief duration of the <em>Median<\/em> supremacy, which soon gave way to that of the Persians. The context, however, requires that a strong kingdom, animated with a lust for conquestor, in the figurative language of the text, a voracious kingdomshould be understood, to which the words arise, devour much flesh, are not spoken ironically and uselessly. For this reason we must suppose (with Hvernick; cf. also Bertholdt, Von Lengerke, and Maurer) that the beast inclined <em>forward, i.e.<\/em>, that it was prepared to spring and to attack; and this threatening, rapacious, and warlike posture of the beast shows clearly that not the weak and short-lived Median kingdom, but the powerful empire of the Medo-Persians. with its greed for lands and conquest, is intended.<strong><span class=''>38<\/span><\/strong><strong>And it had three ribs in the mouth of it between the teeth of it<\/strong>.   evidently designates a prey that has already been seized by the beast, and which it is preparing finally to devour (cf. Num. 11:38; <span class='bible'>Zec 9:7<\/span>), and not (as Saadia, Bertholdt, and Hvernick suppose) parts of its own body, such as three <em>molar teeth<\/em>an interpretation which  nowhere bears. The three states, or even cities, which became the prey of the Persian empire as symbolized by the three ribs, an hardly be specified; perhaps three is used merely as a round and indefinite number. If, however, it is attempted to designate them more particularly, it will certainly be more appropriate to conceive of three countries, <em>e.g.<\/em>, Babylon, Egypt, and Lydia (or, instead of the latter, Palestine, including Syria), which were conquered by the Medes or Medo-Persians (with De Wette), than (with Hitzig) to think of the three great Assyrian cities on the Tigris, Nineveh, Calah, and Resen,or Nineveh, Mespila (?), and Larissa, which, according to Xenophon, <em>Anab.<\/em>, <span class='bible'>Dan 3:4<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 3:10<\/span>, the Medes are said to have destroyed (cf. <span class='bible'>Gen 10:12<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jon 3:1<\/span> et seq.).<strong>And they said thus unto it, Arise, devour much flesh.<\/strong> These words evidently refer to something in the history of the Median empire, that is subsequent to the devouring of the three ribs, and therefore to the later wars of that state for conquest and plunder, which followed after the subjugation of the three neighboring kingdoms. This clearly indicates that the beast described in this connection does not represent Media only, but the united Medo-Persian empire (against Ewald, Kranichfeld, etc., and also against Hitzig, who applies this command to devour much flesh to the overthrow of the Chaldan empire by the Medes, which he believes to have preceded the destruction of the three cities on the Tigris). The direction to devour much flesh is, however, an appropriate feature in the description of the voracity of this  ; cf. <span class='bible'>Mic 3:2-3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 9:11<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer 50:17<\/span>. The speakers who are implied (, as in <span class='bible'>Dan 3:4<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 4:28<\/span>) are the angelic powers of God, who govern the world and especially watch over and guide the fortunes of the great world-powers.<span class=''>39<\/span><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:6<\/span><strong>. After this I beheld, and lo another, like a leopard, which had upon the back of it four wings of<\/strong> (or like) a <strong>fowl.<\/strong> Ewald observes, with entire correctness: This beast is already distinguished from the other in being less one-sided, and in having four wings of a bird<em>i.e.<\/em>, such as are large and capable of carrying it swiftly to any placeon its back. [It moves, however, not so royally as Nebuchadnezzarfor the panther has not eagles wings but only the wings of a fowlyet extending to all the regions of the earth (Keil).] Hence it can move with ease and freedom towards either of the four regions of the world, and therefore, in a sense, it possesses all the four regions of the world, <em>i.e.<\/em>, it is in the full sense a world-kingdom. Cf. Kranichfeld also: The flashing swiftness of movement, the   (<span class='bible'>Hab 1:8<\/span>), which is here specially indicated by four wings of a fowl on the back of it, <em>i.e.<\/em>, in a condition for flying, is regarded as characteristic of this beast (the leopard) while lurking for its prey (<span class='bible'>Jer 5:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Hos 13:7<\/span>). Compared with the clearness and correctness of this interpretation there seems to be a strange lack of motive for the refusal of the two scholars to apply it to that world-kingdom, which more than any other was remarkable for its extension by leaps of panther-like swiftness, and by the lightning-like rapidity of its rise and fallnamely, the Macedonian empire of Alex, the Gr. Cf. the remark of Hitzig: The special rapidity of the Persian movements to war and victory cannot be historically establishedcertainly a correct remark, but one which ought not to have decided its author, who was likewise an opponent of the Macedonian hypothesis, to regard the four wings in this instance, not as symbols of rapid movement, but as an emblem of the far-reaching protecting royal power from above (after <span class='bible'>Lam 4:20<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 36:8<\/span>).<strong>The beast had also four heads<\/strong>, <em>i.e.<\/em>, it extended its dominion in the four quarters of the earth, and governed the whole world. The words which follow, and dominion was given unto it, are probably merely epexegetical of this symbolical description, in which the four heads have the same significance as the pushing of the ram towards the four quarters of the heavens in <span class='bible'>Dan 8:4<\/span>, or as the four faces of the cherubs which looked towards the four quarters of the earth in <span class='bible'>Eze 1:10<\/span> et seq. If it is desired to interpret the four heads more closely, they may be taken to represent the four principal divisions or aggregates of countries which the empire of Alexander embraced (cf. Hvernick on this passage), <em>e.g.<\/em>, Greece, Western Asia, Egypt, and Persia (including India). This is less arbitrary, at least, than the opinion of Jerome, that the heads represented the four leading generals of Alexander, viz.: Ptolemy, Seleucus, Philip, and Antigonus, or than the favorite assumption of many moderns after Von Lengerke (<em>e.g.<\/em>, Hitzig, Ewald, Kamphausen, etc.), that the author represents the four earliest Persian kings, from Cyrus to Xerxes, who alone were known to him as the four heads of the leopard. The advocates of the latter opinion refer for support to <span class='bible'>Dan 11:2<\/span>, which passage, however, does not even imply that Daniel knew of but four kings of Persia (see on that passage), to say nothing of its affording no proof whatever that the present passage is concerned with <em>any<\/em> Persian kings. Our apocalyptist does not represent kings by heads, but by horns (see <span class='bible'>Dan 7:8<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 7:24<\/span> et seq.); a feature which recurs in the apocalypse of St. John, where the ten horns of the beast (<span class='bible'>Rev 17:13<\/span>) symbolize ten kings, while the seven heads indicate seven mountains. This analogy seems to favor the view of Hvernick, which assumes that the four heads represent the four principal sections of the world-kingdom in question, but of course without demonstrating its correctness.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:7<\/span>. <strong>After this I saw in the night visions, and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly.<\/strong> Observe the solemn minuteness with which the fourth beast is introduced, and also the description as both dreadful and terrible,  ; cf. Chr. B. Michaelis: <em>Jung-untur duo synonyma, ad intendendum rem signi-ficatam, ut hc bestia non vulgariter, sed supra modum horribilis apparuisse videatur.<\/em><span class=''>40<\/span><strong>And it had great iron teeth.<\/strong> Iron is mentioned as signifying firmness and incisive sharpness (cf. <span class='bible'>Jer 15:12<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mic 4:13<\/span>), while the teeth symbolize its lust of conquest (cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 7:5<\/span>).<strong>It devoured and brake in pieces and stamped the residue with the feet of it<\/strong>. Unlike the other beasts, it was not content with simply securing its prey, but, rejoicing in destruction, it stamped with its feet what it could not devour. This description evidently does not indicate that the conquests of the fourth world-kingdom were more extensive than those of its predecessors, but merely that its course was more devastating and destructive. This obviously alludes to the description of the legs of iron and clay (the organs employed in treading and stamping), which belonged to the colossus in chap. 2, and corresponds fully to the actual character of the empires of the Macedonian Diadochi, and particularly that of the Seleucid. Cf. Kranichfeld: It is generally acknowledged that the description of the fourth beast agrees in its leading features with that of the fourth kingdom in <span class='bible'>Dan 2:40<\/span>; especially in regard to its rage for destruction, which crushed without pity and trode everything under foot. Even the iron, the medium of destruction in <span class='bible'>Dan 2:23<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 2:40<\/span>, returns here in the large teeth of the monster. The terrible appearance of the colossus resulted primarily from its fourth constituent part, and corresponding to this, the qualities which produce a terrible appearance are here expressly connected with the form of the fourth beast.<strong>And it was diverse from all the beasts before it<\/strong>. This does not assert that it combined in itself all that was prominent in the three former beasts, the lion, bear, and leopard respectively (Jerome, Hvernick, et al., under comparison with <span class='bible'>Rev 13:2<\/span>), but merely that it differed from them all, and displayed its nature in a way that could not be realized by a comparison with the lion, the bear, or the leopard. This difference of the fourth beast from all the others is chiefly suggestive of the <em>fragmentary<\/em> and <em>divided<\/em> character of the fourth world-kingdom, and consequently alludes to the composition of the feet of the colossus out of intermingled iron and clay.<span class=''>41<\/span> The opinion of Hvernick and other advocates of the theory which regards the Roman empire as the fourth world-kingdom, that this description indicates the contrast between the character of that empire and that of the Oriental-Hellenistic monarchies which preceded it, is entirely too far-fetched; but that of Hitzig is no less so, when, in the support of his theory that the fourth beast represents Alexander the Great, he asserts that the contrast between the Hellenistic and the Oriental rule is here indicateda contrast that was far greater than that between Rome and the world-kingdoms which preceded it.<strong>And it had ten horns.<\/strong> According to <span class='bible'>Dan 7:24<\/span> these ten horns represent ten kings. Unlike ordinary animals, which have two horns, this monster representing the fourth world-kingdom has ten, being so many symbols of warlike power and dominion (cf. Deu 33:17; <span class='bible'>1Sa 2:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>1Sa 2:10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 18:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Job 16:15<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mic 4:13<\/span>, etc.). The number ten is hardly to be strained, in this connection, to represent ten specified kings; but like the number four in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:6<\/span>, it is rather to be taken in a <em>symbolic<\/em> sense, and to be regarded as indicating a multiplicity of rulers, or an indefinitely large number of kingsin harmony with the usual significance of the number, both in the Scriptures and elsewhere, as the symbol of earthly perfection.<span class=''>42<\/span> Kranichfeld observes correctly, It is clearly not in the nature of the prophetic idea, that the number ten, in addition to the value which it thus has for the writer, should be capable of being demonstrated on the analogy of ordinary numerals, in the realization of the picture of the future. The notes on chap. 11 will show that in the more detailed description of the development of the fourth world-power in that place, there is by no means an exact enumeration of ten kings on the throne of the Seleucid.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:8<\/span>. <strong>And behold, there came up among them another little horn.<\/strong> Concerning  and its relation to the succeeding modifying predicate, see supra, on <span class='bible'>Dan 7:5<\/span>.The prophet observes the rising or springing up of this little horn, the eleventh one, as taking place between the ten which already existed (notice the idea of <em>continued<\/em> observation, so to speak, of <em>being lost<\/em> in observation, which is indicated by the expression  , I was engaged in considering, in observing). The smallness of the new horn in this case, as in the parallel <span class='bible'>Dan 8:9<\/span>, refers merely to its original state, not to its later appearance when fully grown; for, according to <span class='bible'>Dan 7:20<\/span>, it was then greater than any of the other horns. Concerning the reading , instead of , see Hitzig on this passage.<strong>Before<\/strong> (or by) <strong>whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots;<\/strong> <em>i.e.<\/em>, it grew so strongly, and through its growth exercised so disturbing an influence upon its neighbors, that three of them were uprooted and wholly destroyed. Here also the definite number three is hardly to be strained to signify precisely three kings, who were overthrown by the monarch represented by the eleventh horn.<span class=''>43<\/span> The prophecy certainly had its more immediate Messianic fulfilment in the manner in which Antiochus Epiphanes rose from his originally obscure condition to the throne of the Seleucid, by removing two or perhaps three of his rivals (see infra); but from the prophets point of view, involving substantially a merely ideal, or, more correctly, a dream-like indefinite view of the future, the idea of precisely this personage in future history, and of the political conjunctures preceding his accession to the throne, was assuredly excluded.<strong>And behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of a man.<\/strong> Eyes like those of a man, human eyes (therefore <em>two<\/em> in number, despite the plural , which is probably substituted for the dual for euphonic reasons merely, and by virtue of a usage that is frequent in the chaldee), are borne by the horn in token that it represents a <em>man<\/em>,<span class=''>44<\/span> and, moreover, a wise, judicious man; for here as elsewhere (<em>e.g.<\/em>, <span class='bible'>Eze 1:18<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Eze 10:12<\/span>) eyes are the symbol of understanding; cf. , to look at, understand.<strong>And a mouth speaking great (or proud) things;<\/strong> a farther indication of the <em>human<\/em> nature and character of the historical personage prefigured by the horn.  , properly, speaking great or monstrous things; cf. supra, on <span class='bible'>Dan 7:3<\/span>, and also infra, <span class='bible'>Dan 7:11<\/span>; also the Heb.  , <span class='bible'>Psa 12:4<\/span>. The interpretation in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:25<\/span> shows that blasphemies are meant by this speaking of great things; cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 11:36<\/span>; Rev 13:5.<span class=''>45<\/span><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:9-12<\/span>. <em>The Divine judgment upon the world-powers.<\/em> <strong>I beheld<\/strong> (such things) <strong>till the thrones were cast down<\/strong> (or set) The <strong>A. V.<\/strong> is literal (). The chairs of the Orientals consist of cushions, which are not <em>set<\/em> down, but laid down, and, in case of haste, are <em>cast<\/em> down; cf. , <span class='bible'>Rev 4:2<\/span>. The place where the thrones are set is not in heaven, for according to <span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span> the Son of man descends to it from heaven; nor is it on the earth, but, as in <span class='bible'>Dan 12:7<\/span>, a locality intervening between heaven and earth. [Seats, not merely a throne for God the judge, but a number of seats for the assembly sitting in judgment with God. That assembly consists neither of the elders of Israel (Rabbins), nor of glorified men (Hengstenb. on <span class='bible'>Rev 4:4<\/span>), but of angels (<span class='bible'>Psa 89:8<\/span>), who are to be distinguished from the thousands and tens of thousands mentioned in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:10<\/span>, for those do not sit upon thrones, but stand before God as servants to fulfil his commands and execute His judgments (Keil).]<strong>And the<\/strong> (an) <strong>Ancient of days did sit;<\/strong> viz., on his throne, in order to preside at the judgment; cf. <span class='bible'>Psa 9:5<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 29:10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 28:6<\/span>. The Ancient of days ( ), <em>i.e.<\/em>, the aged in days ( , Sus. 52), is doubtless the God of Israel, the same as the Most High, <span class='bible'>Dan 7:25<\/span>, who was blasphemed by the little horn. He is described as the Ancient of days, probably not by way of comparison with the <em>younger<\/em> associated judges, nor yet with the blasphemous upstart, the little horn (Kranichfeld), but in comparison with the more recent gods of the heathen; cf. <span class='bible'>Deu 32:17<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer 23:23<\/span>. This predicate therefore refers to that attribute of the God of the Old Covenant, which is designated in such expressions as  , <span class='bible'>Deu 33:27<\/span>,  , <span class='bible'>Psa 55:20<\/span>;   , <span class='bible'>1Ti 1:17<\/span>; (    ,) <span class='bible'>Rev 1:17<\/span> (cf. <span class='bible'>Isa 44:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 48:12<\/span>). He, who from primitive times has proven Himself a powerful judge, assumes the form of venerable age, in order to beget the confidence that He possesses the wisdom and power to bring the blasphemer to judgment.<strong>His garment was white as snow;<\/strong> thus correctly Theodot., Vulg., Hitzig, under comparison with <span class='bible'>Mar 9:3<\/span>, but conflicting with the Masoretic accentuation, which requires as the white snow The white color of the garment is probably not designed to increase the impression of awful majesty (Kranichf.), but to symbolize the <em>purity<\/em> and <em>innocence<\/em> of the judge. He appears, so to speak, robed in the  of the righteous judge; cf. <span class='bible'>Isa 59:17<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Job 29:4<\/span>; <span class='bible'>2Ch 19:7<\/span>, and also the passages which mention the light, the symbol of <em>holiness<\/em>, as the garment of God, <em>e.g.<\/em>, <span class='bible'>Eze 1:26<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 104:2<\/span>; <span class='bible'>1Ti 6:16<\/span>.<strong>And the hair of his head like the pure wool<\/strong>, hence, likewise as white as snow, as in the case of a venerable sage. Cf. the parallelism of snow and wool in passages like <span class='bible'>Isa 1:16<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 147:16<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 1:14<\/span>.<strong>His throne like the fiery flame;<\/strong> flashing like flaming fire, and apparently composed of it. The mention of the fiery appearance of the throne of God, does not of itself convey the conception of flaming vengeance on the part of the strict judge (<span class='bible'>Deu 4:24<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Deu 9:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Deu 32:22<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Heb 12:29<\/span>, etc.); for He frequently appears surrounded by fire in cases where His judicial character is not involved, <em>e.g.<\/em>, <span class='bible'>Gen 15:17<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Exo 3:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 18:9<\/span>, etc. In the present instance, however, the judicial significance of the fire that emanates from God is clearly established by the connection, as in <span class='bible'>Exo 19:16<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Exo 20:15<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 50:3<\/span> et seq. (against Hitzig and Von Lengerke).<strong>His wheels as burning fire.<\/strong> The throne of the universal judge is therefore mounted on wheels (cf. the cherubic chariot, <span class='bible'>Eze 1:12<\/span> et seq.; <span class='bible'>Dan 10:13<\/span> et seq.; <span class='bible'>Psa 77:19<\/span>), whose swift revolutions are encompassed with flashing fire. This description of the Divine throne of judgment as mounted upon wheels leads Kranichfeld to the incongruous opinion that the casting down of the thrones was accompanied with noise (!).<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:10<\/span>. <strong>A fiery stream issued and came forth from him;<\/strong> <em>i.e.<\/em>, from the Divine Judge, not from His throne; for the  of the first sentence can hardly be construed with a different object from that of the second, which clearly relates to God. Nevertheless both the author of the book of Enoch (Enoch14:19) and the writer of the Apocalypse (<span class='bible'>Dan 4:9<\/span>) represent the fiery stream as issuing from the <em>throne<\/em>, in the descriptions copied by them from this passage. Ewald interprets the stream of fire as a stream of light, and arbitrarily makes it the symbol of the <em>speech<\/em> which issues from God, that is, of His <em>command<\/em> to begin the judgment (in support of which he appeals to <span class='bible'>Dan 2:15<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 6:27<\/span>, etc., whose character is entirely different). Hitzig is no less arbitrary when he remarks that the stream must be conceived as flowing evenly over a smooth bottom (hence like liquid glowing lava!), and as constituting the floor for the entire scene of the judicial procedure, since without this the whole apparition would float in the air without supportan empty fancy, which the prophets language in no wise favors.<span class=''>46<\/span><strong>Thousand thousands ministered unto him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him<\/strong>. The imperfect tense of the verbs indicates that a readiness to serve existed in the thousands as a constant and enduring quality. Concerning to stand before one as synonymous with to serve, cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 1:4<\/span>.In relation to the plural ending in , which the Keri rejects as a Hebraism, cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 4:14<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Ezr 4:3<\/span>.The Kethib  (the plural of ) immediately following is likewise to be retained, in opposition to the Hebraizing Keri , Hitzigs suggestion, however, to write  (on the analogy of the corresponding Syr. word) instead of  is unnecessary.The thousand thousands and ten thousand times ten thousand are of course a host of ministering angels, which, standing in a wide circle, surrounds the council of the judges who are <em>seated<\/em> beside God (these are angels of a superior order, or perhaps elders, cf. <span class='bible'>Rev 4:4<\/span>). Cf. <span class='bible'>Deu 33:2<\/span>; <span class='bible'>1Ki 22:19<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Neh 9:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 68:18<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 103:20<\/span> et seq., and also the mention of the angelic hosts in <span class='bible'>Gen 32:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>2Ki 6:17<\/span>, etc. The <span class='bible'>numbers 1,000<\/span> and 10,000 are not to be regarded as definite; they indicate, in a symbolic manner, the impression of an innumerable multitude which was made on the prophet in his dream-vision, while he was naturally in no condition to overlook the whole of this immense host, to say nothing of counting its numbers exactly; cf. <span class='bible'>Psa 68:18<\/span>; Psa 91:7.<span class=''>47<\/span><strong>The judgment was set.<\/strong>  is properly an abstract word, signifying judgment; here used concretely to designate the judicial conclave composed of the superior angelsthe angelic princes or archangels (cf. <span class='bible'>Jos 5:14<\/span>; Tob 12:15, etc.); cf. the analogous use of <em>judicium<\/em> in the concrete by Cicero, <em>Verr.<\/em>, II. 18. Since chairs indeed were mentioned in the foregoing (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:9<\/span> <em>a<\/em>), but nothing was said about the judges taking their seats, we must find it indicated in this place, and it is therefore not necessary to explain, with Dathe and Kranichfeld, that He seated Himself in judgment (the Ancient of days), as if this were merely a repetition of  in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:9<\/span> (similarly also Syrus, who read  instead of , and therefore renders it, the judge seated himself).<strong>And the books were opened;<\/strong> the books of record, in which the good and bad deeds of men were recorded, that they may serve as a basis of the sentence to be pronounced upon men by God, the heavenly judge. Cf. <span class='bible'>Rev 20:12<\/span>, as well as the frequent mention of the book of life in which the names of the heirs of celestial glory, who have been reconciled to God, are inserted,in <span class='bible'>Exo 32:32<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 69:29<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 4:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 12:1<\/span> (see on that passage); <span class='bible'>Luk 10:20<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Php 4:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 3:5<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 20:15<\/span>; also the book of remembrance, in which God records the sufferings of His faithful servants, which is noticed in <span class='bible'>Psa 56:9<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mal 3:16<\/span>, etc.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:11<\/span>. <strong>I beheld then, because of the voice of great words which the horn spakeI beheld even till the beast was slain.<\/strong> An anacoluthon, in the second   repeats the first, which was separated from  by the accent, but gives a somewhat different turn to the thought; cf. the similar constructions in <span class='bible'>Jer 20:5<\/span>; Rev 12:9; <span class='bible'>1M<\/span><span class='bible'>a 1:1<\/span>.  , till that, indicates a protracted trial, which ends with the destruction of the beast, <em>i.e.<\/em>, with the judicial execution of the God-opposed world-power. The little horn, representing the last anti-christian king of the fourth monarchy, who brings ruin upon his whole empire by his insolent rebellion against the Most High, is designated as the cause for this destruction.<strong>And his body destroyed, and given to the burning flame;<\/strong> rather, and given for burning to the flame. The latter of these expressions illustrates the former; the destroying of the body of the beast, <em>i.e.<\/em>, of the entire edifice of anti-christian national power, is effected by burning, which burning (= Heb.  in <span class='bible'>Isa 64:10<\/span>) is of course to be taken figuratively, as in <span class='bible'>Isa 9:4<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 66:24<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 19:20<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 20:10<\/span>; and the fiery nature of the Divine Judge of the world, as described in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:9<\/span>, unquestionably stands in a causal relation to the kindling of this devouring fire of judgment; cf. <span class='bible'>Isa 10:17<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 30:27<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Zep 1:18<\/span>, etc.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:12<\/span>. <strong>The rest of the beasts, they had their dominion taken away;<\/strong> rather, and the power of the rest of the beasts was also taken away. The subjects of  are the celestial powers, as in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:5<\/span>. Since the dominion of the three earlier beasts was destroyed before the rise of the fourth, so far at least as it was a dominion over the world in the proper sense, and since it does not seem admissible to take  in the sense of the pluperfect, thus explaining the passage as a mere supplementary note (against Ephraem, Polychron., Kamphausen, C. B. Michaelis, etc.), the judgment inflicted on the rest of the beasts together with that visited on the fourth must be understood to signify that <em>utter destruction of the heathen world-powers which subjects the remnants of all the four world-kingdoms to the new all-embracing Messianic dominion, and incorporates them in its realm;<\/em> for as the characteristic expression  , the rest of the beasts (instead of   or  , <span class='bible'>Dan 7:7<\/span> <em>b<\/em>) indicates, certain fragments or remnants of the three former world-kingdoms are conceived of as continuing to exist beside the fourth, and as being involved in its destruction. The fall of the three earlier world-kingdoms is not regarded as complete by the prophet, inasmuch as larger or smaller portions of them continue to exist beside the lastperhaps temporarily incorporated into it as provinces, but not on that account assimilated to ituntil the Messianic judgment involves them in a common destruction. That he refers only to such remnants, and not to <em>new<\/em> kingdoms essentially distinct from the former world-monarchies (as J. D. Michaelis, Von Lengerke, Hitzig, Ewald, etc., suppose), is evident (1) from the parallel description in chap. 2, where the destruction of the four constituent parts of the colossus results at the last and in the same moment through the agency of the stone which rolls from the mountain (see Daniel 7:34 et seq., and especially Daniel 7:44); (2) from the later parallel, <span class='bible'>Dan 8:4<\/span>, where all the beasts () with whom the Persian ram contends, are likewise only the constituent parts into which the latest world-kingdom had dissolved, and which are all overthrown and subjugated by the new dynasty (see on that passage, and compare Kranichfelds remarks on this place, p. 265 et seq., which are certainly correct).<strong>Yet their lives were prolonged for a season and time;<\/strong> rather, for the duration of their life was fixed, to the season and time. This time (, identical with , <span class='bible'>Dan 7:22<\/span>, according to the correct opinion of Von Lengerke, Kranichfeld, etc.) has come, so far as the seer is concerned, with the judgment of the fourth beast and of the remnants of the other beasts, which has just been described. The duration of their lives ( , properly respite, prolongation of life) finds its unalterable <em>terminus ad quem<\/em> in this period of Messianic judgment, beyond which, indeed, the various nations (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:14<\/span>) continue to exist, but not the <em>heathen world powers<\/em> formerly composed of them. Concerning   Heb.= ) see on <span class='bible'>Dan 2:21<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:13-14<\/span>. <em>The erection of Messiahs kingdom.<\/em> <strong>I saw in the night visions, and behold;<\/strong> again a solemn and circumstantial introduction, like that preceding the description of the fourth beast in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:7<\/span>. Cf. the minuteness with which the prophet dwelt on the description of the fourth world-power, and of the Messianic judgment which came upon it, in <span class='bible'>Dan 2:40<\/span> et seq.(One) <strong>like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven;<\/strong> literally, with the clouds of heaven (one) coming like a Son of man ( ). The subject is omitted, and must be rendered indefinitely by one, as in <span class='bible'>Dan 8:15<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 10:16<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 10:18<\/span>. <em>With<\/em> the clouds of heaven, <em>i.e.<\/em>, together with them (<span class='bible'>Rev 1:7<\/span>), and therefore <em>in<\/em> them (<span class='bible'>Mar 13:26<\/span>) or <em>upon<\/em> them,    (<span class='bible'>Mat 24:30<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat 26:64<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 14:14<\/span>). As the Messiah here comes to God upon the clouds of heaven and stands before Him, so God Himself rides, in poetical and prophetic descriptions elsewhere, upon the clouds as His celestial chariot, cf. <span class='bible'>Psa 104:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer 4:13<\/span>; also <span class='bible'>Psa 18:10-18<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 97:2-4<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Nah 1:3<\/span> et seq.; <span class='bible'>Isa 19:1<\/span> (cf. <span class='bible'>Isa 14:14<\/span>). , son of a man, son of man, is a simple circumlocution to express the idea man, which is found also in the Syr. and the Targums; and therefore = the Heb.  or , or which the Heb. also occasionally substitutes  or  (see <span class='bible'>Psa 8:5<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 144:3<\/span>; and infra, <span class='bible'>Dan 8:17<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 10:16<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 10:18<\/span>). This combination serves to specially point out an organic connection with or membership in the human race. The personage whom Daniel saw coming with the clouds of heaven had the appearance, therefore, of being one of the human racea man. The mention of the human appearance of the apparition certainly does not aim at contrasting it with the forms of the beasts before described (as Hofmann supposes, <em>Weissagung und Erfllung<\/em>, I. 290); for these have passed from the prophets vision in consequence of their destruction, which has already transpired (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:11-12<\/span>). The comparison with the human form of Him who comes with the clouds, which, although not expressed, is certainly implied, is to be found in the <em>super human<\/em>hence the <em>Divine<\/em>, or at least <em>angelic<\/em>form, which the seer would naturally expect to behold in these exalted scenes (see Ewald on this passage). That he should observe a form similar to that of man, shining through the clouds, instead of a terrifying apparition that blinds and confuses his senses, produces on him an impression of wonder, but also of pleasure. Cf. Kranichfeld: The case here is different from that of <span class='bible'>Dan 3:25<\/span>, where only ordinary <em>men<\/em> might be looked for in the fiery furnace, so that he who became the associate of the three Jews was at first regarded merely as partaking of <em>human<\/em> nature, and a comparison with <em>merely<\/em> human traits was necessary to lead the judgment to express the stronger utterance  , without thereby denying the human appearance of the form. And as the judgment in <span class='bible'>Dan 3:25<\/span> rests in the conclusion that the personage in question belongs to the race of gods, although present in human form, so it here concludes that the object of notice is one <em>belonging to the human race, but wearing the form of God.<\/em> The prophet, however, holds fast to the distinction between a wholly human appearance and the vision he has seen, and indicates this by the particle of comparison , which points out that he intends to represent a <em>really supernatural<\/em>, but still human like personage. (The correspondence with the  in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:4<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 7:6<\/span>, does not militate against this conception of the  heredespite the assertion to the contrary b4y Richno, in the <em>Stud. u. Kritt.<\/em>, 1869, II., p. 255.) There cannot be the slightest doubt, in view of the entire description, particularly in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:14<\/span>, and also in view of the exactly corresponding signification of the destroying stone, in the parallel vision of the 2d chapter (see <span class='bible'>Dan 2:44<\/span> et seq.), that this superhuman form of a man represents the <em>Messiah<\/em>, the Divine-human founder of that fifth world-kingdom, which is at the same time a heavenly kingdom of eternal duration. The effort of Hitzig to refer the   to the people of Israel as the personified community of saints, which rules over the heathen, is merely the product of a persistent and fundamental aversion to the idea of a personal Messiah, which results naturally from the extreme rationalistic position of that exegete. The interpretation which asserts a personal Messiah is advocated by nearly all expositors (with the exception of Ibn-Ezra, Jahn, Paulus, Baumgarten-Crusius, and Hofmann, who agree with Hitzig, but, in part, for very different reasons, and giving a more positive turn to the subject), and is removed beyond the region of doubt, (1) by <span class='bible'>Dan 7:18<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 7:21<\/span> of this chapter, in which an unbiassed exegesis is compelled to find the people of Israel clearly distinguished from the Son of man (see on <span class='bible'>Dan 7:18<\/span>); (2) by the undeniable reference of  , the pre-eminently favorite Messianic designation of Himself employed by the Saviour, to this passage (<span class='bible'>Mat 8:20<\/span>, etc.; <span class='bible'>Joh 12:34<\/span>); (3) by important testimonies of the Jewish-Hellenistic literature, such as Enoch (Enoch 46:13; (Enoch 48:2 et seq., (Enoch 62:7, 9, 14; (Enoch 63:11; (Enoch 69:27.Cf. Hilgenfeld, <em>Jdische Apokalyptik<\/em> p. 155 et seq.), <em>Orac. Sibyll.<\/em> (III., 286 et seq., 653 et seq., ed. Friedlieb; cf. Zndel, <em>Kritische Untersuchungen<\/em>, p. 163 et seq.);<span class=''>48<\/span>(4) by most of the rabbins (<em>e.g.<\/em>, R. Joshua in Ibn-Ezra, Saadia, Rashi, Ibn-Jahja, etc.), who frequently designate the Messiah simply as , the beclouded one. Cf. the Eth. -fund. principles, etc., No. 4.<strong>And came to the Ancient of days<\/strong>; <em>i.e.<\/em>, he was admitted to the immediate presence of God (cf. <span class='bible'>Eze 42:13<\/span>), conducted before Him until he was placed as near as were the elders who sat on the right and left, and even still nearer.<strong>And they brought him near before him<\/strong>. The subject of  is probably not the clouds, but rather thy ministering angels, <span class='bible'>Dan 7:10<\/span>. Thus Hitzig, Ewald, etc., correctly hold, in opposition to Kranichfeld, who construes the clouds as the subject, and to several others, as Kamphausen, etc., who prefer to leave the subject wholly undesignated, as with , <span class='bible'>Dan 7:12<\/span>.That the Messiah was required to be brought before God and be presented to Him at this juncture, indicates that the prophet regards him as having previously existed while the beasts exercised their dominionand therefore that he ascribes <em>personal pre-existence<\/em> to him. Daniel probably conceived of him as pre-existing among the thousands and tens of thousands of the saints of God, and as subduing and crushing the God-opposed world-powers at their head (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:11-12<\/span>); for only thus can be explained the investing of the Messiah with eternal dominion over the kingdom of God, which is evidently a reward for his valiant battling in the service of the Most High, as described in the next verse; cf. also the parallel description in <span class='bible'>Dan 2:44<\/span> et seq.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:14<\/span>. <strong>And there was given him dominion and glory, and a kingdom<\/strong>. Instead of  Syrus and the Vulgate read and He (the Ancient of days) gave him, etc.; likewise Luther in this place and the parallel <span class='bible'>Dan 7:22<\/span>, where also the Sept. and Theodot. interpret . In the latter instance the active sense would certainly seem preferable, since the Ancient of days immediately precedes a different verb in the 3d sing. active as its subject; here, however, this subject is too distant, and the analogy of <span class='bible'>Dan 7:4<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 7:6<\/span> recommends the passive form .The triad dominion, glory, and kingdom recalls Daniel 3:33; <span class='bible'>Dan 4:31<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 6:22<\/span>, where at least dominion () and kingdom () are given. Upon it is based the ancient, doxology at the close of the Lords prayer:             .<strong>And all people. should serve<\/strong> (served) <strong>him.<\/strong> Concerning the triad peoples, tribes, and tongues see on <span class='bible'>Dan 3:4<\/span>. Von Lengerke and Ewald regard  as future, shall serve him, but thereby assume a rather harsh change of tense in the midst of the remarks which describe the objects seen in the vision. Hitzig, Kranichfeld, etc., are correct in considering the verb as logically dependent on the preceding principal verb , thus expressing design in order that, or, so that all people, etc., should serve him.  in itself is certainly not to be limited to signify <em>religious<\/em> service (Divine adoration, <em>cultus<\/em>), for in the extra-Biblical Chaldee, <em>e.g.<\/em>, in the Targums, it signifies also a purely secular service, and in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:27<\/span> of this chapter it is synonymous with , to obey; but in point of fact it serves, both here and in that passage, to designate service rendered to a Divine person, which is also its bearing in <span class='bible'>Dan 3:12<\/span> et seq.<strong>His dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not be destroyed.<\/strong> Cf. Daniel 3:33; <span class='bible'>4:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>6:27<\/span>; also <span class='bible'>Mic 4:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk 1:33<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 11:15<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 19:16<\/span>, etc.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:15-18<\/span>. <em>The interpretation of the vision in general, without special reference to the fourth beast.<\/em> The impression of alarm produced on Daniel by what he saw, led him to seek a further explanation of its meaning. He therefore mingles with the host that surrounds the Ancient of days, after having hitherto remained apart as a mere observer. A second act in the drama of the dream-vision, in which the prophet himself takes part, though merely as an inquirer, begins therefore at this point. Von Lengerke arbitrarily remarks: The vision is now over (with <span class='bible'>Dan 7:14<\/span>); but the seer remains on the heavenly scene, and requests an angel to interpret the dream. That this is incorrect, appears from <span class='bible'>Dan 7:16<\/span>, where the ministering hosts of angels mentioned in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:10<\/span> still appear, while on that assumption they must have disappeared with all the other features of the vision; and the character of what follows, to the end of the chapter, does not indicate that it is a mere interpretation as distinguished from the preceding dream.<strong>I, Daniel, was grieved in my spirit in the midst of my body;<\/strong> properly, within in the sheath ( ) <em>i.e.<\/em>, in the body, which contains the spirit, as the sword is contained in its scabbard; cf. <span class='bible'>Job 27:8<\/span>; Pliny, <em>H. N.<\/em>, VII., 53. Ewald well remarks that as the sword remains at rest as long as it is in its sheath, so the spirit of man is generally quiet while it feels itself enclosed by the coarse veil of the body; but there are still moments in which the spirit becomes restless while in its coarse tenement, and when it would break forth impatiently and venture all, etc. In relation to  (properly to abbreviate, contract, <em>torquere<\/em>) as designating an unusually bitter grief, cf. the corresponding Syr. and Arab. verbs. The feature that plunges the prophet into so severe and bitter sorrow is not so much the circumstance that he is unacquainted with the special meaning of the vision, as that a majority of its features, and particularly the four beasts and the dreadful fate imposed on them, were so prophetic of evil and misfortune. The end, indeed, toward which everything was tending, according to <span class='bible'>Dan 7:13-14<\/span>, was glorious, but the way by which to reach it was painful, and opened a prospect of severe conflicts for the people of God; and the prophet must have suspected this, even before it was explained to him in detail., in the combination  , is not the nominat. absol., as Bertholdt supposed, but is in apposition to the suffix in ; cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 8:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 8:15<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Ezr 7:21<\/span>; also Winer,  40, 4, and concerning the corresponding construction in the Hebrew, see Gesenius, <em>Lehrgeb.<\/em>, p. 728. The solemn emphasis which the prophets language gains by this appositional supplement, corresponds to the importance of his vision; cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 10:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 10:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 12:5<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:16<\/span>. <strong>I came near unto one of them that stood by<\/strong>, <em>i.e.<\/em>, one of those engaged in His service, who stood about God.<strong>And asked him the truth<\/strong> (or the true explanation) of all this;  properly the firm, or certain; here used of the trustworthy interpretation, conforming to the designs of God, for which Daniel asks. Kranichfeld interpolates: He desires that nothing should be concealed because of a desire to spare the inquirer in his excited state. This additional idea of laying aside reserve, of disregarding considerations of pity, is not contained in the simple .<strong>And he told me, and made me know the interpretation of the things<\/strong> (or words), viz.: in the remarks which follow (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:17-18<\/span>). The clause and made me to know is therefore epexegetical to and he told me; the  before  is explicative, as in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:1<\/span> <em>a.<\/em> Von Lengerke and Kranichfeld unnecessarily take  in the telic sense, He told me that he would make me to know, etc. The reason for such a <em>promise<\/em> to reveal the interpretation is not discoverable, since the interpretation itself immediately follows.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:17<\/span>. <strong>These<\/strong> (exceedingly) <strong>great beasts, which are fourfour kingsshall arise<\/strong>, etc. With reference to the clause in the nom. absol., these exceedingly great beasts, which are four (or, With reference to these. beasts, concerning them, etc.), cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 7:23-24<\/span>, and also Isa. 49:49.The four kings , whom the beasts are here said to denote, are unquestionably not regarded as four individuals, but as the <em>representatives of four kingdoms<\/em>, as appears from <span class='bible'>Dan 7:23-24<\/span> (where the fourth beast is represented as a  governed by a numerous succession of individual kings). Cf. the identifying of  and  which appears already in <span class='bible'>Dan 2:37<\/span> (as well as supra, <span class='bible'>Dan 7:4<\/span>) in the case of Nebuchadnezzar, and again in <span class='bible'>Dan 8:21<\/span> et seq.; <span class='bible'>Dan 11:2<\/span>.The arising of the kings will be  , <em>i.e.<\/em>, not <em>out of<\/em> the earth, but from the surface of the earth, hence, in effect, on earth (Luther).In the later Heb. parallels, <span class='bible'>Dan 8:22-23<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 11:2-3<\/span> et seq.,  is rendered by . The future  denotes the Divine decree, which limits the duration of the dominion of kings, as well as appoints their rise. Instead of They shall arise,  may therefore be rendered modally, They shall be compelled to arise. If the purely future sense be retained, it will be necessary to assume, with Von Lengerke, Kamphausen, etc., that the prophet carelessly, or by virtue of a <em>denominatio a potiori<\/em>, included the actually existing, and even partially superseded Babylonian world-kingdom among the future ones of his vision. This view is, however, more eligible than the strange assumption of Hitzig that the author does not in this connection regard the Chaldan empire as the first of the coming monarchies, but assigns that position to the reign of Belshazzar merely, which opened shortly after the time of this vision; as if <span class='bible'>Dan 7:1<\/span> did not expressly specify the first year of Belshazzar as the time of recording the vision, and as if it were at all certain that the author really regarded Belshazzar as the last Chaldan king! Moreover, how can it be reconciled, that while formerly (<span class='bible'>Dan 2:37<\/span>) Nebuchadnezzar was selected as the representative of the Chaldan monarchy, and this was to a certain extent repeated at the commencement of the present vision (see <span class='bible'>Dan 7:4<\/span>), the unimportant, listless, idle Belshazzar should here suddenly be installed in his place?<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:18<\/span>. <strong>But the saints of the Most High shall take<\/strong>(receive) <strong>the kingdom.<\/strong> The plural , which occurs here and in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:22<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 7:25<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 7:27<\/span>, serves, like  in the Targums, as a <em>pluralis excellenti<\/em>, to denote the God of Israel, who in <span class='bible'>Gen 14:18<\/span> is called  . As similar plurals of excellence, cf. not merely , but also , <span class='bible'>Jos 24:19<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Hos 12:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Pro 9:10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Pro 30:3<\/span>.The saints of the Most High, or the saints simply () as they are called in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:21-22<\/span>, are not the angels, mentioned in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 7:16<\/span>, who surround the throne of God, but the people of God on the earth, the real members in the communion of the perfectly true religion (Ewald), the members of the house of Israel in its ideal spiritual signification (<span class='bible'>Gal 6:16<\/span>), the Israel of the Messianic time of fulfilment; cf. <span class='bible'>Isa 4:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 6:13<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 62:12<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rom 9:6<\/span>, etc.The same expression is also found in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:22<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 7:25<\/span>; cf. , <span class='bible'>Dan 8:24<\/span>, and , <span class='bible'>Dan 12:7<\/span> (also <span class='bible'>Exo 19:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Deu 7:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Deu 14:21<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 16:3<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 34:10<\/span>).When it is said that these saints of the Most High shall receive <em>the<\/em> kingdom, the reference is evidently to the transmission of the Messianic kingdom into the hands of the Son of man from the Ancient of days, as described in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:14<\/span>. The saints, however, are by no means to be regarded as identical with the Son of man, so as to make him a mere personification of the people of Israel. This view, which, besides being advocated by Hitzig and Hofmann (see supra, on <span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span>), is adopted by Herzfeld in his <em>Geschichte Israels<\/em>, II., 381, is opposed by <span class='bible'>Dan 7:21<\/span>, where the saints are represented as a host of battling persons, and are clearly distinguished from the Messiah, who is exalted far above them, and at the time of their conflict with the anti-christ tarries in heaven with the Ancient of dayshence the relation between the Messiah and the Messianic people is represented to be such that he aids them in heaven and from heaven (strengthening, comforting, and supporting them in their conflicts and sufferings), and for that reason, as their representative, receives <em>for them<\/em> the dominion over the eternal kingdom from the hand of God, as was already indicated in the vision, <span class='bible'>Dan 7:14<\/span>. Cf. Auberlen p. 51; also Von Lengerke, Kranichfeld, and Ewald on this passage. The latter correctly observes, p. Dan 406: If the language in this place and in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:22<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 7:27<\/span> refers at once to the genuine members of Messiahs kingdom instead of Himself, this is merely for the purpose of more fully explaining the great picture which has been given once for all. A kingdom and its sovereign cannot exist without subjects, and in fact, <em>they<\/em> only exist through the latter. When such a people has really been found, it receives the power and perpetuity, the indestructible and eternal character, as well as the dignity and the pre-eminence which lie in the nature of that empire and its Messiah (cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 2:44<\/span>). The language of this interpretation refers therefore to this <em>people<\/em>, and the subject of the vision in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span> et seq. derives therefrom a self-evident but not unimportant completion. This by no means implies, however, that the Messiah, who was already sufficiently characterized in that passage, is identical with the people who are now, at the final stage, included, any more than that the description of the Messiah in that place, whose majestic character is not easily repeated, has any analogy with the words here employed. The king and his people are associated only in the final results and end, in the eternity and glory of the kingdom itself, as is strikingly remarked in this passage and in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:27<\/span>; and yet even here the distinction is clearly observed that the three things, authority, glory, and dominion, <em>i.e.<\/em>, majesty in its full activity and glorious recognition, are in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:14<\/span> awarded only to the Messiah, and not to his people. Cf. also the same authors <em>Jahrbcher der biblischen Wissenschaft<\/em>, vol. III., p. 231 et seq.<strong>And possess the kingdom for ever<\/strong>, etc. , to possess, here denotes the continued possession, while in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:22<\/span> it is inceptive, and signifies the assumption of the possession, or the entrance upon it. The superlative expression   , unto the eternity of eternities, unto all eternities, is exactly like the Hebrew  , <span class='bible'>Isa 14:17<\/span>; cf. <span class='bible'>1Ti 1:17<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Eph 3:21<\/span>, etc.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:19-22<\/span>. <em>Daniel desires a certain explanation of the<\/em> fourth beast. He therefore briefly recapitulates the former description of its appearance and fate in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:7-14<\/span>. In this recapitulation, which recalls to mind the similar ones in <span class='bible'>Dan 2:45<\/span> (cf. Daniel 7:34), and especially in <span class='bible'>Dan 4:17<\/span> et seq. (cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 7:7<\/span> et seq.), we have the new features that <em>claws of brass<\/em> are noticed in addition to its iron teeth (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:19<\/span>), and that the <em>people<\/em> of God are mentioned as warring against the beast (aided by the Messiah, and under his protection) and overcoming it.<strong>Then I would know the truth of the fourth beast.<\/strong>   , I desired to be certain about this,  (Theodot.). The reading , instead of , which is found in three MSS. at Erfurth, probably owes its origin to the defective form, which in this place, unlike <span class='bible'>Dan 7:16<\/span>, seemed to indicate an Inf. Pael (which, however, is found in no other place). The rendering in the Vulgate: <em>Post hoc volui diligenter discere<\/em>, may also have contributed to originate that reading.<strong>Whose teeth were of iron and its nails of brass.<\/strong> The brazen claws are associated with the iron teeth, by virtue of the association of ideas, which frequently connects iron and brass in thought; see <em>e.g.<\/em>, <span class='bible'>Deu 33:25<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer 15:12<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 45:2<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 107:16<\/span>, etc.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:20<\/span>. <strong>And the other which came up, and before whom three fell.<\/strong> Literally, and they fell before him the three. The relative construction is dropped at this point, as well as the connection of the speech from , at the beginning of the 20th verse, so that the discourse again assumes the character of description, especially from the beginning of the 21st verse.<strong>And<\/strong> (of) <strong>that horn that had eyes;<\/strong> properly, and that horn, and it had eyes, etc. The  before  is epexegetical or correlative, as in <span class='bible'>Isa 44:12<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 76:7<\/span>.The form  withoccurs also in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:25<\/span> and <span class='bible'>Dan 6:22<\/span>.<strong>Whose look was more stout than his fellows.<\/strong>  , a shortened expression for   ; cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 1:10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 4:13<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 4:30<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:21<\/span>. <strong>I beheld, and the same horn made war with the saints<\/strong>, etc. This war against the saints merely indicates a special feature connected with the devouring, breaking in pieces, and stamping under foot (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:19<\/span>), of which the beast was guilty, but precisely <em>that<\/em> feature which would especially arouse the attention and fears of the prophet. So far as the mode of expression is concerned, the writer here passes from figurative to literal language; cf. <span class='bible'>Rev 11:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 13:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 19:19<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:22<\/span>. <strong>Until. judgment was given to the saints of the Most High;<\/strong> <em>i.e.<\/em>, until justice was done to them.  here signifies justice to be secured by law, equivalent to the Heb.  <em>e.g.<\/em>, <span class='bible'>Deu 10:18<\/span>; cf. <span class='bible'>Psa 140:13<\/span>. It cannot <em>here<\/em> be taken in the sense of judging or performing judicial functions; for according to <span class='bible'>Dan 7:9-10<\/span>, it is God, with whom are associated the elders of heaven, who sits in judgment and administers justice (cf. <span class='bible'>Psa 9:5<\/span>). There is no design <em>here<\/em> to assign a participation in this judicial administration of the Almighty to the saints (thus differing from <span class='bible'>Mat 19:28<\/span>; <span class='bible'>1Co 6:2<\/span>).Instead of <em>the<\/em> saints of the Most High, the original has saints of the Most High, without the article, which is also the case in the latter half of the verse, and in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:21<\/span>. Concerning the omission of the article in solemn and poetic speech, cf. Ewald, <em>Lehrb.<\/em>,  277 <em>b<\/em>, where <span class='bible'>Mic 7:11<\/span> et seq.; <span class='bible'>Isa 14:32<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Hab 3:16<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Psa 56:11<\/span>, etc., are adduced as illustrations of the Hebrew usage.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:23-27<\/span>. <em>The explanation of the angel respecting the fourth beast and its judgment.<\/em> <strong>The fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom;<\/strong> rather, the fourth beast, a fourth kingdom shall be, etc. The same construction as in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:17<\/span> <em>a<\/em>, and as in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:24<\/span>.<strong>And shall devour the whole earth.<\/strong> The emphasis does not fall on the whole earth, but on shall devour (.), which is not only placed first, but is also repeated by two synonymous terms following the object.   does not, therefore, as Hitzig supposes, signify all the countries of the earth, for this would result in an unnecessary exaggeration of the hyperbole which, without question, really exists. Nor does the related  signify to swallow up, which would be equivalent to appropriating, or incorporating with itself (as Hitzig asserts, appealing for proof to <span class='bible'>Deu 7:16<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 9:11<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer 10:25<\/span>which passages are, however, by no means convincing), but only to devour, which, like the synonyms to break and to stamp  and , indicates merely a devastating and destructive energy, without including the idea of <em>conquering.<\/em> The fourth world-kingdom, therefore, may be held to signify the empire of the Seleucid, in the light of this passage also; and there is no necessity to refer it to the Macedonian empire of Alexander, nor yet to that of the Romans.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:24<\/span>. <strong>And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise;<\/strong> rather, And the ten horns; out of this kingdom shall arise ten kings.  , literally, out of this, the kingdom, <em>i.e.<\/em>, out of this same kingdom; cf. on <span class='bible'>Dan 3:6<\/span>. Concerning the form , for , see on <span class='bible'>Dan 2:7<\/span>. Hitzig prefers, needlessly, to substitute the ending, and refers the resulting out of it, <em>his<\/em> kingdom to the fourth beast, or even to the other one (antichrist) who is afterward mentioned, as its subjectwhich clearly is forced and arbitrary. Hengstenberg (p. 211 et seq.) attempts, contrary to the sense of the prophet, to make the ten horns represent <em>ten kingdoms<\/em>, <em>i.e.<\/em>, ten Christian German states which are developed out of the Roman world-empire. Bleek <em>(Jahrb. fr deutsche Theol.<\/em>, 1860, I. p. 68) also inclines to this transformation of the kings into kingdoms, since he attempts to apply the fourth beast as a whole to the Macedonian-Hellenistic world-monarchy, the ten horns to the several kingdoms of the Diadochi which sprang from the former, and the eleventh horn directly to the dominion of the Seleucid and at the same time to its characteristic leading representative, Antiochus Epiphanes. Since the ten horns correspond to the partly iron and partly clay toes of the colossus in <span class='bible'>Dan 2:41<\/span> et seq.,<span class=''>49<\/span> the assumption that kings are here really put for kingdoms might seem admissible; but in parallelizing the toes of the image with the horns of the beast, the prophet would hardly think of individual rulers, any more than of distinct states or kingdoms (see on <span class='bible'>Dan 2:42<\/span>). A horn, as Hitzig justly observes, would not be especially appropriate as the symbol of a kingdom; and the attempts of Luther, Melancthon, Geier, Ph. Nicolai (<em>De regno Christi<\/em>, l. I., c. 5 ss.), etc., to make the ten horns denote ten designated states which were formed out of the Roman world-monarchy<em>e.g.<\/em>, Syria, Asia, Egypt, Africa, Greece, Italy, Germany, France, Spain, and England, or (as Nicolai, l. c, suggests) Syria, Egypt, Greece, Italy, Germany, Poland, Hungary, France, Spain, and Englandcan only produce absurd and arbitrary results. In <span class='bible'>Dan 7:8<\/span> the horn is clearly represented as a person; and accordingly the numerous horns in this place are probably intended to denote individual royal personages. Cf. also <span class='bible'>Dan 8:21<\/span>, where the horn is said, in the plainest terms, to represent a personal king.<span class=''>50<\/span> For the rest, see Ethico-fund. principles, etc., Nos. 2 and 3.<strong>He shall be diverse from the first.<\/strong> As then fourth kingdom differs (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 7:19<\/span>) from the other three, so he differs, and to his disadvantage, from his predecessors; this is true generally, but especially so in his conduct towards God and his saints, <span class='bible'>Dan 7:25<\/span> (Hitzig).<strong>And he shall subdue three kings<\/strong>. , the opposite of , as in <span class='bible'>Dan 2:21<\/span>. It does not denote a merely moral humiliation, but a complete degradation, and even a hurling down, a seizing of their dominion (cf. <span class='bible'>Eze 21:32<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 10:33<\/span>). This is also shown by <span class='bible'>Dan 7:8<\/span>, which speaks very plainly about a plucking up by the roots of three of the former horns by the little horn, and thereby probably refers to a supplanting of three rulers of the Seleucid by the violence of a new sovereign (see on that passage),<span class=''>51<\/span><\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:25<\/span>. <strong>And he shall speakwords against the Most High;<\/strong> , like the Heb.  , <span class='bible'>Hos 10:4<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 8:10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 58:13<\/span>. It appears from <span class='bible'>Dan 7:8<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 7:20<\/span>, and also from the later parallel, <span class='bible'>Dan 8:25<\/span> <em>b<\/em>, that blasphemous words are meant. This prophecy was certainly fulfilled in a marked degree by the blasphemous words of Antiochus Epiphanes (1Ma 1:24, etc.), but by no means for the last time; cf. the N.-T. prophecies relating to antichrist, <span class='bible'>2Th 2:4<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 13:5<\/span> et seq.  , properly, in the direction of the Most High, <em>i.e., against<\/em> the Most High (who is personally near), against the person of the Most High (Kranichfeld).<strong> And shall wear out<\/strong> (disturb) <strong>the saints of the Most High<\/strong>. Hitzigs remark is too farfetched:  is assonant with the preceding parallel , and is not equivalent to disturb, wear out (cf.  in <span class='bible'>1Ch 18:9<\/span>, and the Targ., <span class='bible'>Isa 3:15<\/span>), but signifies  to try, oppress, make wretched (?).<strong>And think to change times and laws.<\/strong>  does not signify <em>statuta sacra<\/em> (Hvernick), but=Heb. , festival seasons (<span class='bible'>Lev 23:4<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Isa 33:20<\/span>), <em>i.e.<\/em>, determined, legally appointed times for religious celebrations in general, for the great annual feasts as well as for the weekly and monthly (Sabbaths and new moons); cf. <span class='bible'>Num 28:2<\/span>. The following , and law, traditional usage, indicates that the impious king shall not merely endeavor to change the appointed <em>times<\/em> of these rites, but that he shall seek to abrogate the ceremonial observances of religion themselves; hence, what was formerly said in a good sense (<span class='bible'>Dan 2:21<\/span>) of God, the absolutely perfect and omnipotent changer of times and seasons, is here predicated in a bad sense of His dasmoniacal adversary, the impious . Cf. the attempts of Antiochus Epiphanes, recorded in 1Ma 1:45 et seq.; 2Ma 6:2-7, to destroy the theocratic system by abrogating the daily sacrifices, the observance of Sabbaths and feasts, and by introducing the sacrifice of unclean beasts, and the worship of Jupiter and Bacchusattempts in which the prophecy before us found its more immediate historical fulfilment, while its ultimate realization must be looked for in the last times, according to <span class='bible'>2Th 2:4<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 13:8<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 13:12<\/span> et seq.<strong>And they shall be given into his hand until a time and<\/strong> (two) <strong>times and the dividing of<\/strong> (or, a half) <strong>time.<\/strong> The expression sounds, upon the whole, like Mic. 5:26; but the duration of the period of suffering imposed by the permission and pdagogic wisdom of God is somewhat more definitely fixed in this instance, without, however, omitting the mystical feature in this limitation which requires to be interpreted. The aggregate duration of this time of affliction is divided <em>into three distinct periods<\/em>, which, however, are sufficiently indefinite in themselves, and therefore in no wise indicate the real measure of time in the prophets mind; for while it is entirely probable that  has the same signification here as in <span class='bible'>Dan 4:13<\/span>, namely, a year (see on that passage), yet the duration of a year in a vision of the future, which constantly presents symbolic conceptions, is upon the whole extremely doubtful. It must remain an open question whether ordinary calendar years are intended, or, what is scarcely less probable in itself, whether mystical periods are referred to, which are measured by a standard not known to men, but only to God.<span class=''>52<\/span> It may be shown with, more confidence how the three particular designations of time,  , and  , are related to each other, and also why precisely these terms are employed in the prophecy, which are repeated in the Heb. of the parallel, <span class='bible'>Dan 12:7<\/span>, in the words ,  and . In harmony with a not infrequent Chaldee usage, the plural  is put for the dual (cf. Targ., <span class='bible'>Amo 4:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Exo 11:5<\/span>; Num. 19:36; supra, <span class='bible'>Dan 7:8<\/span> et seq., and, upon the whole question, Winer,  55, 3), and therefore, like the corresponding Heb. , represents a double period, a pair of times, and, in case  signifies a year, a period of <em>two years.<\/em> The converse holds with , which, though in itself denoting any fraction whatever, is shown positively by the parallel  <span class='bible'>Dan 12:7<\/span> to signify a half. Hence a double year is at first added to the year which stands at the beginning, and afterward another half year. The period of 3 years which thus results is symbolically significant, inasmuch as it forms the half of seven years, and therefore stands related to the prophetically significant seven times in <span class='bible'>Dan 4:13<\/span>, as the half to the whole. If, therefore, the sevenfold number of the years passed in lycanthropy by Nebuchadnezzar (which was not to be taken literally, but ideally and prophetically) denoted, in a general way, an extended duration of the sufferings imposed on him by God, it follows that the present figures indicate a period of affliction <em>that is shorter by one-half.<\/em> A time, and times, and a half time represents a time of suffering that is abbreviated by one-half, or that is interrupted at the middle, similar to that referred to in the prophetic words of Christ:      , , <span class='bible'>Mat 24:22<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mar 13:20<\/span>. The same idea of a shortened or halved time of affliction is expressed by the half-week (<em>i.e.<\/em>, half week of years) in <span class='bible'>Dan 9:27<\/span>, which, like the 1, 290 days in chap. 1211 (or the 1, 260 days or 42 months of the Apocalypse, <span class='bible'>Rev 11:2<\/span> et seq.; <span class='bible'>Rev 13:5<\/span>), is merely a tolerably exact designation of the 3 years, in different language. It will be shown hereafter that this prophecy of the affliction of Israel during 3 years prior to its deliverance likewise had a typical fulfilment in the history of Antiochus Epiphanes, while its final realization is reserved for the eschatological future.<span class=''>53<\/span> For the present it will be necessary to remember merely, as the result of an unprejudiced exegesis having a suitable regard for the prophetic usage of language in this book, that a strictly literal conception of the period of 3 years will hardly conform to the sense of the prophecy, and that there is therefore no need to seek for a period of suffering in the history of the Jews, while subject to that Syrian despot, which shall cover precisely that length of time, for the purpose of demonstrating that first fulfilment of the prophecy.<span class=''>54<\/span><strong>But the judgment shall sit;<\/strong> cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 7:10<\/span> b, and also <span class='bible'>Dan 7:22<\/span>.<strong>And they shall take away his dominion, to consume and to destroy<\/strong> (it) <strong>unto the end.<\/strong>  is to be repeated, as the accusative of the object to the two infinitives. , unto the realized end, <em>i.e.<\/em>, to the end of the last God-opposed world-power, which marks the end of the heathen world-power as a whole.  therefore designates (unlike <span class='bible'>Dan 6:27<\/span>, where the never-accomplished end of Gods kingdom is referred to) the goal at the end of the development of earthly dominion, which coincides with the erection of the kingdom of God (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span> et seq.).<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:27<\/span>. <strong>And the kingdom and dominion and the greatness of the kingdom<\/strong> (kingdoms); a triad similar to that in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:14<\/span>, differing only in the substitution of , the greatness (Luther, the power), for  glory.   depends equally on all the three nouns as a subjective genitive, and therefore denotes that the dominion, power, and greatness possessed by <em>all<\/em> the heathen kingdoms is intended. On the meaning of the expression of the kingdoms under the whole heaven, see supra, on <span class='bible'>Dan 7:12<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:28<\/span>. <em>The impression made on Daniel by what he has seen and heard.<\/em> <strong>Hitherto is the end of the matter<\/strong> (or remarks), namely of the interpreter, the conclusion of which coincides with the end of the dream. De Wette, Hitzig, etc., render it inappropriately, and contrary to the sense of , Thus far the historyan interpretation which finds no support in <span class='bible'>Dan 12:6<\/span>.<strong>As for me, Daniel, my cogitations much troubled me<\/strong>, namely, after awaking from his dream-vision; cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 2:1<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 4:2<\/span>.<strong>And<\/strong> (the color of) <strong>my countenance changed in me.<\/strong> Cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 5:9<\/span>, where the same expression is found, and <span class='bible'>Dan 10:8<\/span>, which is parallel in substance.<strong>But I kept the matter in my heart<\/strong>, viz.: the remarks of the interpreting angel, <span class='bible'>Dan 7:17<\/span> et seq., and consequently, the subject and signification of the dream-vision. Cf. <span class='bible'>Luk 2:19<\/span>.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Ethico-fundamental Principles Related To The History Of Salvation, Apolo-getical Remarks, And Homiletical<\/strong><\/p>\n<p>1. After what has been remarked, it is apparent that the principal force and the greatest interest of the prophetic descriptions of this chapter centre in the <em>fourth world-kingdom<\/em> and in its development as an anti-christian power, which immediately prepares the way for the judicial advent of Christ. In the parallel description in the second chapter,where the series of world-kingdoms was represented by four metallic substances, respectively inferior to each other in value, in the order of their succession, and although together forming a great colossus, yet indicating its perishable nature by the weakness of the feet on which it restedthe observation of both the dreaming king and the interpreting prophet was fixed equally on all the four world-monarchies. Their intimate relations to each other, their separation, and their subjection to the same ultimate fate through the agency of the rock of Messiahs kingdom, formed the principal features of that prophecy, which, however, likewise dwelt more extensively upon the fourth kingdom than upon its predecessors (Daniel 7:40 et seq.); but the principal reason for the prominence thus given to the last kingdom in the series, existed substantially in the fact that the aim was to point out that its heterogeneous elements and its divisions laid the foundation for its own ruin, and, as a matter of course, for the fall and ruin of the former empires. The case is different with the present vision and its interpretation. Each of the four beasts which in this instance represent the world-kingdoms is indeed drawn with nervous and strongly characterizing strokes, that admit of no doubt respecting their identity with the four constituents of the image (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:4<\/span> et seq); but the attention of the narrator is principally directed to the fourth beast, and to the horn which denotes the height of the development of the world-power (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:7<\/span> et seq.; 11 et seq.), even during the dream-vision itself. The interpretation of the vision disposes of the first three beasts and their reference to the three earliest world-kingdoms very summarily (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:17<\/span>), but emphasizes the fourth beast and its little horn which speaks blasphemous things, as symbols of the final phase of development on the part of the world-power, and of the reign of antichrist produced by it; for not only are the characteristic peculiarities of this beast noticed twice over, the second time in a recapitulation denoting the reflections of the prophet concerning its nature and appearance (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:18-22<\/span>), but they receive a somewhat detailed explanation (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:23-26<\/span>), which does not indeed display the clearness of the disclosures in chapters 8, 11, and 12 relating to the same events in the period immediately prior to the Messianic future, but which is nevertheless far superior to all the former prophetic sections of the book, and especially to that contained in chap. 2, in the precision and clearness of its expositions.<\/p>\n<p>2. In order to a correct apprehension of the Messianic bearing of this prophecy, it is requisite before all else, that the identity of the monarchial relations and situations indicated in this chapter with those described in chapters 8, 11, and 12, should be carefully observed; or, in other words, that the common reference of the prophecies in all these chapters to Antiochus Epiphanes and the Maccaban period, as marking their more immediate fulfilment, should be recognized. The following considerations will demonstrate that this reference is common to the prophecies mentioned (and also to that contained in <span class='bible'>Dan 9:24-27<\/span>), and that, consequently, the second part of the book of Daniel refers, as a whole, to that time as the epoch of its first and more immediate fulfilment:<\/p>\n<p><em>a.<\/em> The world-power in question is described as <em>divided and subject to dissensions in itself<\/em>, in all the parallel representations, especially in chap. 2 and 7 on the one hand and chap. 11 on the other. This agreement extends even to the point, that in both instances, <span class='bible'>Dan 2:43<\/span> as well as <span class='bible'>Dan 11:6<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 11:17<\/span>, the vain attempts to secure peace by means of intermarriages are noticed (see on <span class='bible'>Dan 2:43<\/span> and cf. infra, on chap. 11, l. c).<\/p>\n<p><em>b.<\/em> The number <em>ten<\/em> is applied to the kings of the fourth monarchy, and receives prominent mention in at least two of the parallel descriptions (chap. 7 and 11), although merely as a symbolic number, which finds its counterpart, in a general way, in the first ten possessors of the throne of the Seleucid. (It must be remembered, however, that [according to the authors view] neither the ten toes of the image of the monarchies, <span class='bible'>Dan 2:42<\/span> et seq., nor the four horns of the Grecian goat, <span class='bible'>Dan 8:7<\/span> et seq., refer to these ten predecessors of Antiochus Epiphanes, or to any individual kings whatever.)<\/p>\n<p><em>c.<\/em> The <em>blasphemous and sacrilegious course of the eleventh king<\/em>symbolized by the little horntowards the Most High, His law, and His saints, is described in chap. 7 (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:8<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 7:11<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 7:20-25<\/span>), and more fully in <span class='bible'>Dan 8:10<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 8:24<\/span> et seq.; <span class='bible'>Dan 9:24<\/span> et seq. [?]; <span class='bible'>Dan 11:31<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 11:36<\/span>, in a manner that recalls the statements of the Maccaban books relating to the abominable attempts of Epiphanes to profane the Jewish worship and oppress its adherents, with the liveliest and strongest emphasis.<\/p>\n<p><em>d.<\/em> Chapters <span class='bible'>Dan 7:25<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 9:27<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 12:7<\/span> et seq., agree in limiting the duration of the tribulation caused by the antichristian tyrant to 3 years. (In relation to the merely apparent discrepancy in the duration of the suffering, as stated in <span class='bible'>Dan 8:14<\/span> and <span class='bible'>Dan 12:12<\/span>, see on those passages.)<\/p>\n<p><em>e.<\/em> The several descriptions agree <em>in superseding and destroying<\/em> the antichristian supremacy by the <em>erection of a Messianic kingdom.<\/em> This is not only asserted in the chapter before us and in <span class='bible'>Dan 2:44<\/span> et seq., but also in chap. 8, where the breaking of the foe <em>without hands<\/em> (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:25<\/span>) is evidently synonymous with the loosening of the destroying stone without hand in <span class='bible'>Dan 2:34<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 2:45<\/span>, and where the justifying (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:14<\/span>) of the desolated sanctuary denotes nothing else than the introduction of the Messianic period of salvation. Further illustrations of this head appear in <span class='bible'>Dan 9:24<\/span> and in <span class='bible'>Dan 12:1<\/span> et seq., 7 et seq., where the Messiah likewise is described as the direct opponent and victorious successor of antichrist and his abominations. Hengstenberg (p. 213 et seq.), Hvernick, Ebrard (<em>Offenb. Joh.<\/em>, p. 84 et seq.), Zndel (p. 119), and Auberlen (p. 197 et seq.) attempt in vain to deny the identity of the antichrist noticed in chapters 2 and 7 with the enemy of the people of God described in chapters 8 and 9, asserting that the former is to be looked for in N.-T. times immediately prior to Messiahs second advent, while the latter appeared and was destroyed during the Old Dispensation and before the first advent of Christ, and that the prophecies in chapters 2 and 7 relate to the eschatological antichrist, while those in 8 and 11 denote a typical personage!-as if the descriptions in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:25<\/span> did not already indicate an opponent of the O.-T. church and ceremonial! as if the changing of (festal) times and laws, there referred to, could designate anything but the violent offences against the temple and the sacrifices of the Old Covenant, as described in chapters 8, 9, and 11 (see supra on <span class='bible'>Dan 7:25<\/span>, and also under <em>c<\/em>)! and as if an Israelitish prophet could possibly suspect that the worship of Messianic times would differ from that of the former dispensation; and as if he had not, in <span class='bible'>Dan 9:24<\/span>, even expressly opened the prospect of a restoration of the O.-T. sacrifices and sanctuary services when Messiah should appear (see on that passage)! An unprejudiced exegesis, governed by scientific principles, can discover but a single antichrist in all the parallel prophecies, and that one is clearly described as the immediate predecessor of the Messiah, who supersedes and destroys him.<span class=''>55<\/span> The prophet, however, was evidently ignorant of the merely typical importance of this antichrist, as being only a forerunner of the antichrist of the last times (to whom refer the N.-T. descriptions of the future, which are based upon this book indeed, and which frequently recall its featuresin <span class='bible'>2 Thessalonians 2<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 11:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 13:1<\/span> et seq.; <span class='bible'>Rev 13:7<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 19:19<\/span> et seq.); for instead of representing the former as merely an imperfect analogue of the incomparably more atrocious impiety, the far more concentrated and diabolical wickedness of the latter, as he must have done if he were actually conscious that the distinction between type and anti-type existed in this case, he everywhere presents the idea of a flagrant rebellion against the Most High, and of the desecration of the sanctuary, and the attempted extirpation of the true religion, in expressions of equal force. And instead of dwelling chiefly on the anti-type as the more important character, and as being more significant in his relations to Messiahs work, as might have been expected, he pursues a contrary course, and furnishes a far more thorough and realistic prophetic description of the type!We are therefore obliged to conclude that in harmony with the law of prophetic perspective, Daniel saw the type and anti-type, the vista of Old and New-Testament times, the scenes of the more immediate future and those of the eschatological period, as a <em>comprehensive whole<\/em>, and that from his point of view, as a captive in Babylon, he no more saw the interval between the two features in the history of the future, although it covered thousands of years, than the pilgrim who journeys toward a distant goal is able to observe the broad and depressed valley that intervenes between the mountain immediately before him and that which seems to rise in close proximity beyond it. Cf. Hofmann, <em>Weissagung und Erf.<\/em>, p. 313 et seq., where it is correctly remarked, with reference to the closing verses of chap. 11, which describe the terrible end of the typical antichrist, Antiochus Epiphanes, that at a subsequent point he (the prophet, or rather the angel who speaks to him) observes <em>only the final end of national history<\/em>, the fear and tribulation which overtake the whole world, and the preservation of Israel in the midst of it, in addition to the final end of human history, the resurrection of the dead to life or to perdition (<span class='bible'>Dan 12:1-3<\/span>). The connection of these last things with the prospect of the end of that oppressor of Israel is not different, for instance, from that by which Isaiah speaks of the impending attack on Jerusalem by Assyria as the <em>final<\/em> alarm of that city, or which causes Jeremiah to regard the end of the seventy years as coinciding with the end of all the afflictions of his people. Similar views are advanced by the same author in his <em>Schriftbeweis<\/em>, II. 2, 547 et seq., and also by Delitzsch, p. Dan 285: It is a law of Messianic history that the fulfilment of a prophecy, if not completed by one event, must produce successive developments, until the actual state that has been realized shall correspond to the sense and word of the prophecy. The afflictions caused by Antiochus were <em>not the last<\/em> experienced by Gods people; but the book of Daniel <em>predicts them as the last<\/em>, as Isaiah in the downfall of Assyria, chapter 10, and Habakkuk in the destruction of Babylon, chap. 2. et seq., foretell the overthrow of the world-power. The range of the prophets vision is decided by the border of the horizon where arises the glory of the congregation of God, but not the measure of the meaning which the Spirit of prophecy introduces into his words, and which history gradually unfolds.<\/p>\n<p>3. While, however, the more immediate fulfilment of the predicted misfortunes of the dream-vision is to be chiefly, and even exclusively sought in the period of tribulation marked by the reign of the Seleucid and the revolt of the Asmonans, it does not follow in any degree that a contemporary of that generation must be regarded as the composer of this vision, and that therefore it must be held to be a prophecy forged <em>ex eventu.<\/em> In opposition to this assumption of a pseudological conventional composition of the chapter by an apocalyptist of the Maccaban period, it must be observed that discrepancies exist between several leading characteristic features of the prophecy and the facts connected with the history of the sufferings of Israel under Antiochus, and also the facts connected with the development of the empire, which are <em>unquestionably more marked than the origin of the chapter in the time of the Maccabees would justify in any way.<\/em> Above all we notice the following:<\/p>\n<p><em>a.<\/em> The difference between the ten horns of the fourth beast (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:7<\/span> et seq., 20, 24) and the number of the predecessors of Antiochus Epiphanes on the throne of the Seleucid. The most plausible method of reconciling the number of the horns with that of the early Seleucidhence, of fixing the number of the latter at ten, while Antiochus follows as the eleventhis that adopted by Prideaux, Bertholdt, Von Lengerke, Delitzsch, and Ewald, by which Alexander the Great is excluded from the series, and Seleucus Nicator heads the list. This certainly secures a succession of seven rulers down to Seleucus IV. Philopator, the brother and predecessor of Ant. Epiphanes (1. Seleucus Nicator, B. C. 312280; 2. Antiochus Soter, 279261; 3. Antiochus Theos, 260246; 4. Seleucus Callinicus, 245226; 5. Seleucus Ceraunus, 225223; 6. Antiochus the Great, 222187; 7. Seleucus Philopator, 186176); but every attempt to designate the three missing monarchs, who should fill the brief interregnum and state of restless anarchy which preceded the accession of Antiochus Epiphanes, results in failure. The ordinary resource is to assume that these three kings, whom Antiochus dethroned and superseded, or, as the figurative language in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:8<\/span> has it, the three horns which were uprooted before the little horn came up, were (1) Demetrius, the eldest son of Seleucus Philopator, and therefore the nephew of Ant. Epiphanes, who was at Rome as a hostage when his father died, and whose crown was usurped in his absence by his uncle (who had just returned to Syria from an extended sojourn in Rome, where he had likewise been a hostage); (2) Heliodorus, the murderer of Seleucus Philopator (see <span class='bible'>Dan 11:20<\/span>), who occupied the throne for a short time after poisoning that king, until Epiphanes dethroned him; and finally (3) Ptolemy IV. Philometer, king of Egypt, a minor at the time, who was the son of Cleopatra, the daughter of Antiochus the Great and sister of Epiphanes. It is assumed that this queen laid claim to the throne of the Seleucid for her son, or at least to the provinces of Palestine and Phnicia, which adjoined Egypt. In point of fact, however, none of these rivals of Epiphanes could be regarded as the king of Syria, for Heliodorus was a mere usurper, who was dethroned after a brief reign, and there is no record to show that either Demetrius or Ptolemy Philometer pretended to the throne with any degree of earnestness.<span class=''>56<\/span> Hence a variety of different explanations have been attempted; as, for instance, Alexander the Great has been included in the series of the ten kings, as being the actual founder of the empire of the Seleucid (!), so that the line begins with him and closes with Seleucus Philopator as the eighth, Heliodorus as the ninth, and Demetrius as the tenth representative of that dynasty (thus Hitzig, on the passage, and Hilgenfeld, <em>Die Propheten Esra und Daniel<\/em>, 1863, p. 82); or again, attention is called to the fact that exactly that period in the history of Syria which immediately precedes the reign of Epiphanes, is known to be particularly obscure, uncertain, and defective in its records (Ewald, and also Hitzig and Kamphausen); or it is observed that on the analogy of the toes of the image, which were partly of clay and partly of iron, the requisite number of kings is probably to be found both among the Seleucid and the Ptolemies (Rosenmller, Delitzsch, following Porphyry, Polychron, and other ancients); or the attempt to discover a succession of ten kings is wholly given up, and the ten horns are regarded as denoting ten <em>contemporary<\/em> rules, <em>e.g.<\/em>, ten satraps or generals of Alexander the Great, among whom the three that Seleucus Nicator conquered, Antigonus, Ptolemy Lagus, and Lysimachus, were especially prominent (Bleek, p. 68). The uncertain and unsatisfactory nature of all these attempts at an explanation, which Delitzsch (p. 283) also acknowledges in substance, has finally led even several advocates of the theory of the Maccaban composition of this section (<em>e.g.<\/em>, Hertzfeld, <em>Geschichte Israels<\/em>) to adopt the only correct view, on which the number ten as applied to the horns is a <em>round or symbolic<\/em> number, whose more specific interpretation it is useless to attempt. This view is also held in substance by a majority of the expositors who refer the fourth beast to the <em>Roman<\/em> world-power and the occidental-Christian kingdoms which emanated from it, although they hold fast to the really prophetic character of the vision, and therefore its origin with Daniel and during the captivity.<span class=''>57<\/span> We have already shown that the advocacy of the genuineness of this prophetic book by no means involves, as a necessary consequence, the interpretation by which the fourth beast designates Rome. It has also been shown, on <span class='bible'>Dan 7:8<\/span>, that we must be content with a general and symbolic explanation of the subordinate three-fold number of the horns, as well as of the number ten. Cf. infra, on <span class='bible'>Dan 11:2<\/span> et seq.<\/p>\n<p><em>b.<\/em> The statement in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:25<\/span>, according to which the period of tribulation, prepared for Gods people by the eleventh king of the fourth monarchy, was to cover a time, and two times, and a half time (hence according to <span class='bible'>Dan 4:13<\/span> was to extend over three and a half years and then to be ended by an act of Divine judgment), will likewise admit of no exact and thoroughly satisfactory comparison with the periods of religious persecution under Antiochus and of the Maccaban revolt. If the introduction of a sacrificial worship and the erection of an altar to the Olympic Zeus by Antiochus (1Ma 1:54) be taken as the <em>terminus a quo<\/em>, and the rededication of the desecrated sanctuary by Judas Maccabus (1Ma 4:52) as the <em>terminus ad quern<\/em> of that period of suffering, the result is merely three years and ten days, instead of three and a half years (cf. Josephus, <em>Ant.<\/em> XII. 7, 6); for the Maccaban books fix the date of the former event on the 15th Chisleu of the year 145 of the ra of the Seleucid (=B. C. 167) and of the latter on the 25th Chisleu 148 . Sel. (B. C. 164). Hitzig attempts unsuccessfully to recover the five and two third months yet lacking by going back to the arrival in Juda of Appollonius, the commissioner of tribute (which he asserts must have happened about three months before the 15th Chisleu 145, according to 1Ma 1:29 [cf. <span class='bible'>Dan 5:19<\/span>]), as the actual commencement of the ra of persecution. The result is still only three and a fourth years instead of the requisite three and a half; and a yet more unfortunate feature, which increases the difficulty of settling both the beginning and the end of the epoch of three and a half years in question, appears in the two-fold consideration, that on the one hand the real beginning of the Maccaban persecution may be found in the barbarous attack on the life and religion of the Jews, which, according to 1Ma 1:22, took place fully <em>six<\/em> years prior to the re-dedication of the temple, while on the other hand it is by no means necessary to regard the dedication of the sanctuary on the 25th Chisleu 148 as marking the cessation of the persecution, which might rather be dated from the great victories of Judas Maccabus over the Syrian generals Gorgias and Lysias (the one of which was gained during the year 147, and the other in the earlier months of 148 in the ra of the Seleucid), or on the contrary, from some event subsequent to the dedication, as the death of Antiochus Epipbanes (cf. infra, on <span class='bible'>Dan 12:11<\/span>). The theories which are admissible, therefore, vacillate between periods covering from three to six years, without being able, in any case, to demonstrate an asra of exactly three and a half years, such as <span class='bible'>Dan 7:25<\/span> requires, and further, without presenting any evidence from the recorded history of the Maccabs of so sudden, complete, and wonderful a conclusion of the period of suffering (without being secured by repeated conflicts and successes), as the same passage and its parallels in <span class='bible'>Dan 8:14<\/span> and <span class='bible'>Dan 7:7<\/span> et seq. seem to require. For this reason<span class=''>58<\/span> we are sometimes referred to the alleged insufficiency of our information respecting the various events connected with the Maccaban history, which lacks certainty and thoroughness (Hilgenfeld, as above), and at others, the assumption has been adopted that the Maccaban tendency-writer employed a designedly mystical and indefinite mode of indicating time, which cannot be accurately elucidated by a comparison with the facts of history (Von Lengerke). However conceivable and in itself probable the latter view may be, on the opinion that the prophet was drawing an apocalyptic picture of the distant future, which was necessarily ideal and indefinite so far as details were concerned, it is to the same degree improbable and incapable of being demonstrated, when the author is regarded as a conventional inventor of <em>vaticinia ex eventu<\/em>, who everywhere attempts to introduce allusions to the circumstances of the recent past or of the present. From such a writer we might assuredly have expected a more exact agreement and palpable correspondence between the prophecy and its fulfilling counterpart than results from the relation of the 1 + 2 + times to the period of the Antiochian persecution. The alleged pseudo-composer of our chapter must accordingly have written for a time, with whose historical conditions he was unacquainted, <em>despite the fact that he was its contemporary;<\/em> and the entire condition of the theocracy, covered with shame and the want of success as it was, during the three and a half years of this chapterbefore whose expiration this advocate of the actually victorious but not by him so-designated Maccaban rebellion is said to have writtenbecomes historically inconceivable in the light of the pseudo-Daniel tendency-hypothesis (Kranichfeld).<\/p>\n<p><em>c.<\/em> Intimately connected with this is the discrepancy between the picture of the Messiah drawn in our chapter, and the nature of the Messianic hopes entertained by the Jews of the Maccaban period, as revealed in the books of the Maccabees, and also in the other products of Jewish apocalyptic literature of nearly the same date. These authorities are indeed able to refer to a final deliverance and re-union of the scattered tribes of Israel (see, <em>e.g.<\/em>, Sir 30:11; Sir 1:24; Tob 13:13-18; Tob 14:6), and also to a Divine visitation of judgment upon the heathen (Sir 32:18; Jdt 16:17, etc.); but they nowhere base their theocratic expectations clearly on the appearance of a single Messianic personage, least of all, on one who is so positively characterized by traits belonging to both Divine and human nature as is the Son of man in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span> of this chapter. The   of 1 Macc. (1Ma 14:41) is a purely human prophet, devoid of all celestial, supernatural character; and the poor righteous one of the book of Wisdom (<span class='bible'>Dan 2:10-20<\/span>) can make no claim to recognition as an individual Messianic person, but is rather a mere personification of the class of suffering righteous men. The conception of a Messiah is very dim upon the whole in all the apocryphal literature of the two centuries immediately preceding the Christian ra; and in the cases, where the expectation of a personal Messiah, possessed of the Divine-human character to a greater or less degree, actually appears in several productions of this period, as in books II. and III. of the <em>Sibylline Oracles<\/em>, or in the book of Enoch (which at least some critics admit to have been composed as early as in the second century B. C., and possibly under John Hyrcanus<em>e.g.<\/em>, Ewald, Dillmann, Jos. Langen), the dependence of such writings on this book must doubtless be assumed (cf. the passage from the <em>Orac. Sibyll.<\/em> 1. II., cited above, on <span class='bible'>Dan 7:8<\/span>, and also Introd.  6, note 3). This dependence, however, in no wise compels to the assumption that the prophecies of Daniel originated in the Asmonan period; it is far more readily understood on the opinion that they originated during the captivity, but that they were recognized at their true value and introduced into general use in all the circles of pious Jewish apocalyptists in the Maccaban age and as a result of its afflictions.<\/p>\n<p>4. In support of the opinion that He who came with the clouds of heaven in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span> is no other than the <em>personal Messiah<\/em>, it has already been remarked among other things (see on that passage) that Christ preferably and frequently employed the phrase   , as a testimony in favor of that view. It is now recognized by a majority of expositors and Biblical theologians that this designation, which is found in all eighty-one times in the New Testament, was intended to recall <span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span>, and to assert the identity of Jesus as the Messiah with the  who is there described, although several (<em>e.g.<\/em>, Von Hofmann, Delitzsch, Kahnis, etc.) still attempt to advocate the view formerly represented by Huetius, Harduin, Schleiermacher, Neander, Weisse, Baur, etc., on which the phrase was derived from <span class='bible'>Psa 8:5<\/span>, and designates Jesus, not as being the Messiah, but as the flower of humanity, as the ideal and normal man, the man of history, toward whom all human development tends. The former method of explaining the phrase does not exclude the latter, but is rather to be traced back to both these passages of the Old Testament, inasmuch as <span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span> also expresses the sense of the ideal and normally human, of the perfectly human, and even of the <em>Divine human<\/em>, as will appear with special clearness from the manner in which the Saviour, in <span class='bible'>Mat 26:64<\/span>, replies to the question of the High priest inquiring whether He were the Christ, the Son of God, when, with an evident allusion to this passage, He declares Himself the Son of man, who shall thereafter be seen sitting on the right hand of power and coming in the clouds of heaven; cf. also <span class='bible'>Joh 7:35-36<\/span>, where in answer to the question of the unbelieving people, Who is this Son of man? the Lord declares, Yet a little while is <em>the light<\/em> with you, and thus again identifies himself most clearly with the Messianic Son of man of this passage. Cf. Meyer and Lange on both these passages (and also on <span class='bible'>Mat 8:20<\/span>); likewise Gess, <em>Lehre von der Person Christi<\/em> (1856) p. 7 et seq., 257; J.F. Tafel, <em>Leben Jesu<\/em>, p. 127 et seq., and especially Nebe, <em>Ueber den Begriff des Namens<\/em>   Herborn, 1860; also Holtzmann, <em>Ueber den neutestamentlichen Ausdruck Men-schensohn<\/em>, in Hilgenfelds <em>Zeitschr. f.<\/em> <em>wissenschaftliche Theologie<\/em>, 1865, p. 212 et seq. (although the latter has so distorted a view of the reference of the name to <span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span> that he chooses to entirely exclude that to <span class='bible'>Psa 8:5<\/span>, thus approaching the opinion advocated by Strauss in his <em>Leben Jesu<\/em>).In addition to this reference to our passage in the mouth of our Lord as directly testifying to a personal Messiah, and besides the possibly still more ancient references in the same spirit which are found in the Sibyllines and the book of Enoch (see supra), the substantial agreement of its description of Christ with that of the prophets prior to the captivity affords an important testimony in favor of the correctness of our view. Especially if the description of the Son of man in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span> et seq., to whom an eternal and all-embracing dominion over all nations is given, be compared with the designation  , an anointed prince, in <span class='bible'>Dan 9:26<\/span>, which, although primarily applicable to a typical forerunner of Christ (see on that passage), yet clearly indicates the character of the Messianic ruler as being at the same time priest and king, the result will be a demonstration of the close analogy and even identity of Daniels description of the Messiah with those by which Isaiah (<span class='bible'>Dan 9:5<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Dan 11:1<\/span> et seq.) and his contemporary, Micah (<span class='bible'>Dan 5:1<\/span> et seq.), characterize the spiritually anointed ruler of the house of David who should introduce the period of the deliverance of Israel and all nations, and also with the Messianic prophecies of Jeremiah (<span class='bible'>Jer 23:5<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Jer 30:9<\/span>) and Ezekiel (<span class='bible'>Eze 34:23<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Eze 37:25<\/span>) and even those of the time of David and Solomon together with the period immediately subsequent, <em>e.g.<\/em>, David himself (<span class='bible'>Psalms 110<\/span>), Nathan (<span class='bible'>2 Samuel 7<\/span>), Amos (<span class='bible'>Dan 9:11<\/span> et seq.), Hosea (<span class='bible'>Dan 3:5<\/span>), etc. The Messiah of Daniel does not differ from Him to whom all the earlier prophets bore witness; the super-human glory and perfection of power of Him who nevertheless appears in human form, as described in this vision, correspond exactly to the expectations which the prophetism of Israel in general, from the time of David, when the theocracy bloomed and shone in its splendor, had learned to connect with a later offspring of the house of David, as the restorer, endowed with Divine power and majesty, who should renew the glory of that house, and consequently the glory of the theocracy as a whole.<\/p>\n<p>5. For the purpose of a practical homiletical treatment of the chapter it will of course be necessary to pay special regard to the shining clearness of this description of the Messiah, and through it to clear up the more obscure features of the prophetic vision, in so far as this may be possible and of practical utility. The Divine-human Messiah of Israel, the founder and ruler of the kingdom of God in the earth, the Saviour and Judge of the world (cf. <span class='bible'>Joh 4:42<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Joh 5:27<\/span>), is to be described in His relations toward the earthly world-power, which, passing through various forms and phases of development, finally reaches the diabolical rage of anti-Christianity, and rebels against Him; and his ultimate triumph over all His foes is to be displayed as a necessity, founded in the Divine economy of salvation. In this connection it will not be wise to enter upon a consideration of those phases in the development of the world-power, symbolized by the figure of the beasts, in their relation to the pre-Christian world-monarchies which are to be regarded as their historical counterparts, any farther than is imperatively necessary for the purpose of clearness. The ideal and fundamental thought of the prophecy, which substantially coincides with that of the image of the monarchies in chap. 2. and may be expressed by the statement that all the kingdoms of the earth must be put to shame (cf. <span class='bible'>Rev 11:15<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 12:10<\/span>) before the kingdom of the everlasting God (the Ancient of days, <span class='bible'>Dan 7:9<\/span>), and of His Anointed, must evidently be made prominent; but the details of its realization in the history of the world should receive only a subordinate attention, especially since none of the theories promulgated to the present time, which undertake to specify the particular kingdoms designated by the four beasts, can claim to be absolutely correct, and recourse must therefore be had to a choice between probabilities, or between interpretations, more or less plausible, of the mysterious hieroglyphic animal figures that came up from the sea. For as merely the forms of the future world-monarchies were revealed to the prophetsometimes indeed in surprisingly definite and exact outlinesbut he was not made acquainted with their names; as their nature, but not their historic appearance was prefigured to him: so can no effort of scientific penetration on the part of exegetes succeed in establishing an exact correspondence between the character of these monarchies, as shadowed forth in prophetic images, and its actualization in the surging confusion of the life of nations during the course of the last pre-Christian century, and thus in stating, with mathematical exactness and certainty, <em>which<\/em> great world-kingdom subsequent to the captivity was intended by the Spirit of prophecy by each of the beasts seen by Daniel, <em>what<\/em> kings were represented by the ten horns of the fourth beast, what was the precise conception of the blasphemous course and anti-theocratic rage of the last horn, and whether, in point of fact, Antiochus Epiphanes conformed to it in all respects, or merely realized it generally and in substance. In view of these unavoidable obscurities and difficulties, the practical expositor, still more than the scientific exegete is limited to a chaste, modest, and reserved course in the treatment of this prophecy as it applies to the history of nations and of the world. Instead of pursuing to particulars the interpretation of the series of monarchies in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:4-7<\/span>, or even of the succession of kings in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:8<\/span>, in the details of history, he will be able to present only <em>examples<\/em> of the wonderfully exact correspondence between the type and its historical anti-type, or <em>illustrative proofs<\/em> of the generally unquestionable congruity between the visional and the actual succession of monarchies; and especially, instead of treating the fourth beast and its eleventh horn (in which the idea of the fourth beast attains its complete development, and which may, therefore, to a certain extent, be identified with the beast itself) as referring solely to the anti-Christian world-power in pre-Christian times, or also to the Roman supremacy with Herod or Nero as the representative of its anti-Christian character<span class=''>59<\/span>which would be wholly impractical and a grave offence against all the rules of sound homiletics;instead of so one-sided an Old-Testament or typical interpretation of this beast, he will doubtless be obliged to deal prominently with that more unfettered, spiritual, and ideal mode of treatment, by which the fourth beast represents at the same time both type and anti-type, thus including the world-power of the last times, which is inimical to God and Christ. Here also every one-sided interpretation, centring in a definite point of the history of the past, must be avoided, and the antichrist must not be found specifically in the Turkish nation (so Luther, <em>Vorrede ber den Proph. Daniel;<\/em> Melancthon in the <em>Kommentar<\/em>, where, however, he also associates the pope; Calov.; M. Geier, etc.), nor in the pope (Luther in his exposition of chap. 11. and 12. and elsewhere frequently; also Brentius, Calvin, Zanchius, Cocceius, Buddeus, Bengel, Roos, and recently, F. Brunn, in the little work, <em>1st der Pabst der Antichrist?<\/em> Dresden, 1868), nor in Napoleon I. or III. (cf. Leutwein, <em>Das Thier war und ist nicht<\/em>, etc., Ludwigsburg, 1825), nor, most remarkable of all, in Count Bismarck as representing the Prussian State (thus, <em>e.g.<\/em>, Groen van Priesterer; many clergymen of Wrtemberg in the year 1866, etc.), but his eschatological character as belonging to the final stage of mundane history must be retained. Cf. Lnemann, on <span class='bible'>2 Thessalonians 2<\/span>, p. 204 et seq.; Auberlen and Riggenbach on the same chapter, p. 117 et seq.; H. O. Khler, <em>Die Schriftwidrigkeit des Chiliasmus<\/em>, in Guerickes <em>Zeitschr. fr die luth. Theol. und Kirche<\/em>, 1861, No. III., p. 459 et seq.) where the numerous writers in the Middle Ages are mentioned, who declared the pope to be the antichrist, <em>e.g.<\/em>, bishop Arnulf of Orleans, 991; Honorius of Autun; John of Salisbury; Joachim 5. Floris; Robert Gross-head; Joh. Milicz; <span class='bible'>Matthew 5<\/span>. Janow; Gregory of Heimburg; the Waldenses; many Hussites, et.); S. Baring Gould, <em>Curious Myths of the Middle Ages<\/em>, London, 1866 (chap. 9, the Antichrist); H. W. Rinck, <em>Die Lehre der Heiligen Sohrift vom Antichrist, mit Berucksichtigung der Zeiehen unserer Zeit<\/em>, Elberfeld, 1867 [and many of the monographs cited at the close of the Introduction].<\/p>\n<p>Since but few of the practical expositors of former times occupy the ground of this more free and spiritual interpretation, but rather are generally concerned to adapt the visions of the prophet to special events and appearances in modern history, or confine themselves to the work of disproving the interpretation which assumes that the chap. was a <em>vatic, ex eventu<\/em>, written by a pretended Daniel in the Maccaban period (so many church fathers, <em>e.g.<\/em>, Jerome, whose observations on this section aim solely to resist the tendency-critical attacks of Porphyry; among moderns, <em>e.g.<\/em>, Hvernick), a thoroughly proper practical and homiletical treatment of the chapter, based on a solid exegetical foundation, can of course derive but little benefit from them. Nevertheless, we quote several observations on the more important passages.<\/p>\n<p>On <span class='bible'>Dan 7:4-8<\/span>, Melancthon: <em> Mirabili Dei consilio et voluntate Ecclesia subjecta est cruci. . Prdicunt Prophetas et Apostoli, inundum pmnas daturum esse, quod post sparsum evangelium tyranni sviant in membra Christi, deinde et ab illis ipsis qui gubernant Ecclesiam, polluta sit Ecclesia idolis, falsis dogmatibus, paricidiis sanctorum libidinibus.<\/em> (To this, however, is added the one-sided and arbitrary remark, <em>Est ex his seminibus ortam esse pestam Mahometicam historia ostendit.<\/em>) On <span class='bible'>Dan 7:9<\/span>, Calvin: <em> Sciamus non posse a nobis Deum conspici qualis est, donee simus plane similes ei. Deus certe neque solium aliquod occupat, neque rotis vehitur, sed non debemus imaginari Deum in sua essentia them. esse, qualis prophet suo et aliis sanctis patribus apparuit; sed induit subinde varias formas pro captu hominum, quibus prsentia; su aliquod signum dare volebat.<\/em><\/p>\n<p>On <span class='bible'>Dan 7:11-12<\/span>, the <em>Tinger Bibel:<\/em> <strong>In His eternal decree God<\/strong> has fixed a limit to every kingdom; beyond this it cannot go, and the Divine providence exerts a special agency to this end (<span class='bible'>Isa 23:15<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>On <span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span> et seq., Luther (<em>Von den letzten Worten Davids<\/em>, in his <em>Werke<\/em>, vol. xxxi. p. 80 et seq.): This eternity or eternal kingdom cannot be given to any evil creature, whether man or angel; for it is the power of God, and of God Himself. Namely, the Father confers the everlasting power on the Son, and the Son receives it from the Father, and all this from all eternity  At the same time, the Son is also a child, <em>i.e.<\/em>, a real man and the Son of David, to whom such eternal power is given. Thus we see how the prophets properly regarded and understood the word  eternal, when God says to David by the mouth of Nathan,  I will place my and thy son in my eternal kingdom (<span class='bible'>2Sa 7:13<\/span>; <span class='bible'>2Sa 7:16<\/span>).<\/p>\n<p>On <span class='bible'>Dan 7:25<\/span>, Starke: When crowned heads assail God with impious hands, and are not content with the honor of earthly gods, their respect and honor, dominion and glory, are taken from them by a common stroke; cf. <span class='bible'>Act 12:22<\/span> et seq.<\/p>\n<p><strong>Footnotes:<\/strong><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[1]<\/span><em>To.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[2]<\/span>Or,<em> chief of the words.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[3]<\/span><em>Answered.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[4]<\/span><em>Was seeing.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[5]<\/span><em>With the.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[6]<\/span><em>Changed this from that.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[7]<\/span><em>Was seeing till that.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[8]<\/span> is evidently used here to correspond with the description of the preceding verse, and hence the pointing  to is preferred, as in the margin.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[9]<\/span> <em>to one side<\/em>, sidewise, <em>i.e., partially<\/em>, prob. on the fore or hind feet only; in a crouching or half-risen posture; thus contrasted with the erect attitude of the lion preceding on <em>both<\/em> feet .<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[10]<\/span>[This assumption rests upon the authors theory that Belshazzar is identical with Evil-merodach, which, as we have shown in the notes appended to the Introduction, is not sustained by the latest authorities or Babylonian history. If Rawlinsons conjecture is correct, that Belshazzar was the son of Nabouned, left in command of Babylon while his father threw himself into Borsippa, the date in question will relate to the viceroyship of the former, which may well have continued a year or more (or even into the third year, see <span class='bible'>Dan 8:1<\/span>), since the siege of Babylon lasted two years.]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[11]<\/span>The position of the terms is emphatic, <em>teeth of iron<\/em> were <em>to it, great ones.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[12]<\/span><em>Was occupying my attention with.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[13]<\/span><em>Out of<\/em>, or <em>among.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[14]<\/span>The definite article is here injurious to the sense.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[15]<\/span><em>Would serve him<\/em> as attendants.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[16]<\/span><em>Myriad of myriads would stand.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[17]<\/span>Literally, <em>caused to pass away.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[18]<\/span><em>And a lengthening in their lives was given them till.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[19]<\/span>As in <span class='bible'>Dan 6:25<\/span> : <em>All the nations, the peoples, and the tongues.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[20]<\/span><em>Labor for.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[21]<\/span><em>Would trouble.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[22]<\/span><em>Upon.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[23]<\/span><em>Would ask from him.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[24]<\/span><em>Would make.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[25]<\/span>Or, <em>words.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[26]<\/span>In the plur., like most names of Deity.<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[27]<\/span><em>A kingdom the fourth.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[28]<\/span><em>It the.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[29]<\/span><em>To<\/em> the <em>side of.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[30]<\/span><em>They.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[31]<\/span>Or, <em>word.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[32]<\/span><em>I.<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[33]<\/span><em>Looks would be.]<\/em><\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[34]<\/span>[This vision accords not only in many respects with the dream of Nebuchadnezzar (ch.2), but has the same subject. This subject, however, the representation of the world-power in its principal forms, is differently given in the two chapters. In <span class='bible'>Daniel 2<\/span> it is represented according to its whole character as an image of a man whose different parts consist of different metals, and in chap. 7 under the figure of four beasts which arise one after the other out of the sea. In the former, its destruction is represented by a stone breaking the image in pieces, while in the latter it is effected by a solemn act of judgment. This further difference also is to be observed, that in this chapter, the first, but chiefly the fourth, world-kingdom, in its development and relation to the people of God, is much more clearly exhibited in <span class='bible'>Daniel 2<\/span>. These differences have their principal reason in the difference of the recipients of the Divine revelation: Nebuchadnezzar, the founder of the world-power, saw this power in its imposing greatness and glory; while Daniel, the prophet of God, saw it in its opposition to God in the form of ravenous beasts of prey. Nebuchadnezzar had his dream in the second year of his reign, when he had just founded his world-monarchy; while Daniel had his vision of the world-kingdoms and of the judgment against them in the first year of Belshazzar, when the glory of the world-monarchy began to fade, and the spirit of its opposition to God became more manifest.<em>Keil.<\/em>]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[35]<\/span>[Keils remark, however, is apposite: The winds <em>of the heavens<\/em> represent the heavenly powers and forces by which God sets the nations of the world in motion.]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[36]<\/span>[We suggest that the preposition rather indicates the <em>direction<\/em> of the winds as converging to this one point as a scene of conflict.]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[37]<\/span>[The reduplicated form, however, seems to be merely the usual one in Chaldee.]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[38]<\/span>[Keil adopts a different, but, as it seems to us, farfetched and over-ingenious interpretation: This means neither that it leaned on one side (Ebrard), nor that it stood on its fore feet (Hvernick), for the sides of a bear are not its fore and hinder parts; but we conceive that the beast, resting on its feet, raised up the feet of the one side for the purpose of going forward, and so raised the shoulder or the whole body on that side. But with such a motion of the beast the geographical situation of the kingdom (Geier, Mich., Ros.) cannot naturally be represented, much less can the near approach of the destruction of the kingdom (Hitzig) be signified. Hofmann, Delitzsch, and Kliefoth have found the right interpretation by a reference to <span class='bible'>Daniel 2, 8<\/span>. As in <span class='bible'>Daniel 2<\/span> the arms on each side of the breast signify that the second kingdom will consist of two parts, and this is more distinctly indicated in <span class='bible'>Daniel 8<\/span> by the two horns, one of which rose up after the other, and higher, so also in this verse the double-sidedness of this world-kingdom is represented by the beast lifting itself up on one side. The Medo-Persian bear, as such, has, as Kliefoth well remarks, two sides; the one, the Median side, is at rest after the efforts made for the erection of the world-kingdom; but the other, the Persian side, raises itself up. and then becomes not only higher than the first, but also is prepared for new rapine.Stuart justly remarks that the difficulty seems to have arisen from the fact that, until lately, we have been ignorant of a like symbol sculptured on the ancient monuments of Persia. Mnter (<em>Rel. der Bab.<\/em>, p. 112) has given ns a description (with an engraving) of an animal of the symbolic kind, in a group near the star of Belus, which, kneeling or lying on the right foot, has its left one erect. A sense of security, combined with watchfulness, seems to be the indication. Probably this symbol, now on the monuments of Persia and Babylon, was a part of what belonged to the <em>insignia<\/em> of the royal and national standards.]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[39]<\/span>[The plur.  <em>is impersonal<\/em>(Keil); it might be rendered passively (Stuart).]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[40]<\/span>[The writer gives to this fourth beast no particular name. Plainly it was a peculiar monster. The reason why he omits a name seems to be, that in the world of nature no similitude could be found, for in no case of really-existing beasts are four of them united in one, so as to constitute an appropriate symbol for the four kingdoms of Alexanders successors. He classes these under the dynasty, comprehensively considered, which grew up out of the predominance or victories of the Greeks in the East. But when enough is introduced to designate the general nature of the dynasty, both here and in <span class='bible'>Daniel 8, 9<\/span>, he goes over into a notice of only such kings as were in the neighborhood of Palestine, and had more or less to do with annoying it. As Antiochus Epiphanes was incomparably the most annoying and mischievous of them all, so a peculiar share of the prophecy respecting the fourth dynasty is allotted to him in each of the chapters named. It is evident from a comparison of historical facts as well as from the nature of the case, that a dynasty is spoken of by Daniel as more or less dreadful and destructive according to the measure in which Palestine was actually affected by it in this way.<em>Stuart.<\/em> Keil, on the contrary, who adopts the common or orthodox interpretation of the fourth monarchy, gives a different explanation of this feature: The fourth kingdom is represented by a nameless beast, because in Daniels time Rome had not come into contact with Israel, and as yet lay beyond the circle of vision of Old-Testament prophecy. This candid admission one would think might have led the commentator to doubt any reference even here to Rome. He does not seem, moreover, to have perceived that for precisely the same reason the Macedonian empire should have been represented by some nameless beast, as being hitherto unknown to the Hebrews.]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[41]<\/span>[May not the diversity rather consist in the fact that, unlike all the former governments, the Seleucid dynasty began a systematic attack upon the <em>religious<\/em> institutions of the subject Jews?]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[42]<\/span>See Leyrer, art. <em>Zahlen<\/em> in Herzogs Real-Encyklop., vol. 18, p. Dan 378: also Zckler, <em>Theologia naturalis<\/em>, I. 713 et seq. In both places the essentially <em>political<\/em> or <em>cosmical<\/em> significance of this number is pointed out, in opposition to Delitzsch, who regards it as the symbol of <em>Divine<\/em> perfection. cf. further, Bhr. <em>Symbolik des mos. Kultus<\/em>, I. 175; Hofmann, <em>Weissagung und Erfllung<\/em>, I. 75; Hengstenberg, <em>Beitrge z. Einl.<\/em>, III. 391, 605. [On the contrary, it seems to us that the definiteness of the numbers <em>four<\/em> and <em>three<\/em> in the same connection requires a similar definiteness in this number likewise. See our remarks in the Ethico-fundamental principles, etc., on this chap. No. 3, <em>a.<\/em>]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[43]<\/span>[See, however, the remarks in the Ethico-Fundamental principles, etc., below, 3, <em>a.<\/em>]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[44]<\/span>[The eyes of a man were not attributed to it (merely) in opposition to a beast, but in opposition to a higher celestial being, for whom the ruler denoted by the horn might be mistaken on account of the terribleness of his rule and government: <em>ne cum putemus juxta quorundam opinionem vel diabolum esse vel dmonem, sed unum de hominibus, in quo totus Satanas habiturus sit corporealiter,<\/em> as Jerome well remarks; cf. Hofmann and Kliefoth.<em>Keil.<\/em>]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[45]<\/span>[A mouth which speaketh great things is a vainglorious mouth.  are <em>presumptuous things<\/em>, not directly blasphemous (Hvr.). In the Apocalypse, <span class='bible'>Rev 13:5<\/span>,  and  are distinguished.<em>Keil.<\/em>]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[46]<\/span>[Fire and the shining of fire are the constant phenomena of the manifestation of God in the world as the earthly elements most fitting for the representation of the burning zeal with which the holy God not only punishes and destroys sinners but also purifies and renders glorious His own people; see on <span class='bible'>Exo 3:3<\/span>.<em>Keil.<\/em>]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[47]<\/span>[In the N. T. Christians are represented as sharing in the like solemnities, <span class='bible'>1Co 6:2<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Mat 19:28<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Luk 22:30<\/span>; <span class='bible'>Rev 3:21<\/span>. Not improbably such expressions as Let <em>us<\/em> make man in our image. Let <em>us<\/em> go down and see, Who will go for us? take their <em>plural<\/em> form from such views of the heavenly <em>Concessus.<\/em> The sum of the matter is that the prophet presents the Supreme Lord and Judge to our view by imagery borrowed from earthly sovereigns, <em>i.e.<\/em>, as having all the insignia of pre-eminence and supremacy around him.<em>Stuart.<\/em>]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[48]<\/span>Cf. also <em>Sibyll.<\/em>, 1. II, p. 277, ed. Galland:           , .<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[49]<\/span>[This correspondence, however, cannot be legitimately urged as an argument in favor of the contemporaneousness of the ten kings, for it is doubtful if the number of the toes has any special significance, and no stress is laid upon it in the explanation of the vision. Like the two legs, it forms but an accidental accessory in completing the figure. Otherwise we should be obliged to count the toes on <em>both<\/em> feet likewise, and this would be more than any interpreters are prepared to do.]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[50]<\/span>[Keils reference to <span class='bible'>Dan 8:20-22<\/span> is unavailing against this express statement of the text here, for not only is the great goat horn there undeniably a personal ruler, but so are likewise the four notable horns that succeed it as the founders of so many dynasties. His entire argument on this point is a perversion of the sense: Since the ten horns all exist at the same time together on the head of the beast, the ten kings that arise out of the fourth kingdom are to be regarded as contemporary. On the contrary they are explicitly said to arise in the sight of the prophet, as if they were not there originally, and this admits, if it does not require, the idea of their gradual and consecutive development. So in the case of the two-horned ram (<span class='bible'>Dan 8:3<\/span>) we might with equal reason have presumed both horns to have arisen simultaneously, but such many words to be kings of one and the same kingdom, they must in the nature of the case be successive; for ten simultaneous sovereigns in one dominion would be a palpable absurdity. In case of the last three only, whose fall makes room for the eleventh, is there a partial simultaneousness<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[51]<\/span>[Keil contends that the king coming after them can only overthrow three of the ten kingdoms when he himself has established and possesses a kingdom or empire of his own. But such is not the process represented in the vision. The little horn <em>in the act of arising<\/em> evidently usurps the room previously occupied by the three others. It is this expansion in their place that makes it become great. They must, therefore, have been themselves rivals at the time, and not well-established in their seat, when this fourth contestant arose in its first insignificance.]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[52]<\/span>[Few readers, however, will be content with this indefinite exposition of these sharply defined and frequently reiterated statements of time with reference to the event predicted. The difficulties in the way of their literal application to the period of desecration of the Temple by Antiochus Epiphanes do not appear so formidable as to require such a vague interpretation. See under the Ethico-fundamental considerations below.]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[53]<\/span>[Some of those modem interpreters who hold in part to the year-for-a-day theory make the little horn in this passage to be different from that in <span class='bible'>Daniel 8<\/span>, referring the latter to Antiochus Epiphanes, but the former to the papacy or else to Mohammedanism. Such as maintain that the days stand for years in both instances regard the difference in the periods between this passage and that (1,050 years here and 2,300 there) as caused by computing the period in the one case from the <em>rise of the power<\/em> to its downfall, and in the other from <em>Daniels own time.<\/em> In either case the same fatal objection applies, that there is no good evidence of such a symbolic use of the word day by Daniel.]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[54]<\/span>[Keil in like manner, argues for the purely symbolical and indefinite import of this designation of time, being driven thereto by his theory that this whole prophecy applies to the duration of the Roman power, which he extends into the unknown future. He has all along contended against a literal interpretation of these chronological data as they seem to be.]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[55]<\/span>[Keil seek (p. 258 et seq.) to make the most of the incidental variations in the description of the little horn, in <span class='bible'>Daniel 7<\/span>; Daniel , 8; but his points are minute and often far-fetched, whereas the coincidences are striking, numerous, and essential. Consult the harmonic table in the introduction. Lest we might be thought to treat the opposite view too lightly, we briefly note the differences adduced by Keil. 1. The little horn of <span class='bible'>Daniel 7<\/span> rises out of one of the four horns without adding to their number or injuring them; that of <span class='bible'>Daniel 8<\/span> arises <em>among<\/em> the ten as an additional or parallel element, and uproots three. This merely proves that the four powers are not identical with the ten horns, which is precisely our view. 2. The enemy in <span class='bible'>Daniel 7<\/span> goes much farther in his violence than that in <span class='bible'>Daniel 8<\/span>; but as the conduct is of the same general character, this is evidently but a fuller or more detailed description. Both certainly tallied with the behavior of Antiochus. It is vain to allege that in one chapter the persecutor is not an antichrist because he is not directly said to arrogate divinity as in the other chapter, but only to oppose the people of God; for those are everywhere in the Bible identitied with God himself, and their cause and interests are his likewise. 3. The periods in the two cases are different (2,300 days, and a year and a half, or 1,290, or 1,335 days). This is readily explained as including in some passages more accessory circumstances than in others. See the <strong>exegetical remarks<\/strong> on each.]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[56]<\/span>[Keil urges these objections with all their force to disprove any reference here to the time of the Seleucid; but they apply with equal and even greater force to the Roman list of emperors. It does not appear however, that the three horns in question represent actually reigning kings, nor do the terms plucked up and fell clearly mean dethronement. It is sufficient that they were royal personages who claimed or were entitled to the throne. One of them, at least, Heliodorus, actually occupied it, for a brief period, indeed, but long enough to come within the description. The other two, as being legitimate heirs, may fairly be designated as <em>princes<\/em>, and this is all that the figure requires. The partial and temporary royalty of all three is evidently denoted by their speedily succumbing to the upstart. It is difficult to imagine a case of four rivals to the fame throne that would more accurately answer to the vision.]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[57]<\/span>[So formidable is this difficulty on the Roman theory of interpretation that Keil, its last most noted advocate, takes refuge in a remarkable <em>postponement<\/em> of the solution. The kingdoms represented by the ten horns belong still to the future. To be able to judge regarding them with any certainty, we must first make clear to ourselves the place of the Messianic kingdom with reference to the fourth world-kingdom, and then compare the prophecy of the Apocalypse of John regarding the formation of the world-powera prophecy which rests on the book of Daniel. This is a virtual abandonment of the field. If all the other parts of this prophecy have their clear counterpart in history, why not this also? If, as Keil claims, these ten horns are found simultaneously on the head of the beast as it first arises, it is obviously inconsistent to refer their identification to the future. But the attempts made to distinguish the horns in question, in their literal application Rome, have signally failed, as the most cursory inspection of the schemes proposed in various commentaries on Daniel and the Apocalypse will abundantly show. The ten kings in <span class='bible'>Rev 17:12<\/span> are there expressly assigned to the indefinite future; but the seven in <span class='bible'>Dan 7:10<\/span> are clearly characterized as belonging to proximate history, and the first six as having been at the time actually realized.]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[58]<\/span>[In this chronological examination the author does injustice to the data in question, as the following exhibit from Stuarts <em>Commentary<\/em> (p. 223) will render clear: Is this expression of time poetical merely and figurative, consisting of round numbers (as they say), and comprising just half of the mystical number <em>seven<\/em>, which is so often employed in a kind of tropical way? <em>Historical facts<\/em> seem to speak for the <em>literal<\/em> interpretation, in the book before us. Yet, considering the nature of the case and of the number usually concerned with such reckonings (<em>i.e.<\/em>, the number <em>seven<\/em>), we surely need not be solicitous about a day, a week, or even a month, more or less. The convenience of the reckoning, when it is near enough to exactness, for all the purposes of prophecy, is very obvious, and will account for adopting it.<\/p>\n<p>In exhibiting the historical facts, we will begin with an sera which is certain, viz., the time when Judas Macc, expurgated the temple, and began the service of God anew. This was on the 25th of Dec. 148 ann. Sel. = 165 B.C., see 1Ma 5:52. Counting back three and a half years, we come to June in 145 A. S. = 168 B.C. Livy has described the retreat of Antiochus from Eypt, in the <em>early spring<\/em> (<em>primovere<\/em>, Liv. 45:11) of that year. While on that retreat, Antiochus detached Apollonius, one of his military chieftains, to lay waste Jerusalem (comp. 2Ma 5:11, which makes the time clear), for he had heard that the Jews exulted at his misfortune, in being obliged by the Romans to retreat from Egypt, and he was determined to wreak his vengeance on them. He did so effectually, as 1Ma 1:29 seq. fully shows; and Daniel 7:29, <span class='bible'>20<\/span>, of the same chapter, compared together, show that the year was 145 A. S. as above stated. From June, when Jerusalem was proably taken, to December, is six months; and from December in 168 to December, 165, is three years. In the same way, as to time, does Josephus reckon <em>Prm. ad Bell. Jud.  7.<\/em> But to avoid perplexity, it should be noted that a different mode of reckoning, viz., <em>three years<\/em>, is sometimes employed, <em>e.g.<\/em>, in 1Ma 1:54, and the consecration of it by Judas Maccabus, 1Ma 4:54. Some six months after capture of the city, during which all manner of crueltied and excesses were committed, appear to have elapsed before Antiochus began his <em>swinish<\/em> offerings in the temple. The consecration of the temple by Judas introduced regular Hebrew worship there; and the death of Antiochus happening shortly afterward, the period of his oppression was of course at its end. Thus did events correspond very exactly with the time designated in our text. We cannot indeed specify the exact <em>day<\/em>, because history has not done this; but it is enough, that we come so near to the time designed, as to remove all serious difficulty respecting it.<\/p>\n<p>To this we may add that the period three and a half years may reasonably be taken as a somewhat round number, not only because of its being in itself a general and inexact expression, but more especially as being the half of the conventional term of seven years. See on <span class='bible'>Dan 9:27<\/span>.]<\/p>\n<p><span class=''>[59]<\/span>Thus, <em>e.g.<\/em>, Beckmann, <em>Meditationes political<\/em>, c. 26, and Koch (in Starke, on <span class='bible'>Dan 7:8<\/span>).<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: A Commentary on the Holy Scriptures, Critical, Doctrinal, and Homiletical by Lange<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> CONTENTS<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> The Prophet is here in this Chapter introduced into strong visions of God. He is blessed by one that stood by with an interpretation of what he saw.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:1<\/span><\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> In the early ages of the Church, and before the open display and manifestation of God in our nature, in the person of the Lord Jesus Christ; this method of revealing the mind and will of God by dream and vision, concerning the Church, was very common among holy men of old. And even now, it is not wholly done away, for the private comfort of God&#8217;s people. The Lord doth not unfrequently give songs in the night. <span class='bible'>Job 35:10<\/span> . The former part of the Book of Daniel was chiefly historical. In this Chapter, and to the end of his prophecy, it is wholly prophetical.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Hawker&#8217;s Poor Man&#8217;s Commentary (Old and New Testaments)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:1<\/span><\/p>\n<p> I am amusing myself with thinking of the prophecy of Daniel as a sort of allegory. All those monstrous, &#8216;rombustical&#8217; beasts with their horns the horn with eyes and a mouth speaking proud things, and the little horn that waxed rebellious and stamped on the stars, seem like my passions and vain fancies, which are to be knocked down one after another until all is subdued with a universal kingdom over which the Ancient of Days presides the spirit of Love the Catholicism of the universe if you can attach any meaning to such a phrase.<\/p>\n<p> George Eliot to <em> Sara Hennell<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:10<\/span><\/p>\n<p><\/em><\/p>\n<p> Compare the reference in Tennyson&#8217;s &#8216;Sea Dreams,&#8217; and this rabbinic saying: &#8216;Consider three things, and thou wilt not fall into the hands of transgression: know what is above thee, a seeing eye, a hearing ear, and all thy deeds written in a book&#8217;.<\/p>\n<p> References. VII. 10. J. Vaughan, <em> Fifty Sermons<\/em> (6th Series), p. 214. J. Keble, <em> Sermons for Advent to Christmas Eve.<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:12<\/span><\/p>\n<p><\/em><\/p>\n<p> By resigning His strength, by declining to appeal to force, by committing Himself into God&#8217;s hand, Jesus took the direct path to supreme power and universal dominion. Such is the honour which He felt to be owing to the kingdom of the Truth, to leave it to win its own way against the suffrages of all men. &#8216;He must reign&#8230;.&#8217; Christ steals on and on in the world of human thought, and the enmity of one age falls before Him in the next. &#8216;Every battle (among men) is with confused noise and garments rolled in blood;&#8217; but after quite another manner God is bringing about the unification of all nations under Christ. Truth&#8217;s battle which is Love&#8217;s success, steals on, like some sweet mystic fire which &#8216;subdues all things to itself.<\/p>\n<p> Dr. John Pulsford.<\/p>\n<p> Reference. VIII. J. G. Murphy, <em> The Book of Daniel,<\/em> p. 140.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Expositor&#8217;s Dictionary of Text by Robertson<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong> VI<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> THE RELATED PROPHETIC SECTIONS OF DANIEL<\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> Having completed the historical sections of this book, we now consider the related prophetic sections. It is here we find the crux of the opposition of the atheistic critics. Their presupposition is: There can be no prophecy in any supernatural sense. Therefore they refuse to see any reference in the book to matters beyond the times of Antiochus Epiphanes. He to them is the culmination of the book. The unknown writer, as they claimed, lived after his times, and cast well-known history into the form of prophecy, attributing its authorship, through a license accorded to writers of novels, to a fictitious Daniel supposed to be living in the period between Nebuchadnezzar and Cyrus.<\/p>\n<p> A complete answer to both their premise and conclusion would be the proof of even one real prediction in the book, fulfilled after their own assigned date for the author. Any one who really believes the New Testament will find that proof in the words of our Lord: &#8220;When therefore ye see the abomination of desolation which was spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing in the Holy Place (let him that readeth understand) then let them that are in Judea flee to the mountains.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> But as our purpose it to expound the prophetic sections of this book, and not merely to reply to the contentions of atheists, we now take up our work. These are the prophetic sections:<\/p>\n<p> 1. Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s first dream of the great and luminous image, or the five world empires (<span class='bible'>Dan 2:31-45<\/span> ).<\/p>\n<p> 2. Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s second dream of the great tree, or what befell the great king of the first world empire (<span class='bible'>Dan 4:10-27<\/span> ).<\/p>\n<p> 3. The handwriting on the wall at Belshazzar&#8217;s feast, or what befell the last king of the first world empire and how the second empire comes to the front (<span class='bible'>Dan 5:25-28<\/span> ).<\/p>\n<p> 4. The vision of the four great beasts arising from the sea, representing in another form the four secular world empires and the enthronement of the King of the fifth world empire (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:1-28<\/span> ).<\/p>\n<p> 5. The vision of the ram and the he-goat, or the fortunes of the second and third world empires (<span class='bible'>Dan 8:1-27<\/span> ).<\/p>\n<p> 6. The seventy weeks, or the coming and sacrifice of the Messiah, the King of the fifth world empire (<span class='bible'>Dan 9:24-27<\/span> ).<\/p>\n<p> 7. The vision of the Son of man (<span class='bible'>Dan 10<\/span> ).<\/p>\n<p> 8. Revelation of the conflicts between two of the divisions of the third world empire) and the transition to the final advent of the Messiah, the King of the fifth world empire (Daniel 11-12).<\/p>\n<p> On these eight prophetic sections let us give careful attention to the following observations:<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong> OBSERVATIONS ON THE EIGHT PROPHECIES TAKEN TOGETHER<\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> 1. The most casual glance at this grouping of the several prophetic sections reveals both the unity of the book and the relation of its prophetic parts and the design of all.<\/p>\n<p> 2. Any man who looks carefully at this group and finds its culmination in Antiochus Epiphanes, a ruler of a fourth fragment of the third world empire, either is devoid of common sense and should receive the charity accorded to those unfortunates afflicted with mental aberration, or is so blinded with prejudice he cannot see. In the case of the latter alternative this much of Paul&#8217;s words apply: &#8220;If our gospel be hid, it is hid to them whom the god of this world has blinded lest they should see,&#8221; or our Lord&#8217;s words, &#8220;Having eyes they see not.&#8221; An unbiased child can see that the culmination of the book as to a person is in the King of the fifth world empire, and the culmination as to a fact is in the Messiah&#8217;s final advent for resurrection and judgment.<\/p>\n<p> 3. Following the characteristic Bible method and plan, secular governments in this book are considered only as they relate to the supremacy of the divine government and to the kingdom of God. All the rest concerning them is left in silence.<\/p>\n<p> 4. The relation between the parts of the prophecy is manifest throughout: The first prophecy is the basis of all the following sections. They only elaborate some detail concerning one or the other of the five world empires set forth in the first dream of Nebuchadnezzar, the four-pointed image and the conquering stone. For example, the first prophecy tells in general terms of four successive world empires to be followed by a fifth and spiritual world empire. The second and third sections of prophecy elaborate some details of the first great secular monarchy, telling us what befell its first and last king and the transition to the second monarchy. The fourth prophecy presents under different imagery the same five world empires, but gives some detail of every one not stated in the general terms of the first prophecy.<\/p>\n<p> The fifth prophecy confines itself to details not before given of the second and third monarchies, how sovereignty passes from one to the other, how the third is dismembered, to prepare the way for the fourth, and how both are related to the kingdom of God. The sixth prophecy speaks only of the King of the fifth monarchy in his humiliation and sacrifice, as the third had spoken of his glory and exaltation, and the seventh is the vision of the Son of man.<\/p>\n<p> The eighth deals only at first with the strifes between two of the parts of the dismembered third monarchy, incidentally alluding to the coming power of the fourth monarchy, glides, by easy transition, from the first antichrist, Antiochus, to a second antichrist in the far distant future, an antichrist already foreshown in the little horn of the fourth beast, and concludes with the final advent of the king of the fifth monarchy. No other book in all literature, sacred or profane, more clearly evidences greater unity, one consistent plan, more order in treatment, or a more glorious climax.<\/p>\n<p> Of very great interest to us and to all who love God and his cause is the development of the messianic thought as the hope of the world. It concerns us much to fix in our minds this development.<\/p>\n<p> The first prophecy tells of the divine origin and ultimate prevalence of Messiah&#8217;s kingdom.<\/p>\n<p> The sixth tells of Messiah&#8217;s first advent in his humiliation and sacrifice.<\/p>\n<p> The fourth tells of his exaltation and enthronement after the humiliation.<\/p>\n<p> The eighth tells of his final advent for resurrection and judgment.<\/p>\n<p> And so we need to note the coming of the first antichrist. Antiochus, in the little horn of the third beast (<span class='bible'>Dan 8:9<\/span> ) and the second antichrist in the little horn of the fourth beast (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:8<\/span> ) identical with John&#8217;s antichrist, (<span class='bible'>Rev 13:1-8<\/span> ) with its papal head (<span class='bible'>Rev 13:11-18<\/span> ). And so we find reference to the third antichrist in <span class='bible'>Dan 11:34-45<\/span> who is not the same as Paul&#8217;s man of sin. (<span class='bible'>2Th 2:8<\/span> and <span class='bible'>Rev 20:11<\/span> ), but this third antichrist comes at the beginning of the millennium and wages a conflict against the Jews, at which time they will be converted and the millennium will be ushered in. Daniel does not see Paul&#8217;s man of sin.<\/p>\n<p> How clearly and with what precious comfort do all these prophecies reveal the supreme government of God over nations and men, the universal sweep of his providence, both general and special!<\/p>\n<p> 5. Finally how well we can understand, in the light of these great prophecies, the influence of the man and his book on all subsequent ages. His apocalyptic style and symbolism reappear in Zechariah&#8217;s visions, and form the greater part of the basis of John&#8217;s New Testament apocalypse. His Son of man creates a messianic title which our Lord adopts. His unique prophecy of the exact time of Messiah&#8217;s first advent creates a preparation in the hearts of the pious to expect him just then. We could not understand old Simeon at all if Daniel hadn&#8217;t fixed the time. Other prophets had foretold his lineage, the place of his birth, his great expiation and consequent enthronement, but no other showed just when he would come. His stress on &#8220;the kingdom of God and its certain coming and prevalence&#8221; put the titles of this divine government in the mouths of John the Baptist, Matthew, Mark, Luke, John, and Paul. His sublime character as evidenced in his temperance, wisdom, incorruptible integrity, audacity of faith, indomitable courage, and inflexible devotion to God, has fired the hearts of a thousand orators and created a million heroes. His words have become the themes of a thousand pulpits. His righteous administration of public affairs has created a thousand reformers in politics and supplied the hope of all subsequent civic righteousness. &#8220;Dare to be a Daniel&#8221; has become the slogan of the ages.<\/p>\n<p> His distinction between duty to the human government and duty to the divine government prepared the way for the reception of our Lord&#8217;s great dictum, &#8220;Render unto Caesar the things that are Caesar&#8217;s and unto God the things that are God&#8217;s.&#8221; He laid the foundation of the doctrine that the state cannot intrude into the realm of conscience, and so was the pioneer, piloting a burdened world to its present great heritage of religious liberty. This man was not a reed shaken by the wind. He was no Reuben, unstable as water. We can&#8217;t even think about him without wanting to sing:<\/p>\n<p> How firm a foundation, ye saints of the Lord,<\/p>\n<p> is laid for your faith in his excellent word. Born in the reign of good Josiah, thy childhood remembering the finding of the lost book of Moses, thy youth passed in the great reformation and thy heart warmed in the mighty revival that followed, student of Jeremiah, prime minister of two world empires and beloved of God thou art a granite mountain, O Daniel, higher than Chimborazo, Mount Blanc or Dwa Walla Giri! Snarling little critics, like coyotes, may grabble their holes in the foot-hills that lean for support against thy solidity, but their yelping can never disturb thy calm serenity nor the dust they paw up can ever dim the eternal sunshine of the smiles of God that halo thy summit. SELECTED.<\/p>\n<p> Having now considered these eight prophetic sections in group, let us give attention to their exposition in severalty.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong> NEBUCHADNEZZAR&#8217;S FIRST DREAM <\/strong> God&#8217;s sovereignty extends to men asleep as well as to men awake. Often his spirit has made revelation through dreams. Dreams of indigestion are chaotic, without form, plan, or coherence. But dreams sent by the Spirit awaken after-thought, appeal to the intelligence and vividly impress the dreamer. So Jacob&#8217;s dream at Bethel of the ladder reaching from earth to heaven, on which the angels of God ascended and descended, or Pharaoh&#8217;s dreams interpreted by Joseph, and the dreams of Nebuchadnezzar. No human system of psychology has ever explained the subtle and direct impact of Spirit on spirit. It is quite possible that there may have been some connection between Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s waking thoughts and the dream which follows. We can at least conceive of previous reflections on his part full of questionings to which this dream would be a pertinent answer.<\/p>\n<p> He may well have meditated upon the worldwide empire he had established and wondered if it would last, and if not what other government would succeed, and would it last. He may have pondered the causes of stability in human government, or the elements of decay and disintegration, and have wondered if human history would always be a record of the successive rising and falling of nations, or would the time ever come when the earth would know a universal and everlasting kingdom, and if so, who would be its author and what the principles of its perpetuity. Nebuchadnezzar was a truly great man, a thinker and organizer, and he was a pious man according to the requirements of his religion. So he may have been the waking subject of thoughts and questionings to which God sends an answer in a dream by night. Anyhow, he had the dream, and this was the dream: He saw a great and terrible image, a silent and luminous colossus in human form, standing upon the level Babylonian plain. Its several parts were strangely incongruous. The head was gold, the chest and arms were silver, the lower body and thighs were brass, the legs were iron, ending in feet with ten toes whose iron was mingled with clay.<\/p>\n<p> Did this image reveal the highest attainment of human government and prophecy, its inevitable deterioration from gold to silver, from silver to brass, from brass to iron, from iron to crumbling clay? Or did it suggest a succession of governments, the first with the greatest unity and the greatest excellency, one head and that gold? The second dual in composition with its two arms, third commencing one, but dividing into two thighs, the fourth standing dual in it he saw a little stone cut out of a mountain without human hands, falling to the plain and intelligently rolling toward the image, and rolling gathering bulk and momentum until it smites the image on its feet of mixed iron and clay, overthrows it, crushes it, pulverizes it, and rolling on in resistless power, ever growing as it rolls, until it becomes a mountain in bulk and fills the whole earth. Such the dream.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong> THE INTERPRETATION OF THE DREAM <\/strong> The dream foretells five great world empires:<\/p>\n<p> The first is identified as the Babylonian.<\/p>\n<p> The second is identified in the prophecy as the Medo-Persian.<\/p>\n<p> The third is identified in the prophecy as the Grecian.<\/p>\n<p> The fourth by a suggestion in the eighth prophecy as the Roman.<\/p>\n<p> The fifth is the kingdom of God set up by the God of heaven and without hands in the days of the fourth empire.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong> CHARACTERISTICS OF THESE EMPIRES <\/strong> This is the characteristic of the first: Thou, O king, art king of kings unto whom the God of heaven hath given the kingdom, the power, and the strength and the glory, and wheresoever the children of men dwell, the beasts of the field and the birds of the heaven hath he given into thine hands and hath made thee to rule over them all, and thou art that head of gold.<\/p>\n<p> The characteristic of the second one is, so far as this chapter tells us, that it is inferior to the first. This chapter, in identifying the second world monarchy, simply tells us that it succeeds the Babylonian, the first, but in the later prophetic sections when this vision is elaborated it is expressly said to be a kingdom of the Modes and of the Persians. I say that the book of Daniel identifies the second world government as the Medo-Persian Empire just as plainly and explicitly and exactly as it identifies the first with the Babylonian.<\/p>\n<p> Now when we come to the third, &#8220;another third kingdom of brass which shall bear rule over all the earth,&#8221; is all this chapter says about this one, but when we take up the subsequent prophetic section it is explicitly said to be the Grecian Empire, the thighs indicating subsequent division of the empire. One man said to me, &#8220;If the third empire is unquestionably the Greek Empire, how can it be represented as the lower body and two thighs divided into four parts?&#8221; My answer is that this book tells us that it did divide into four parts, but deals only with the two parts which touched God&#8217;s people. This book has nothing in detail to say about the divisions of Alexander&#8217;s empire beyond the Seleucids and the Ptolemies, one of them getting Syria and the other getting Egypt.<\/p>\n<p> When he comes to speak of the fourth this is what he says: And the fourth kingdom shall be strong as iron forasmuch as iron breaketh in pieces and subdueth all things, and as iron that crusheth, all these shall it break in pieces and crush. Whereas, thou sawest the feet and the toes, a part of potter&#8217;s clay and part of iron, it shall be a divided kingdom. But there shall be in it of the strength of the iron forasmuch as thou sawest iron mixed with the miry clay, and as the toes of the feet were partly of iron and partly of clay, so shall the kingdom be partly strong and partly broken; and whereas, thou sawest the iron mingled with miry clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men, but they shall not cleave one to another even as iron does not mingle with clay.<\/p>\n<p> This book in this chapter does not name that fourth government, but when we come to consider the visions of the four beasts which is the same as this vision in another form, but with other details, we get a still clearer idea of the characteristics of this government; and when we come to chapter 2, when we are considering the last prophetic revelation, we have a suggestion where this fourth government comes in and holds Antiochus Epiphanes at bay, that place where the representative of Rome made a little circle in the sand around Antiochus and said, &#8220;You must answer before you step outside of that circle.&#8221; We know it also to be Rome because Rome with two legs divided into the Eastern and Western Empires, Constantine establishing Eastern Rome at Byzantium on the Bosporus while the Western Empire continues at Rome. We also know it by its divisions into ten kingdoms as its imperial supremacy passed away.<\/p>\n<p> Here is what he says about the last kingdom:<\/p>\n<p> 1. He gives its origin: &#8220;I saw a little stone cut out without hands.&#8221; Those other four stood in the form of a man because man was the author of them all. This fifth one is divine, this fifth kingdom is set up by the God of heaven, and we should never lose sight of that fact.<\/p>\n<p> 2. The second thought that he presents is as to the time when the God of heaven would set up this kingdom; that it would be in the days of the fourth monarchy the Roman monarchy: &#8220;In the days of these kings will the God of heaven set up a kingdom.&#8221; So when a man asks when was the kingdom of heaven set up, and that, of course, means in its visible form, as the Babylonian kingdom was visible, the Medo-Persian kingdom was visible, the Greek kingdom was visible, the Roman kingdom was visible, and as God all the time had a spiritual kingdom, but now he is to set up a visible kingdom and it is to be just as visible as any of these others then, as a Baptist, I answer: Jesus set up the kingdom in his lifetime, as the Gospels abundantly show.<\/p>\n<p> 3. The third thought in this description of this kingdom is its beginning, its gradual progress, its prevalence over the whole earth, Just a pebble falling, and as it falls getting bigger, rolling, and as it rolls getting bigger, smiting these other governments, becoming a mountain, becoming as big as the world. And when we get to thinking about that progress of this kingdom, we should remember what our Lord said, that in its eternal working it is like leaven which a woman puts in three measures of meal and ultimately it leavens the whole lump; and when we think about its external development, it is like a grain of mustard seed which a man planted and it grew and grew and grew until it became a tree.<\/p>\n<p> Whenever we hear a pessimist preaching an idea of a kingdom like a tadpole, that commences big at first and tapers to a very fine tail, getting smaller and smaller and worse and worse, then that is not the kingdom Daniel spoke of.<\/p>\n<p> His kingdom commences small and gets bigger and bigger, and mightier and mightier, and I thank God that I don&#8217;t have to preach concerning a kingdom that is continually &#8220;petering out.&#8221; I am glad that I can preach a gospel that is growing in power and extending in domain and that has the promise of God that it shall fill the whole world and be everlasting. It always did give me the creeps to hear one of those pessimists. They get their ideas from an inexcusable misinterpretation of certain passages of the Scriptures.<\/p>\n<p> I heard one of them say, &#8220;Doesn&#8217;t our Lord say in answer to the direct question, &#8216;Are there few that will be saved?&#8217; that &#8216;Straight is the gate and narrow is the way and few there be that find if ?&#8221; I said, &#8220;Yes, but to whom did he say that?&#8221; To the Jews of his day, and then to prevent a misconstruction, while only a few Jews of his day would be saved, he says, &#8220;But I say unto you that many shall come from the east and the west and the north and the south and shall recline at the table with Abraham and Isaac and Jacob.&#8221; The thought reappears in Revelation where John sees the host of the redeemed. He introduces us first to 144,000 Jews and then he shows us a line that no man can see the end of: &#8220;I saw a great multitude that no man could number out of every nation and tribe and tongue and kindred.&#8221; So if the kingdom which Jesus Christ in the days of his flesh set up on this earth is narrowing, that is cause for sadness, but if it is spreading out, growing bigger and bigger, and has perpetuity, that is a cause for gladness.<\/p>\n<p> This visible kingdom of Jesus Christ will be perpetual. Perpetuity is its heritage.<\/p>\n<p> We need not be afraid to preach its perpetuity and its visibility, with visible subjects, with visible ordinances, with a visible church charged with its administration. It will not be sponged off the board, any of it, neither the kingdom nor its gospel nor its church nor its ordinances. They will stand until the rivers shall be emptied into the sea. As Dr. Burleson used to say: &#8220;It will be standing when grass quits growing, and we should not be afraid to preach perpetuity.&#8221; Let us not be too sure that we can take a surveying chain and trace that perpetuity through human agencies and human history, but we may certainly stand on the declaration of God&#8217;s Word that this kingdom is everlasting: Forasmuch as thou sawest that a stone was cut out of the mountain without hands, and that in the days of those kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom which shall never be destroyed, nor shall the sovereignty thereof be left to another people, but it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand forever.<\/p>\n<p> Over and over again in this book, Daniel holds out, as he explains the thought of this first dream as a light that gets bigger and bigger and brighter and brighter, that the saints shall possess the kingdoms of the world.<\/p>\n<p> I expect to see (in the flesh or out of the flesh it matters not ) every mountain of this earth or mountain range and every valley between and every plain, whether rich red land like the Panhandle or dry sand like the Sahara Desert; and every zone, Arctic, Temperate, or Torrid: every iceberg shivering in the Aurora Borealis around the North Pole or South Pole, have floating over it the great white conquering banner of the gospel of the Lord Jesus Christ.<\/p>\n<p> We are to have every bit of it, and the time will come when no fallen angel will flap his wing and make a shadow on any part of it and when no wicked man shall crush beneath his feet any of its beautiful or sweet flowers, but when the meek shall inherit the earth, and throughout the whole earth, after its regeneration, there shall dwell eternal righteousness.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong> QUESTIONS<\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> 1. Give, in order, the prophetic sections of the book of Daniel.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 2. Show the unity of the book from these sections.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 3. Show the culmination of the book in person and fact.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 4. In what respect only are secular governments considered in this book and throughout the Bible?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 5. Show the relations of the prophetic sections to each other and how all the rest are developments of the first.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 6. Give, in order, all the developments of the messianic thought.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 7. Give the several antichrists, citing passages for each.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 8. What great doctrine of special comfort do all these prophecies show?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 9. Give particulars to show the influence of the man and the book on later ages.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 10. Name the five world empires of <span class='bible'>Dan 2<\/span> .<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 11. What are the characteristics of the fifth, who its author and when set up?<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: B.H. Carroll&#8217;s An Interpretation of the English Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><strong> VII<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> THE RELATED PROPHETIC SECTIONS OF DANIEL (CONTINUED)<\/p>\n<p><span class='bible'>Dan 7:1-28<\/span><\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> In the preceding chapter were named, in order, all the prophetic sections in this book, and it was shown that the seven later sections were but developments of the first. In that first section (<span class='bible'>Dan 2:31-45<\/span> ), we found foreshown the rise, in succession, of five empires four human, one divine all visible, all universal, and the last everlasting. We found the four human empires to be the Babylonian, Medo-Persian, Grecian, and Roman, and the divine empire to be the everlasting kingdom set up by our Lord while on earth.<\/p>\n<p> Attention has already been called to the contention of the radical critics that, in the mind of the author, the kingdom of the Medes was conceived of as distinct from, and prior to, the kingdom of the Persians, and therefore from the author&#8217;s viewpoint, the four human empires, in succession, were the Babylonian, the Median, the Persian, the Grecian; or as others of them contended, the four empires were Assyrian, Babylonian, Medo-Persian, and Grecian.<\/p>\n<p> It has already been shown that the first of these contentions is every way untenable, being flatly contradicted by the whole tenor of the book, and that the latter is expressly contradicted by the declaration that the Babylonian is the first of series (<span class='bible'>Dan 2:38<\/span> ).<\/p>\n<p> That the mind may be fortified against the assertion that the author regarded the Medes and Persians as distinct, constituting two of the four kingdoms, an assertion in order to make the Grecian the last, and then by dating the book after Antiochus Epiphanes, destroys its predictive character, the argument is here restated:<\/p>\n<p> 1. The book declares that the empire succeeding the Babylonian was that of the Medes and Persians (<span class='bible'>Dan 5:28<\/span> ), and not the Medes alone.<\/p>\n<p> 2. Their laws are the laws of one government (<span class='bible'>Dan 6:8<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Dan 6:12<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Dan 6:15<\/span> ).<\/p>\n<p> 3. The dual nature of the constituent parts of the one government is set forth in all the symbols, namely (1) the chest and arms of silver (<span class='bible'>Dan 2:32<\/span> ); (2) the lop-sided bear, one side higher than the other (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:5<\/span> ) ; (3) the two-horned ram, one horn higher than the other (<span class='bible'>Dan 8:3<\/span> ). To clinch matters this one ram represents a single government whose horns are expressly interpreted to be the kings of Media and Persia (<span class='bible'>Dan 8:20<\/span> ).<\/p>\n<p> 4. The he-goat is the Grecian, or third empire (<span class='bible'>Dan 8:21<\/span> ).<\/p>\n<p> 5. Antiochus Epiphanes is the little horn of the Grecian Empire (<span class='bible'>Dan 8:9-12<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Dan 8:23-25<\/span> ), who is the first anti-christ.<\/p>\n<p> 6. But after this cometh a fourth beast, or government, with ten horns, and later a little horn, which is the second antichrist (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:7-8<\/span> , and <span class='bible'>Rev 13:1-8<\/span> ). The ruler of this changed beast-government is the pope (<span class='bible'>Rev 13:11<\/span> ).<\/p>\n<p> All these critics make Antiochus the little horn of this Greek Government in <span class='bible'>Dan 8<\/span> , but cannot dispose of another little horn on the fourth beast.<\/p>\n<p> It is impossible to make the fourth beast (<span class='bible'>Dan 7<\/span> ) with its ten horns and later a little horn plucking up three of the ten horns, the same as the he-goat (<span class='bible'>Dan 8<\/span> ), with first one horn, then four, then a little horn. Only one blinded by a presupposition would attempt it.<\/p>\n<p> We have found a little stone of <span class='bible'>Dan 2<\/span> to be the kingdom of God, with these characteristics:<\/p>\n<p> 1. It is a visible kingdom, like the others.<\/p>\n<p> 2. It is to be set up by the God of heaven, not man.<\/p>\n<p> 3. It is to be set up in the days of the fourth human empire.<\/p>\n<p> 4. It is to be progressive, growing larger and larger. It will not be like a tadpole, big at the head and tapering into a small tail, but like a river, small at its fountain but a sea at the last.<\/p>\n<p> 5. It will overturn all human governments.<\/p>\n<p> 6. It will be universal fill the whole earth.<\/p>\n<p> We have seen that Daniel&#8217;s kingdom of God and the time of its appearing furnished the title of the new government to John the Baptist, Matthew, Mark, Luke, John, and Paul, and prepared men to look for it just when it came, and the king&#8217;s title, &#8220;Son of man&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:13<\/span> ) was adopted by our Lord.<\/p>\n<p> Both of the next two prophetic sections (<span class='bible'>Dan 4:20-33<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Dan 5:25-28<\/span> ) have been considered in the discussion of the historical sections and are but elaborations of the first world empire of <span class='bible'>Dan 2<\/span> , merely showing what befell the first and last of its kings and marking the transition to the second world empire. We need to note here but a few things additional concerning them. The prophecy in <span class='bible'>Dan 4:14-17<\/span> , and as interpreted in <span class='bible'>Dan 4:24-26<\/span> , is very remarkable. None but God could have foreshown the coming of such a disease upon the king of Babylon, and his restoration to both mind and kingdom after seven years. The fulfilment came in twelve months after his recovery.<\/p>\n<p> The prophecy of the handwriting on the wall (<span class='bible'>Dan 5:25-28<\/span> ) was fulfilled that very night.<\/p>\n<p> So we pass on to the fourth prophecy (<span class='bible'>Dan 7<\/span> ). The date of the prophecy is clear, the first year of Belshazzar. The correspondence of this prophecy with the first in chapter 2 is very remarkable, while additional details are very striking. The prophet beholds a sea, the Mediterranean, which symbolizes the nations here as in <span class='bible'>Psa 65:7<\/span> and in the Revelation of John. The four winds which break out on this sea signify the angelic ministration in the development of nations. No nation arises by chance.<\/p>\n<p> This brings us to the consideration of Daniel&#8217;s doctrine of the angels as related to the nations. The Septuagint version renders <span class='bible'>Deu 32:8<\/span> thus: &#8220;He set the nations according to the angels of God.&#8221; We will see later in the book that while Michael, the archangel, is the angel of the elect nation, other angels seem to have charge of other nations. We see in <span class='bible'>Rev 13:1<\/span> how Satan stood at the sea and called up the beast nation of that chapter, corresponding to the fourth beast of this chapter. And as Satan is the usurping prince of this world, we may understand how his angels may be charged with the development and guidance of evil nations, always, however, subject to the limitations of God&#8217;s paramount and supreme government. This will enable us to understand a later passage (<span class='bible'>Dan 10:13<\/span> ), wherein the Angel or Prince of Persia hindered the favorable purposes of the Son of God toward the Jews and how Michael, the angel of the elect nation, came to aid their cause. The ministry of angels, both good and bad, and their special interest in national movements appear abundantly in the Old Testament books which precede Daniel and reappear in New Testament books. We see how one tempted David to number Israel and another is permitted to deceive Ahab. In the Psalms it is said, &#8220;He maketh his angels winds.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> What the reader should note particularly is that governments neither rise nor fall of themselves alone. The first beast or government to arise from the wind-whipped or angel-disturbed sea is thus described: &#8220;The first was like a lion, and had eagle&#8217;s wings; I beheld till the kings thereof were plucked, and it was lifted up from the earth, and made to stand upon the feet as a man, and a man&#8217;s heart was given to it&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:4<\/span> ). This winged lion is like the golden head of the image in Daniel 2, a symbol of the Babylonian government, or first world empire. But a great change has come since the days of Nebuchadnezzar. The lion has lost his wings. He is now but a tame beast with the timid heart of a man. Aggressiveness and conquest have ceased. The histories and monumental inscriptions show the ever-increasing power of Persia and the decadence of Babylon.<\/p>\n<p> The second beast is thus described: &#8220;And, behold, another beast, a second, like to a bear, and it raised up itself on one side, and it had three ribs in the mouth of it between the teeth of it, and they said thus unto it, Arise, devour much flesh&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Dan 7:5<\/span> ).<\/p>\n<p> This, like the silver chest and arms of the image in <span class='bible'>Dan 2<\/span> , symbolizes Medo-Persia, one side higher than the other. But there is a distinct advance in the thought. The three ribs represent the great governments this bear devoured, which were Assyria, Babylon, and Egypt. They were the great governments which historically touched Israel.<\/p>\n<p> The third beast is thus described: &#8220;After this I beheld, and, lo, another, like a leopard, which had upon the back of it four wings of a fowl: the beast had also four heads; and dominion was given to it.&#8221; This leopard, like the brazen body and thighs of the image in <span class='bible'>Dan 2<\/span> , evidently refers to the Grecian kingdom, whose four wings refer to the rapidity of its progress, and whose four heads refer to its divisions in four parts, as we shall particularly consider in the next prophetic section.<\/p>\n<p> Evidently the interest of this vision centers in the fourth beast or government, and in the crowning of the king of the fifth empire. In the first vision (<span class='bible'>Dan 2<\/span> ) we found the fourth government one of iron, but a division later into ten parts, or toes, and a decadence indicated by the commingled clay. Here there is a great advance in the thought: After this I saw in the night visions, and, behold, a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth; it devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it had ten horns. I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up among them another little horn before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of a man, and a mouth speaking great things. It is terrible and powerful. The iron appears in its teeth. The divisions are no longer toes, but ten horns. The entirely new idea is a little horn which plucks up three of the ten horns. The little horn has the eyes of a man and speaks great things.<\/p>\n<p> This is not only the Rome of the Caesars, in whose days the kingdom of God was set up, but it is Rome after its destruction as a political power and its division into the ten European governments that constituted its element before its disintegration. It is not only that, but it is a Rome diverse. This diversity appears in its latest transformation when the little horn coming up that plucks up three of the ten horns or kingdoms and having the eyes of a man, speaks great swelling things. The nature of the diversity better appears in the Revelation of John, where the same beast is under consideration: And I stood upon the sand of the sea and I saw a beast coming up out of the sea having ten horns and seven heads and on his horns ten diadems and on his heads names of blasphemy, and the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard and his feet were as the feet of a bear and his mouth as the mouth of a lion, and the dragon gave him his power and his throne and his great authority, and I saw one of his heads as though it had been smitten unto death, but his death stroke was healed and the whole earth wondered after the beast and they worshipped the dragon [Satan] because he gave his authority unto the beast, and they worshipped the beast, saying, Who is like unto the beast? Who is able to war with him? And there was given to him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies and there was given to him authority to continue forty-two months and he opened his mouth for blasphemies against God to blaspheme his name and his tabernacle, even them that were in the heavens, and it was given unto him to make war with the saints and to overcome them and there was given unto him authority over every people, tribe, tongue, and nation and all that were upon the earth shall worship him, everyone whose name hath not been written from the foundation of the world in the book of the Lamb that hath been slain. Every man that hath ears to hear let him hear.<\/p>\n<p> And then he goes on to say to say, &#8220;I saw another beast with two horns like a ram, but speaking like a dragon,&#8221; and he takes charge of this other beast. It is perfectly evident that the diversity which is here spoken of is the change in the nature of the government. We have first the Rome of the Caesars, not diverse in political nature from the three preceding world empires then the downfall of this mere political government, then a religio-political Roman Empire, a union of church and state, with the church on top, then in the lamb who speaks like a dragon, the papacy which rules this diverse government. Kings of political governments came to put their necks under the heel of the pope that sat at the head of this holy Roman Empire, for example, Henry of Germany. It was to this former custom Bismarck referred when he said that his king of Germany would never come to Canossa.<\/p>\n<p> In the book of Revelation, which is largely an elaboration of Daniel, we find that this remarkable development of the fourth beast is still at Rome. It still has somewhat universal dominion over men, but it is a religio-political government. It claims to get the two swords, secular and spiritual, and the two keys, the key of this world and the key to the world to come. No wonder that beast was dreadful and powerful, and particularly diverse. We see him come in the Caesars, whose legions conquered the world, trampled under foot everything that opposed it, and with its iron teeth crushed the bones of its enemies. Then in the book of Revelation we see political Rome cast into the sea like a burning volcano, then rise up a new Rome with the death stroke of the beast healed, with a new head, a head that looks like a lamb but speaks like a dragon. There is the little horn of this Rome.<\/p>\n<p> We now come to what this chapter has to say about the fifth world empire. In the first prophetic section we saw the kingdom of God coming in the days of the Roman kings. Now a new thing about that kingdom of God is introduced, an entirely new thought: And I beheld till thrones were placed and one that was the Ancient of Days did sit. His raiment was white as snow; the hair of his head like pure wool, and his throne was like the fiery flame and wheels thereof burning fire. A fiery stream issued and came forth before him. Thousands of thousands ministered unto him and ten thousand times ten thousands stood before him.<\/p>\n<p> When we read that and read the vision of glory in <span class='bible'>Isa 6<\/span> and in <span class='bible'>Eze 1<\/span> and in <span class='bible'>Rev 4<\/span> , we can&#8217;t mistake the import. It is the throne of grace. But I particularly call attention to this: I saw in the night visions and lo, there came with the clouds of heaven one like unto the Son of man, and he came even to the Ancient of Days and they brought him near before him and there was given unto him dominion and glory and a kingdom that all the peoples, nations, and languages under heaven should serve him. His dominion is an everlasting dominion which shall not pass away and his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed.<\/p>\n<p> When Daniel saw these things it greatly troubled him. His very soul trembled at that diverse beast with the ten horns and the little horn plucking up three horns and its awful power, while he was thrilled at the exaltation of the king of the fifth empire. And this section goes on to show how his mind puts questions. What is the meaning of this fourth beast and the meaning of that little horn, and what is the meaning of one like the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven to the Ancient of Days? I said that the first prophetic section showed the kingdom of heaven as it was set up. How the gospel of it commenced: &#8220;The kingdom of heaven is at hand.&#8221; The King came and was acknowledged at his baptism, and he was manifested on Palm Sunday that preceded his crucifixion. But this chapter shows his exaltation and enthronement. When he left the earth after his crucifixion the last sight they had of him, he was going up in the clouds. This chapter takes that thought up: &#8220;I saw one like the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven to the Ancient of Days.&#8221; Peter saw him going up, Daniel sees him after he gets there, and as he goes up, we find the fulfilment of the Psalm: Lift up your heads, O ye gates; and be ye lifted up, ye everlasting doors; and let the King of Glory come in. Who is this King of Glory? The Lord of hosts, mighty to save. Why do the heathen rage and the people imagine a vain thing? . . . Yet have I set my King upon my holy hill of Zion. <span class='bible'>Psa 2:1<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Psa 2:6<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p> The Lord said unto my Lord, Sit thou at my right hand until I make thine enemies thy footstool.<\/p>\n<p> Now it is this prophecy of Daniel which first of all shows the exaltation and enthronement and mediatorial rule of the Messiah. The Messiah&#8217;s work here on earth was preparatory to his heavenly rule. His work here on earth was expiatory, but when he rose from the dead he went up to take his seat at the right hand of the majesty on high and there he sits as King, reigns as King and judges the nations until the time of his second advent. So what the theologians call the session of Jesus Christ, the sitting of Jesus Christ at the right hand of the Father on high, is all the time a session of judgments, of rulings, of governments over the affairs of this world, reigning as head over all things to his people, and causing all things to work together for their good and bringing to pass the overturning of every obstacle that opposes the dissemination of his truth and bringing the whole earth in subjection to him. That is the clear teaching of this passage.<\/p>\n<p> Here it is important for the reader to see Nebuchadnezzar in the day of his greatest glory looking around upon the brazen walls of Babylon, its terraced gardens in the skies, its marvelous buildings and temples of its gods, and he feeling that all the nations of the earth were subject to him and saying, &#8220;This is that great Babylon which I have built.&#8221; Take a look at the glory of that empire. Then we see Alexander coming, conquering the world and weeping that there are no more worlds to conquer, and there we have a high conception of world power. We see Rome attaining the universal supremacy under the Caesars, and that glory is great. Then the succeeding Rome of the papacy has a peculiar glory, but the glory of the King of the fifth empire as here described infinitely surpasses all. It prepares us to understand how comforting was the vision of this throne in glory (<span class='bible'>Rev 4<\/span> ), after considering the confused condition of the churches on earth (Rev. 2-3). The church view on earth was depressing; the glory view in heaven was cheering. The earth view of typical Israel was depressing to Isaiah and Ezekiel; their heavenly view of the throne above was cheering (<span class='bible'>Isa 6<\/span> ; <span class='bible'>Eze 1<\/span> ).<\/p>\n<p> To Daniel the vision of succeeding world empires, all op-pressing the saints, whether merely political, or religio-political, was very depressing, but the vision of the session of Messiah at the right hand of God as everlasting priest, and King of kings, was cheering in its assurance that the saints would yet possess the earth. A long time off, indeed, but coming. Many centuries of intervening trials, indeed, yet temporary.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><strong> QUESTIONS<\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> 1. What is the meaning of the sea, and the winds in <span class='bible'>Dan 7<\/span> ?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 2. Show the correspondence of the four beasts of this vision with four sections of Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s dream image in <span class='bible'>Dan 2<\/span> , and then how the added details and changes of the first three here.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 3. Particularly, what is the addition to the fourth world empire in the vision, and wherein the diversity, and what the meaning of this transformation of the fourth government?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 4. What supernatural ministry, good and bad, has to do with the rise of nations?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 5. Show from the corresponding part of Revelation what supernatural force causes the rise of this fourth world empire and was the mighty factor in its change into a diverse world empire.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 6. According to <span class='bible'>Rev 13<\/span> , what and who was the head of this diverse world empire?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 7. What special advance in thought of the fifth world empire in this vision?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 8. When did this enthronement of the king of the fifth empire occur and what Old Testament prophecies did it fulfil?<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 9. Show how a vision of this throne of grace cheered Isaiah, Ezekiel, and Daniel, in their days of typical Israel, and how a similar vision cheered John on Patmos, in the days of the antitypical Israel.<\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p> 10. This session of the Messiah at the right hand of God as everlasting priest and king, is for what and for how long, and to be followed by what?<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: B.H. Carroll&#8217;s An Interpretation of the English Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> Dan 7:1 In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon Daniel had a dream and visions of his head upon his bed: then he wrote the dream, [and] told the sum of the matters.<\/p>\n<p> Ver. 1. <strong> In the first year of Belshazzar.<\/strong> ] Here beginneth, to speak properly, the prophecy of Daniel, or rather the second part of Daniel&rsquo;s works, which is concerning visions exhibited of God by divine revelations, not to others, but to himself. This vision is the subject and groundwork of the rest that follow to the end of the prophecy. One not unfitly compareth it to a general map of the whole world; the rest to particular tables of various countries. <\/p>\n<p><strong> <\/p>\n<p> Daniel had a dream and visions of his head.<\/strong> ] God renewed unto him the same thing by vision which he had exhibited before by dream, in recompense of his religious care to know the matter and to record it for the Church&rsquo;s comfort. <em> a<\/em> <\/p>\n<p><strong> <\/p>\n<p> Then he wrote the dream.<\/strong> ] It was God&rsquo;s will the visions of the prophets should be written Isa 30:10 and published to the Church. Isa 30:30 <\/p>\n<\/p>\n<p><em> a<\/em> Jun.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: John Trapp&#8217;s Complete Commentary (Old and New Testaments)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p> <strong> Daniel Chapter 7<\/p>\n<p><\/strong><\/p>\n<p> We enter now upon the second great division of the book. The Spirit of God gives us here not merely the history or visions of heathen, such as Nebuchadnezzar or others, but communications from God to the prophet himself. Hence what related to the Jews as the object of God&#8217;s special favour at that time, and more particularly what was in store for them in a blessed day that is coming, are the uppermost thoughts in the mind of the Spirit. Daniel was the fitting channel for such revelations. Accordingly, the Spirit again goes over the ground of the four great Gentile empires, as well as the fifth empire, the kingdom of heaven, to be introduced by the Lord Jesus. But all is presented, though of course with perfect consistency, from a different point of view. It is not now a great image beginning with that which was gorgeous, the gold and the silver, and descending, with evident deterioration of splendour, to the belly and thighs of brass, and the legs of iron and feet of clay. Here we have ravening wild beasts. The very same powers are meant, but it is another aspect of them. Most fitly was the figure of the image presented to the eye of the great head of Gentile empire, their changes and relations to each other; but it is now God&#8217;s view of these same powers, and their relation to His people.<\/p>\n<p> Thus we have in this simple consideration the key to the different way in which these powers are depicted. We shall find also in the details that wisdom which we may always look for in what comes from the mind of God.<\/p>\n<p> The prophet, in the vision, sees a mass of waters, agitated by the winds of heaven. Out of this troubled sea four wild beasts emerge, successively I may add; for it is very plain that, as in the empires set forth by the metals, etc., in <span class='bible'>Dan 2<\/span> , so in the same powers here, we have to look at empires not contemporaneous, but succeeding each other in rule over the world under the providence of God. &#8220;The first was like a lion, and had eagle&#8217;s wings.&#8221; There, beyond question, we have the empire of Babylon. Nor is it at all a novelty to find the Holy Spirit applying the figure of a lion to Nebuchadnezzar, nor of an eagle either. Jeremiah has already employed the same. &#8220;The lion is come up from his thicket, and the destroyer of the Gentiles is on his way.&#8221; (<span class='bible'>Jer 4:7<\/span> ) Ezekiel, as well as Jeremiah, represented him also under the figure of an eagle. Indeed, he is mentioned both as the lion and the eagle in <span class='bible'>Jer 49:19-22<\/span> . In the vision of Daniel the Holy Ghost combines the two figures in one symbol, in order fitly to represent what the Babylonish empire was in the mind of God.<\/p>\n<p> But, besides these symbols of grandeur and rapidity of conquest, we have the sign of a remarkable change that was to pass over this beast, and one of which there was no appearance, humanly speaking, at that time But all was open to the eye of God, whose object in giving prophecy is, that His people should see beforehand what He sees. God has been pleased, in the perfect wisdom and goodness that belong to His nature, to impart such a measure of knowledge of the future as He sees to be for His own glory; and an obedient child hears and keeps the words of his Father.<\/p>\n<p> Now He brought before the prophet the knowledge that the Babylonish empire was to be humbled. It was not to be absolutely destroyed as a nation, but completely put down as a ruling power in the world. This was what was signified by the wings being plucked, and the animal made to stand upon the feet as a man, which would of course destroy its strength. For however proper such an attitude may be to a man, it is plain that to a ravening beast it would be rather a humiliation. In accordance too with this, &#8220;a man&#8217;s heart was given to it.&#8221; There may be in this a sort of contrast with what was actually done in the case of Nebuchadnezzar, who had a beast&#8217;s heart given to him. The proud king was not looking up to God, which clearly is the bounder duty of every soul of man. He is not properly a man who does not recognize the God that brought him into being, and that watches over him and abounds in beneficence towards him every day: the God that claims the allegiance of the conscience and that alone can convert the heart. In Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s case man was occupied with himself. The very gift of universal dominion from God was perverted by the power of Satan, so as to make self and not God the object of his thoughts. In the emphatic phrase of Scripture, his was not a man&#8217;s heart which looks up, owning One above him, but a beast&#8217;s that looks down in the gratification of itself and the pursuit of its own instincts. This was the case with Nebuchadnezzar, and therefore a most solemn and personal judgment was executed upon him. But the mercy of God interposed after a certain time of humiliation, and he was restored. This was a token of the condition to which the Gentile powers were to be brought from not recognizing the true God; but there was also the witness of their future blessing and restoration, when they shall own the kingdom of heaven by-and-bye. In the case before us, the lion was reduced from its power as a beast to a position of weakness. This actually took place when Babylon lost its supremacy in the world, which seems clearly the meaning of the latter part of the verse. We have first, Babylon, in the fulness of its power, and then the great change that occurred when it was stripped of the empire of the world.<\/p>\n<p> In the next verse (verse 5) there is a description given of the Persian empire, which had been represented in the great image as &#8220;the beast, etc., of silver.&#8221; &#8220;And behold another beast, a second, like to a bear, and it raised up itself on one side,&#8221; &#8211; a remarkable feature, which, at first sight, might not be obvious, but which is soon explained. It was an empire not so uniform as the Babylonish. It consisted of two peoples joined under one head. Another remarkable feature is this: it was the inferior of the two kingdoms that prevailed. The Persian takes the upper hand of the Mede. Thus we saw in <span class='bible'>Dan 5<\/span> that Darius the Median took the kingdom; but Cyrus soon followed, and from thence onward it was always the Persian that governed, and not the Median. We have in this circumstance a fresh instance that we do not really need history for the understanding of prophecy. Inattention to this plunges people into uncertainty. We may have recourse to history as a sort of homage paid to prophecy, but the historical confirmation of fulfilled prophecy is a very distinct thing from its interpretation. Prophecy, like all Scripture, is explained only by the Spirit of God; and <em> He<\/em> need not leave the written word for human help to explain what He has inspired: only He who is the author of Scripture is really capable of explaining it. I ought not to have to press this, as it is a first principle of truth; but we have to insist on first principles of truth quite as much now as ever.<\/p>\n<p> Here then Scripture furnishes us with the evident fact, that while the second empire consisted of two parts, and while the Medes were the elder branch of the empire, yet it was Cyrus the Persian that was to be most prominent. This was the side that raised itself up. &#8220;It had three ribs in the mouth of it, between the teeth of it,&#8221; clearly, I think, the sign of the extraordinary rapacity that would characterize the Persian empire. If we were to see presented to us, in a kind of panorama, different beasts, and if one of the animals were painted with a quantity of prey and actually devouring it, at once we should have the idea of a singularly voracious appetite. Such was the case with the Persians. There were frequent outbreaks which they had to encounter, because of their extortion and cruelty. It is true that God wrought providentially through them in behalf of the Jews; but this only made the contrast with their ordinary ways the more striking. For while the Persians were excessively hard upon others, there was leniency and favour shown towards Israel; but this was only the exception. In general, as depicting their character, a rapacious wild beast sets it forth. Hence the bear is said to have three ribs in its mouth between its teeth. It was in the very act of showing its ravening propensities. &#8220;And they said thus unto it, Arise, devour much flesh.&#8221; That was the explanation in words of the vision: it referred evidently to its predatory habits.<\/p>\n<p> In the third case, we have a leopard, with some notable features about it, though we are not to look for the regularity of pictorial consistency. There are certain truths intended by every figure; but if men try to put all the particulars into a formal harmony, they will not hold together. In the present case there was nothing in nature like this leopard; but God takes from different things that existed in nature features that were necessary to give a combined idea of this new empire. Hence, while the leopard is remarkable for its agility in pursuing its prey, yet, in order to give something beyond nature, we hear that it had &#8220;upon the back of it four wings of a fowl.&#8221; If ever there was a case in which impetuous courage in pursuing great designs and speed in achieving a succession of conquests were united, we find it in the history of Alexander the Great. The Macedonian or Grecian kingdom has a character of swiftness attached to it that no other empire ever had; and hence the leopard, on the one hand, and the four wings of the fowl on the other. But, besides that, &#8220;the beast had also four heads; and dominion was given to it.&#8221; There you have not so much what was found in Alexander himself, but rather in his successors. The four heads refer to the division of his empire into four different parts after his death. It is not, therefore, merely a symbol of what the Greek empire was in its first origin, but it presents thus its future also. It is emphatically the empire that separated into four distinct divisions. Not that there were only four, because it is clear that at one time there was a sort of division among his generals, six of whom reigned over different parts, but they gradually subsided into four. This we know from the next chapter: there is no need to go to history for it. All facts, all science, must confirm the word of God; but the word of God does not need them to prove that itself is divine. If it did, what would become of those who understand nothing of science and history? Persons who dabble much in either one or other for the purpose of confirming the Scriptures, have never reaped anything but the scantiest gleanings, as far as the Scripture harvest is concerned. It is another thing if a person feeds upon the word, grows in the knowledge of the Scripture, and then is called on, in the course of duty, to take up what men say about it: he will find that there is nothing, even down to the most recent discoveries of science, that does not pay unwitting obeisance to Scripture. The man that takes his stand upon Scripture, looking up to God, and using whatever means are given through the word and Spirit of God, has the real vantage ground: his confidence is in God, and not in the discoveries or the thoughts of men. The man that is searching here below is subject to all the uncertainty and mists of this lower world. He who derives his light from the word of God has a sun brighter than that at noon-day; and, therefore, just as far as he is subject to it, he will not, cannot, stray. And the Spirit of God is able and willing to produce this subjection in us. We all do stray, more or less, as a fact; but the reason is not from any defect in the word of God, or any lack of power to teach on the part of the Holy Ghost. We err because we have not sufficiently simple faith in the perfectness of Scripture, and in the blessed guidance which the Spirit loves to exercise in leading us into all truth.<\/p>\n<p> The next verse (ver. 7) is the opening of another vision. For, properly speaking, from the first verse down to the seventh is one section or vision, each being introduced by the words, &#8220;I saw in the night visions.&#8221; Daniel first beheld the four beasts in a general way; if any were particularly specified, it was the first three. But the fourth beast was evidently that which more peculiarly occupied the mind of the Holy Spirit, and the prophet, therefore, gets a fresh view of it. &#8220;After this I saw in the night visions, and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth.&#8221; Here is, clearly, a prophetic figuration of the fourth or Roman empire. I will not now enter into the many proofs of it. Hardly any person who reads these pages is likely to combat the thought, that in the four well-known empires we have the statue of <span class='bible'>Dan 2<\/span> , and the beasts of <span class='bible'>Dan 7<\/span> . Some have denied this, but it is such an eccentricity that one need say no more about it.<\/p>\n<p> Admitting this, then, we have in the fourth beast the Roman empire plainly set forth. What marks it politically is all-overcoming strength. It is represented by a monster to which nothing in nature can be found to answer. We have a fuller account of it in the Revelation; because the Roman empire, being then established, and its future destiny carrying us on to the end of the age, it became the exclusive object of attention &#8211; the beast. Accordingly we have a description of it in <span class='bible'>Rev 13<\/span> , where we find it represented as a leopard, the &#8220;feet as those of a bear, and its mouth as that of a lion.&#8221; And this composite creature is further distinguished (verse 1) by having seven heads and ten horns, and upon its horns ten crowns. That was the power under which John was at that very time suffering in the isle of Patmos; and as greater sufferings were in reserve for God&#8217;s people, and blasphemy against God, we need not wonder that we have a minute account of it.<\/p>\n<p> Here it is seen as &#8220;a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth; it devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it.&#8221; That is, there was unexampled power of conquest and aggrandizement, and what it did not incorporate into its own substance, it stamped upon and thus spoiled for others. &#8220;And it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it.&#8221; It was an empire that maintained a strong feeling of the will of man &#8211; of the people. It combined certain republican elements with as iron a despotism as ever ruled in this world. These two things were brought into distinct, but apparently harmonious play. Besides this, there is another and most distinctive mark: &#8220;it had ten horns.&#8221; In other empires it was not so. The Greek empire gradually devolved, after its founder&#8217;s death, into four heads; but the peculiarity of the Roman is the possession of ten horns. Yet we are not to look for the actual development of history in this vision. Had this been the case, it is clear that the ten horns would not have been seen in the Roman beast, when it first met the eyes of the prophet. In fact, it was not until hundreds of years after Rome had existed as an empire, that it had more than one ruler. The Spirit of God clearly brings into the very first view the features that would be found at the close, and not at the beginning. It was strong and fierce; it was one that devoured; it stamped the residue with its feet; it was diverse from all others. Rome may have been all this during the time of the Caesars; but it had not then ten horns. There can be no possible pretence for such a notion until the empire was broken up; and after that, properly speaking, the Roman empire ceased to exist. There might be the keeping up of the name and title of emperor, but it was the emptiest thing possible. How, then, could this prophecy be accomplished if, as long as there was an undivided empire, there were no horns; and if, on the other hand, the empire, as such, expired when once broken up into separate kingdoms? How are we to put these two facts together? Because it is clear from what is given us here, that a beast is a totally different thing from a horn. A beast represents imperial unity. But in Rome, as long as the empire subsisted, there were no &#8220;ten horns&#8221;: and when the divided kingdoms sprang up, there was no such thing then as imperial unity.<\/p>\n<p> How, then, are the two things put together in the prophecy? The Spirit of God was, I believe, looking onward to the last stage of the Roman empire, when both features shall reappear, and that together. This last stage ends in a divine judgment; as it is written a little after, &#8220;I beheld till the thrones were <em> set up<\/em> &#8221; (for so it ought to be, instead of &#8220;cast down&#8221;; and this is not merely my opinion, but the uniform way in which it is understood in the best ancient and modern translations of Scripture), &#8220;I beheld till the thrones were set up, and the Ancient of days did sit, whose garment was white as snow, and the hair of His head like the pure wool: His throne was like the fiery flame, and His wheels as burning fire.&#8221; There you have evidently a figure of the divine glory in judgment, not some mere providential dealing on the earth, but the process of judgment that God Himself will institute. &#8220;A fiery stream issued and came forth from before Him: thousand thousands ministered unto Him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before Him: the judgment was set, and the books were opened.&#8221; At whatever time this may be supposed to take place, it is manifest that it is a divine judgment. &#8220;I beheld then because of the voice of the great words which the horn spake: I beheld even till the beast was slain, and his body destroyed, and given to the burning flame.&#8221; The horn alluded to here is the eleventh one, the one that came up among the ten. And it was this little horn that began with small beginnings, that, by some means or another, managed to root up three of the first horns, and that subsequently became the guide and governor of the whole beast. &#8220;I beheld because of the great words which the horn spake,&#8221; not &#8220;till the horn was put down,&#8221; but &#8220;till the beast was slain,&#8221; so that it is implied that this little horn had managed to govern the entire beast. This verse shows that there was to be a divine judgment that would deal with the little horn and with the beast, and destroy them. Has that taken place? Clearly not.<\/p>\n<p> It is plain, that whatever has fallen upon the Roman empire in past times, has been the ordinary course and decline of a great nation. Barbarian hordes tore it up, and separate kingdoms were formed. But prophecy tells us of another thing altogether. It warns of a judgment that disposes of the beast in a totally different way, and in contrast with the others. &#8220;I beheld till the beast was slain, and his body destroyed, and given to the burning flame. As concerning the rest of the beasts, they had their dominion taken away: yet their lives were prolonged for a season and time.&#8221; That is, the remains of the Chaldeans, or of the races that were called so, we have still. Persia abides a kingdom, and the Greeks have lately become one. They exist, therefore, though not as imperial powers. We have these races of men, more or less, representing those powers; smaller, it is true, and no longer having dominion as empires. This is the meaning of ver. 12. Their dominion was taken away as rulers of the world, but &#8220;their lives were prolonged for a season and time.&#8221; In this last empire, when the hour of its judgment comes, the fact is far otherwise. In the case of the first three beasts, they lost their imperial dignity, but themselves might be said to exist. But in the case of the fourth empire, the hour when its dominion is destroyed is the same hour in which it is itself destroyed. &#8220;The beast was slain, and his body destroyed, and given to the burning flame.&#8221; Who can doubt that this is the same scene that we have alluded to in <span class='bible'>Rev 19<\/span> , where we are told, &#8220;And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against Him that sat on the horse, and against His army&#8221;? The prophet had come to the last beast. Further back in divine revelation we had the other three beasts; they had had their day, and there only remained the last. Consequently, when John says &#8221; <em> the<\/em> beast,&#8221; we are to understand the Roman empire. This beast, then, and the kings of the earth, are warring against the Lord. &#8220;And the beast was taken, and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him, with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshipped his image. <em> These both<\/em> [mark] were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.&#8221; Now, this is very remarkable; because here we have the lake of fire, which answers to the judgment of the burning flame in Daniel: only it is a fuller statement. It was not a mere control of circumstances, but a divine power that casts straight into hell without the necessity of a previous judgment. For it was perfectly plain what they were about. They were found in open antagonism to the Lord of glory, and were cast into the flames. Has that ever been verified in the Roman empire? Clearly not. What then follows? The Roman empire has passed away; for the last thousand years and more it has had no existence, except as an unmeaning title, which has been the object of contention among ambitious men. Separate kingdoms have taken the place of the undivided Roman empire.<\/p>\n<p> But what have we here? The Roman empire reappearing. And this exactly agrees with other parts of the word of God. For there is a remarkable expression in the Revelation, that has been alluded to more than once. It is <span class='bible'>Rev 17:8<\/span> , etc., &#8220;The beast that was, and is not, and <em> shall be present.&#8221;<\/em> I do not know how persons could have used the expression, &#8220;and yet is.&#8221; It is not even sense, and the real thought is particularly simple. No enigma is meant here. The Roman empire was to have three stages. The first is its original imperial form, when John suffered under the last of the Caesars. Then next is its condition of non-existence, from about the fifth century, when the Goths, and Vandals, etc., broke it up; in that condition it is now. But then there is a third stage, and it is in that last condition that it is to be found in open opposition to God and the Lamb. This is the future of the Roman empire. It is to be reorganized, it is to come out again as an empire, and in this last phase it will fight against God to its ruin. And mark how this leaves room for the point which I wished to illustrate. We could not in the past have had ten horns as well as the beast; in the future we can, and that is what the scene in <span class='bible'>Rev 17<\/span> shows. &#8220;The ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet.&#8221; But it is added, &#8220;They shall receive power as kings one hour with the beast.&#8221; So that when the beast should make its reappearance, there would be this singular feature: that while there would be a great head of imperial unity, it would not be to the exclusion of separate kings. There would still be the kings of France, Spain, etc. Let none suppose that to say this is prophesying. The true way to be kept out of that presumption is to study prophecy. In the one case you are learning what God says; in the other you are but giving out your own thoughts. In this passage the point is, not an empire alone without the ten kings, nor the ten kings without the empire, but the union of these two things. There is the imperial unity, which answers to the beast; at the same time there are these separate kings. It is their co-existence which will mark the Roman empire in its last phase. To that everything is tending now.<\/p>\n<p> The prophet saw the last condition of this empire with its ten horns. &#8220;I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up among them another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things.&#8221; (Verse 8) Men used to apply all this to the pope. No doubt the Roman pontiff was extremely obnoxious to every one that valued the word of God. But we must always take care, when we read Scripture, not to be too anxious about applying the word of God to what is in our way, or to what we may think extremely evil &#8211; as no doubt the pope and popery are. But we must seek to understand what God means by His word. Granted that there is a remarkable analogy between the papacy and the little horn. It may have been intended to be applied by the children of God in different ages, who were suffering through the papacy, for their help and encouragement. The changing of times and laws (verse 25), as well as his great words and persecution of the saints, may have been accomplished in its canons, bulls, and political influence. But it remains to be inquired, Is that the full meaning and the proper design of the prophecy? Take an example from <span class='bible'>Mat 24<\/span> . There was the beginning of sorrows; then the abomination of desolation set up in the holy place, and a warning to flee from Jerusalem; unexampled tribulation, etc. I can understand all this having a measure of application to the destruction of Jerusalem by Titus. But who will say that this is the end of all, and that the full meaning is realized there? It is impossible that any one can think so who examines it attentively. When God gives a prophecy, He very often allows that there should be a sort of earnest in the accomplishment of it; but we are never to take that as the full thing. The Roman Empire has fallen, and, out of the fall of that empire, a new and singular power, with divine claims, has started up and set itself against God. But to say that this is the full accomplishment of the prophecy, would be as great a mistake as to suppose that God never alluded to it at all. There was to be Mahommedanism in the east, and the papacy in the west; but still the question recurs, Is that all that the Holy Ghost meant? I say, No, for the reason already given &#8211; that if the history of the papacy be looked at, the beast was gone, properly, when the pope took his place.<\/p>\n<p> More than that. The pope has never acquired three of the ten kingdoms. He might receive Peter&#8217;s patrimony, but it has always been a petty power politically, of no consequence as to territory. Instead of acquiring three of the ten kingdoms, all its weight has arisen from its spiritual delusion over the souls of men. Clearly, then, a power, small in its beginnings, is to rise and put down three of these greater powers, acquiring all their dominion. The pope never has done any such thing. So that, although there has been a measure of likeness, there is enough difference to make their distinction quite plain.<\/p>\n<p> The empire is in full force at the time that these ten horns and the little horn appear. This last subsequently aggrandizes itself, and rules the whole beast. Instead of this, the pope has long lost almost the half of his influence in Europe, and has been of late stripped of the chief part of his dominions in Italy; and what may be the end of agencies now at work no man can say.<\/p>\n<p> We have here a most vigorous power, that has the ten horns in subjection to itself. The Revelation tells us that all the ten kings conspired to give their power and strength unto the beast. God has given all up, because it is the time when there shall be strong delusion, and men will believe a lie. I gather from that, not that this has no bearing upon the papacy, but that its full accomplishment is in the future. Scripture is explicit that the Roman Empire, which has ceased to exist, will be reorganized, and will be the instrument, under the direction of the false prophet, for carrying out the last great effort of Satan against the Lord Jesus Christ.<\/p>\n<p> In Daniel we find that this little horn overthrows three powers. Then we have its moral characteristics. It has eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things. It is marked by immense intelligence &#8211; not by brute force. The description of it contrasts with that of the Lord, the Lamb that was slain, who is characterized as having seven horns and seven eyes &#8211; that is, the perfection of intelligence and of power. In this case it is not so. The power outwardly looks much greater. It has ten horns instead of seven &#8211; a monster instead of perfection. The result is a sort of grotesque exaggeration of the power and wisdom of Christ that wretched man, energized of Satan, will arrogate to himself. Then comes the overthrow (verse 11) because of its fearful blasphemy against God.<\/p>\n<p> A new vision follows (verses 13, 14,) in contrast with the powers that were represented by ravening beasts. The new and prominent object is &#8220;one like the Son of man.&#8221; Just as in the second chapter it was an insignificant stone that struck the great image, and all crumbled to pieces from head to foot. Here the Son of man &#8220;came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him.&#8221; The Ancient of days represents God as such, &#8220;the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p> In the Revelation the two glories are both united in the Person of Christ. <span class='bible'>Rev 1<\/span> shows us one like the Son of man: but when we find the description of Him, some of the features are exactly the same as are attributed here to the Ancient of days, whose garment is said to be as white as snow, and the hair of His head like the pure wool, etc. The Jewish prophet sees Christ simply as man. The Christian prophet sees Him as man, but as God withal.<\/p>\n<p> &#8220;And there was given Him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages, should serve Him: His dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and His kingdom that which shall not be destroyed.&#8221; There will be no such thing as its being taken from Him, or as another power succeeding Him. It will be everlasting in the sense of as long as the world shall endure. But, strictly, this is not an eternal scene. The Jewish prophets show you the millennium; but they do not unfold, as the New Testament does, that when all things are subdued to God, even the Father, <em> God<\/em> shall be all in all. This was reserved for another day; and the Revelation follows it up in the most blessed manner, in <span class='bible'>Rev 21:1-8<\/span> .<\/p>\n<p> Just mark, by the way, a feature of some importance. The latter part of the chapter consists of explanations; but we are never to suppose that the explanations of Scripture merely refer to what has already been given. This is the case in human writings, but in God&#8217;s explanations there is always further truth brought out. This is of moment. Through not understanding it, the kingdom of Christ has been supposed to be merely the ascendancy of His saints. There will be the kingdom of the Son of man and the kingdom of His people, but we are assuredly not to suppose that thereby is meant the reigning of the saints in a figurative way to the exclusion of the Son of man. The explanation brings out the saints, which the vision does not. It is no less than denying the personality of the reign of Christ, if you make the explanation merely tantamount to the vision. But the principle is false, and so is the deduction.<\/p>\n<p> In verse 17, the person to whom the prophet appeals tells him, &#8220;These great beasts, which are four, are four kings which shall arise out of the earth.&#8221; Their origin was purely <em> earthly.<\/em> There is no contradiction at all between this and the fact that we are told in verse 2 that they came up from the <em> sea.<\/em> The reason why they are said to rise thence is that the sea represents a mass of men in a state of political anarchy. It is out of this troubled state of peoples that empires arise. Take the French Empire for example. A revolution broke up the old system of government. Then followed a state of confusion, like the sea torn with the winds, and out of it all emerged an empire. From such a state of things in the world the four great empires arose. It was, too, very much about the same time that the beginnings of <em> the<\/em> four great empires were laid. There was an immense difference in the degree of development in the East as compared with the West. The Western powers were comparatively only in the cradle; but the beginning of these various powers was traceable to much the same date and the same state of confusion and anarchy. That seems to be what is meant by their coming up out of the sea. But in verse 17 they are said to arise out of the earth. They have not a <em> heavenly<\/em> origin. The force of the sea was merely to show that it is out of a previously troubled state of society that they grew. Such was their <em> providential<\/em> origin. But here their <em> moral<\/em> origin is looked at as being purely earthly, in contrast with the Son of man, who comes in the clouds of heaven.<\/p>\n<p> What makes this still plainer is that in the next verse (verse 18) it is said, &#8220;But the saints of the Most High shall take the kingdom, and possess the kingdom for ever.&#8221; The margin says, the saints of the &#8220;high ones.&#8221; It is the origin of the expression in the New Testament, &#8220;heavenly places.&#8221; The phrase is the same whether applied to our blessings, &#8220;blessed with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ,&#8221; in <span class='bible'>Eph 1<\/span> , or to the foes in &#8220;high places,&#8221; in <span class='bible'>Eph 6<\/span> . The saints of the heavenly places (that is, probably, of God in connection with the heavenly places) &#8220;shall take the kingdom.&#8221; This gives the contrast. As for these four great powers, the best that could be said of them, if you look at their political origin, was that they arose out of a confused and tumultuous state of things in the world; or, if at their moral origin, it was not from heaven. If, on the other hand, you look at the saints of the heavenly places, they are those destined to take the kingdom, which they possess for evermore. This adds an important truth to the fact of the Son of man&#8217;s getting the kingdom. When dominion is given Him, He will not take it alone. All that have ever waited for this kingdom, in all ages, will come along with Him. It will be the time when He will manifest His risen ones, when Abraham, Enoch, David, no matter who they may be that have known Him by faith, will be there in their changed and glorified bodies, and will reign along with Him. &#8220;Know ye not,&#8221; the apostle says, &#8220;that we shall judge the world?&#8221; That clearly must mean in this kingdom of the Son of man. Because if it were merely a question of going to heaven to be with Christ, that is not judging the world. So that, while it is true that we are to go up to heaven, it is not all. &#8220;Know ye not that we shall judge angels?&#8221; If we have not known it, how comes it to pass? Some truth has been let slip, if we have not looked for such things. And mark the practical importance of it. The very fact that you do not know it proves that you lack something that God makes a great deal of. And how does God use it in the Epistle to the Corinthians? It was to reproach those saints for carrying their questions before the world. Do you not know, he reasons with them, that you are called to this place of dignity? It is not merely that you will have it by-and-bye; but God makes it known and true to faith now. Just as the heir to the kingdom is instructed and fitted for the throne that he is to occupy, so God is educating His saints now to share the kingdom of the world which is to belong to Christ. It is a revealed truth of God that the kingdoms of the world shall become that of our Lord and of His Christ; but when He does reign, the saints will reign also. The saints of the heavenly places &#8211; who are they? Those whose hearts are with Christ above, those who will be converted before Christ comes, and will govern a people gathered upon the earth; those who have in past ages died in Christ, or who are now waiting for Christ; those too who will pass through the great tribulation: all these are saints of the Most High. They are in contrast with others. For there will also be saints when Christ comes to reign, who will be blessed upon the earth. There will be a great harvest there. The Lord will bring those saints into all the promised blessings of His kingdom. But we are chosen in Christ <em> before<\/em> the foundation of the world, and shall reign <em> over<\/em> the earth. That is distinguished from the kingdom and dominion <em> under<\/em> the whole heaven. There are certain saints that are in the heavens; but there is another class spoken of that is here below. The kingdom shall be given to <em> the people<\/em> of the saints of the Most High. Those are some of the persons that the saints will reign over. &#8220;Know ye not,&#8221; urges Paul, &#8220;that the saints shall judge the world?&#8221; Accordingly, here we have &#8220;the people of the saints of the Most High&#8221; as a distinct class.<\/p>\n<p> There are many details in this chapter that I have not entered into. But there is a description of the evil conduct of the little horn that I must say a few words upon, although a little out of order. It is said (verse 20) that &#8220;it had eyes, and a mouth that spake very great things, whose look was more stout than his fellows. I beheld, and the same horn made war with the saints, and prevailed against them; until the Ancient of days came, and judgment was given to the saints of the Most High; and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom.&#8221; Then, in the further account, it is said (verse 25) that this little horn &#8220;shall speak great words against the Most High&#8217; and shall wear out the saints of the Most High [referring to his persecutions], and think to change times and laws; and they shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time.&#8221; It is necessary to understand what the little horn will do. The meaning is, that he will destroy the Jewish worship, at that time carried on upon the earth. By the &#8220;times&#8221; is meant their festivals or feast-days. He will interfere with these as Jeroboam did; &#8220;and they shall be given into his hand,&#8221; etc. It has been often supposed that &#8220;they&#8221; means the saints. But this is a total mistake. It is &#8220;the times and laws&#8221; that are to be given into his hand, for a certain limited period of time. God will allow him to have his way. He shall think to do it. And the fact that they are to be given into his hands shows that he succeeds for a time in carrying out his desires. But God will never give His saints into the hands of His enemies, even for a time ever so short. He always keeps them in His own hands. Job was never more in the hands of God than when Satan desired to have him that he might sift him as wheat. The sheep are in the hands of the Father and the Son, and none shall ever be able to pluck them thence. There is no such thought in the word as God leaving or forsaking them. Here it is simply the outward arrangements of worship, of which the Jews will be the representatives on the earth ; and they will be allowed for a time to fall under his power. For it is plain that at that time there will be Jewish saints owning God and Jesus, too, in a measure: as it is said (<span class='bible'>Rev 14<\/span> ), &#8220;Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.&#8221; These saints will be in a very peculiar position. There will be a sort of combination of the law with a recognition of Jesus to a certain extent. During this state of things, they will come under the power of the little horn, &#8220;for a time, times, and the dividing of time&#8221; &#8211; that is, for three years and a half, closed by the coming of Christ in judgment.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: William Kelly Major Works (New Testament)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: Dan 7:1-8<\/p>\n<p> 1In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon Daniel saw a dream and visions in his mind as he lay on his bed; then he wrote the dream down and related the following summary of it. 2Daniel said, I was looking in my vision by night, and behold, the four winds of heaven were stirring up the great sea. 3And four great beasts were coming up from the sea, different from one another. 4The first was like a lion and had the wings of an eagle. I kept looking until its wings were plucked, and it was lifted up from the ground and made to stand on two feet like a man; a human mind also was given to it. 5And behold, another beast, a second one, resembling a bear. And it was raised up on one side, and three ribs were in its mouth between its teeth; and thus they said to it, Arise, devour much meat!&#8217; 6After this I kept looking, and behold, another one, like a leopard, which had on its back four wings of a bird; the beast also had four heads, and dominion was given to it. 7After this I kept looking in the night visions, and behold, a fourth beast, dreadful and terrifying and extremely strong; and it had large iron teeth. It devoured and crushed and trampled down the remainder with its feet; and it was different from all the beasts that were before it, and it had ten horns. 8While I was contemplating the horns, behold, another horn, a little one, came up among them, and three of the first horns were pulled out by the roots before it; and behold, this horn possessed eyes like the eyes of a man and a mouth uttering great boasts.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:1 In the first year of Belshazzar This shows that the book is not written in chronological order (cf. Daniel 5, which is the fall of the city of Babylon in October of 539 B.C.). The date mentioned in the text would be about 552-551 B.C., which is fourteen years before chapter 5. The Aramaic section of Daniel goes from Dan 2:4 through Dan 7:28, which marks it as a literary unit. Therefore, we must relate chapter 7 with what goes before, as well as with what follows.<\/p>\n<p> Daniel saw It is interesting that chapters 1-6 are written in the third person, as is Dan 7:1, but the first person predominates chapters 7-12 (e.g., Dan 7:2; Dan 7:6-9; Dan 7:11[twice], Dan 7:13; Dan 7:15-16; Dan 7:19; Dan 7:21; Dan 7:28).<\/p>\n<p> a dream and visions In chapters 1-6 the dreams were given to Gentile rulers, which is rare in the OT (cf. Pharaoh and Joseph), but in chapters 7-12 the revelations from YHWH come to Daniel.<\/p>\n<p>The apparent distinction between dreams and visions is not the level of inspiration, but whether one is asleep or awake, unconscious or conscious. In this context Daniel is obviously in bed, but it is unspecified if he was asleep. In this context the two terms are synonyms of God&#8217;s special revelations to Daniel about how these Gentile empires will affect the people of God.<\/p>\n<p>NASBthe summary<\/p>\n<p>NKJVthe main facts<\/p>\n<p>NRSV&#8212;&#8212;<\/p>\n<p>TEVa record of<\/p>\n<p>NJB&#8212;&#8212;<\/p>\n<p>NIVsubstance<\/p>\n<p>This is an idiom from the Aramaic word for head (BDB 1112) used twice in this verse, once literally and once idiomatically. The footnote of NKJV has literally head&#8217; (or chief) of the words. This Aramaic term is used in several senses in the OT.<\/p>\n<p>1. head of<\/p>\n<p>a. head of man, Dan 3:27<\/p>\n<p>b. head of image, Dan 2:32; Dan 2:38<\/p>\n<p>c. head of beast, Dan 7:6; Dan 7:20<\/p>\n<p>2. seat of visions, Dan 2:28; Dan 4:2; Dan 4:7; Dan 4:10; Dan 7:1; Dan 7:15<\/p>\n<p>3. chief, Ezr 5:10<\/p>\n<p>4. summary, Dan 7:1 (BDB 1112)<\/p>\n<p>5. The Anchor Bible Commentary, vol. 23, p. 205, speculates that this may mean beginning since Dan 7:28 uses an idiom for the conclusion (cf. E. J. Young, The Prophecy of Daniel, p. 141, who says this is possible, but not likely).<\/p>\n<p>From Daniel&#8217;s style of writing the two phrases in Dan 7:1 b (wrote and related) are parallel with no distinction. Notice the next verse, answered and said, typifies the repetitive style of Daniel.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:2 the four winds of heaven Four is the biblical symbolic number for the world (i.e., the four corners of the earth, cf. Dan 8:8; Dan 11:4; Zec 2:6; Zec 6:5). This has been interpreted as (1) universal divine knowledge (cf. Zec 1:8-11; Zec 6:1-8); (2) a gathering of angels (cf. Isa 11:12; Mat 13:41; Mat 24:31; Mar 13:27); or (3) destroying angels (cf. Jer 49:36; Zec 2:6; Rev 7:1; Rev 9:14-15). This and similar phrases are a metaphor for God&#8217;s activity in the world (where four is combined with winds, corners, angels). God knows and allows\/controls all activity on planet earth (apocalyptic theology).<\/p>\n<p> were stirring up God was active in sending the four winds of heaven to disrupt earthly activities. This chapter is yet another emphasis on God&#8217;s control of history and nations.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:2-3 the great sea. . .the sea There have been several theories of the meaning of this phrase: (1) it refers literally to the Mediterranean Ocean (cf. Num 34:6-7; Jos 9:1) (2) it refers metaphorically to the nations of the earth (cf. Dan 7:17; Psa 65:7; Isa 17:12-13; Isa 57:20; Rev 17:15); or (3) it refers to the initial watery chaos which was part of creation (cf. Gen 1:2; Gen 7:11; Gen 49:25; Psa 36:6; Isa 51:10; Amo 7:4). As always context determines meaning. Here it refers to the known world of the Ancient Near East, that part of the world which affects the people of God and the Promised Land.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:3 and four great beasts were coming up from the sea, different from one another This seems to imply simultaneous kingdoms (cf. Dan 7:12; Dan 2:44), but the extended contexts of chapters 2 and 8 demand sequential kingdoms.<\/p>\n<p>There are several aspects to this description that would have intensified a negative Jewish reaction to this vision.<\/p>\n<p>1. The great surging ocean would have been fearful to those accustomed to the semi-arid life of Palestine. Jews never were extensively involved in ocean trade. Even Solomon&#8217;s fleet was manned by foreigners (Phoenicians).<\/p>\n<p>2. Predatory, Levitically unclean animals were attacking humanity.<\/p>\n<p>3. Animals of composite types would violate the after their kind of Genesis 1.<\/p>\n<p>4. The inhumanity of these pagan empires (especially the fourth empire, cf. Dan 7:7; Dan 7:23)<\/p>\n<p>5. The blasphemy of the little horn against God (cf. Dan 7:8; Dan 7:11; Dan 7:20; Dan 7:25)<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:4 The first was like a lion Notice the word like used here is from an Aramaic PREPOSITION. This same idea is repeated in Dan 7:5, but with the Aramaic word demah (cf. Dan 3:25). In Dan 7:6 the PREPOSITION is used again. The whole point is that what Daniel saw was not real earthly animals, but similar to known animals with different physical attributes (i.e., winged lion, winged leopard). These are apocalyptic symbols of rulers and empires.<\/p>\n<p>SPECIAL TOPIC: LIONS IN THE OT <\/p>\n<p> which had the wings of an eagle The Babylonian army is described as a swooping eagle (cf. Jer 49:22; Eze 17:3; Hab 1:8). This was a metaphor to describe the speed of their advance.<\/p>\n<p> its wings were plucked This is a metaphor of military defeat. These powerful, national armies seemed invincible, but in reality they were still just human armies.<\/p>\n<p>Notice how often in this verse divine action is directed toward the Gentile empire: wings were plucked (BDB 1101, Piel PERFECT); it was lifted up (BDB 1102, Piel PERFECT); made to stand (BDB 1110, Hoph PERFECT); and human mind also was given to it (Piel PRESENT) [this is true of was raised up on one side, Dan 7:5]. God is in complete control (cf. Dan 2:20). Some commentators believe that these actions reflect Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s madness in chapter 4. Although this is possible, again interpreters must be careful of trying to find a historical referent to all the details of Daniel&#8217;s visions.<\/p>\n<p> made to stand on two feet like a man; a human mind also was given to it Some commentators think this refers to (1) Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s madness and restoration of chapter 4 or (2) the barbaric Chaldeans becoming more civilized and cultured after their initial conquest (i.e., affected by Sumerian culture).<\/p>\n<p>However, the phrase is very ambiguous and may simply be an apocalyptic detail which was never meant to have a historical fulfillment. This powerful empire existed and was destroyed, making room for the next empire from the Ancient Near East.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:5 a bear This is another powerful predator of the Near East, which is used often in the OT paralleled with lion (cf. 1Sa 17:34; 1Sa 17:36-37; Pro 28:15; Amo 5:19; Rev 13:2). Several Scriptures describe the fierceness of a bear with cubs (cf. 2Sa 17:8; Pro 17:12; Hos 13:8).<\/p>\n<p>This refers to the Medo-Persian Empire (cf. Dan 8:21). Possibly the raised on one side may refer to (1) the supremacy of Persia (see note at Dan 5:28) or (2) preparing to attack again, even though it was still eating the last victim (a metaphor of unsatiated power and military destruction).<\/p>\n<p> three ribs The NRSV and NAB translate this Aramaic term as tusks (Hebrew BDB 854, Aramaic form BDB 1106). This probably comes from the basic meaning of the Hebrew counterpart, taken from the Arabic curved. But also other usages of the Hebrew root are a play on the word side (i.e. rib of a hill, side chambers, rib of a tree or plank, BDB 854).<\/p>\n<p>The controversy over the etymology of this term is related to its use in Gen 2:21-22. The New International Dictionary of OT Theology and Exegesis, vol. 3, p. 811, gives an alternate possibility of the term rib, as being confused with the Sumerian term for life. How this would affect this verse in Daniel is uncertain.<\/p>\n<p>This is a parallel to the ram of Dan 8:4, where the ribs may relate to the three directions or areas of conquest: Babylon to the West, Lydia to the North, and Egypt to the South. Ben Ezra thinks they refer to three cities which were conquered. We know from historical records that Medo-Persia did not have many conquests to the East until the reign of Darius I Hystaspes.<\/p>\n<p>NASB, NKJVthus they said to it<\/p>\n<p>NRSVand was told<\/p>\n<p>TEVa voice said to it<\/p>\n<p>NJBcame the command<\/p>\n<p>This must refer to the personified four winds of heaven from Dan 7:2 which symbolize God&#8217;s omniscient presence throughout the earth (cf. Zechariah 1; Zechariah 6).<\/p>\n<p> Arise, devour much meat&#8217; The first VERB (BDB 1110) is a Peal IMPERATIVE. The second VERB (BDB 1080) is also a Peal IMPERATIVE. Continuing with the predator metaphor, God allows (cf. Dan 7:6, dominion was given to it) this second kingdom to conquer and spread its influence throughout the known world of the ancient Fertile Crescent.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:6 a leopard which had on its back four wings of a bird This refers to the speed of the military conquest of Alexander the Great. Greece then is the third predatory Gentile Empire (cf. Dan 8:21). The symbolic number four may refer to its conquest of the whole known world (cf. Dan 7:2).<\/p>\n<p> also had four heads This specific detail about the number of Alexander&#8217;s generals who succeed him, has caused many modern scholars to reject the predictive nature of Daniel. Yet, the affirmation of a supernatural God revealing to a faithful servant for the purpose of affirming His sovereignty to later generations seems perfectly adequate to explain this detailed description of history.<\/p>\n<p>All of these details are not prophetic. Commentators must look to history to help interpret ambiguous apocalyptic passages. The four heads may refer to (1) extensive conquests in all directions or (2) the four regional generals of Alexander the Great. Alexander died from a fever at the young age of 32 while in Babylon (or some say Egypt). His kingdom was initially divided among five generals, but four of them became dominant: (1) Ptolemy in Egypt; (2) Cassender in Macedonia and Greece; (3) Seleucus in Syria and Babylon, and (4) Lysimichus in Thrace. Antigonus ruled part of Asia Minor for a brief period, but was killed in 301 B.C. and was only of minor influence and importance.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:7 a fourth beast By the sequencing of chapters 2, 7, and 8 of Daniel (see Textual Insights A., B., and C.) this refers to the Roman Empire. This would correlate with the iron and clay legs and feet of Dan 2:33; Dan 2:41-43.<\/p>\n<p>The fourth empire is characterized in several ways.<\/p>\n<p>1. dreadful, Dan 7:7; Dan 7:19<\/p>\n<p>2. terrifying, Dan 7:7<\/p>\n<p>3. extremely strong, Dan 7:7<\/p>\n<p>4. iron teeth, Dan 7:7; Dan 7:19 (DUAL in Hebrew, possibly two large teeth or two rows of teeth)<\/p>\n<p>5. devoured, Dan 7:7; Dan 7:19<\/p>\n<p>6. crushed, Dan 7:7; Dan 7:19<\/p>\n<p>7. trampled down the remainder with its feet, Dan 7:7; Dan 7:19<\/p>\n<p>8. ten horns, Dan 7:7; Dan 7:20<\/p>\n<p>9. a boastful little horn, Dan 7:8; Dan 7:20<\/p>\n<p>10. claws of bronze, Dan 7:19<\/p>\n<p>Several of these terms are used in different senses in the book, which shows how context determines meaning.<\/p>\n<p>1. dreadful is used of<\/p>\n<p>a. the image in Dan 2:31 and translated awesome<\/p>\n<p>b. Daniel&#8217;s fears in Dan 4:5 and the people&#8217;s fear in Dan 5:19<\/p>\n<p>2. devour is used<\/p>\n<p>a. literally in Dan 4:33; Dan 7:5; Dan 7:7; Dan 7:19<\/p>\n<p>b. metaphorically of slander in Dan 3:8; Dan 6:25<\/p>\n<p>3. crushed (broke in pieces) is used literally in Dan 7:7; Dan 7:19; Dan 7:23<\/p>\n<p>a. also literally of the Messiah breaking the image in Dan 2:35; Dan 2:45<\/p>\n<p>b. also literally of the lions crushing those who attacked Daniel in Dan 6:24<\/p>\n<p> ten horns This may speak of ten simultaneous kings (cf. Dan 2:44). Because three of them are ripped out at the same time (cf. Dan 7:8; Dan 7:24), they must be simultaneous. However, I believe them to be symbols of completeness or of power (cf. Zec 1:18-21; Rev 13:1), not literal kings which commentators try to fit into known history.<\/p>\n<p>The term horns (BDB 1111) often stands for kings (Daniel 7, 8) or power (OT metaphor, i.e., the horns of the sacrificial altar).<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:8 another horn, a little one, came up among them, and three of the first horns were pulled out by its roots before it The little horn of Daniel 7 may be the Anti-Christ of the end-time because it comes from the fourth kingdom (cf. H. C. Leupold, Exposition of Daniel, pp. 322-323 and E. J Young, The Prophecy of Daniel, p. 150). This is somewhat confusing because the little horn of Dan 8:9-14 seems to refer to the Seleucid ruler, Antiochus IV Epiphanes (175-164 B.C.) who comes from the third kingdom during the Maccabean Period. He is a type of anti-christ which is always among us (cf. 1Jn 2:18).<\/p>\n<p>These little horns are both arrogant and boastful. They reject the worship of YHWH and try to destroy His people. They are both allowed by God to prosper and both will be destroyed by God. They come to epitomize rebellious, egocentric, fallen humanity.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: You Can Understand the Bible: Study Guide Commentary Series by Bob Utley<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>In the first year of Belshazzar. This was 429 B.C. See App-50. Daniel being eighty-four years old. Three years before the events of Dan 6. Compare Dan 5:30, Dan 5:31, and the notes on the other dates (Dan 8:1; Dan 9:1; Dan 10:1; Dan 11:1, &amp;c). <\/p>\n<p>This vision (Dan 7) is still in Chaldee (the Gentile language), because it is the continuation of Dan 2:44, and shows what will take place in &#8220;the days of those kings&#8221; before the stone strikes the image. It brings us up to the end of Gentile dominion over Israel. Dan 8 is in Hebrew, because it specially concerns Israel. <\/p>\n<p>It is the writing of &#8220;Daniel the prophet&#8221; (Mat 24). This is directly stated by our Lord, Who, seven times in the Gospel of John, declared that what He spake were not His own words, but the Father&#8217;s (Joh 7:16; Joh 8:28, Joh 8:40, Joh 8:47; Joh 12:49; Joh 14:10, Joh 14:24; Joh 17:8. Compare Deu 18:18 and Isa 51:16). <\/p>\n<p>This member &#8220;B&#8221; (Dan 7:1-28; Dan 8:1-27, see chart below) consists of two visions. Each is distinct and complete in itself. (Z1, 7:1-28 ; Z2, 8:1-27).<\/p>\n<p>The dream of Nebuchadnezzar (Dan 2) was interpreted to him by Daniel; while the dream (or vision) of Daniel was interpreted to him by the Angel. The former referred to the beginning and duration of Gentile dominion over Israel; the latter concerns the end of it. See the Structure below. The second (Dan 8) was given two years later than the first (Compare Dan 7:1 with Dan 8:1), and is subsequent to the first, giving further details concerning &#8220;the latter time of their dominion&#8221; (i.e. that of the four beasts of the first vision in Dan 7). Further details are given in Dan 9, Dan 11, Dan 12. <\/p>\n<p>The interpretation is given in verses: Dan 7:7, Dan 7:17, Dan 7:18; and shows that these visions (Dan 7and Dan 8) are still future, and are not therefore to be confounded with the dream of Dan 2. See the notes on verses: Dan 7:17, Dan 7:18, below. <\/p>\n<p>The interpretations given to us of these two separate visions need no further interpretation by us. The source of the dream is the source of the interpretation also. They are for us to understand and to believe. We may comment on the interpretations given, but not interpret them. <\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:1-28; Dan 8:1-27. THE DEEAM, AND VISIONS OF DANIEL. THE END OF GENTILE DOMINION. (Division.)<\/p>\n<p>B | Z1 | 7:1-28. The Vision of the Four Beasts. (First year.)<\/p>\n<p>   | Z2 | 8:1-27. The Vision of the Two Beasts. (Third year.)<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:1-28 (Z1, above). THE VISION OF THE FOUR BEASTS. (Repeated Alternations.)<\/p>\n<p>(You may need to widen your viewing window for this chart to display properly)<\/p>\n<p>Z1| A1| C1| 1-8. The Four Beasts.} The <\/p>\n<p>|| D1 | 9-14The judgment of the Son of Man} Vision.<\/p>\n<p>|B1 | 15, 16 Daniel&#8217;s perturbation and inquiry.<\/p>\n<p>| A2| C2| 17. The Four Beasts.} The<\/p>\n<p>|| D2 | 18. The judgement of the Son of Man.} Interpretation.<\/p>\n<p>B2 | 19-22. Daniel&#8217;s inquiry.<\/p>\n<p>| A3| C3| 23-23. The Fourth Beast} The <\/p>\n<p>|| D3 | 26,27. The judgement of the Son of Man.} Interpretation<\/p>\n<p>|B3 | 28. Daniel&#8217;s perturbations.<\/p>\n<p>Belshazzar. The last king of Babylon. Until 1854, when Sir H. C. Rawlinson discovered the cuneiform texts, all was speculation. An inscription belonging to the first year of Nabonidus, his father (see notes on Dan 5:2, and Jer 27:7), calls him his &#8220;firstborn son&#8221; and gives his name Belsarra-uzer = &#8220;O Bel defend the king&#8221;. There are frequent references to him in contracts and similar documents (Encycl. Brit, 11th (Cambridge) ed., vol. iii, p. 711). He was the last king of Babylon (Dan 5:30, Dan 5:31). See note on Dan 5:7. <\/p>\n<p>had = beheld. <\/p>\n<p>a dream. One of twenty recorded dreams. See note on Gen 20:3. <\/p>\n<p>he wrote. This is to be noted, as it was afterward &#8220;told&#8221; in speech (verses: Dan 7:1, Dan 7:2). <\/p>\n<p>the sum = substance, or the chief of the words. <\/p>\n<p>matters = words. <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Companion Bible Notes, Appendices and Graphics<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Chapter 7<\/p>\n<p>Now at this point we come to, more or less, the end of the historic part of the book of Daniel. And beginning with chapter 7, we are now gonna go back and deal with visions that Daniel had during previous years. In other words, as we go to chapter 7, this particular vision came to Daniel in the first year that Belshazzar was king. You see, our story has taken us out to the end of Daniel&#8217;s life during the reigns of Darius and Cyrus, the Medo-Persian kings. But now going back, we&#8217;re gonna start dealing now with prophecies or with visions that Daniel received.<\/p>\n<p>The first one, here in chapter 7, was when Belshazzar was in his first year as the king of Babylon.<\/p>\n<p>Daniel had a dream and visions of his head upon his bed: and then he wrote the dream, and he told the sum of the matters. And Daniel spake and said, I saw in my vision by night, and, behold there were four winds of the heaven striving upon the Mediterranean Sea. And four great beasts came up from the sea, that were different from each other. Now the first was like a lion, and it had eagle&#8217;s wings: and I beheld it until the wings where plucked, and it was lifted up from the earth, and made to stand upon the feet as a man, and a man&#8217;s heart was given unto it. And behold there was another beast, the second was like to a bear, and it raised itself up on one side, and it had three ribs in the mouth of it between the teeth of it: and they said thus unto it, Arise, and devour much flesh. And after this I beheld, and lo another, like a leopard, which had upon the back of it four wings of a fowl; and the beast had also four heads; and dominion was given unto it. And after this I saw in the night visions, and behold there was a fourth beast, that was dreadful and awesome, it was exceedingly strong; it had great iron teeth: that devoured and broke in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was different from all the beasts that were before it; and it had ten horns ( Dan 7:1-7 ).<\/p>\n<p>Now as we read of these four beasts, we immediately see their correlation with the dream that Nebuchadnezzar had that was interpreted by Daniel. As Nebuchadnezzar had a vision of those world-governing empires, or those governments that would govern over the world. Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s dream, he saw them as an image of a man, with a head of gold, the chest of silver, stomach of brass, legs of iron, and the feet of iron and clay with the ten toes. And, of course, he watched it until this rock came, not cut with hands, that hit the image in its feet and the whole image crumbled, and the rock grew into a mountain that covered the earth.<\/p>\n<p>Now we have a parallel vision by Daniel. Only he does not see the world-governing empires as a man, but he sees them as beasts. And the first lion would, of course, be the Babylon Empire. It had eagle&#8217;s wings that were plucked. It was lifted up from the earth, but then it was made to stand like a man. The second like a bear, three ribs in its mouth, the Medo-Persian Empire. The third, the leopard would be the Grecian Empire, under Alexander the Great. And interesting, the four heads, when Alexander the Great died, the kingdom, or the Grecian Empire, did not pass on, because Alexander the Great did not have any children, did not pass on in a dynasty, but actually was divided into four separate heads and four of his generals began to rule: one in Syria, one in Egypt, one in Asia Minor, and the other in Greece. And so the dividing into the four heads.<\/p>\n<p>But finally this last beast, the Roman Empire, is just an awesome beast of which there is no correlation, there&#8217;s no&#8230; you can&#8217;t say it&#8217;s a lion or a bear. It&#8217;s just an awesome fearful-looking kind of a beast such as does not exist in realty. It has ten horns and of course we are reminded of the ten toes of Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s dream. So you have the ten horns coming out of the fourth beast, the Roman Empire, even as you have the ten toes, part iron, part clay showing the relationship to the Roman Empire. So you have parallel visions here. As God is again revealing the four world-dominating empires. But now we&#8217;re gonna receive some other interesting enlightenment that did not come in Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s dream.<\/p>\n<p>Now I considered the horns [that is, the ten horns of this final beast], and, behold, there came up among them another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of a man, and a mouth speaking great things ( Dan 7:8 ).<\/p>\n<p>So there is to be a federation of nations in the last days. Nations that were related to the Roman Empire. Ten of them together, equaling the ten toes or the ten horns. Now in the European community we do see today ten nations that were related to the Roman Empire that have federated themselves together. So it is quite possible that what you see today in the European community is actually the beginning of the fulfillment of these prophecies of Daniel. If God doesn&#8217;t use this alignment, He&#8217;s missing a good opportunity. I believe that it is much more than coincidence that Western Europe is rising as a great financial and an industrial empire. And surely there are all the qualifications necessary to fulfill this vision of Daniel.<\/p>\n<p>But there is an eleventh horn that arises, which actually takes over three of the horns, plucks them up by their roots. And in this horn there were eyes like the eyes of a man and a mouth speaking great things. This eleventh horn is the antichrist, who will come in plucking up three of the kings.<\/p>\n<p>And I beheld [he said] till the thrones were cast down ( Dan 7:9 ),<\/p>\n<p>You remember in Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s vision, the stone hit the feet in its&#8230; the stone hit the image in his feet and the image crumbled; it was cast down. &#8220;So I beheld until these thrones, the ten kings, were cast down.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>and the Ancient of days did sit, whose garment was white as snow, and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like a fiery flame, and his wheels as burning fire. And a fiery stream issued and came forth from before him: and thousand thousands ministered unto him, and ten thousand times ten thousands stood before him: and the judgment was set, and the books were open ( Dan 7:9-10 ).<\/p>\n<p>And so he beheld these horns until they were cast down and he saw actually the throne of God, the Ancient of days, and all of the splendor and glory surrounding the throne of God. A thousand thousand, or a million, ministering unto Him and ten thousand times ten thousand, or a hundred million, standing before Him.<\/p>\n<p>Now when we turn to Revelation chapter 5&#8230; chapter 4, actually, we see God sitting upon the throne. We see the green emerald rainbow about the throne of God. We see the crystal sea in front of it. We see the twenty-four elders with their golden crowns there also before the throne of God and the cherubim surrounding Him and declaring, &#8220;Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty.&#8221; We see the brightness of God as He sits there upon the throne. And then our attention is diverted to the scroll that is in the right hand of God because an angel is proclaiming with a loud voice, &#8220;Who is worthy to take this scroll and to loose the seals?&#8221; And then we turn and we see Jesus as a Lamb that has been slaughtered as He comes forth and He takes the scroll out of the right hand of Him who sits upon the throne. And we watched them as they offered the golden vials full of odors, which are the prayers of the saints, and we began to sing, &#8220;Worthy is the Lamb to take the scroll and to loose the seals thereof, for He was slain and He has redeemed us by His blood out of all the nations, tribes, tongues, and peoples and He has made us unto our God, kings and priests and we shall reign with Him upon the earth.&#8221; And then he heard ten thousand times ten thousand and thousand of thousands&#8211;equivalent to Daniel here&#8211;angels, there before the throne of God, saying, &#8220;Worthy is the Lamb to receive glory and honor and dominion and might and authority and power,&#8221; and all.<\/p>\n<p>So, again, the scene in heaven which will be followed immediately, the book is open and when the scroll is open, brings actually the judgment, not the great white throne judgment, but the judgment of God upon the Christ-rejecting world, which is then described in Revelation, chapters 6 through 18. So Daniel and John had corresponding visions of this throne of God and the glory of the throne of God and the impending judgment upon the kingdom of man.<\/p>\n<p>Now I beheld then [because in verse Dan 7:11 ], because of the voice of the great words which the horn spake: and I beheld even till the beast was slain ( Dan 7:11 ),<\/p>\n<p>We are told concerning this beast, the man of sin, the son of perdition, commonly called the antichrist, that he speaks great blasphemous things against the God of heaven. And that he finally declares that he himself is God and demands to be worshipped as God. Puts to death those that refuse to worship him. &#8220;So I beheld him till the beast was slain,&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>and his body destroyed, and given to the burning flame ( Dan 7:11 ).<\/p>\n<p>We are told in the book of Revelation that when Jesus comes again that He will destroy this instrument of Satan, this man of sin, and he will be cast into Gehenna, the lake that burneth with fire. So here Daniel and Revelation are just running side-by-side parallel visions.<\/p>\n<p>Now concerning the rest of the beasts, they had their dominion taken away: [the kingdoms of the earth,] yet their lives were prolonged for a season and a time. Now I saw in the night visions, and, behold, there was one like the Son of Man coming with clouds of heaven, and he came to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him. And there was given to him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages, should serve him: his dominion is an everlasting dominion, and that which shall not pass away, and his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed ( Dan 7:12-14 ).<\/p>\n<p>And so he sees now Jesus Christ and the receiving of the glorious kingdom being given to Jesus and coming to reign. A kingdom that shall never end.  Isa 9:6 ,&#8221;Unto us a Child is born, unto us a Son is given, the government shall be upon His shoulders and He shall be called Wonderful Counselor, the Mighty God, the everlasting Father, the Prince of Peace. And of the increase of His government and peace there shall be no end. Upon the throne of David, to order and to establish it in righteousness and in judgment from henceforth even forever. For the zeal of the Lord of hosts shall perform this.&#8221; And the angel said unto Mary, &#8220;Fear not, for you have found favor with God. And behold, you will conceive and bear a Son and thou shall Him Jesus and He shall be great. For He shall be called the Son of the Highest. And God shall give unto Him the throne of His father David, and He will reign over Jacob. And of His kingdom there shall be no end&#8221; ( Luk 1:30-33 ).<\/p>\n<p>So Daniel got a beautiful insight into these things. He sees Jesus coming with clouds of heaven. Coming to the Ancient of days and receiving the authority, the dominion, the glory, the kingdom, that all of the world should rule. In  Psa 2:1-12 , God says to Jesus, &#8220;Ask of Me and I will give unto You the heathen for Thine inheritance and the uttermost parts of the earth for Thy possessions,&#8221; the glorious kingdom of God.<\/p>\n<p>Now, I Daniel [he said] was grieved in my spirit in the midst of my body, the visions of my head troubled me. So I came near to one of those that were standing by, and I asked, What does all of this mean? And so he told me, and he made me know the interpretation of the things. Now the great beasts, which are four, are four kingdoms, which shall arise out of the earth. But the saints of the Most High shall take the kingdom, and possess the kingdom for ever, even for ever and ever ( Dan 7:15-18 ).<\/p>\n<p>These are the kingdoms that are going to rule over the earth, but ultimately the saints will take the kingdom.<\/p>\n<p>Then I would know the truth of this fourth beast, [this indescribable beast the Roman Empire,] which was different from all the others, exceeding dreadful, whose teeth were of iron, his nails of brass; which devoured, and broke in pieces, and stomped the residue with his feet; And of those ten horns that were in his head, and of the other which came up, before whom the three fell; even of that horn which had eyes, and a mouth that spoke very great things, whose look was more stout than his fellows. And I beheld, and the same horn made war with the saints, and prevailed against them ( Dan 7:19-21 );<\/p>\n<p>Now we are told this also in  Rev 13:1-18  as he speaks of the rise of the beast out of the sea, the antichrist, that he makes war with the saints and overcomes them. Because the antichrist prevails against the saints, I conclude that the saints are not the church. For we have the promise of Jesus Christ made in Caesarea Philippi to His disciples, when Peter said, &#8220;Thou art the Christ, the Son of the Living God,&#8221; Jesus said, &#8220;Upon this rock I will build My church and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it&#8221; ( Mat 16:18 ). There&#8217;s no way the antichrist, or the gates of hell, or Satan can prevail against the church of Jesus Christ. So by virtue of the fact that the antichrist is prevailing against the saints, they could not be the church, but will be redeemed Israel in the Tribulation period. And he will make war against Israel. He comes to Jerusalem and he makes war against the remnant of the woman&#8217;s seed or of Israel. But they are not church, or the church. Daniel did not see the church in his prophecies. He was making war against the saints prevailing against them.<\/p>\n<p>until the Ancient of days came, and judgment was given to the saints of the Most High; and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom ( Dan 7:22 ).<\/p>\n<p>Now, you remember Paul rebuked the Corinthians, those in the church in Corinth, he said, &#8220;What are you doing taking your brother to a pagan judge? You know, suing them before the courts of the land. You ought to be settling these things in the church. Don&#8217;t you know the saints are going to judge the world?&#8221; And so judgment is given to the saints. We will be judging the world one day. Interesting, that&#8217;s one thing I never wanted to be. Maybe I can just get a job picking up coconuts on the beach in Hawaii. But the saints possessed the kingdom.<\/p>\n<p>Thus he said, The fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom upon the earth, [or the Roman Empire] which will be different from all of the kingdoms, and will devour the whole earth, and tread it down, and break it in pieces. And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise: and another shall rise after them; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he will subdue three kings. And he shall speak great words against the Most High, and will wear out the saints of the Most High, and he will think to change the times and the laws: and they shall be given into his hands until a time times the dividing of the time ( Dan 7:23-25 ).<\/p>\n<p>Or for a three and half year period will he rule, coming to Jerusalem, and beginning to make war against Israel. During the first three and half years of his reign he&#8217;ll make a treaty with Israel. We&#8217;ll get this next week in Daniel, chapter 9. But then he will break this treaty which will start the beginning of the end and the countdown, the last days until the return of Jesus Christ. But he is given power to rule over these saints, the redeemed Israel, for three and half years.<\/p>\n<p>But the judgment shall sit, and they shall take away his dominion, to consume and destroy it and unto the end. And the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness of the kingdom under the whole heaven, shall be given to the people of the saints of the Most High, whose kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and all dominion shall serve and obey him. Hitherto is the end of the matters. And as for me Daniel, my cogitations much troubled me, and my countenance changed in me: but I kept the matter in my heart ( Dan 7:26-28 ). &#8220;<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Through the Bible Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Dan 7:1<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:1  In the firstH2298 yearH8140 of BelshazzarH1113 kingH4430 of BabylonH895 DanielH1841 hadH2370 a dreamH2493 and visionsH2376 of his headH7217 uponH5922 his bed:H4903 thenH116 he wroteH3790 the dream,H2493 and toldH560 the sumH7217 of the matters.H4406 <\/p>\n<p>The Four Great Beasts (Daniel Chapter 7)<\/p>\n<p>The first six chapters of Daniel are historical and record significant events in the life of Daniel as he lived in Babylon.  The first six chapters were written in Aramaic which was the most common language used among the Babylonians of the time.  Daniel was an exceptionally devout follower of God and his devotion and faithfulness to God was used for the providential protection of the Israelites during their captivity.  God directly dealt with Nebuchadnezzar, Belshazzar and Darius who were notable kings along the course of Daniel&#8217;s life. <\/p>\n<p>Belshazzar was dealt with harshly as befitted his conduct, especially in view of the fact that he knew better than to do the things he did.  However Nebuchadnezzar and Darius were dealt with in such a way that the Israelites would be allowed to worship the God of Heaven without fear of persecution.  Both Nebuchadnezzar and Darius issued official documents which declared the power and sovereignty of God.  It is unclear whether these men completely converted to our God and disavowed their beliefs in their own gods or not.  But one thing is certain, the guiding hand of God was with the Israelites during their entire captivity, protecting them, and preserving them.  Daniel was not the only prophet active at the time of the Babylonian captivity either.  It should be noted that Ezekiel was a contemporary of Daniel and lived in Babylon as a captive as well.  Jeremiah also was contemporary with Daniel and remained behind in Judah. Both of these prophets actively condemned idolatry among the Israelites and worked to expunge it from their lives.  By the end of the Babylonian captivity, the Israelites were through with worshipping false gods.  As a nation, they never again departed from the worship of God as the one true and living God. <\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:1<\/p>\n<p>In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon Daniel had a dream and visions of his head upon his bed: then he wrote the dream, and told the sum of the matters.<\/p>\n<p>This episode in Daniel&#8217;s life happened during the first year of Belshazzar who was co-regent with Nabonidus.  The succession of the kings of Babylon beginning with Nebuchadnezzar are as follows:  Nebuchadnezzar reigned 43 years.  Evil-Merodach, his son, succeeded Nebuchandnezzar and reigned 2 years.  Neriglissar, brother in law to Evil-Merodach, betrayed him, participated in his death and succeeded him.  He reigned 4 years before he was replaced by his son, Laborosoarchod who was killed after less than a year.  Nabonidus succeeded him and reigned 16 years.  Nabonidus appointed Belshazzar as co-regent in his third year as king of Babylon and moved to Haran.  So the first year of the reign of Belshazzar, who was the son of Nabonidus and the co-regent of Babylon, happened in the third year of Nabonidus&#8217; reign. <\/p>\n<p>Daniel chapter 7 is not in Chronological order with the chapter 6 which happened near the end of Daniel&#8217;s life.  Chapter 5 records the death of Belshazzar so chronologically, chapter 7 precedes chapter 5.<\/p>\n<p>&#8220;Daniel had a dream and visions of his head upon his bed: then he wrote the dream, and told the sum of the matters.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>Daniel was probably in his early to mid 60&#8217;s when he recorded these visions.  The text here says that he recorded all of the matters of the dream so we can conclude that the vision recorded here contains all the necessary essential elements and details. <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Old and New Testaments Restoration Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>We come now to the second half of the Book, which consists of visions, with their interpretations, granted to Daniel through three reigns. During the reign of Belshazzar two visions were granted to him, which constitute the prophetic light of that particular period.<\/p>\n<p>The first of these was of four beasts rising from the sea, the last of which had ten horns. In their midst arose another, which destroyed them. The vision then became a vision of the setting of thrones, and the appearing of the glory of One who overcame the beasts and received dominion and glory, and a Kingdom.<\/p>\n<p>These visions troubled Daniel, but an interpretation was given to him, first in general terms. The beasts symbolized four kings, and the final vision indicated that the saints of the Most High would yet receive and possess the Kingdom for ever and for ever. A particular interpretation of the meaning of the fourth beast and the horns, was vouchsafed to him, and the ultimate value was again declared to be the setting forth of the truth of the government of Jehovah, and the ultimate establishment of His Kingdom over all others. The whole matter troubled the prophet, but he kept it in his heart.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: An Exposition on the Whole Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Gods Everlasting Dominion <\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:1-14<\/p>\n<p>This chapter enumerates the succession of world-empires and rulers which bridge the gulf of centuries from the Captivity to the Second Advent. The lion represents Babylon, whose cruel and mighty kingdom was animated by marvelous intelligence; the bear, Persia; the leopard, Greece under Alexander the Great; and the fourth beast, with great iron teeth, Rome. The ten horns are ten kings, and these probably represent great European kingdoms which have succeeded, or may yet succeed, to the heritage of the Roman empire. The Ancient of Days is sitting today upon His throne, His snow-white raiment betokening His purity, the fire of His throne bespeaking His antagonism to all things that offend and work iniquity. The government of the world is on shoulders which are well able to carry it, and He will cause all things to work out His purpose, which is to promote and assure the glory of Christ.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: F.B. Meyer&#8217;s Through the Bible Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Chapter Seven Four Great World Empires<\/p>\n<p>We now enter on the second part of the book of Daniel. In chapter 7 we have a new beginning, as you will readily see by referring to the chart, even though this chapter covers practically the same ground as chapter 2. It takes in the whole course of the times of the Gentiles; it begins with Babylon and ends in the overthrow of all derived authority and the establishment of the kingdom of the Son of man. But the difference between the first and second divisions is this: The first division is chiefly occupied with prophetic history as viewed from mans standpoint; but in the second half of the book we have the same scenes as viewed in Gods unsullied light. In the second chapter, when a Gentile king had a vision of the course of world-empire, he saw the image of a man. It was a stately and noble figure that filled him with such admiration that he set up a similar statue to be worshiped as a god. But in this opening chapter of the second division Daniel, the man of God, has a vision of the same empires; he sees them as four ravenous wild beasts, so brutal and monstrous that no actual creatures known to man could adequately describe them.<\/p>\n<p>There is something exceedingly solemn in considering history from Gods viewpoint. If you read history as viewed simply by the natural man, you will find that a great deal of space is given to congratulating humanity on its marvelous exploits. One would suppose that we have now almost reached perfection, so far as human government or political economy is concerned. Civilization and the progress of the race are presumably at the zenith of their glory. But if we read history in the light of holy Scripture, with the Spirit of God illuminating the page, we receive a very different impression. We then begin to realize that the things that are most highly esteemed among men are abominations in the sight of God. When we consider the great rulers of the earth who wield power over the nations, we are reminded of what is written in Psa 49:12, Man being in honour abideth not: he is like the beasts that perish.<\/p>\n<p>In Daniels visions he saw the course of each of the empires represented by these wild beasts. That is, each wild beast pictures the leading features in the history of the empire that it represents. For instance, the whole course of Babylon is depicted by the winged lion, which afterward had its wings plucked, a mans heart given to it, and was made to stand erect on its feet. Then the whole course of Medo-Persia is pictured in the vision of the bear with three ribs in its mouth, which lifted itself up on one side. The entire history of the Grecian empire and its four-fold division is set forth in the four-headed and winged leopard. And the course of the Roman empire right on down to the time of the end (a condition which has not yet been reached) is depicted in the dreadful and terrible beast, with the great iron teeth and the ten horns. It is important to see this. Some take it for granted that, as the Roman empire has passed off the scene, all that is connected with this Roman beast is gone too. They think it has no further interest for us who live in the gospel dispensation, but the contrary is true.<\/p>\n<p>But now, look at the 17th verse for a moment. There the four beasts are said to be four kings, which shall arise out of the earth. The context makes it plain, however, that the angel did not mean four individual kings; in prophetic scripture the term king is very frequently used for kingdom. In verse 23 we read, The fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom upon the earth; necessarily the principle applies to all. Though, I would have you notice that in connection with each of them, one king comes out prominently. In each case but the last, the prominent king is the one under whom the kingdom first attains the dignity of a great world power. Thus Nebuchadnezzar comes before us as the one who stands distinctively for Babylon; he was told in chapter 2, Thou art this head of gold (38). But the winged lion represents both the glory and debasement of the Chaldean empire. Its wings were plucked, it lost its lion heart and was given instead the weak heart of a man. Cyrus the Great is the leading figure when we think of Medo-Persia. It was he who destroyed the chief cities of Babylon, symbolized by the three ribs in the mouth of the bear. The leopard clearly suggests Alexander the Great, the four wings speaking of the incredible swiftness of his conquests. The four heads depict the fourfold division of his dominions made among his leading generals after his death. But no great potentate in the past epitomizes in himself the Roman authority. We look to the future for one to arise who will do this-the beast described in Revelation 13. He will obtain sway over Europe just prior to the establishment of the kingdom of the Son of man, when all authority, power, and glory will be headed up in our Lord Jesus Christ.<\/p>\n<p>Though these kingdoms are successive in their rising, one does not necessarily completely destroy the other. The four great monarchies, with their characteristic features, are to run on in some form until Jesus comes. Until the dawning of that glorious morning without clouds, this world will never be free from strife and bloodshed, pestilence and misgovernment. Scripture shows us that all these things are going to continue; evil in the professing church will increase and abound until the long-awaited hour of the establishment of the liberty of the glory.<\/p>\n<p>Sometimes people say, I do not see how you can charitably desire the Son of God to come back the second time if it is really true that when He returns the day of grace will be over for those who have rejected His Word. But we know that the only hope of this poor world is the return of the true King. Matters will never be put right on earth until they are put right by judgment. The preaching of the gospel is never going to establish the kingdom; nor did God intend that it should. After nineteen hundred years of gospel preaching, there are far more heathen in the world than there were when the Lord Jesus Christ appeared the first time. Those who are really Christians are just a little handful compared with the multitude that do not know God. The gospel is not Gods way of bringing in the kingdom and converting the world. This will be brought about only through judgment. While we shrink from the awful thought of what is coming on this poor world, we realize it is the only way to receive the blessing creation is groaning for; so we cry, Come, Lord Jesus for we know that He is the only hope for its deliverance. Every conflict between nations, every class struggle, every cruelty that is inflicted on the weak and defenseless-all these things lead us to cry, Come, Lord Jesus. For when He comes, He is going to put an end to it all; when He comes, He is going to dry the tears of the oppressed; when He comes, He is going to give men a righteous rule, as Daniel saw pictured in the last of these visions. First, the four brutal world kingdoms must run their course. Then, on the utter breakdown of power in the hands of man, the world kingdom of the Christ of God is to be set up and righteousness will cover the earth as the waters cover the sea. But we may rest assured that our Lord will not come while there is one soul out of Christ who is still anxious to be saved.<\/p>\n<p>Notice that the first three beasts are passed over in the interpretation given to Daniel. It has to do almost entirely with the dreadful fourth beast, for this beast was to be in control both at the first and second advent of our Lord.<\/p>\n<p>But I now desire to notice the whole chapter a little more carefully. It was in the first year of Belshazzar, king of Babylon, that Daniel had a dream and visions came to him as he was lying on his bed. He saw the four winds of the heavens churning up the great sea. The great sea was of course the Mediterranean; it is well known that every one of the empires described in the prophecy borders on the shores of the great sea. The kingdom of Babylon embraced the shores that stretched along the eastern and southeastern edge of the Mediterranean; Medo-Persia did the same; while Greece also took in the northeastern shores; and the Roman empire completely surrounded the sea. Hence the name Mediterranean meaning midst of the earth. That was the sea Daniel was looking on in his vision, and in a very literal sense every one of these empires seems to spring up from the great sea.<\/p>\n<p>Revelation-a book that dovetails prophetically with the book of Daniel-gives us a mystical interpretation of the sea. In Rev 17:15 we read, He saith unto me, The waters which thou sawest, where the whore sitteth, are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues. Isaiah also tells us that the wicked are like the troubled sea when it cannot rest, whose waters cast up mire and dirt (Isa 57:20). So we are clearly justified in interpreting the sea as a picture of the troubled nations. In other words, out of the unsettled state of the nations surrounding the Mediterranean sea these great empires will arise.<\/p>\n<p>The four winds striving on the sea would indicate providential agencies working on the minds of the people. You will find the figure of the winds also used in that way in the book of Revelation. Of course, though men little realize it, all the great movements of the nations are in accordance with the actings of Gods providence. Thus, in a very real sense, as someone has aptly said, All history is His story. No matter what movements are going on among men, God is above them all. He may be hidden behind the scenes, but as shown so clearly in the book of Esther, He is moving all the scenes that He is behind.<\/p>\n<p>When the human race lapsed into idolatry after the flood, God committed the promises of eternal glory to Abraham. But when Abrahams seed violated the covenant, God set Nebuchadnezzar over all nations. However he also failed, though forced to acknowledge the power and mercy of God at last. In the rise of Babylon we see the providence of God working among the nations to take away royalty from Judah because of their sins.<\/p>\n<p>In his vision Daniel saw four great beasts, all different from one another, coming up from the sea. The first was like a lion and had eagles wings-speaking of majesty, ferocity, and swiftness. It was in a marvelously short space of time that Babylon subdued all the surrounding nations and brought them beneath its sway. But as Daniel looked he saw the wings plucked and the beast lifted up from the earth; it was made to stand on the feet as a man and a mans heart was given to it. Thus indicating that all progress was at an end and majesty had departed, for one can scarcely think of anything more awkward and ungainly than a lion standing this way. The mans heart given to the lion symbolizes the weakness of Babylon displayed in Belshazzar. In fact, after Nebuchadnezzars death, declension at once set in and continued until the days when the Medes and Persians wrested the kingdom from his inglorious grandson. When this vision was given to Daniel, the last stage of the lion had almost been reached; Belshazzar was already reigning.<\/p>\n<p>In the second instance Daniel saw a beast like a bear come up from the sea, and it raised itself up on one side. It had three ribs between its teeth and a voice said, Arise, devour much flesh (5). It was after the decay of the Babylonian empire that the Medo-Persian union was consummated. At first Media was stronger, but it soon became evident that the Persians were to have the superior place. Thus the bear raised itself up on one side. The three ribs between the teeth indicate that it had already destroyed its prey. It had destroyed the Babylonian lion; the three ribs might stand for the three chief cities of the Chaldean empire-Babylon, Ecbatana, and Borsippa, which were all taken by the united armies of Cyrus and Cyaxares. The command to arise and devour much flesh indicates the extreme cruelties often practiced by the Persians and the wide extent of their conquests.<\/p>\n<p>The third beast had the appearance of a leopard, with four wings of a fowl on its back and with four heads. The leopards appearance demonstrates a synopsis of the history of the Grecian empire. Over three hundred years before Christ, Alexander the Great, as he is now known, was born as heir to Philip of Macedon. This was but one of the small kingdoms of Greece; but after Alexanders accession to the throne, Macedon, and through it all Greece, took a place in the affairs of the world that it had never taken before. Alexander welded together the Grecian states and Asiatic kingdoms of the west, and then turned eastward, where he met and subdued the haughty Persians completely. He caused himself to be proclaimed emperor of the world and had divine honors paid him. But his glory was short-lived for he died in his early thirties as a result of licentious living and debauchery. Shortly after his death his dominions were divided among his four leading generals. The marvelous progress of Alexander-even greater than that of Nebuchadnezzar-is indicated in the vision; the beast that stood for Babylon had two wings, while the Grecian leopard had four.<\/p>\n<p>There is an interesting story related by Josephus. After the conquest of Tyre, Alexander was marching through Syria with his armies headed toward Jerusalem, which he intended to destroy. The high priest and his companions robed thernselves in their priestly garments and marched in solemn procession out of the city to meet the conqueror. Alexander is said to have recognized the high priest as one whom he had seen in a vision. From his hand he received a copy of the book of Daniel, in which the prophecies concerning himself were pointed out. Because of what was written there he accepted the submission of the Jews, granted them religious toleration, and left their city unharmed. While we have no means of deciding the truth or falsity of this story, we can readily see that it is not at all unlikely.<\/p>\n<p>As Daniels vision continues the fourth beast is described:<\/p>\n<p>After this I saw in the night visions, and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth: it devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it had ten horns. I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up among them another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of a man, and a mouth speaking great things (7-8).<\/p>\n<p>In its turn, the Grecian empire was overthrown and, about half a century before Christ, Rome became the mistress of the world. The very birth of the Lord Jesus in Bethlehem was brought about, humanly speaking, by a decree going forth from Caesar Augustus that all the world should be taxed (registered for a census). This brought Mary and her husband Joseph to the city of David, foretold by the prophet as the birthplace of Him whose goings forth have been of old, from everlasting (Mic 5:2). On the chart, I have represented this beast as having a composite character, for I take it that it correlates to the beast described in Revelation 13. It has the head of a lion, the body of a leopard, and the feet of a bear; thus including in itself the chief features of all the kingdoms pictured by the other beasts. It was the boast of the Romans that they never destroyed a civilization when they conquered the people; they took from it everything of merit and combining all into one, produced the greatest civilization the world had ever known.<\/p>\n<p>The course of this last beast has not yet been fully run. In the book of Revelation it is described as having seven heads, one of which was wounded to death and afterwards healed. The seven heads are said to be seven kings or forms of government. In Johns day, five had already passed away and the sixth, or imperial form, was then in existence. The seventh had not yet come, nor has it appeared up to the present time. It will have its fulfillment in the union of imperialism and democracy, which we have already seen is to take place in the time of the end. But as the interpretation of this vision is given farther on in the chapter, we will not go into it now.<\/p>\n<p>Daniel next saw thrones set up. You will notice that the King James version says: The thrones were cast down (7:9, italics added). This is the literal rendering of the Chaldean expression that implies the casting down of rugs and cushions to be used as an oriental divan-throne. But the English translation would seem to imply the destruction of thrones; so it is better rendered set up. He continued:<\/p>\n<p>And the Ancient of days did sit, whose garment was white as snow, and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame, and his wheels as burning fire. A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him: thousand thousands ministered unto him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him: the judgment was set, and the books were opened (9-10).<\/p>\n<p>Daniel then saw that because of the blasphemous words of the little horn, the last beast was slain and his body destroyed and given to the burning flame. The other beasts had not been dealt with so summarily. They had their dominion taken away, but their life was prolonged; this agrees with what we know as to their history.<\/p>\n<p>The Son of man is then seen coming with the clouds of heaven to the Ancient of days who gives him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages, should serve him: his dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed (14). This completes the vision; the interpretation follows.<\/p>\n<p>Daniel was deeply exercised in spirit over all that he had seen, but an angel seems to have been standing by, and Daniel asked for understanding as to the truth of all this (16). The angel told him that the four beasts represent four kings or kingdoms, as we have already seen; but the saints of the most High [places] shall take the kingdom, and possess the kingdom for ever, even for ever and ever (18). But Daniel desired fuller information as to the meaning of the fourth beast and especially of the little horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spake very great things, whose look was more stout than his fellows; who rooted up three of the ten horns, and who made war with the saints, and prevailed against them; Until the Ancient of days came, and judgment was given to the saints of the most High [places]; and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom (20-22). The angel explained that ten kings will arise out of the fourth kingdom-clearly at one time. From among these another will arise after them who will be different from the first and will subdue three of them. He will be characterized by blaspheming the name of the Most High. The little horn can be none other than the beast of Revelation 13 and 17. He will persecute the saints of the most high places-the remnant-saints, of whom Scripture has much to say in connection with the last days. In Daniel 9 we read that he will confirm a covenant with the Jews for seven years, but will violate his covenant in the midst of the specified period. As stated here, he will think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time (25); that is, he will be the persecutor of the Jewish remnant for the last three and a half years of the time of the end. But at the expiration of that time, the Lord Himself will return from Heaven, and the beasts dominion will be taken away; he himself, as we learn in Revelation 19, will be cast alive into the lake of fire.<\/p>\n<p>Then the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness of the kingdom under the whole heaven, shall be given to the people of the saints of the most High, whose kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions shall serve and obey him (27). Thus will be brought in that everlasting kingdom for which the groaning earth has been waiting so long.<\/p>\n<p>I am quite aware that there are many interpreters who think they see in the little horn, as in the king of Dan 11:36, the papacy, which pretended to universal dominion after the downfall of the Roman empire. But the little horn is not to rise up until after that empire has reached its ten-kingdom condition, and we have already observed that this condition has never existed in the past. At no time after the dismemberment of the Roman empire, did ten kingdoms formed from its fragments unite in one. And then it is also important to remember that the papacy existed before the break-up of the empire; therefore the pope, instead of rising up on the head of the beast after all the other horns had obtained their strength, came up before the ten horns existed at all. This is clearly contrary to what is stated in Daniel concerning the blaspheming little horn. And it is further to be observed that the little horn is wielding supreme power on earth at the coming of the Son of man to set up His kingdom; whereas it is evident that the papacy has not been supreme, nor indeed recognized as a world power for many years.<\/p>\n<p>In the Revelation, the papal church is represented by the scarlet woman riding the beast. But in the time of the end, the ten horns are to unite in seeking and carrying out her destruction. Notice carefully that in Rev 17:12-13, it is written: And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast. These have one mind and shall give their power and strength unto the beast (italics added). Whereas, in the sixteenth verse we learn that their power will be used for the destruction of Babylon the great: And the ten horns which thou sawest, [and] the beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire. Thus it should be plain to any careful reader that the little horn of Daniel is the Roman beast of Revelation. He will be acknowledged by the ten kingdoms as supreme arbiter of Europe in the coming day of tribulation. He will be permitted to prosper and to persecute the faithful remnant of Israel, after the church has been translated to Heaven. His power will continue until the appearing of the Lord Jesus Christ with all His saints for the destruction of those who have refused His Word.<\/p>\n<p>The great bulk of prophecy has to do with the events of this brief season called the time of the end. The present age is one never referred to in the Old Testament, except in the most general way; for the calling out of the church was a mystery hidden in God throughout all past ages and only revealed in this dispensation for the obedience of faith. The church may now be completed at any moment. Then the next great event will be the descent of the Lord in the air and the translation of His bride, this preparing the way for the things that are coming on the earth.<\/p>\n<p>In the last verse of our chapter, Daniel wrote that he kept these things in his heart. May we do the same. Surely as Christians, nothing will help us understand our present place and portion so well as to have a clear apprehension of the place that Israel and the nations have in the mind of God, as revealed in His Word. In the present age we should consider it a happy privilege to pass through this world as strangers and pilgrims, sharing with Christ in His rejection. For us, this is the time to suffer for righteousness sake-the time to rejoice if accounted worthy to endure shame for His names sake. The glory is coming when He returns to take His great power and reign. Until then may we go forth therefore unto him without the camp, bearing his reproach (Heb 13:13).<\/p>\n<p>O unsaved one, you too should ponder these things in your heart so that you are not blinded by the false and deceitful glare of the tinseled glory of this world. It is all doomed to pass away, and your lot will be unhappy if you have no interests in a more secure world. The things which are seen are temporal; but the things which are not seen are eternal (2Co 4:18). See to it, I plead with you, that you are numbered among those who have part in the everlasting kingdom so soon to succeed all the passing dominions of this world. God in grace has given His Son to die for your salvation, but remember that it is written: As it is appointed unto men once to die, but after this the judgment: So Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many; and unto them that look for him shall he appear the second time without sin unto salvation (Heb 9:27). If you would welcome with joy His promised advent, you must know Him now as Savior. Otherwise His return to this earth to reign would find you numbered among His enemies, to be destroyed from before His face. <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Commentaries on the New Testament and Prophets<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Dan 7:1-28<\/p>\n<p>The principles which underlie this prophecy are at once profoundly suggestive and exceedingly important.<\/p>\n<p>I. Foremost among them we find the terribly significant truth that earthly power in and of itself degenerates into brutality. The appropriate symbol of a great empire is a wild beast.<\/p>\n<p>II. Observe that the tendency of this brutality is to increase. The four beasts that Daniel saw came in this order; first the lion, then the bear, then the panther, then that composite, unnamed, almost unnamable animal, with &#8220;great iron teeth, devouring and breaking in pieces, and stamping the residue with the feet of it.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>III. The great lesson suggested by the prophecy is that the restoration of man to humanity, must come, not from himself, but from above. He who introduced the healing salt which was to purify thoroughly the little fountain of our earthly life was sent forth from the &#8220;Ancient of Days.&#8221; He came from heaven to earth, that he might elevate earth at length to heaven.<\/p>\n<p> W. M. Taylor, Daniel the Beloved, p. 137.<\/p>\n<p> I. From this passage we learn, first, that we must not expect to escape accusation in the world. No matter how carefully we order our lives, slander will have something to say against us.<\/p>\n<p>II. We learn, that when we must either sin or suffer, we ought, without hesitation to prefer the suffering.<\/p>\n<p>III. We learn, that no human power can keep us from prayer.<\/p>\n<p> W. M. Taylor, Daniel the Beloved, p. 116.<\/p>\n<p>Reference: Dan 7:9.-Preacher&#8217;s Monthly, vol. iv., p. 249.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:10<\/p>\n<p>I. The mere thought that there are in existence innumerable glorious immortal spirits; that their God is our God; that, let our condition in this world be ever so poor and degraded, yet these blessed angels disdain not to acknowledge themselves our fellow-servants; that they care for us and, as the Apostle says, minister for us as Christians and heirs of salvation; the mere thought of these plain Scriptural truths, may well arouse us from the lowborn cares and follies of this world, may make us &#8220;look up, and lift up our heads,&#8221; lead us to consider what we are and what we are coming to. The glare of this world obscures our view of things spiritual. It is not without difficulty and considerable exertion that the mind can realise to itself things heavenly and unseen. It is only by spiritual aid, by light from above, that we can overcome this difficulty, and learn to live and walk (as the Apostle so energetically expresses it) &#8220;by faith, not by sight.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>II. To be in the presence and favour of Almighty God, this and this only can constitute the happiness of all reasonable creatures, of angels in heaven or of men in earth. If we think to be admitted to that blessed society hereafter, it is necessary that here, in this evil world, our happiness should be like theirs in the contemplation of God&#8217;s perfections, especially of His love, and in holding communion with Him-that high privilege to which we are entitled through the mediation of His Son, and the sanctification of His Spirit.<\/p>\n<p>III. We are born into this world to live to eternity; but, as Christians, we have been newborn into Christ&#8217;s Church, to an eternity of happiness and glory; we are entitled to call God our Father, and the Angels our brethren. It should be our great object and prayer to be made fit for the society of angels. It is of great consequence for all persons who really believe in the truth of Christ&#8217;s Gospel, to withdraw their thoughts frequently from these temporary trifles, to raise them to high and heavenly realities; especially to the thought of that innumerable society of good angels, who, day and night, sing on high their Alleluias before the throne, and never rest. The more we cherish these happy thoughts, the more we shall, by the aid of God&#8217;s blessed Spirit, become like those exalted inhabitants of heaven.<\/p>\n<p> Plain Sermons by Contributors to &#8220;Tracts for the Times,&#8221; vol. i., p. 152.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:10<\/p>\n<p>There are three books, and three alone, which are to last for ever. One is with us on earth, and two are kept in heaven. There is the Bible here, and up above there is the book in which our sins are written, and there is the &#8220;Lamb&#8217;s Book of Life.&#8221; These are the books which shall be opened at the last day.<\/p>\n<p>I. From a thousand passages in the Bible will God out of His open book set before us His law. His commands, His threatenings, His promises, will all stand forth to view, the same that you heard and read thousands of times from your very cradle. And here will lie the point: &#8220;You knew all this, My revealed law-have you kept it or have you broken it?&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>II. In the second book, as in a faithful mirror, you will see the clear reflection of your whole life-not a line will be wanting. On one side there stands the long catalogue of all God&#8217;s gifts and mercies to you, His providences, His calls, His warnings, His love. On the other side, as if darker by the contrast, is inscribed your life. Every wasted moment is there, and every thought-the secret things of the soul&#8217;s deep places, are laid out as clear as the public acts; there is no difference between the chamber and the world. It will be an awful moment, when, in the presence of men and angels, the dark catalogue of all our sins shall be proclaimed.<\/p>\n<p>III. In the Lamb&#8217;s Book of Life stands the name of every heir of heaven. That book is always in the Redeemer&#8217;s hand, and each moment He stands waiting with His everlasting pen, to record a name.<\/p>\n<p> J. Vaughan, Fifty Sermons, 6th series, p. 214.<\/p>\n<p>References: Dan 7:10.-J. Keble, Sermons from Advent to Christmas Eve, p. 25; S. Baring-Gould, One Hundred Sermon Sketches, p. 170.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:13-14<\/p>\n<p>Christ the centre of Biblical thought.<\/p>\n<p>I. Observe some of the details of Biblical truth in which the centring of revelation in Christ is seen. (1) The first token of it is the Old Testament doctrine of the Messiah. (2) The second is the New Testament doctrine of His sufferings and death. (3) The concentration of Biblical thought in the Person of Christ is intensified further by the Biblical doctrine of the Deity of Christ. (4) It is seen in the Biblical doctrine of Christ&#8217;s mediatorial reign. (5) It is indicated by the Biblical doctrine of the eternal union of our Lord with the redeemed in heaven.<\/p>\n<p>II. Observe some of the practical bearings of this preeminence of Christ&#8217;s Person and work upon Christian faith and character. (1) It has an obvious bearing upon the proportion and perspective of truth in a Christian&#8217;s belief. Let this one truth become regnant in the soul and all other truths fall into rank around it, and turn inwards towards it, as metallic particles do when a magnet approaches them. (2) This centring of truth in the Person of Christ should furthermore impart to Christian experience a profound sense of the reality of God as a personal Friend. (3) Another effect of the preeminence of Christ in Christian faith should be to render the friends of Christ objects of personal and profound affection. (4) The chief object of a regenerated life should be the object for which Christ lived and died. (5) The ascendency of Christ in Christian faith gives character to a Christian&#8217;s anticipations of heaven.<\/p>\n<p> A. Phelps, The Old Testament a Living Book, p. 314.<\/p>\n<p>References: Dan 7:13, Dan 7:14.-Preacher&#8217;s Monthly, vol. iv., p. 286. 7-J. G. Murphy, The Book of Daniel, p. 124. Dan 8:1-27.-W. M. Taylor, Daniel the Beloved, p. 161. Dan 8:19.-Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. xv., No. 886. 8-J. G. Murphy, The Book of Daniel, p. 140. Dan 9:1-19.-Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. iii., No. 154. Dan 9:1-27.-W. M. Taylor, Daniel the Beloved, p. 184. Dan 9:3-22.-Christian World Pulpit, vol. iii., p. 134. Dan 9:8.-Spurgeon, Evening by Evening, p. 166. Dan 9:23.-Ibid., Sermons, vol. xiii., No. 734. Dan 9:24.-Ibid., vol. xxviii., No. 1681; Preacher&#8217;s Monthly, vol. vi., p. 364. Dan 9:26.-Ibid., Evening by Evening, p. 16. 9-J. G. Murphy, The Book of Daniel, p. 152.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Sermon Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>II. THE GREAT PROPHECIES OF DANIEL<\/p>\n<p>CHAPTER 7 The night visions of Daniel<\/p>\n<p>1. The night vision of the three beasts (Dan 7:1-6)<\/p>\n<p>2. The night vision of the fourth beast (Dan 7:7-8)<\/p>\n<p>3. The judgment vision (Dan 7:9-12)<\/p>\n<p>4. The son of man and His kingdom (Dan 7:13-14)<\/p>\n<p>5. The interpretation of the visions given (Dan 7:15-28)<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:1-6. The sea in the vision is the type of nations Rev 17:15. The three first beasts he saw represented the same great monarchies which were shown to Nebuchadnezzar in his dream by the gold, silver and brass. The lion Daniel saw first rising out of the sea stands for the Babylonian empire symbolized by the lion Jer 4:7. The plucking of the wings and the mans heart must refer to Nebuchadnezzars insanity and restoration (chapter 4). The bear is the emblem of the Medo-Persian monarchy (corresponding to the chest of silver in the image). One side of the bear was raised up, higher than the other, because the Persian element was the strongest. The three ribs denote the conquest of three provinces by this power. The leopard with four heads and wings is the picture of the great Alexandrine empire, the Graeco-Macedonian (corresponding to the belly and thighs of brass in the image).<\/p>\n<p>The four wings denote its swiftness, the four heads the partition of this empire into the kingdoms of Syria, Egypt, Macedonia and Asia Minor. It is seen in the next chapter as the rough he-goat with a notable horn (Alexander the Great) and the little horn (Antiochus Epiphanes). The fourth beast was not seen in the first vision. Before we turn to the second night vision of the prophet we call attention to the fact that in the selection of beasts to represent these world powers who domineer the times of the Gentiles, God tells us that their moral character is beastly. The lion devours, the bear crushes, the leopard springs upon its prey.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:7-8. This represents Rome, corresponding to the two legs of iron and the ten horns with the little horn between has the same meaning as the ten toes on the feet of the image. The little horn we find more fully mentioned in another portion of this chapter. Thus the prophet beheld the same monarchies revealed in the second chapter under the emblem of ferocious beasts. Such the nations are and in their standards and national emblems they have borne witness to their beastly characters. Notice also here the same process of deterioration as in the image. The monarchies degenerate from lion to bear, from bear to leopard and then into a great nondescript.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:9-12. This vision brings us to the close of the times of the Gentiles. When the fourth beast with the ten horns and the little horn, the last thing spoken of this world empire, is in full swing, then the end comes. It is a great judgment scene which is here before us. How different the end of this age as revealed in the Word and as it is believed in Christendom. The great mass knows nothing whatever about this age coming to an end. It will go on indefinitely, so they believe, and its future is world progress, better times and the triumph of the Christian civilization. But others concede that a judgment must come and they think of the judgment here as the universal judgment, the great white throne judgment. This judgment is not the last judgment at all. It is a judgment which precedes the final judgment by 1,000 years. This judgment here must be read in connection with passages like Mat 25:31-46 and Rev 19:19-21. In reading the last passage no one can doubt that we have the same judgment here revealed to Daniel. But who is the one who occupies the central place in this vision of judgment? There can be but one answer. It is our ever blessed Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. Joh 5:22 gives the conclusive answer: For the Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment unto the Son. The Ancient of Days is the Lord Jesus Christ. It is still more demonstrated if we turn to Johns great Patmos vision.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:13-14. These words are so plain that every Christian knows what they mean. They describe the second coming of Christ and the kingdom He then receives from the Fathers hands. If this passage were more considered, Christians would stop speaking about the kingdom now. No kingdom till Christ comes again. Both the judgment vision and the vision of His coming to receive the kingdom correspond to the stone which smites the image and as a mountain fills the whole earth.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:15-28. First, Daniel hears about the four beasts. But there is a significant statement in Dan 7:18, the saints of the Most High receiving the kingdom.<\/p>\n<p>Who are the Saints of the Most High? The fact that the term Most High is in the plural and may also be translated with the most high or heavenly places has led some expositors to say that the saints are the same who are seen in the Epistle to the Ephesians in which the heavenly places are repeatedly mentioned: in other words, the saints which compose the Church. It is true the Church will be with the Lord in Glory and we shall reign over the earth, but this does not necessarily mean that the saints here represent the Church. There are other saints besides Church saints. The saints of whom Daniel was thinking were his own beloved people. To that people is promised a kingdom in the days of the Messiah. With Him, the Lord in glory, there is a heavenly people, so as Messiah and the Son of Man in connection with the earth He has an earthly people, saints which will receive and possess with Him that kingdom which will fill the whole earth. These saints are the Godfearing Jews, who pass through the great tribulation and inherit the blessings and promises which God gave through their own prophets.<\/p>\n<p>Another important matter is the little horn of whom now Daniel hears more fully. The ten horns are kings and the little horn in their midst will be the final imperial head of the revived Roman empire, that world domineering person of whom we read repeatedly in the Word of God. He must be distinguished from another one, the personal anti-Christ, the man of sin and son of perdition. In Revelation the revived Roman Empire is seen in Rev 13:1-10, and the second beast which John saw rising from the sea is the false Christ having two horns like a lamb but speaking like a dragon Rev 13:11, etc.) A closer study of these coming leaders of the end time is needed to understand the details; here we but point the way. Our larger work on Daniel will give help on all these chapters.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Gaebelein&#8217;s Annotated Bible (Commentary)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Cir, am 3449, bc 555 <\/p>\n<p>Belshazzar: Dan 5:1, Dan 5:22, Dan 5:30, Dan 8:1, Jer 27:7 <\/p>\n<p>Daniel: Dan 2:1, Dan 2:28, Dan 2:29, Dan 4:5, Num 12:6, Job 33:14-16, Jer 23:28, Joe 2:28, Amo 3:7, Act 2:17, Act 2:18 <\/p>\n<p>had: Chal, saw <\/p>\n<p>visions: Dan 7:7, Dan 7:13, Dan 7:15, Gen 15:1, Gen 46:2, Job 4:13, Eze 1:1, 2Co 12:1 <\/p>\n<p>he wrote: Isa 8:1, Isa 30:8, Hab 2:2, Rom 15:4, Rev 1:19, Rev 10:4 <\/p>\n<p>matters: or, words <\/p>\n<p>Reciprocal: Gen 28:12 &#8211; he dreamed Gen 40:5 &#8211; General Gen 41:1 &#8211; that Pharaoh Eze 40:2 &#8211; the visions Dan 2:4 &#8211; Syriack Dan 4:13 &#8211; in the<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>IN Dan 5:1-31, we had the record of the last year, indeed of the last hours, of the kingship of Belshazzar. As we open chapter 7, we are carried back to the first year of his reign. At this time Daniel had sunk into complete obscurity, as chapter 5 bears witness. He had lost touch with worldly fame, but by a dream he was still in touch with heaven. Previously his fame had largely rested upon his God-given interpretations of dreams, though in Dan 2:1-49 the interpretation was revealed to him in &#8216;a night vision&#8217;. Now, in his retirement from worldly affairs, by a dream a prophetic revelation is given to him, and &#8216;he wrote the dream&#8217;, for our benefit, since it has been included in the inspired Scriptures. <\/p>\n<p>Verse Dan 7:2 is very instructive. What he saw was produced by the striving of &#8216;the four winds of the heaven&#8230; upon the great sea&#8217;. Now the sea is used figuratively as indicating the masses of mankind, as are the &#8216;many waters&#8217; of Rev 17:1; Rev 17:15, which represent &#8216;peoples, and multitudes, and nations&#8217;. So also, &#8216;wind&#8217; often represents the power of Satan, for he is &#8216;the prince of the power of the air&#8217; (Eph 2:2). What Daniel saw was, in figure, the forces of darkness working on the masses of mankind, and as a result producing, as we shall see, the four world-empires that fill up the times of the Gentiles. Israel is the only nation that has been raised up by God to a place of supremacy; but, while it is set aside, four world powers arise as a result of the striving of Satanic forces, and not of the working of God&#8217;s power.<\/p>\n<p>The powers that emerge are represented by &#8216;beasts&#8217;. It is worthy of note that this figure re-appears in the book of Revelation, where the revival of the Roman Empire in the last days is presented as &#8216;a beast&#8217; rising up &#8216;out of the sea&#8217; (Rev 13:1). That the four empires should be portrayed as beasts is no compliment to them. But God does not pay compliments, but pre-figures things exactly as they are, according to their inward nature. History, as far as it has been enacted up to the present, quite supports the accuracy of the figure used.<\/p>\n<p>The four beasts appear in rotation, and are described in verses Dan 7:4-7. The first was the Babylonian, with the strength of a lion and the swiftness of an eagle, and the latter part of verse Dan 7:4 seems to refer to God&#8217;s disciplinary dealings with Nebuchadnezzar. This had been nearly fulfilled when Daniel had the dream.<\/p>\n<p>The second, described in verse Dan 7:5, was the Medo-Persian, that overthrew the Babylonian soon after Daniel had the dream. It is represented as a bear, which is worthy of note. The Babylonian was like a lion and an eagle, as we see also in Jer 4:7, and Jer 49:19-22. Now the bear in nature has not the strength of the lion, but it is marked by rapacity, as indicated in our verse. History records that &#8216;one side&#8217; of it, namely the Median, came up first, for Darius was a Mede; but soon Cyrus the Persian became dominant. He became favourable to the Jews, as the opening verses of Ezra show, but apart from this its power was not tolerant, and the words, &#8216;Arise, devour much flesh&#8217;, were fulfilled in its history.<\/p>\n<p>In verse Dan 7:6, the third empire is prefigured, which we know as the Grecian, founded by Alexander the Great. Now a leopard is a cruel beast, marked by great agility. The idea of swift agility is increased by this beast having &#8216;four wings of a fowl&#8217; on its back. This aptly sets forth the swiftness of Alexander&#8217;s conquests, and his overthrow of the Persian empire. It also had &#8216;four heads&#8217;, and in this we see an allusion to what followed the early death of Alexander &#8211; the division of the empire into four separate states, under four of his leading generals.<\/p>\n<p>But a fourth empire was to arise, as stated in verse Dan 7:7; namely the Roman, which would be so remarkable that no well-known beast, such as lion, bear or leopard, could represent it. It would be, &#8216;diverse from all the beasts that were before it&#8217;, &#8211; &#8216;dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly&#8217;. Its teeth would be &#8216;iron&#8217;, and it would not only subdue, but also devour and break in pieces all that it subdued. How exactly this described the Roman empire, history bears witness.<\/p>\n<p>Here then we have the four world-empires, that were indicated in Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s dream, recorded in Dan 2:1-49. But they are presented in a very different aspect. There the deterioration in the quality of their governments, descending from gold to an unreliable combination of iron and clay, was indicated. Here we have their true inner character and spirit set before us; and all four are beasts, endowed with great strength, which is used with destructive force. What a terrible unveiling is here before us as to the true character, as God sees it, of the mighty empires of men, which are to fill up the times of the Gentiles. Let us ponder these things deeply, and learn to view world affairs in the light of what is here made known to us.<\/p>\n<p>The fourth beast had ten horns, answering to the ten toes at the base of the image, in Dan 2:1-49. Verses Dan 7:8-9 of our chapter show that these &#8216;horns&#8217; prefigure powerful men and kings, that will arise in the last days of the fourth beast. Of these, three will be overthrown before &#8216;another little horn&#8217;, to be marked by penetrating intelligence and great powers of boastful speech. Here, for the first time, we meet with that evil man in whom Satan&#8217;s power will be personified, as we shall see lower down in our chapter.<\/p>\n<p>As Daniel gazed at this remarkable sight, &#8216;thrones were set, and the Ancient of days did sit&#8217; (New. Trans.); that is, he saw the hour of God&#8217;s judgment arrived. How majestic is the language of these verses! One cannot read them without being reminded of the way the Lord Jesus appeared to John, as he records in Rev 1:1-20. We remember also that &#8216;the Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment unto the Son&#8217; (Joh 5:22). To Pharisees and others John the Baptist declared, &#8216;He shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost, and with fire&#8230; He will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire&#8217; (Mat 3:11, Mat 3:12); and &#8216;fire&#8217;, you notice, marks the scene we have before us here.<\/p>\n<p>The &#8216;Ancient of days&#8217; then presents God to us in the eternity of His Being, for we must remember that the Persons of the Godhead were not clearly distinguished, as they have been since the coming of Christ. In the presence of Almighty God the Roman empire in its last and worst phase, under the domination of the &#8216;little horn&#8217;, whom we identify with the first beast of Rev 13:1-18 will be destroyed in judgment; while up to that time the three earlier beasts will have been permitted to exist, though dominion had been taken from them, as stated in verse Dan 7:12.<\/p>\n<p>This dream clearly divides into three parts. The first, the vision of the four beasts. The second, the vision of judgment established and the fourth beast with its little horn destroyed in the presence of Almighty God. The third, the vision of the advent and glory and eternal dominion of &#8216;the Son of Man&#8217;. The allusion to the Lord Jesus here is not as distinct as it is in Psa 8:4, where the first &#8216;man&#8217; represents the Hebrew word meaning &#8216;mortal man&#8217;, and the second is the word &#8216;Adam&#8217;. He was not mortal man, but He was indeed &#8216;Son of Adam&#8217;, as Luke&#8217;s Gospel shows. In verse Dan 7:13, however, it is really, &#8216;a son of man&#8217; (New Trans.), and the word in the Chaldee is the one used for mortal man. Daniel saw the One in the vision as being like a son of man, and this He was, for He was &#8216;made in the likeness of men&#8217; (Php 2:7). In the light of the New Testament we are privileged to know who He really is.<\/p>\n<p>From verse Dan 7:15 to the end of the chapter we have the explanation that was given to Daniel, of the vision he had seen. Much of it we have already mentioned, but there are in it details not represented in the dream. In verses Dan 7:18; Dan 7:25, for instance, we find mentioned &#8216;the saints of the most High&#8217;, or &#8216;of the high places&#8217;. When the fourth beast is destroyed, together with the &#8216;horn&#8217;, which is its imperial head, these saints will take the kingdom and possess it forever. Yet some of them will be worn out, or destroyed. As verse Dan 7:21 says, the &#8216;horn&#8217; made war with the saints, &#8216;and prevailed against them&#8217;.<\/p>\n<p>We have here a brief allusion to things more clearly revealed in Rev 13:7 and Rev 14:9-13. We ask our readers to read these verses, noting particularly the 13th verse, and then turning to Rev 20:4. It seems plain then that the &#8216;horn&#8217; who is the first &#8216;beast&#8217; of Rev 13:1-18, will persecute and slay many of the godly, who refuse him and his &#8216;mark&#8217;. But such will be blessed in a particular degree, as resting from their labours, and they will be raised before the start of Christ&#8217;s reign, to share in a heavenly portion and have dominion given to them, in common with all others, who are &#8216;of the high places&#8217;; that is, enjoying a heavenly portion, as distinct from a place in millennial blessedness on earth.<\/p>\n<p>Not all the saints, mentioned in verse Dan 7:21 of our chapter, are slain, though war is made against them. These of course will pass into the earthly blessedness of the Kingdom. So, in our chapter we have &#8216;the saints&#8217;, who will escape and be blessed on earth: &#8216;the saints of the high places,&#8217; whose portion is in heaven: and further, in verse Dan 7:27, &#8216;the people of the saints of the high places&#8217;, to whom the greatness of the kingdom &#8216;under the whole heaven&#8217;, is to be given. That people will be the true Israel, cleansed and born again, as predicted in Eze 36:1-38, and thus made spiritually to live, according to Eze 37:1-28.<\/p>\n<p>This vision was given to Daniel shortly before the first of the four great empires fell, and since he was without the further light shed in the New Testament, we can understand what a disturbing effect it had on his mind. What disturbed him may well encourage us. The beast-like empires of men will vanish in judgment, and all dominion will be vested in the Son of Man, while delegated authority will be exercised by saints both heavenly and earthly.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: F. B. Hole&#8217;s Old and New Testaments Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Dan 7:1, With this chapter the book takes on a different characteristic and will be made up almost entirely of prophecies. However, since the chapters are not chronological as to dates, it will be necessary for the author to make reference to some of the visions of Daniel in connection with their his storicai settings. Some of them occurred while the Babylonian Empire was yet in power, while others came to him after the Persians took over. The vision of this chapter came to Daniel in the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon. That takes us back a number of years prior to the fall of Babylon. God has used various methods in making revelations of his purposes to the world (Heb 1:1), Sometimes He will cause a heathen to become the instrument for service and give him a vision or dream. Sometimes the prophet will be given the dream and be enabled to explain it to the proper persons. Such was done In this and other chapters of this book.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Combined Bible Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>THE VISION OF THE FOUR BEASTS<\/p>\n<p>This and the vision in chapter 8 are the prophets dream and visions, and not the kings. They occurred apparently during his political retirement in the earlier years of Belshazzar (Dan 7:1; Dan 8:1). They cover the same ground as Nebuchadnezzars dream and give us in more detail, and from a different point of view, the same story of Gentile dominion from his period to the end of the present age. One difference is that Nebuchadnezzars dream revealed the imposing outward splendor of the world-powers, while Daniels shows their moral character as indicated by ferocious and rapacious beasts. The heraldic insignia of the Gentile nations are all beasts or birds of prey. <\/p>\n<p>The sea, in Scripture, stands for the peoples of the earth (Isa 17:5, Rev 17:15). The great sea Daniel saw was the Mediterranean, the center of the prophetic earth. This is, where not otherwise indicated, the nations with which prophecy has to do chiefly, are those that border on that sea, or whose political affiliations are closely related to them. <\/p>\n<p>THE FOUR BEASTS (Dan 7:1-8) <\/p>\n<p>The first of the two visions (chap. 7), when more closely viewed, resolves itself into four, with their interpretations, but we shall treat it singly. <\/p>\n<p>The lion (Dan 7:4) corresponds to the golden head of Nebuchadnezzars image, and stands for Babylon. The bear (Dan 7:5) corresponds to the breast and arms of silver, and stands for the Medo-Persian empire. Being raised up on one side, means that one part of the empire was stronger than the other, which was Persia. The three ribs in the mouth of it are the three provinces conquered by it not long before, Susiana, Lydia and Asia Minor. The leopard (Dan 7:6) is the Grecian empire, corresponding to the belly and thighs of brass. The four wings denote the swiftness with which it carried its victories in every direction, and the four heads its ultimate partition into four parts on the death of its great head, Alexander. The terrible beast, too dreadful for a name (Dan 7:7) corresponds to the legs of iron, and is equivalent to the Roman empire. Its ten horns, like the ten toes in the other case, speak of ten kingdoms into which it shall be divided at the end of this age. The little horn (Dan 7:8) who subdues three of the ten kings so completely that the identity of their kingdoms is lost, is the important additional feature of this vision over that of Nebuchadnezzar. We will again refer to this. <\/p>\n<p>THE ANCIENT OF DAYS (Dan 7:9-14) <\/p>\n<p>While these events are culminating on the earth others are transpiring in heaven. A great judgment scene is before us (compare Psalms 2; Mat 25:31-46, and Rev 19:19-21). The Ancient of Days is identified by some as the first, and by others as the second person of the Godhead (Rev 1:12-14; Joh 5:22). The slaying of the beast (Dan 7:11) means the destruction of the world-pow-ers are represented in their final form of the revived Roman Empire. As to the rest of the beasts whose dominion was taken away while their lives were prolonged for a season (Dan 7:12), the meaning is that each of the preceding empires was, in turn, swallowed up by its successor, and lived in it, though it lost its place of independent power. The Son of man (Dan 7:13) needs no identification as He comes forward to receive His earthly Kingdom the stone cut out of the mountains without hands. (Compare the parable of the nobleman in Luke 19.) <\/p>\n<p>THE INSPIRED INTERPRETATION (Dan 7:15-27) <\/p>\n<p>Note that while the Son of man receives the Kingdom (Dan 7:13) the saints of the Most High take and possess it with him (Dan 7:18). These may mean the faithful Israelites on earth, but the glorified church will be with the King as her Head in the air reigning over the earth. <\/p>\n<p>The great interest for the prophet in this interpretation focuses on the little horn (Dan 7:24), which is referred to under the title of the Beast in Revelation 13, 17. He is a blasphemer of God and a persecutor of His saints (Dan 7:25), who shall have great power for three and one-half years at the close of this age, and just before God interposes with Jews to set up His Kingdom. Time here stands for a year, times for two years, and the dividing of time, half a year. (See Rev 11:2-3; Rev 12:6.) <\/p>\n<p>QUESTIONS <\/p>\n<p>1. To whom is this vision revealed, and at what period in his life? <\/p>\n<p>2. How does it correspond with Nebuchadnezzars dream? <\/p>\n<p>3. How does it differ in its point of view? <\/p>\n<p>4. What does the sea symbolize in the Bible? <\/p>\n<p>5. What particular sea is now in mind, and what gives it its great importance prophetically? <\/p>\n<p>6. Which was the stronger part of the second empire? <\/p>\n<p>7. What is the interpretation of Dan 7:12? <\/p>\n<p>8. What is the meaning of a time, and times, and the dividing of time? <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: James Gray&#8217;s Concise Bible Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Dan 7:1. In the first year of Belshazzar, &amp;c.  The prophet, having related some remarkable passages concerning himself and his brethren in captivity, and having given proof of his supernatural illumination in interpreting other mens dreams, proceeds to give an account of his own visions; and thereupon goes back to the first year of Belshazzars reign, which was seventeen years before the history contained in the last chapter. This vision concerns the same events with those referred to in Nebuchadnezzars dream, chap. 2., with some enlargements and additions, and different images.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Joseph Bensons Commentary on the Old and New Testaments<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Dan 7:1. In the first year of Belshazzar. The book of Daniel is divided into two parts; the first six chapters being historic, and the latter prophetic. This dream of Daniels has a connection with that which regarded Nebuchadnezzar, in Dan 2:15; Dan 2:26. Both those princes were proud and wicked men; yet God had mercy on them and on their people, and was graciously pleased to give them admonition by special revelations of future times. Daniel dreamed of the four beasts, but the interpretation was in vision when awake, and by this vision he was honoured as the peculiar friend of God. Daniel relates his dream in the third person, as St. John did when speaking of himself, as that disciple whom Jesus loved. This is frequently the case with inspired men: it costs a modest man much to speak of himself.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:2. The four winds of the heaven strove upon the great sea; indicating that empires rose by war, commotion, and tumult. By the great sea, the Mediterranean is understood, and it is called the Mediterranean because it lies between the two continents of Europe and Africa.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:4. The first was like a lion, and had eagles wings. The pagan mythology often attributes wings to beasts, with a view to express a swifter motion than the animal is naturally capable of. Some versions read lioness, which is said to be fiercer than the lion: this beast refers to the Babylonian empire. Nebuchadnezzar is said to be a lion gone up from the thicket. Jer 4:7. He flew as an eagle, and spread his wings over Moab. Jer 48:40. His wings of empire were plucked when Cyrus conquered his provinces in the reign of Belshazzar; and God gave Nebuchadnezzar, this terrible lion, a mans heart after his restoration from melancholy, when he acknowledged and praised the Most High.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:5. A second, like to a bear, was next seen by Daniel. Here the Persian empire is prefigured. It was strong, rude, and voracious, as the bear. It raised up itself on one side, or it raised itself to dominion. It pushed its depredations towards the west, the north, and the south. Cyrus, in the career of his northern conquests, took Crsus king of Lidya, and his unexampled treasures of wealth. This country was called Lidya from Lud, son of Shem. Sardis was the capital, ruined by Tamerlane, and is situate fifty six miles east of Smyrna. The Lidyan kingdom flourished two hundred and thirty years. This kingdom, with Phnicia and Egypt, are thought to be the three ribs in the bears mouth.This beast was bidden to devour much flesh. Now, though Cyrus was celebrated for his humanity, because he treated the nations with indulgence that they might join him in arms; yet the conquest of Babylon was attended with prodigious slaughter; and a more cruel race of men never reigned than the Persian kings who succeeded Cyrus.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:6. I beheld, and lo, another, like a leopard. Here Alexander and the Macedonian empire are adumbrated. The Synopsis of the critics gives us here a variety of remarks. This empire, or Alexander himself, is compared to a leopard, because of his inconstancy. He was sometimes merciful, and sometimes cruel; sometimes temperate, and sometimes drunken; sometimes abstemious, and sometimes amorous. The strength, the craft, and the velocity of the animal are farther arguments of the propriety of this representation; and the leopard being spotted, might illustrate the various customs of the nations he conquered. This beast had four wings, which denote the rapidity of Alexanders conquests. They extended from Germany to India in a few years; and Boiste adds, to a part of Spain. It had four heads; and it is very remarkable, that on his sudden death the empire was divided among his four generals. Ptolemy received Egypt; Seleucus, Syria; Antigonus, Asia minor; and Philip occupied Greece; of which Cassander had Macedonia. There were some other smaller shares of the empire, but these were the four great heads and divisions.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:7. After this I sawa fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly. This very strikingly applies in all its characters to the great Roman empire; and all attempts to apply it to the Turkish dominions, not only make a chasm in history, but they are ill supported by argument. Daniel was very much troubled in body and mind by this vision, and very solicitous to know the import of this fourth beast, which was diverse from all the others: Dan 7:15-19. It changed its form of government seven times, beginning with kings, and ending with imperial power, anarchy, and destruction. Hence this empire is not compared to any one beast by name, because it was compounded in its government and characters, and because its head branched forth into ten horns or kingdoms, among which the little horn of Antichrist arose to oppress the church.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:9. I beheld till the thrones were cast down, and the Ancient of days did sit. Theodotian reads, I beheld till thrones were placed or erected, and the Ancient of days did sit. Many versions read the same, and it best agrees with Rev 20:4. I saw thrones, and they sat upon them. The text is quoted both ways by the fathers.<\/p>\n<p>The Ancient of days. This may apply to God the Father; but the word Father implies Son and Spirit, existing before all time; yet the Father is here named because it would be less eligible for the Son to be judge in his own cause against antichrist. The supreme Ruler is compared to an earthly judge advanced in age. But is it not an infinite derogation to the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, to be likened to angels or men? Must not then the vehicles of vision, which the infinitely condescending God assumed for the sake of conversing with man, be intimations and shadows of the incarnate Messiah? If not, do not all such representations deceive us; for the infinite perfections of God cannot be represented by any creature. His garment and his hair were perfectly white, which is figurative of the spotless sanctity of the Judge. The flames of fire which issue from his presence, mark his indignation against the bloody beasts, and the cruel antichrist; while the fiery wheels of his chariot equally indicate the universal extent of his providence.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:10. A fiery stream issued before him. This illustrates the terrors of his vengeance.Thousand thousands ministered unto him. This is a certain number for an uncertain. These are the apostles, saints and angels, no doubt, who sit on heavenly thrones to judge the world, and to direct the storms of vengeance on the guilty nations; and on antichrist in particular, as in the note on Isaiah 11. But the text may justly be applied to the general judgment of the world at the last day, as well as to partial judgments of particular nations. This seems fully implied in the opening of the books. God has long opened the book of the gospel, the mystery of his holy will, and he will shortly open the book of conscience, and the books of life and death, which figure fully assures us that nothing can be hid from his eyes. And the books were opened.<\/p>\n<p>He saw the judge with fiery looks, <\/p>\n<p>And bolts of vengeance hurled; <\/p>\n<p>And all the wide-extended books, <\/p>\n<p>Indictments of a world.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:13. One like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven. Dr. Lightfoot, on Joh 5:27, has the following note. And there was given unto him dominion and glory, to execute judgment also, because he is the Son of man. This illustrious person, says rabbi Solomon, is the king, the Messiah. He is followed by rabbi Saadias,    zoh Messiah, zidkenoo; this is Messiah our righteousness. These two quotations, making all due concessions to the circumscribed knowledge of the rabbins respecting the Messiah, are strong refutations of the socinian reading and glosses of Dr. Blaney on Jer 23:6. Our Saviour applies this text to himself in Mat 24:30. Of the three names given to man in the Hebrew scriptures, Adam, Ish, and Enosh, the last is proper here, to designate the Redeemer, as clothed with our infirmities. But when he appeared as Lord of the fiery elements, the form of the fourth is said to be like the Son of God: Dan 3:25.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:19-20. Then I would know the truth of the fourth beastand of the ten horns. The Roman empire was divided into about ten kingdoms, which are reckoned by bishop Lloyd in the following manner.<\/p>\n<p>(1) The Huns formed their kingdom about the year of Christ 356.<\/p>\n<p>(2) The Ostrogoths in 377. <\/p>\n<p>(3) The Wisigoths in 378. <\/p>\n<p>(4) The Franks in 407.<\/p>\n<p>(5) the Vandals in 407.<\/p>\n<p>(6) The Sueves and Alans in 407.<\/p>\n<p>(7) The Burgundians in 407.<\/p>\n<p>(8) The Herules and Rugians in 476.<\/p>\n<p>(9) The Saxons in 476.<\/p>\n<p>(10) The Longobards in Hungary in 526.<\/p>\n<p>But Daniel wished to know the meaning of the other little horn which came up, and before whom three kings fell. Protestant critics apply this to the pope or bishop of Rome, who subdued the dukes in the neighbourhood of Rome; the state of Ravenna, governed by an exarchate or viceroy to the emperor of Constantinople; and the kingdom of the Lombards. This is the horn which spake great swelling words, and made war with the saints. And as Antiochus Epiphanes oppressed the Jews for three years and a half, so this Man of sin, or wicked one, was to oppress the church for twelve hundred and sixty years, which reckoning a day for a year, as the scriptures often do, is expressed by the time, one year; times, two years; and the half time, six months. Thus Antiochus is a figure of this Antichrist, as may be seen at large in the works of Mr. Mede, Dr. More, and bishop Newton. <\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:21. The same horn (the little horn) made war with the saints. This is the horn of civil power which sprung up among the ten kingdoms, contemptible in its growth, but not inferior in cruelty to the other succession of beasts. The application of this horn to the tyranny of Rome has been uniform since the days of Peter Valdo, the great reformer in the south of France, towards the close of the eleventh century. Millions of christians, it is horrifying to assert, have perished beneath that horn of power. The council of Trent has decreed, that without subjection to the church of the Romans, no human creature can be saved. See more on chap. 8.<\/p>\n<p>In Spain, the fifth council of Toledo, canon 3., speaks thus. We the holy council promulge this sentence, pleasing to God, that whoever hereafter shall succeed to the throne, shall not ascend till he has sworn not to permit any man to live in his kingdom, who is not a catholic. And if after taking the reins of government he shall violate his oath, let him become anathema maranatha in the sight of God, and be fuel for eternal fire. See Matthew Sutcliffe, Dean of Exeters challenge, 4to. anno 1602 and 1606.<\/p>\n<p>How then can protestants admit Rome into their bosom till those decrees are disavowed? Is our life safe in their hands?<\/p>\n<p>REFLECTIONS.<\/p>\n<p>As Isaiah was comforted by a vision of God on the death of the good king Uzziah, so Daniel was comforted by a sight of the throne and kingdom of the Messiah, above all thrones, when the wicked Belshazzar assumed the reins of government. Hence in all the vicissitudes of nations we should stay on Gods eternal throne.<\/p>\n<p>By the four beasts, we learn that the kingdoms of the world are cruel, yea more ingeniously cruel one to another than wild beasts. The nations must therefore be converted, or they cannot see the kingdom of God.<\/p>\n<p>By the Ancient of days sitting on his throne of justice, we learn that judgments shall in due time overtake every wicked man, every nation, and the whole world. Then the judges themselves shall be judged, and their kingdoms shall become regenerate, and be absorbed in the unshaken kingdom of the Messiah, the ancient of days. Let us be comforted by the thought that the kingdom, and the greatness of the kingdom under the whole heaven, shall be given to the people of the Most High. All wealth and power shall be in their hands. They have been judged at human tribunals; now the nations shall be judged by them. Then shall the glorious age of righteousness and truth cover the earth as the waters cover the sea. May the Lord hasten it in his time. <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Sutcliffe&#8217;s Commentary on the Old and New Testaments<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>Daniel 7. The Vision of the Four Beasts.From this point onwards the Book becomes purely apocalyptic. The vision of the four beasts is parallel to the vision of the image in Daniel 2. The beasts rise out of the sea. The first is a lion with eagles wings, the second a bear, the third a leopard, the fourth a nameless and terrible creature with ten horns. Among the ten horns of the fourth beast there arises another little horn with the eyes of a man, which destroys three of the other horns. At this point the scene changes. A great assize is being held by the ancient of days. The fourth beast is slain. The other three are dispossessed. A human figure appears and receives an everlasting kingdom. The rest of the chapter (Dan 7:17-28) gives a partial interpretation of the vision. The four beasts are four kings (or kingdoms) which succeed one another and are followed by the kingdom of the saints. The fourth beast, in which the interest of the chapter mainly centres, is described as a conquering kingdom; the ten horns are ten kings; the little horn is an eleventh king which overthrows three of the other ten, and persecutes the saints for three and a half years (a time, times, and half a time). But the little horn is doomed to destruction, and its overthrow will be followed by the reign of the saints in an everlasting kingdom.<\/p>\n<p>The interpretation of the vision has afforded opportunity for infinite conjecture and given rise to endless ingenious theories. We may dismiss at once all interpretations which regard the fulfilment of the vision as still in the future. The four kingdoms and the ten horns obviously refer to facts which were within the writers ken. The best and most generally accepted explanation to-day is the following.<\/p>\n<p>The four beasts represent the same four kingdoms as the different parts of the colossal image in Daniel 2. The lion is the golden kingdom, i.e. the Babylonian Empire. The bear is the silver kingdom, i.e. the Median Empire, which the Book of Daniel wrongly interposes between the Babylonian and the Persian. The leopard is the bronze kingdom, i.e. the Persian. The fearsome, nameless beast is the iron kingdom, i.e. the Greek Empire. An alternative explanation which is found current in early Jewish and Christian literature regards the fourth kingdom as the Roman and omits the second, i.e. the hypothetical Median Empire, in the above arrangement, but this suggestion fails to commend itself to the majority of modern scholars.<\/p>\n<p>The ten horns represent the kings of the Greek Empire. The best arrangement is as follows: (1) Alexander the Great; (2) Seleucus I, 312280 B.C.; (3) Antiochus I, 279261 B.C.; (4) Antiochus II, 261246 B.C.; (5) Seleucus II, 246226 B.C.; (6) Seleucus III, 226223 B.C.; (7) Antiochus III, 222187 B.C.; (8) Seleucus IV, 186176 B.C.; (9) Heliodorus; (10) Ptolemy VII, 170146 B.C. Some scholars omit Alexander the Great and add Demetrius Soter.<\/p>\n<p>The little horn is Antiochus Epiphanes, the arch-persecutor of the Jews, against whom the Maccabeans revolted. The three horns which were plucked up were probably Seleucus IV, Heliodorus the usurper, and Demetrius I, all of whom seem to have been overthrown by Antiochus Epiphanes, though the evidence is not conclusive in the case of Demetrius.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:1. Belshazzar: Dan 5:1*. <\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:2. the great sea: usually supposed to be the Mediterranean, but probably here used of a mythical sea.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:4. The first beast: the Babylonian Empire, described as a lion with eagles (or vultures) wings, thus combining the characteristics of the noblest of quadrupeds and one of the most majestic of birds.the wings were plucked: probably an allusion to the madness which came upon Nebuchadnezzar (see Daniel 4) and gave him a beasts heart (Dan 4:16). His recovery is alluded to in the following phrase, a mans heart was given to it.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:5. another beast: the hypothetical Median Empire which our Book inserts between the Babylonian and Persian rule. It is compared to a bear, to indicate its inferiority to the lion-like Babylonian Empire.it was raised up on one side: as Driver suggests, the phrase is probably intended to refer to the aggressiveness of the bear. It is pictured as raising one of its shoulders so as to be able to use the paw on that side.three ribs: an allusion to the prey which it had seized, probably a reference to three countries which had been subdued.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:6. The third beast, a leopard, represents the Persian Empire.four wings may refer either to the agility of the Persian Empire and the swiftness with which it swooped down upon its victims, or the extent of the empire, which reached to the four quarters of the earth.four heads: the four Persian kings, Cyrus, Darius, Xerxes, and Artaxerxes.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:7. the fourth beast: the Greek Empire. The Book of Daniel is always specially severe on the Greek Empire.the horns: ten kings; see introduction to the chapter.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:8. another horn: Antiochus Epiphanes.three . . . horns: see introduction to the chapter.eyes of a man: implying keen insight and power of observation.mouth, etc.: Antiochus is reputed to have been notorious for his boastful utterances.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:9-14. The scene changes, and we have now a picture of a great assize in heaven, executing judgment upon the kings and empires referred to in the previous verses.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:9. thrones were placed: for the angels who assisted the Judge.ancient of days: the same expression is found elsewhere with the meaning of an old man. We must not read into the words the conception of eternity. What Daniel sees in the vision is not the Eternal God, but God in the form of an aged and venerable man.white . . . wool: these metaphors are intended to portray the purity of God.wheels: the throne is depicted as a chariot of fire. There is a very similar description of the throne of God in the Book of Enoch. From underneath the throne came streams of flaming fire . . . the flaming fire was round about him and a great fire stood before him.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:11. the beast was slain: i.e. the fourth beast, Antiochus Epiphanes.to be burned with fire: i.e. in the place where the dead are finally punished.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:12. the rest of the beasts: the Babylonian, Median, and Persian Empires.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:13. like unto a son of man: the AV was wrong in translating like the Son of man, and thus suggesting that the passage referred to the Son of man of the Gospels. The phrase simply denotes a figure in human form. There is no reference to the Messiah. In the interpretation of the vision in Dan 7:18, this phrase has no place at all. The kingdom that is here given unto one like unto a son of man is in Dan 7:18 given to the saints of the Most High. There must be, therefore, some equation between the two expressions. The explanation is probably as follows: The four kingdoms which have been destroyed are represented in the form of beasts because of their rapacity and cruelty. The ideal kingdom which is to be established is represented under the figure of a human being, a son of man, to denote that it would be free from all the brutal qualities and characteristics which had marked previous empires. As Driver says, Humanity is contrasted with animality; and the human form, as opposed to the bestial, teaches that the last kingdom will be, not like the Gentile kingdoms, a supremacy of brute force, but a supremacy ostensibly humane and spiritual (CB, p. 104). The new kingdom is described as coming with the clouds of heaven, to distinguish it from the other kingdoms which came up from the sea. They are from below, it is from above.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:15. in the midst of my body: lit. the sheath (mg.). The body is here regarded as the sheath or receptacle of the soul.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:19-22 recapitulates the description of the characteristics of the fourth beast (Dan 7:9-12, Dan 7:18).<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:21. made war with the saints: an allusion to the attack of Antiochus Epiphanes upon the Jewish people.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:25. change the times and the law: Antiochus attempted to abolish the feasts of the Jews and the ordinances of the Law.a time and times and half a time: a time is a year, and the whole phrase, therefore, denotes 3 years, the period during which the persecution under Antiochus lasted, from 168165 B.C.<\/p>\n<p>Dan 7:26. the judgement: i.e. the court of judgement.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Peake&#8217;s Commentary on the Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>THE FOUR BEASTS<\/p>\n<p>Daniel 7<\/p>\n<p>The seventh chapter forms the introduction to the second division of the book of Daniel. In this division we have no longer the interpretations of dreams and messages given to heathen kings, but revelations and interpretations of visions given to Daniel himself.<\/p>\n<p>The whole book treats, as we have seen, of the times of the Gentiles. In regard to this period two great subjects are brought before us: first, in Daniel 1 to 6, the failure of the Gentiles in their responsibility to govern in the fear of God, ending in apostacy and judgment; secondly, in chapters 7 to 12, the circumstances of the Jews during this time. Thus, there will again pass before us the four great Gentile empires, but now in their relationship with the Jewish people, and their treatment, not only of that nation as a whole, but of the godly remnant of the nation. We shall learn that, though God chastens His people, He always reserves a remnant as a witness to Himself, and never gives up His purpose to re-establish the nation in blessing under the reign of Christ.<\/p>\n<p>The seventh chapter again brings before us the four great Gentile empires, not as they appear before men as an imposing image, but as viewed by God, and therefore presented under the form of beasts.<\/p>\n<p>The chapter contains three distinct visions and their interpretations: &#8211; <\/p>\n<p>First, verses 1-6, the vision of the four beasts with details of the first three:<\/p>\n<p>Secondly, verses 7-12, the vision giving a detailed account of the fourth beast:<\/p>\n<p>Thirdly, verses 13-14 the vision of the dominion of the Son of Man:<\/p>\n<p>Fourthly, verses 15-28, the interpretation of these visions.<\/p>\n<p>(a) The first vision (Vv. 1-5).<\/p>\n<p>(V. 1). It has been noticed that the prophecies of Daniel are unlike any other prophecies in the Old Testament, inasmuch as they are not directly addressed to God&#8217;s people. During the time of the captivity, the Jews are no longer publicly recognised as the people of God; therefore. any communications that God makes are not addressed to them, but to Daniel personally. Nevertheless, we read that Daniel &#8220;wrote the dream, and told the sum of the matters.&#8221; Thus, these visions, which unfold the future of the world, are recorded for the guidance of God&#8217;s people in all ages.<\/p>\n<p>(V. 2). In his vision Daniel sees the great sea agitated by the four winds of heaven. The sea is used in prophetic scriptures to set forth &#8220;peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues&#8221; (Rev 17:15). The four winds of heaven would seem to indicate that from every quarter of the globe there was a providential dealing of God allowing the world to fall into a condition of anarchy and revolution.<\/p>\n<p>(V. 3). Out of this agitated sea there arise four successive beasts diverse from one another. From the interpretation that follows, it seems conclusive that these four beasts present another aspect of the four great world empires, already depicted in the image of Nebuchadnezzar&#8217;s dream. In the vision of the image these empires were presented as imposing but deteriorating powers in the sight of men. Here these same empires are presented in a form that expresses their successive moral deterioration in the sight of God. Cruelty, selfishness, rapacity, with no recognition or knowledge of God, marks the beast; and such are the solemn features of the world empires during the times of the Gentiles until the dominion of Christ is established.<\/p>\n<p>(V. 4). The first beast was &#8220;like a lion, and had eagle&#8217;s wings.&#8221; Other Scriptures lead to the conclusion that this first beast sets forth Babylon, the first world empire. In the fourth chapter of Jeremiah, verse 7, the prophet refers to Babylon under the figure of a lion. In Ezekiel 18 Babylon is likened to an eagle. Again, in Jer 49:19; Jer 49:22, both figures are used to represent Babylon in its power and majesty, as well as the swiftness of its conquests.<\/p>\n<p>Further, the prophet sees a remarkable change in the beast. The wings were plucked and the beast stood upon its feet as a man, and a man&#8217;s heart was given to it. The plucked wings would seem to indicate that the rapid conquests of the empire would cease. A lion standing on its feet as a man, and with the heart of a man, has neither dignity nor strength, and this apparently points to what actually happened when Babylon was shorn of its dignity as a world power, and became a mere province in subjection to the Persian Empire.<\/p>\n<p>(V. 5). The second beast was &#8220;like to a bear, and it raised itself up on one side,&#8221; and had three ribs in its mouth. This surely pre-figures the Medo-Persian Empire, which succeeded the Babylonian Empire. It was composed of two nationalities, the Persian nation being exalted over the Medes. We know it was Darius, the Mede, who captured Babylon, though shortly after Cyrus, the Persian, became the great power in the empire. The three ribs in the mouth probably indicate the rapacious character of the empire, devouring other nations without mercy.<\/p>\n<p>(V. 6). The third beast was &#8220;like a leopard,&#8221; but with four wings of a fowl and four heads. These figures vividly set forth the character and history of the Grecian Empire. The four wings may aptly set forth the impetuosity and rapidity of the conquests of Alexander the Great by which the Grecian Empire came into pre-eminent dominion. The four heads would seem to point to the four kingdoms into which the empire was finally divided after the death of Alexander.<\/p>\n<p>(b) The second vision (Vv. 7-10). <\/p>\n<p>(V. 7). The fourth beast, largely prophetic of events yet to be fulfilled, is of such deep importance that details are given to Daniel in a second vision. There is nothing in nature to which this beast can be compared. It is purposely presented as an unnatural monster, awakening dread and terror in the beholder. It had great iron teeth; it devoured and brake in pieces, and what it did not devour, it stamped upon with its feet. It was different to all the other beasts and had ten horns.<\/p>\n<p>Probably all would agree that this beast is a figure of the Roman Empire, marked by its overcoming strength, and the terror it inspired in the nations of the world. In its irresistible power of conquest and aggrandisement it brought other nations under its despotism, while those who refused to submit were crushed.<\/p>\n<p>(V. 8). The importance of this empire, as distinguished from the first three empires, lies in the fact that it is the empire that will exist in the closing days of the times of the Gentiles, the one that comes into contact with Christ and His people, and therefore the power that will be directly judged and set aside by the kingdom of Christ. This empire, then, will yet play a great part in the near future of the world. This future aspect of the Roman Empire comes before us in the part of the vision that speaks of the ten horns and the little horn. This little horn had the eyes of a man, and a mouth speaking great things.<\/p>\n<p>The interpretation will give us further details of these ten horns, and the little horn. Here it is sufficient to note that the ten horns clearly take us on to the future when the Roman Empire will be revived in a ten kingdom form under one head (See Rev 13:1; Rev 17:12).<\/p>\n<p>(Vv. 9, 10). The second vision that describes the fourth beast also foretells the judgment of the beast. Daniel sees a vision of the eternal God, the Ancient of Days, seated upon the throne of judgment. We know that Christ is also the Ancient of Days &#8211; a divine Person, as well as the Son of Man. In the first chapter of Revelation He is presented as the Judge with all the characteristics that mark the Ancient of Days in the Book of Daniel. Moreover, Daniel not only sees the throne of the Ancient of Days, but he sees other thrones which were &#8220;set up&#8221; (not &#8220;cast down&#8221; as in our version). These thrones evidently refer to the thrones of the saints that will be associated with Christ in this judgment of the living nations. They are again referred to in the Revelation, when the Apostle John says, &#8220;I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them&#8221; (Rev 20:4; Rev 20:22 : 1Co 6:2).<\/p>\n<p>Surrounding the throne are thousands of angelic beings. The execution of judgment is one of the functions of the angels. The passage describing the judgment of the living nations in Matthew 25 opens by presenting the Son of Man coming to His throne of glory, &#8220;and all the holy angels with him&#8221; (Mat 25:31).<\/p>\n<p>(V. 11). Here the judgment is specially concerned with dealing with the little horn and the beast over which he ruled. The immediate occasion of the judgment is &#8220;the voice of the great words which the horn spake.&#8221; The blasphemous defiance of God which will mark the last head of the revived Roman Empire will bring swift and overwhelming judgment upon himself and his dominion. It is well to notice that the judgment of which Daniel speaks is not the final judgment of the Great White Throne, when the dead will be raised and judged. Daniel speaks of the judgment of the living nations which will precede the reign of Christ, but viewed more especially in connection with the Roman Empire and its head.<\/p>\n<p>(V. 12). The fourth beast comes under the direct judgment of God. The first three beasts had their dominion taken away. They lost their world-wide power, not by direct judgment, but in a providential way. Nevertheless, their lives were prolonged for a season and time. Though losing their predominant position, they still exist as nations, however feeble they may have become.<\/p>\n<p>(c) The third vision (Vv. 13, 14). The judgment of the beast clears the way for the setting up of the Kingdom of Christ. This glorious event is foretold by a third vision, in which Daniel sees one like the Son of Man come with the clouds of heaven. He receives His kingdom as Man from God, the Ancient of Days. His dominion is world-wide, embracing &#8220;all people, nations, and languages.&#8221; His dominion will be everlasting. It will not, like other kingdoms, pass away. It will never be destroyed.<\/p>\n<p>(d) The interpretation of the visions (Vv. 15-28).<\/p>\n<p>(V. 15). The immediate effect of these visions was to grieve the spirit of Daniel and trouble his mind. There must have been much in the three visions that Daniel could not understand, but at least he realised that they foretold a time of trial and sorrow for his beloved people.<\/p>\n<p>(V. 16). Apart from divine instruction, Daniel is no more able to interpret his own dreams than those of heathen kings. So he drew near to &#8220;one of them that stood by, and asked him the truth of all this.&#8221; We are not definitely told who they were that &#8220;stood by.&#8221; Probably it is a reference to the angels that, in the vision, &#8220;stood before&#8221; the Ancient of Days. The one to whom Daniel appeals is evidently intelligent in the mind of God, and deputed, like the angelic messengers in the Revelation, to give &#8220;the interpretation of the things&#8221; seen in visions.<\/p>\n<p>In the interpretation that follows, it is well to note that, as another has said, &#8220;We always find, whether in prophecy or parable, that the explanation goes beyond that which the original statement contains.&#8221; So is it in this passage: the visions bring before us the character and history of the four world powers; the interpretation shows the connection of these world powers with the people of God. Thus in the course of the explanation the saints are mentioned five times (verses 18, 21, 22, 25, 27).<\/p>\n<p>(V. 17). First, Daniel is told that these four great beasts are four kings which shall arise out of the earth, and a little later we learn that &#8220;the fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom upon earth&#8221; (23). Evidently, then, &#8220;kings&#8221; are used to represent kingdoms. We cannot then be mistaken in viewing these four beasts as representing four great monarchies. In the vision they arise out of the sea; here they arise from the earth. The vision describes their providential or political origin, the interpretation their moral origin. Providentially they arise in a time of political upheaval; morally they are earthly, in contrast to the kingdom of the Son of Man, who comes from heaven.<\/p>\n<p>(V. 18). Then Daniel is informed, for his comfort and ours, as to the ultimate end of the times of the Gentiles, as regards the people of God. These monarchies may oppose the people of God and blaspheme God, &#8220;but&#8221; the end will be the triumph of God&#8217;s people, for, &#8220;the saints of the Most High God shall taken the kingdom, and possess the kingdom for ever, even for ever and ever.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>We may enquire, Who are the saints of the Most High? The better translation is &#8220;the saints of the most high places.&#8221; There are those who, like the beasts and their subjects, are morally of earth, and there are the people of God who own the God of heaven, and are thus in connection with heavenly, or high, places. In the third vision it is the Son of Man that comes with the clouds of heaven, and to Him is given the kingdom that will never pass away. Here we learn the further truth, that the people of God of all ages, all those who through the history of the world have been in touch with heaven, will share with the Son of Man in His glorious reign. To this great event Enoch looked when he prophesied, saying, &#8220;Behold the Lord cometh with ten thousands of His saints&#8221; (Jud 1:14).<\/p>\n<p>(Vv. 19-22). Then Daniel enquires more particularly concerning the fourth beast. He repeats the vision, but with added details, for now he refers to the saints, and tells us that he beheld that the one represented by the little horn persecuted the saints, and for a limited time was allowed to prevail against them, for this triumph over the saints was &#8220;until the Ancient of Days came,&#8221; and then the saints exercised judgment over those who had prevailed against them.<\/p>\n<p>(V. 23). In answer to Daniel&#8217;s enquiries, the angel expounds the vision of the fourth beast. We are definitely told that it represents &#8220;the fourth kingdom upon earth.&#8221; This we know was the Roman Empire. It was &#8220;diverse from all kingdoms&#8221; in that it assumed a form of government which combined autocracy with democracy, already prefigured in the iron and clay of the image. In its almost universal dominion it could well be said to &#8220;devour the whole earth.&#8221; By treading down and breaking in pieces, it subdued the nations, and crushed those who refused to submit. Thus we have a picture of the Roman Empire in the day of its pristine power.<\/p>\n<p>(V. 24). The details of verse 23 look on to events which, in Daniel&#8217;s day, were still future. In our day we know they have been fulfilled to the letter. In the details that follow we are carried on to events which are still future. The angel says, &#8220;The ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise.&#8221; It is impossible to resist the conclusion that this looks on to the last phase of the Roman Empire when, as plainly stated in Revelation 17, it will be revived in the form of ten kingdoms confederated under one imperial head.<\/p>\n<p>Then we learn the meaning of the little horn of verses 8, 20 and 21. Another king shall arise after the ten kings, diverse from them, and he shall subdue three kings. He is diverse from the ten kings inasmuch as they represent different kingdoms, but this king represents a special power that arises in the midst of the ten kingdoms and gains his territory by subduing three of the kingdoms. It is &#8220;his dominion&#8221; that is finally dealt with in judgment (26), and therefore it seems conclusive that the little horn, while subduing three of the kings, acquires power over the whole empire.<\/p>\n<p>The picture that is presented of the last phase of the Roman Empire is clearly that of seven kingdoms, united with the three subdued kingdoms, under one imperial head &#8211; the little horn. Reading this Scripture in conjunction with details given to us in Rev 13:1to8 and Rev 17:1, we can only conclude that the little horn of this chapter is the revived head of the Roman Empire that comes so prominently before us in the book of Revelation.<\/p>\n<p>(V. 25). Four things are definitely foretold of this terrible man. First, &#8220;he shall speak great words against the Most High.&#8221; Not only, like any natural man, will he be at enmity with God, but with daring impiety he will openly defy God (See Rev 13:6). Secondly, he will persecute the saints of the Most High, those who own God in the high, or heavenly, places (See Rev 13:7). Thirdly, he will &#8220;change times and laws.&#8221; Not only will he destroy the saints, but he will think to change the times and laws of God&#8217;s earthly people, the Jews, who at that time will have returned to the land. Fourthly, we are told that he will be allowed to prevail for a time and times and the dividing of time, that is for a period of three and a half years (See Rev 13:5).<\/p>\n<p>(V. 26). his blasphemy against God and persecution of the saints will not be allowed to continue. At the end of the allotted time judgment overtakes him. His dominion is taken away, and utterly consumed and destroyed unto the end. Unto the end of time it will never be revived. <\/p>\n<p>(V. 27). Following upon the judgment of the beast and his kingdom, all the kingdoms of the earth will pass under the sway of the people of the saints of the Most High &#8211; God&#8217;s earthly people, the Jews. Then, through the people of God, all the peoples of the earth will be brought to serve and worship Him, whose kingdom is an everlasting kingdom.<\/p>\n<p>(V. 28). Daniel had been privileged to look far into the future and see the people of God established in a world-wide and everlasting kingdom under the sway of the Most High God. Nevertheless, as he thought of the seas of sorrow and trial through which they will pass ere they reach the kingdom, his thoughts troubled him and his countenance was changed. However, he cherished these things in his heart. Good, too, for God&#8217;s people at all times to look beyond the long dark night, and, in their hearts, to hail the coming day.<\/p>\n<p>For the King of kings is coming,<\/p>\n<p>And the dawn is in the sky,<\/p>\n<p>And the watchers on the mountains <\/p>\n<p>Proclaim the day is nigh. <\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Smith&#8217;s Writings on 24 Books of the Bible<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>7:1 In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon Daniel had a dream and visions of his head upon his bed: {a} then he wrote the dream, [and] told the sum of the matters.<\/p>\n<p>(a) Whereas the people of Israel looked for a continual peace, after the seventy years which Jeremiah had declared, he shows that this rest will not be a deliverance from all troubles, but a beginning. And therefore he encourages them to look for a continual affliction until the Messiah is uttered and revealed, by whom they would have a spiritual deliverance, and all the promises would be fulfilled. And they would have a certain experience of this in the destruction of the Babylonian kingdom.<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Geneva Bible Notes<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p><span style=\"font-weight:bold;text-decoration:underline\">1. The four beasts 7:1-8<\/span><\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Expository Notes of Dr. Constable (Old and New Testaments)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>We have already read of two dreams that Nebuchadnezzar had (Dan 2:1; Dan 4:5). Now God gave one to Daniel. It too was a vision from God that came to Daniel as he slept.<\/p>\n<p style=\"margin-left:36pt\">&quot;In referring to the experience as &rsquo;a dream&rsquo; (sing.) Daniel was emphasizing the unity of the revelation and in referring to it as &rsquo;visions&rsquo; (pl.) he emphasized the successive stages in which the revelation was given.&nbsp;.&nbsp;.&nbsp;. The dream refers to his being asleep, and the visions refer to what he saw while dreaming.&quot;<span style=\"color:#808080\"> [Note: Pentecost, p. 1350.] <\/span><\/p>\n<p>This revelation came to Daniel in the first year of Belshazzar&rsquo;s reign as co-regent with his father, Nabonidus, namely, in 553 B.C.<span style=\"color:#808080\"> [Note: Wood, A Commentary .&nbsp;.&nbsp;., p. 179; Archer, &quot;Daniel,&quot; pp. 84-85; Whitcomb, p. 91; Chisholm, p. 304. The New Bible Dictionary, 1962 ed., s.v. &quot;Belshazzar,&quot; by D. J. Wiseman, claimed the year was 556 B.C.] <\/span> It was fitting that this vision of the downfall of world empires should come to the prophet during the reign of the last king of Babylon. God gave it to him 50 years after the similar revelation of the great image in chapter 2 (cf. Gen 41:25; Gen 41:32). Daniel would have been about 68 years old when he had this dream. Chronologically then we can place this chapter between chapters 4 and 5.<\/p>\n<p style=\"margin-left:36pt\">&quot;God does not reveal all His truths at once, even to the wise, but reserves much for age and experience.&quot;<span style=\"color:#808080\"> [Note: Baldwin, p. 138.] <\/span><\/p>\n<p>Upon waking, Daniel recorded what he had seen. What follows in this chapter, he wrote, is only a summary of what he saw.<\/p>\n<p style=\"margin-left:36pt\">&quot;For the first time in the book, a vision is written down. Earlier OT prophecies were put into writing as a stage in implementing them and, when they were disbelieved, as an evidence that they had been given before the events of which they spoke, and thus were indeed words from God (see Isa 8:1; Isa 8:16; Isa 30:8; Jeremiah 36; Hab 2:2).&quot;<span style=\"color:#808080\"> [Note: Goldingay, p. 184.] <\/span><\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Expository Notes of Dr. Constable (Old and New Testaments)<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n<p>VISION OF THE FOUR WILD BEASTS<\/p>\n<p>WE now enter upon the second division of the Book of Daniel-the apocalyptic. It is unquestionably inferior to the first part in grandeur and importance as a whole, but it contains not a few great conceptions, and it was well adapted to inspire the hopes and arouse the heroic courage of the persecuted Jews in the terrible days of Antiochus Epiphanes. Daniel now speaks in the first person, whereas throughout the historical section of the Book the third person has been used.<\/p>\n<p>In the form of apocalypse which he adopts he had already had partial precursors in Ezekiel and Zechariah; but their symbolic visions were far less detailed and developed-it may be added far more poetic and classical-than his. And in later apocalypies, for which this served as a model, little regard is paid to the grotesqueness or incongruity of the symbols, if only the intended conception is conveyed. In no previous writer of the grander days of Hebrew literature would such symbols have been permitted as horns which have eyes and speak, or lions from which the wings are plucked, and which thereafter stand on their feet as a man, and have a mans heart given to them.<\/p>\n<p>The vision is dated, &#8220;In the first year of Belshazzar, King of Babylon.&#8221; It therefore comes chronologically between the fourth and fifth chapters. On the pseudepigraphic view of the Book we may suppose that this date is merely a touch of literary verisimilitude, designed to assimilate the prophecies to the form of those uttered by the ancient prophets; or perhaps it may be intended to indicate that with three of the four empires-the Babylonian, the Median, and the Persian-Daniel had a personal acquaintance. Beyond this we can see no significance in the date; for the predictions which are here recorded have none of that immediate relation to the year in which they originated which we see in the writings of Isaiah and Jeremiah. Perhaps the verse itself is a later guess or gloss, since there are slight variations in Theodotion and the LXX Daniel, we are told, both saw and wrote and narrated the dream.<\/p>\n<p>In the vision of the night he had seen the four winds of heaven travelling, or bursting forth, on the great sea; and from those tumultuous waves came four immense wild beasts, each unlike the other.<\/p>\n<p>The first was a lion, with four eagles wings. The wings were plucked off, and it then raised itself from the earth, stood on its feet like a man, and a mans heart was given to it.<\/p>\n<p>The second was like a bear, raising itself on one side, and having three ribs between its teeth; and it is bidden to &#8220;arise and devour much flesh.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>The third is a leopard, or panther, with four wings and four heads, to which dominion is given.<\/p>\n<p>The fourth-a yet more terrible monster, which is left undescribed, as though indescribable-has great devouring teeth of iron, and feet that stamp and crush. It has ten horns, and among them came up a little horn, before which three of the others are plucked up by the roots; and this horn has eyes, and a mouth speaking great things.<\/p>\n<p>Then the thrones were set for the Divine judges, and the Ancient of Days seats Himself-His raiment as white snow, His hair as bright wool, His throne of flames, His wheels of burning fire. A stream of dazzling fire goes out before Him. Thousand thousands stand before Him; ten thousand times ten thousand minister to Him. The judgment is set; the books are opened. The fourth monster is then slain and burned because of the blaspheming horn; the other beasts are suffered to live for a season and a time, but their dominion is taken away.<\/p>\n<p>But then, in the night vision, there came &#8220;one even as a son of man&#8221; with the clouds of heaven. and is brought before the Ancient of Days, and receives from Him power and glory and a kingdom-an everlasting dominion, a kingdom that shall not be destroyed-over all people, nations, and languages.<\/p>\n<p>Such is the vision, and its interpretation follows. The heart of Daniel &#8220;is pierced in the midst of its sheath&#8221; by what he has seen, and the visions of his head troubled him. Coming near to one of them that stood by-the angelic ministrants of the Ancient of Days-he begs for an interpretation of the vision.<\/p>\n<p>It is given him with extreme brevity.<\/p>\n<p>The four wild beasts represent four kings, the founders of four successive kingdoms. But the ultimate and eternal dominion is not to be with them. It is to be given, till the eternities of the eternities, to &#8220;the holy ones of the Lofty One.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>What follows is surely an indication of the date of the Book. Daniel is quite satisfied with this meagre interpretation, in which no single detail is given as regards the first three world-empires, which one would have supposed would chiefly interest the real Daniel. His whole curiosity is absorbed in a detail of the vision of the fourth monster. It is all but inconceivable that a contemporary prophet should have felt no further interest in the destinies which affected the great golden Empire of Babylon under which he lived, nor in those of Media and Persia, which were already beginning to loom large on the horizon, and should have cared only for an incident in the story of a fourth empire as yet unheard of, which was only to be fulfilled four centuries later. The interests of every other Hebrew prophet are always mainly absorbed, so far as earthly things are concerned, in the immediate or not-far-distant future. That is true also of the author of Daniel, if, as we have had reason to see, he wrote under the rule of the persecuting and blaspheming horn.<\/p>\n<p>In his appeal for the interpretation of this symbol there are fresh particulars about this horn which had eyes and spake very great things. We are told that &#8220;his look was more stout than his fellows&#8221;; and that &#8220;he made war against the saints and prevailed against them, until the Ancient of Days came. Then judgment was given to the saints, and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom.&#8221;<\/p>\n<p>The interpretation is that the fourth beast is an earth-devouring, trampling, shattering kingdom, diverse from all kingdoms; its ten horns are ten kings that shall arise from it. Then another king shall arise, diverse from the first, who shall subdue three kings, shall speak blasphemies, shall wear out the saints, and will strive to change times and laws. But after &#8220;a time, two times, and a half,&#8221; {Comp. Rev 12:14 Lu 4:25 Jam 5:17} the judgment shall sit, and he will be annihilated, and his dominion shall be given forever to the people of the saints of the Most High.<\/p>\n<p>Such was the vision; such its interpretation; and there can be no difficulty as to its general significance.<\/p>\n<p>I. That the four empires, and their founders, are not identical with the four empires of the metal colossus in Nebuchadrezzars dream, is an inference which, apart from dogmatic bias, would scarcely have occurred to any unsophisticated reader. To the imagination of Nebuchadrezzar, the heathen potentate, they would naturally present themselves in their strength and towering grandeur, splendid and impassive and secure, till the mysterious destruction smites them. To the Jewish seer they present themselves in their cruel ferocity and headstrong ambition as destroying wild beasts. The symbolism would naturally occur to all who were familiar with the winged bulls and lions and other gigantic representations of monsters which decorated the palace-walls of Nineveh and Babylon. Indeed, similar imagery had already found a place on the prophetic page. {Isa 27:1 Eze 29:3, Eze 32:2}<\/p>\n<p>II. The turbulent sea, from which the immense beasts emerge after the struggling of the four winds of heaven upon its surface, is the sea of nations. {Comp. Job 38:16-17 Isa 8:7, Isa 17:12}<\/p>\n<p>III. The first great beast is Nebuchadrezzar and the Babylonian Empire. There is nothing strange in the fact that there should be a certain transfusion or overlapping of the symbols, the object not being literary congruity, but the creation of a general impression. He is represented as a lion, because lions were prevalent in Babylonia, and were specially prominent in Babylonian decorations. His eagle-wings symbolise rapacity and swiftness. {Comp. Jer 4:7; Jer 4:13; Jer 49:16 Eze 17:3; Eze 17:12 Hab 1:2, Lam 4:19} But, according to the narrative already given, a change had come over the spirit of Nebuchadrezzar in his latter days. That subduing and softening by the influence of a Divine power is represented by the plucking off of the lions eagle-wings, and its fall to earth &amp; bull; But it was not left to lie there in impotent degradation. It is lifted up from the earth, and humanised, and made to stand on its feet as a man, and a mans heart is given to it.<\/p>\n<p>IV. The bear, which places itself upon one side, is the Median Empire, smaller than the Chaldean, as the bear is smaller and less formidable than the lion. The crouching on one side is obscure. It is explained by some as implying that it was lower in exaltation than the Babylonian Empire; by others that &#8220;it gravitated, as regards its power, only towards the countries west of the Tigris and Euphrates.&#8221; The meaning of the &#8220;three ribs in its mouth&#8221; is also uncertain. Some regard the number three as a vague round number; others refer it to the three countries over which the Median dominion extended-Babylonia, Assyria, and Syria; others, less probably, to the three chief cities. The command, &#8220;Arise, devour much flesh,&#8221; refers to the prophecies of Median conquest, and perhaps to uncertain historical reminiscences which confused &#8220;Darius the Mede&#8221; with Darius the son of Hystaspes. Those who explain this monster as an emblem, not of the Median but of the Medo-Persian Empire, neglect the plain indications of the Book itself, for the author regards the Median and Persian Empires as distinct. {Dan 5:28; Dan 5:31; Dan 6:8; Dan 6:12; Dan 6:15-28; Dan 8:20; Dan 9:1; Dan 10:1}<\/p>\n<p>V. The leopard or panther represents the Persian kingdom. It has four wings on its back, to indicate how freely and swiftly it soared to the four quarters of the world. Its four heads indicate four kings. There were indeed twelve or thirteen kings of Persia between B.C. 536 and B.C. 333; but the author of the Book of Daniel, who of course had no books of history before him, only thinks of the four who were most prominent in popular tradition-namely (as it would seem), Cyrus, Darius, Artaxerxes, and Xerxes. {Comp. Dan 8:4-8} These are only four names which the writer knew, because they are the only ones which occur in Scripture. It is true that the Darius of Neh 12:22 is not the Great Darius, son of Hystaspes, but Darius Codomannus (B.C. 424-404). But this fact may most easily have been overlooked in uncritical and unhistoric times. And &#8220;power was given to it,&#8221; for it was far stronger than the preceding kingdom of the Medes.<\/p>\n<p>VI. The fourth monster won its chief aspect of terribleness from the conquest of Alexander, which blazed over the East with such irresistible force and suddenness. The great Macedonian after his massacres at Tyre, struck into the Eastern world the intense feeling of terror which we still can recognise in the narrative of Josephus. His rule is therefore symbolised by a monster diverse from all the beasts before it in its sudden leap out of obscurity, in the lightning-like rapidity of its flash from West to East, and in its instantaneous disintegration into four separate kingdoms. It is with one only of those four kingdoms of the Diadochi, the one which so terribly affected the fortunes of the Holy Land, that the writer is predominantly concerned-namely, the empire of the Seleucid kings. It is in that portion of the kingdom-namely, from the Euxine to the confines of Arabia-that the ten horns arise which, we are told, symbolise ten kings. It seems almost certain that these ten kings are intended for:-<\/p>\n<p> 1. Seleucus I (Nicator) 312-280<\/p>\n<p> 2. Antiochus I (Soter) 280-261<\/p>\n<p> 3. Antiochus II (Theos) 261-246<\/p>\n<p> 4. Seleucus II (Kallinikos) 246-226<\/p>\n<p> 5. Seleucus III (Keraunos) 226-223<\/p>\n<p> 6. Antiochus III (Megas) 223-187<\/p>\n<p> 7. Seleucus IV (Philopator) 187-176<\/p>\n<p>Then followed the three kings (actual or potential) who were plucked up before the little horn: namely-<\/p>\n<p> 1. Demetrius 175<\/p>\n<p> 2. Heliodorus 176<\/p>\n<p> 3. Ptolemy Philometor 181-146<\/p>\n<p>Of these three who succumbed to the machinations of Antiochus Epiphanes, or the little horn, {Dan 11:21} the first, Demetrius, was the only son of Seleucus Philopator, and true heir to the crown. His father sent him to Rome as a hostage, and released his brother Antiochus. So far from showing gratitude for this generosity, Antiochus, on the murder of Seleucus IV (B.C. 175), usurped the rights of his nephew. {Dan 11:21}<\/p>\n<p>The second, Heliodorus, seeing that Demetrius the heir was out of the way, poisoned Seleucus Philopator, and himself usurped the kingdom.<\/p>\n<p>Ptolemy Philometor was the son of Cleopatra, the sister of Seleucus Philopator. A large party was in favour of uniting Egypt and Persia under his rule. But Antiochus Epiphanes ignored the compact which had made Coele-Syria and Phoenicia the dower of Cleopatra, and not only kept Philometor from his rights, but would have deprived him of Egypt also but for the strenuous interposition of the Romans and their ambassador M. Popilius Laenas.<\/p>\n<p>When the three horns had thus fallen before him, the little horn-Antiocbus Epiphanes-sprang into prominence. The mention of his &#8220;eyes&#8221; seems to be a reference to his shrewdness, cunning, and vigilance. The &#8220;mouth that spoke very great things&#8221; alludes to the boastful arrogance which led him to assume the title of Epiphanes, or &#8220;the illustrious&#8221;-which his scornful subjects changed into Epimanes, &#8220;the mad&#8221;-and to his assumption even of the title Theos, &#8220;the god,&#8221; on some of his coins. His look &#8220;was bigger than his fellows,&#8221; for he inspired the kings of Egypt and other countries with terror. He made war against the saints, with the aid of &#8220;Jason and Menelaus, those ungodly wretches,&#8221; and &#8220;prevailed against them.&#8221; He &#8220;wore out the saints of the Most High,&#8221; for he took Jerusalem by storm, plundered it, slew eighty thousand men, women, and children, took forty thousand prisoners, and sold as many into slavery (B.C. 170). &#8220;As he entered the sanctuary to plunder it, under the guidance of the apostate high priest Menelaus, he uttered words of blasphemy, and he carried off all the gold and silver he could find, including the golden table, altar of incense, candlesticks, and vessels, and even rifled the subterraneous vaults, so that he seized no less than eighteen hundred talents of gold.&#8221; He then sacrificed swine upon the altar, and sprinkled the whole Temple with the broth.<\/p>\n<p>Further than all this, &#8220;he thought to change times and laws&#8221;; and they were &#8220;given into his hand until a time, and two times, and a half.&#8221; For he made a determined attempt to put down the Jewish feasts, the Sabbath, circumcision, and all the most distinctive Jewish ordinances. In B.C. 167, two years after his cruel devastation of the city, he sent Apollonius, his chief collector of tribute, against Jerusalem, with an army of twenty-two thousand men. On the first Sabbath after his arrival, Apollonius sent his soldiers to massacre all the men whom they met in the streets, and to seize the women and children as slaves. He occupied the castle on Mount Zion, and prevented the Jews from attending the public ordinances of their sanctuary. Hence in June B.C. 167 the daily sacrifice ceased, and the Jews fled for their lives from the Holy City. Antiochus then published an edict forbidding all his subjects in Syria and elsewhere-even the Zoroastrians in Armenia and Persia-to worship any gods, or acknowledge any religion but his. The Jewish sacred books were burnt, and not only the Samaritans but many Jews apostatised, while others hid themselves in mountains and deserts. He sent an old philosopher named Athenaeus to instruct the Jews in the Greek religion, and to enforce its observance. He dedicated the Temple to Zeus Olympios, and built on the altar of Jehovah a smaller altar for sacrifice to Zeus, to whom he must also have erected a statue. This heathen Altar was set up on Kisleu (December) 15, and the heathen sacrifice began on Kisleu 25. All observance of the Jewish Law was now treated as a capital crime. The Jews were forced to sacrifice in heathen groves at heathen altars, and to walk, crowned with ivy, in Bacchic processions. Two women who had braved the despots wrath by circumcising their children were flung from the Temple battlements into the vale below.<\/p>\n<p>The triumph of this blasphemous and despotic savagery was arrested, first by the irresistible force of determined martyrdom which preferred death to unfaithfulness, and next by the armed resistance evoked by the heroism of Mattathias, the priest at Modin. When Apelles visited the town, and ordered the Jews to sacrifice, Mattathias struck down with his own hand a Jew who was preparing to obey. Then, aided by his strong heroic sons, he attacked Apelles, slew him and his soldiers, tore down the idolatrous altar, and with his sons and adherents fled into the wilderness, where they were joined by many of the Jews.<\/p>\n<p>The news of this revolt brought Antiochus to Palestine in B.C. 166, and among his other atrocities he ordered the execution by torture of the venerable scribe Eleazar, and of the pious mother with her seven sons. In spite of all his efforts the party of the Chasidim grew in numbers and in strength. When Mattathias died, Judas the Maccabee became their leader, and his brother Simon their counsellor. While Antiochus was celebrating his mad and licentious festival at Daphne, Judas inflicted a severe defeat on Apollonius, and won other battles, which made Antiochus vow in an access of fury that he would exterminate the nation. {Dan 11:44} But he found himself bankrupt, and the Persians and Armenians were revolting from him in disgust. He therefore sent Lysias as his general to Judaea, and Lysias assembled an immense army of forty thousand foot and seven thousand horse, to whom Judas could only oppose six thousand men. Lysias pitched his camp at Beth-shur, south of Jerusalem. There Judas attacked him with irresistible valour and confidence, slew five thousand of his soldiers, and drove the rest to flight.<\/p>\n<p>Lysias retired to Antioch, intending to renew the invasion next year. Thereupon Judas and his army recaptured Jerusalem, and restored and cleansed and reconsecrated the dilapidated and desecrated sanctuary. He made a new shew-bread-table, incense-altar, and candlestick of gold in place of those which Antiochus had carried off, and new vessels of gold, and a new veil before the Holiest Place. All this was completed on Kisleu 25, B.C. 165, about the time of the winter solstice, &#8220;on the same day of the year on which, three years before, it had been profaned by Antiochus, and just three years and a half-a time, two times, and half a time&#8221;-after the city and Temple had been desolated by Apollonius. They began the day by renewing the sacrifices, kindling the altar and the candlestick by pure fire struck by flints. The whole law of the Temple service continued thenceforward without interruption till the destruction of the Temple by the Romans. It was a feast in commemoration of this dedication-called the Encaenia and &#8220;the Lights&#8221;-which Christ honoured by His presence at Jerusalem. {Joh 10:22}<\/p>\n<p>The neighbouring nations, when they heard of this revolt of the Jews, and its splendid success, proposed to join with Antiochus for their extermination. But meanwhile the king, having been shamefully repulsed in his sacrilegious attack on the Temple of Artemis at Elymais, retired in deep chagrin to Ecbatana, in Media. It was there that he heard of the Jewish successes and. set out to chastise the rebels. On his way he heard of the recovery of Jerusalem, the destruction of his heathen altars, and the purification of the Temple. The news flung him into one of those paroxysms of fury to which he was liable, and, breathing out threatenings and slaughter, he declared that he would turn Jerusalem into one vast cemetery for the whole Jewish race. Suddenly smitten with a violent internal malady, he would not stay his course, but still urged his charioteer to the utmost speed. In consequence of this the chariot was overturned, and he was flung violently to the ground, receiving severe injuries. He was placed in a litter, but, unable to bear the agonies caused by its motion, he stopped at Table, in the mountains of Paraetacene, on the borders of Persia and Babylonia, where he died, B.C. 164, in very evil case, half mad with the furies of a remorseful conscience. The Jewish historians say that, before his death, he repented, acknowledged the crimes he had committed against the Jews, and vowed that he would repair them if he survived. The stories of his death resemble those of the deaths of Herod, of Galerius, of Philip II, and of other bitter persecutors of the saints of God. Judas the Maccabee, who had overthrown his power in Palestine, died at Eleasa in B.C. 161, after a series of brilliant victories.<\/p>\n<p>Such were the fortunes of the king whom the writer shadows forth under the emblem of the little horn with human eyes and a mouth which spake blasphemies, whose power was to be made transitory, and to be annihilated and destroyed unto the end. {Dan 7:26} And when this wild beast was slain, and its body given to the burning fire, the rest of the beasts were indeed to be deprived of their splendid dominions, but a respite of life is given them, and they are suffered to endure for a time and a period.<\/p>\n<p>But the eternal life, and the imperishable dominion, which were denied to them, are given to another in the epiphany of the Ancient of Days. The vision of the seer is one of a great scene of judgment. Thrones are set for the heavenly assessors, and the Almighty appears in snow-white raiment, and on His chariot-throne of burning flame which flashes round Him like a vast photosphere. The books of everlasting record are opened before the glittering faces of the myriads of saints who accompany Him, and the fiery doom is passed on the monstrous world-powers who would fain usurp His authority.<\/p>\n<p>But who is the &#8220;one even as a son of man,&#8221; who &#8220;comes with the clouds of heaven,&#8221; and who is brought before &#8220;the Ancient of Days,&#8221; to whom is given the imperishable dominion? That he is not an angel appears from the fact that he seems too be separate from all the ten thousand times ten thousand who stand around the cherubic chariot. He is not a man, but something more. In this respect he resembles the angels described in Dan 8:15; Dan 10:16-18. He has &#8220;the appearance of a man,&#8221; and is &#8220;like the similitude of the sons of men.&#8221; {Comp. Eze 1:26}<\/p>\n<p>We should naturally answer, in accordance with the multitude of ancient and modern commentators both Jewish and Christian, that the Messiah is intended; and, indeed, our Lord alludes to the prophecy in Mat 26:64. That the vision is meant to indicate the establishment of the Messianic theocracy cannot be doubted. But if we follow the interpretation given by the angel himself in answer to Daniels entreaty, the personality of the Messiah seems to be at least somewhat subordinate or indistinct. For the interpretation, without mentioning any person, seems to point only to the saints of Israel who are to inherit and maintain that Divine kingdom which has been already thrice asserted and prophesied. It is the &#8220;holy ones &#8220;(Qaddishin), &#8220;the holy ones of the Most High&#8221; (Qaddishi Eloinin), upon whom the never-ending sovereignty is conferred; and who these are cannot be misunderstood, for they are the very same as those against whom the little horn has been engaged in war. {Dan 7:16; Dan 7:22-23; Dan 7:27} The Messianic kingdom is here predominantly represented as the spiritual supremacy of the chosen people. Neither here, nor in Dan 2:44, nor in Dan 12:3, does the writer separately indicate any Davidic king, or priest upon his throne, as had been already done by so many previous prophets. {Zec 9:9} This vision does not seem to have brought into prominence the rule of any Divinely Incarnate Christ over the kingdom of the Highest. In this respect the interpretation of the &#8220;one even as a son of man&#8221; comes upon us as a surprise, and seems to indicate that the true interpretation of that element of the vision is that the kingdom of the saints is there personified; so that as wild beasts were appropriate emblems of the world-powers, the reasonableness and sanctity of the saintly theocracy are indicated by a human form, which has its origin in the clouds of heaven, not in the miry and troubled sea. This is the view of the Christian father Ephraem Syrus, as well as of the Jewish exegete Abn Ezra; and it is supported by the fact that in other apocryphal books of the later epoch, as in the Assumption of Moses and the Book of Jubilees, the Messianic hope is concentrated in the conception that the holy nation is to have the dominance over the Gentiles. At any rate, it seems that, if truth is to guide us rather than theological prepossession, we must take the significance of the writer, not from the elements of the vision, but from the divinely imparted interpretation of it; and there the figure of &#8220;one as a son of man&#8221; is persistently (Dan 7:18, Dan 7:22, Dan 7:27) explained to stand, not for the Christ Himself, but for &#8220;the holy ones of the Most High,&#8221; whose dominion Christs coming should inaugurate and secure.<\/p>\n<p>The chapter closes with the words: &#8220;Here is the end of the matter. As for me, Daniel, my thoughts much troubled me, and my brightness was changed in me: but I kept the matter in my heart.&#8221;<\/p>\n<h4 align='right'><i><b>Fuente: Expositors Bible Commentary<\/b><\/i><\/h4>\n","protected":false},"excerpt":{"rendered":"<p>In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon Daniel had a dream and visions of his head upon his bed: then he wrote the dream, [and] told the sum of the matters. 1. In the first year of Belshazzar ] The visions (c. 7 12) are not a continuation of the narratives (c. 1 &hellip; <a href=\"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/exegetical-and-hermeneutical-commentary-of-daniel-71\/\" class=\"more-link\">Continue reading<span class=\"screen-reader-text\"> &#8220;Exegetical and Hermeneutical Commentary of Daniel 7:1&#8221;<\/span><\/a><\/p>\n","protected":false},"author":1,"featured_media":0,"comment_status":"","ping_status":"","sticky":false,"template":"","format":"standard","meta":{"footnotes":""},"categories":[1],"tags":[],"class_list":["post-21945","post","type-post","status-publish","format-standard","hentry","category-commentary"],"_links":{"self":[{"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/posts\/21945","targetHints":{"allow":["GET"]}}],"collection":[{"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/posts"}],"about":[{"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/types\/post"}],"author":[{"embeddable":true,"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/users\/1"}],"replies":[{"embeddable":true,"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/comments?post=21945"}],"version-history":[{"count":0,"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/posts\/21945\/revisions"}],"wp:attachment":[{"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/media?parent=21945"}],"wp:term":[{"taxonomy":"category","embeddable":true,"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/categories?post=21945"},{"taxonomy":"post_tag","embeddable":true,"href":"https:\/\/www.biblia.work\/bible-commentary\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/tags?post=21945"}],"curies":[{"name":"wp","href":"https:\/\/api.w.org\/{rel}","templated":true}]}}